ENTS OF LUGANDA
GRAMMAR
ERCISES AND VOCABULARY
22J3
/C^°*>
1 7 1977
£<*
SIIY OF T
o^5
cv
0
ELEMENTS OF GRAMMAR
LUGANDA
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
GRAMMAR
TOGETHER WITH
EXERCISES AND VOCABULARY
BY
W. A. CRABTREE, M.A.
(st. Catharine's college)
correspondent for african languages (east and soutil\ university of cambridge
PL
Reprinted with a new Preface, 1923
KAMPALA: THE UGANDA BOOKSHOP
LONDON:'' S.P.C.K.
PREFACE
This book is reprinted by special request of the Uganda Translation
Committee. Whatever in it may be of 'scientific' value is from the
pen of that able scholar and teacher, G. L. Pilkington ; the rest is
simply rambling notes of one who has tried to think as the people
think. That such a book should find sufficient favour to be worth
reprinting confirms my very strong conviction that African studies
cannot be expressed in terms of Western scholarship.
If we would understand Africa, we must train ourselves to think as
the African thinks. Our knowledge of Latin or Greek, our school
training in French or German, and even a certain consciousness that
we can write or speak effective English is not going to help us. Such
a dictum is not, I know, very palatable to the educated mind. But
it is in reality nothing but the amplification of the remarks given in the
beginning of these Elements many years ago ; and no request has been
made that they be omitted from the reprint now called for.
further, the request of the Syndics of the Cambridge University
Press to contribute to their Guides to Modern Languages has brought
this point acutely to the front. A Manual of Luganda was written as
nearly as possible on modern lines. It was favourably noticed by the
press ; and so far as I am aware contains all the matter in the Elements,
except the notes on transliteration and philology. Moreover it was
condensed into the handy form of some 250 pages of very clearly
printed matter. Yet when it reached Uganda it was found to be
almost unsaleable. In fact now and again a man was willing to give
nearly four times its price for a copy of the old book, if such could be
found second-hand.
What was the reason? The grammatical matter was precisely the
same; the vocabulary was fuller and contained all the words known to
Mr. Pilkington and a few more; in addition there were short extracts
ii native texts. None the less the European felt, without doubt,
that none of this touched anything whatsoever with which he was
familiar. lie wanted 'exercises' in far greater number. In brief hi
wanted that educative process which trains the mind to think as the
African thinks.
And that training only comes with practice. It has little or nothing
in common with what the western mind knows, containing as it does
two 1 tally new principles, viz. : a peculiar phonetic system and a
primitive grammatical structure by prefix and suffix. The first of these
-ears at first sight so simple that its true import has hitherto been
ii
PREFACE in
almost entirely overlooked. There are no difficult sounds ; yet the
European's speech is not too easily understood and ' mission ' speech
has become a byword.
The keen student finds it necessary to pay very close attention to the
way in which those apparently simple sounds are spoken. These
sounds are carefully noted in the Elements and remain in the reprint
exactly as originally written. Only now after thirty years is the writer
beginning to reach the underlying principle which makes the apparently
simple system so entirely different from anything western. No change
in the quality of the vowel is called for. On the other hand the length
of the vowel is so varied as to give quite a rhythmic flow of speech, and
this is done by manipulation of the consonant. How this consonant is
at times lengthened, at times pronounced with greater or less stress,
cannot be described here.1 Whichever process is used, experience
shews that the length of every vowel is profoundly affected ; and if the
language has a tendency to intonation, the effect will often manifest
itself in the 'pitch.' Hence, all things taken together, the European
with his quite different western scheme of phonology does not always
speak intelligibly. He fails to appreciate how much depends upon the
force with which the consonant is uttered, and especially the lengthen-
ing effect of nasal ' n '. In a word, the rough division of vowels into
long and short followed in this book, in accordance with western
ideas, is far from being exact.
So too with the Prefix system. The exercises are designed to
familiarise the mind with the Prefix system. Many of the sentences arc-
nonsense according to African ideas, the mere literal rendering of an
English grammatical phrase. It is, however, a necessary process ol
mind training.2 This mastered, the language is found to be remarkabl)
flexible, capable of expressing many shades of meaning quite unknown
to modern language. The student has now found out how to think
African thoughts. Finally by patient observation and much practice,
he will discover the African rendering of English thought.
On all counts, then, Africa claims its own place in any educational
programme; and the request to reprint Elements of L Uganda — a mere
crude collection of notes with no attempt at modern methods — con-
clusively proves it. There is no literary merit in the work ; if the
reader wants something up-to-date, let him take up the Manual of
Luganda published by the Cambridge Press. Of one thing, however.
I feel more and more certain, and that is, that African subjects need
to be studied in a way specially their own. Experience alone can decide
what precisely that line should be.
Several things of pressing moment depend upon this. In our Cam-
bridge University an African language can now be taken as part of the
Modern Language Tripos. One student has successfully passed in his
African language. But he had acquired the thought and mind of
Africa in the country itself. Other students who have offered for
1 See my Primitive Speech, Part I.: A Study in African Phonetics. London:
S.P.C.K.
2 For the meaning of the Prefixes and Suffixes see my Primitive Speech, Part II. :
Prefix System. London : Tritbner >X Co.
IV PREFACE
African languages would not have come up to the standard. Possibly
an exception might be found for Swahili or Hausa ; but I very much
doubt it. At the same time it is highly desirable that African studies
should be encouraged ; and an immense amount of valuable time will
be saved by preliminary study in England.
Again, we cannot but express regret that so much is made of Swahili
as being suitable for an official language. Such encouragement pro-
ceeds from too superficial a view of what African language is. Swahili
has comparatively few affinities with Bantu Africa and the coastmen
who spoke Swahili in old days were not beloved of the people.
Luganda, on the other hand, has remarkable affinities over a very wide
area. The languages of Unyamwezi, Unyoro and Kavirondo are all
very close ; and this affinity extends right down to Luba in its purer
forms and Karanga. As I have said elsewhere Swahili is of little help
towards learning a Bantu language beyond the general one of
familiarising the mind with the Prefix system and then only imperfectly.
So long as we have a much closer approximation in Luganda, why
not make more use of Luganda ?
Concerning the use of Luganda as a very old and very complete
type of Bantu exceedingly useful for philology I must not enlarge here.
I only wish to remark that Kikuyu, and probably Kamba, which is
closely related, is a quite different type of Bantu. Luganda is not of
very great help in learning Kikuyu. Nor is Luganda entirely satis-
factory as a stepping stone to Zulu or Cwana. Within such limitations,
however, Luganda will be found of incalculable use outside its own
sphere. It is probably not an exaggeration to say that Luganda is in
every way typical of Bantu speech as spoken over practically the whole
bantu area exclusive of the parts mentioned and possibly a few regions
in the West such as Luena, Lunda, Fang and Angola.
In reprinting Elements of Luganda, therefore, I trust we are helping
forward the true study of Africa. In what way this language does help.
the author has proved both by pioneer work and by innumerable
notes, which, for many reasons, have still to remain in manuscript.
Our hope is that others will master this valuable language not merely
for personal reasons, but as a preliminary to the wider studies of African
history and African philology as a whole.
W. A. Crartree.
Cawhri :
July, )<»_>;
PREFATORY NOTE
Much that is in this book is from our dearly beloved brother, G. L.
Pilkington ; but only a very small part indeed is directly from his pen
(some sentences of the Introduction, and Section I, Lessons I. — XV.).
The rest is either a reflection of ideas gathered from his translations ;
or verbal notes made during some very happy hours spent with him in
the early months of 1893. Had that time been prolonged, these verbal
notes would have been written out and worked into his grammar for his
revision and correction with a view to a second edition.
Besides the lessons above referred to, he left a most copious collection
of words, but in such rough form that they could not be printed as they
stood. These, it is hoped, are for the most part given in the Luganda-
English Vocabulary correctly ; but brevity in most cases necessitates
giving only the nearest English to the root-idea. Nothing but a care-
fully prepared dictionary could do more. Mr. Pilkington had long
intended to write a ' Root ' dictionary, but never could find the time
for it. This Vocabulary is therefore a first attempt to classify the words
with a view to that end ; and it is hoped that the arrangement will not
prove too difficult. It is most important to catch the shades of thought
of each word, and thus avoid mistakes. In only a very few cases indeed
has a Luganda word an exact English equivalent.
For the idea of the arrangement of this Vocabulary I am most grate-
fully indebted to 'The Zulu- Kafir Language,' by Roberts.
W. A. C.
The form adopted by the author of this book, of spelling the Luganda
for water (madzi), a carpenter (omubadzi), the perfect tense of the verb
" to come " (-dze), etc., is not that adopted by the Uganda Translation
Committee and of the Church Missionary Society, or used in the
Luganda Bible, where the forms ma'zi, omuba'zi, -'ze, etc., are used.
Similarly the nasal before -f, v-, etc., is written by them nf-, nv-, etc.,
and not mf-, mv-, etc., as in this book.
INTRODUCTION
In learning an unwritten language, there are many difficulties.
Those who have a sensitive ear for sounds readily learn the language
on the spot from the people, but have much difficulty in writing it
down. Less gifted people often require to work by written rules ; and
it is only after several years of patient labour that they begin to
appreciate the various sounds, and to study the proper value of each
vowel and consonant.
And without this study it is well nigh impossible to 'speak like a
native,' or even to be understood by the uneducated peasant. No
doubt in the case of those first mentioned the study is unconscious ;
but it is none the less real. Others again seem to occupy an inter-
mediate position ; and these require to see the word written down
before they feel able to remember it, or to follow the voice-sounds of
that word as spoken by a native.
If Europeans were settled down in the country from their early days,
then they might have a school for the teaching of unwritten languages ;
and the correct principle on which to begin would undoubtedly be to
first study the sounds and their application to a few simple words.
As, however, each European is in the country for a very limited space
of time, he must endeavour to learn as rapidly and as accurately as
he can ; using that method which most readily commends itself to him,
and by which he feels he can most readily accomplish his end ; only
let him be very careful not to sacrifice pronunciation to a voluminous
vocabulary. A few words well pronounced will be understood ; a large
number of words badly pronounced will never be understood — except
by a few natives to whom he is constantly talking, and who only too
soon learn his ways : with the result that they flatter him and make him
think that he knows the language. At the same time each European
in studying such an unwritten language should be constantly on the
qui vive to see how his speech can be made more like the speech of
the country. For he is in a country where thought, expression and
intonation are totally different to anything which he has probably heard
before.
This book therefore is divided into two sections. The first section
indicates the most accurate and best method : viz. to acquire the
language, its sounds and its intonation direct from the people them-
selves ; the second section is an attempt to give rules and suggestions
by which not merely Luganda could be mastered, but also any kindred
' Bantu ' language.
CONTENTS
Fundamental Principles.
Pronunciation :
PAGE
Syllables 41
Vowel Sounds 10, 39
Nasalization . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Consonants ........... 12, 40
Long or Exploded Consonants 14, 41
Orthography 38
Phonetic Changes :
With 'n' 109
Tables I, 2, 3 157
'V Stems 113
•W* Stems 116
Initial Vowel 146
Initial Vowel with Adjectives and Nouns ...... 45
Grammar.
Honns:
Mu — Ba (or ' man ') Class ......... 33, 72
List of Nouns ........... 47, 72
Subject and Object Prefix 33, 73
With Demonstrative . . . . . . . . • 33, 74
With Adjective .......... 44, 75
With Numeral . . . . . . . . •• • 33, 75
With Relative 33, 76
With Possessive 33, 75
Mu — Mi (or ' tree') Class 29,54
List of Nouns ............ 54
Subject and Object Prefix 29, 54
With Demonstrative .......... 30, 55
. With Adjective and Numeral . . . . . . . 29, 55
With Relative . . . . . . . . . . • 31, 56
With Possessive ........... 30, 56
N (or ' house') Class 34,98
List of Nouns 98
Subject Prefix ............ 99
Object Prefix ........... 34, 101
With Demonstrative .......... 34, 100
With Adjective ............ 109
With Numeral ........... 34, 100
With Relative 34, 99, 101
With Possessive .......... 34, 101
VI
CONTENTS
Nouns — continued
Ki (or 'thing') Class
List of Nouns
Subject Prefix .
Object Prefix
With Demonstrative
With Numeral
With Adjective .
With Relative .
With Possessive .
Li—Ma {or ' stone') Class
List of Nouns
Subject Prefix
Object Prefix
With Demonstrative
With Adjective .
With Numeral
With Relative .
With Possessive .
LO (or 'long') Class
List of Nouns
Subject and Object Prefix
With Demonstrative
With Adjective and Numeral
With Relative .
With Possessive .
Ka (or 'diminutive') Class
Bu (or 'abstract ') Class
Tu Class
Gu Class
Personified or Invariable Nouns
Adjectives :
List of Adjective Roots
Reduplication of Adjectives
Comparison of Adjectives .
Agreement of Adjectives . .
,, ,, Table 8
Partitive Forms. Table 9 .
Numerals.
Cardinal Numbers
Table 10
Table 10
Distributive Adjectives
>> 0
Ordinal Numbers.
Pronouns :
Personal Pronouns ......
Quasi Pronouns ......
„ ,, Vide Nouns. § Miscellaneous .
Demonstrative andTPossessive.) Table 5
Possessive Second FoTm and Pronominal Adverbs.
Relative. Table 7 .....
Verbs :
PAGE
17, 42, 47
i8,47
23. 49
26, 49
19. 49
22, 49
18, 44, 48
26, 50
19. 5°
33,84
84
85, 89
33.87
86
34
86
85,87
88
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
i°5
106
107
107
78
43
S9
57
43
163
164
22, 50, 60
165
165
151
26, 4
8
. 28, 31, 34, 51, 90, 102
160
Table 6 . . 161
162
Lists of Verbs .
' To be ' and ' to have
' W ' and ' Y ' Stems .
62, 63, 65, 66, 67
52
. 32, 113, 116
CONTENTS
Vll
Verb 8 — con tin tied
Infinitive .
Infinitive used as Nouns
Infinitive Negative
Auxiliaries
Participles
' Must '
Table 4 .
Indicative.
Present Indefinite
Present Perfect . ' .
Near Future
Far Future
Near Past Table 4 .
Far Past .
Narrative
' Still ' and ' Not yet '
Relative with Negative
Imperative
Subjunctive .
Conditional .
Passive Voice
(26), 49
27
24, 49, 68
24, 49
• 159
27, 49, 69
79
35.68
36, 135
Modification of Verb.
Applied or Prepositional Form
Doubly Prepositional Form
ReversiVe Form ....
Reciprocal Form
Reflexive Form
' Ka ' or Capable Form
Causative Form
Ways of forming the Causative Form
Uses of Causative Form
Modified Forms
Uses of Modified Form
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative Table 4
S
PAGB
25. 138
(58), 104
82, 107
25. 136
139
140
159
80, 89
27, 80, 89
80
24, 80
80
80, 89
8i, 89
82
1, 89, 103
80
'59
"3
125
127
132-
132
117
131
128
128
129
27, 62
64
Adverbs :
Place or Position
Affixes of* Relation (place)
Pronominal
Table 1 1 . ' .
. . . . 46
70
28, 31, 34, 51. (77), 90, 102
166
Simple: 'Nga' (as affix)
,, 'Nga' bwe
Relative : Lwe, bwe
Wa, e, gye .
Manner (' butuzi,' etc.)
Adverbial Idioms (time)
Interrogative : When ? di ? .
What? ki? .
Where? wa? (luwa?)
91 (as prefix)
92
94
95
96
107
119
144
16, 18, 45, 143
. 18, si
Prepositions :
'Ku,' 'mu'
' Vamu,' 'gyako,' etc.
' E ' — location ....
Vide Prepositional Form of Verbs
24, 46, 70
71, I50
97
125
viii CONTENTS
Conjunctions. Vide Relative Adverbs.
PAGE
Interjections. Table 12 167
Syntax and Analysis.
Idioms 133, 149
Emphasis ............ 145
Special Uses of Verbs 153
Transliteration ........... 167
Special Words 168
Synonymous and Slang Words . . . . • . . 169
Word Analysis ...... .... 170
Formation of Derived Roots ........ 172
Accent . . 174
Vocabulary.
Use of Vocabulary .......... 175
luganda- English Vocabulary 178
Englisb-Luganda Vocabulary ........ 215
Key to Exercises 238
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
SECTION I
METHOD OF LEARNING
In learning a new language there are three chief processes : —
i. Learning to hear the sounds which the natives make in speaking.
ii. Imitating those sounds. :
iii. Associating objects and ideas with these sounds.
The first of these processes is by far the most difficult and most
important — important because indispensable to the other two. It is
also the most difficult ; and yet nearly every beginner fancies that he
can hear and distinguish native sounds. After a few years of half-
wasted labour, if he is wise, he may discover his mistake, but only to
know that it is then too late to correct the fatal habits of mispronuncia-
tion which he has laboriously acquired. To parody a well-known saying,
then, the first thing in learning a language is to listen, and the second
is to listen, and the third is to listen ; but the listening must be
intelligent, painstaking, accurate : its value to be reckoned by quality,
not quantity. »
Then comes occasional and most cautious imitation, wherein the
slightest mistake is dreaded and guarded against by constant recurrence
to the native source. A mistake once made becomes a habit, and
then it is in most cases too late. Remember that the question is not
whether you will learn the language slowly or quickly, but whether you
will ever really learn it at all ; it is only a small proportion of learners
who do so : will you be one of them ?
Then comes association of objects (in the first instance, by pre-
ference, concrete objects) with sounds ; not — mark the distinction —
with English words ; nor must written symbols take the place of sounds.
To give an instance ; wrong method — you take a vocabulary and look
in it for the word 'tree'; you find 'Tree, Omuti,' and you impress
these symbols on your mind ; right method — you see a tree, and by
signs or otherwise inquire the native name from a native ; the sound
you hear associates itself directly with the object you see, just in the
way a child learns ; and when you see a tree in future, the object will
IO ELEMENTS OE LUGANDA
recall the sound, and vice versa. So with the phrase, so with abstract
ideas.
What good is a Grammar, then? None at all, alas, must be the
answer, in the case of those who use it otherwise than as an adjunct
to the above method, to check and correct and suggest and explain.
If so used, invaluable; if otherwise, fatal.
This then is an attempt to help those who desire to put these
principles in practice in learning Luganda. Should the question be
asked, 'What should I do before I arrive in the country to learn the
language by these methods.' Our answer to this question would be
' Study Phonetics ' ; and for this purpose a Primer of Phonetics, by
Henry Sweet, Clarendon Press, 1890, is strongly recommended.
Lesson I. The Vowels.
Unfortunately the characters used for Luganda are the same as in
English, although hardly any of them represent in Luganda the same
sound precisely as in English : the resemblance is close enough to
mislead the careless or untrained listener ; but the differences are
sufficient to turn what might be Luganda into unintelligible gibberish :
e. g. the sound of ' o ' in Luganda is a sound absolutely unknown in
English; if the word ' Katonda ' is pronounced with any English vowel
in its second syllable, no Muganda who has not had much intercourse
with Europeans will recognize the word in the least ; and a sentence
made up in a similar way will only elicit the reply, ' I don't know
English.'
The learner is earnestly entreated therefore not to skip these first
six lessons, as being too dull or too elementary, even though he wish
to learn by another method. The exercises in it are the most important
in the whole book for a true mastering of the language ; and should be
practised with a native at the learner's side; and when that is done,
future exercise work should be carefully pronounced many times in the
same way.
In Luganda there are five, and only five, vowel sounds, represented
by a, e, i, o, u. These sounds may be pronounced rapidly, in which
case they are simply written as' above ; or they may be prolonged, in
which case they are distinguished by a long mark above them, thus,
a, e, i, 6, u : that is, any vowel may be either short or long, while the
sound remains the same. These five symbols represent five, and only
five, sounds ; in other words, a, e, i, o, u, always represent the same
sounds respectively. This point is reiterated, because it is very im-
portant; in English, of course, each of these symbols represents several
sounds, according to the letters that are near them ; and these associa-
tions are most misleading to English learners : for instance, the
temptation is great to pronounce the ' a ' in such a word as ' banda '
like the totally different sound of 'a' in 'ban' or 'man'; or the 'o'
in 'bonda' like the ' o ' in 'bond.'
The following then are the vowel sounds : —
a, long, as 'a' in 'balm,' slowly pronounced,
a, short, as ' a ' in ' father ' said very quickly.
VOWELS 1 1
Where a French or German word gives the sound better than the
English, the word is put in brackets; and the vowel-sound indicated is
underlined.
e, long, as ' a ' in ' care ' said slowly ; or the ' ay ' in • say.
(Ger. 'see.')
e, short, as 'e' in 'berry'; or the 'e' in 'penny' said quickly.
French ■*&')
i, long, nearly as 'ea' in 'sea,' very slowly and much prolonged
and somewhat sharpened. (Ger. 'b/ene.')
i, short, nearly as the first ' i ' in ' spirit ' : or the ' i ' in the word
'pity.' (French 'fin/.')
6, long, a medium sound between the ' ow ' in ' low,' and the
' aw ' in ' law.'
o, short, nearly as the first 'o' in 'goloshes.'
u, long, as ' oo ' in ' stoop ' or ' cool ' said slowly,
u, short, as ' oo ' in foot said very lightly.
E"ircise. — a, long ; balm (slowly) : ba, ba, ba, ba nda, la nda.
In the above the first syllables of ' banda ' or ' landa ' must not sound like
the English words# • band ' or ' land.' They are therefore divided by syllables.
a, short ; father (rapidly) : fa, fa, fa, pa, pa, pa, pa nda, pa nga, pa mba.
ba ba : Aba ga nda ; ta za la: ba lwa la ; a ba ta ma nya ; ka ba ka ;
ga mba.
e, long : say : se, se, se ; care (slowly) ke, ke, ke ; te, te, te, te ra te ka,
te sa.
e, short : berry : be, be, be : penny : pe, pe, pe : se, se, se, se ka, se
sa, se na, se ra.
te ge nde ; nje re re ; te nde te re ; le ka ; le ta ; ba le se ; ba le se ; ba
le se ; ba le se.
i, long ; sea : (prolonged and sharpened) : si, si, si, bi, bi, bi, li, li,
li sa, li ra, li ka, ti sa.
i, short; pity: pi, pi, pi, ni, ni, ni, li, li, li, li nda, li mba, si nda,
zi nda.
ki, ki ; nyi ni, mwi ni ; i ga, imi ri ra ; a ba ka zi, ba ngi, nyi ni.
5, long; (between 'low' and 'law'): 15, 15, 16, ko, ko, k5, bo, bo,
b5, To ta, ko la, bo, la.
o, short ; goloshes, go, go, go, lo, lo, lo, ko, ko. ko, lo nda, to nda,
go nda, lo ka, ko la, so mba.
t5 la ; e ki ko lo ; 15 pa ; ko la ; ng5 li na ; mpo la.
u, long ; cool (slowly) : ku, kii, ku, su, su, sj, tu, tu, tit, ku ta, kit ma,
tu ka, su ka, zu ka.
o mu ntu o mu lu ngi ; omu ko no gu gu no ; su la ; su la ; su bi ra ;
tu ku la ; ba gu bu gu ; wu mbu lu la.
u, short ; foot (lightly) : fu, fit, fu, pu, pu, pu, lu, hi, lu, lu ka, du ka,
lu nda, su nda, lu.nga.
ma la, ba la, ba la, sa la, sa la, se ra, se ra, se sa, se sa, ma la,
si ka, si ka, bi ka, bi ka, ko la, ko la, k5 ta, ko ta, \)\\ sa, bu sa,
ku la, ku la, landa, bo nda, po nde, lu mo nde, 'la nga, sa nga,
so nga, to nga, wo nga.
Once more, beware lest you so pronounce any of these last nine words
that the first four letters rhyme with such English words as 'sand,' 'pond,
'rang,' or 'song.'
12 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Lesson II. Nasalization.
Every sound may be modified by nasalization : that is, it may be
pronounced with the nose-passage open, as in ordinary breathing, so
that air passes through the nose. So the statement that the five vowel
symbols represent only five sounds needs a certain qualification ; these
symbols may under certain circumstances represent the ordinary sounds
pronounced with the nose-passage open.
Nasal vowels are very common in French; e.g. -'sang,' 'vin,' ' un,'
'son,' etc. But none of the three vowels which are common to French
and Luganda are ever, as it happens, nasalized in French. So we
must work from analogy.
In the following exercise ' n ' is not an ordinary ' n,' and is therefore
marked as in Spanish n ; it means that the preceding vowel is nasal.
In printed books this n is not marked.
Before tf and 'v' — which in Luganda sound like 'fw' and 'vw'
respectively — this sound is more like ' m ' ; in fact it bears the same
relation to ' m ' as ' n ' does to ' n.' For this reason it is much easier for
foreigners to read if written as ' rh,' or in printed books simply as ' m.'
Exercise —
a a aft aA aft aft baft baft baft baflsi baflsi taflfa tarftfa bamva
e e eft efl eft eft beft beft beft beftsi befisi teftfa temfa temva
i i ift ifl ift ift sift sift sift siftsi siftst siftfa simfa simva
o o oft oft oft oft bofl bofl boft kofize kofize
u u uft un uft uft muft mail muft muftsi muftsi mumveko
N.B. — Every vowel always has its full force in Luganda, never degener-
ating into such a colourless vowel as the 'o' or ' er' in 'together.'
Lesson III. Consonants.
There are twenty-one consonantal sounds in Luganda, represented
by nineteen symbols (regarding ng' as a separate symbol). The two
sounds unrepresented by symbols are : —
ny A nasal j, the French gn ; as in Boulogne.
m The glottal stop nasalized. This is the sound into which
' n' is modified before 'f and 'v' when no vowel precedes.
Besides these inaccuracies in Luganda spelling, with the misuse of
'n' mentioned in the previous lesson, there is one other : —
n before 'g' represents ng', if the next following syllable begins
with ' n ' or ' m.'
Of course ng' itself is a bad symbol.
Eleven consonant sounds may be regarded as identical with the
corresponding English sounds ; these are : —
K gi *> d» y. s> z> P» b, n when not nasalized, and m when
not representing a nasalized sound before 'for 'v.'
The letters, therefore, requiring special notice and practice
are:— w, ng', c, j, ny, 1, r, f, v.
ng' is a nasal 'g,' the same as ' ng ' in ' singer,' pronounced with
CONSONANTS 13
the nose held. It only seems to be difficult in African
languages because it is often initial.
c corresponds to the English 'ch.' ' Ch ' in English is forrrfed
with the point of the tongue; but 'c' in Luganda is formed
with the blade of the tongue ; the tongue is not turned up in
the least but instead a little down, in very nearly the same
position as in forming the letter 'y'; in fact 'c' may be
described as a slightly lisped 'ch.'
j is the voice-consonant corresponding to 'c'; that is, it is a 'j'
formed with the blade of the tongue.
w differs from the English ' w,' being much softer. No native
can ever pronounce initial 'w' in English names. It is always
followed by a vowel, so that with the vowel it is nearly like
ua, ue, ui, uo, uu, pronounced quickly. In some cases it is
so faint as to be scarcely audible.
ny is the nasal consonant corresponding to 'j'; i.e. it is the
Luganda 'j' nasalized; and corresponds to the French 'gn'
in 'agneau' or 'Boulogne.'
1 and r are not distinguished by natives ; but to English ears
'r' seems to occur after 'e' and 'i.' The difference in
English" between these two sounds is that in pronouncing 'r'
air passes above the tongue, in pronouncing ' 1 ' only at the
sides. This slight difference is frequently disregarded in
Bantu languages.
f and v are pronounced with the lips slightly pouted, so that the
upper lip comes into play, not the lower lip and teeth only,
as in English ; the result is a sound approximating to ' fw '
and ' vw ' as the case may be.
Obs. In the case of 'c,' ' j ' and ' ny,' the sound is made in iden-
tically the same way, as regards the tongue and the front of the mouth.
Exercise. — Hold the nose and say — Singer, inger, ing'a, ing'a, ng'a,
ng'a> ng'e> ng'i, ng'o, ng'u ng'a nda, ng'a mba.
Then try to make these sounds without holding the nose ; imitating a
native, or the hornbill whose cry is — ng'a ng'a ng'a.
Pronounce ' chant ' with a slight lisp, or in other words, with the point of
the tongue touching upon the teeth, the blade, that is, the part just behind
the point, pressing against the front of the palate, and so get the Luganda
sound
ca ca ca ce ce ce ci ci ci co co co cu cu cu.
Form a 'j' similarly and practise —
ju jaja jangu je jeje jo joga ju juju.
Form an ' ny ' similarly and practise —
nya nye nyi nyo nyu ; nyu mba, nya nja, nyi ngo, nyo mbo,
nyo ndo, nyi mba.
Pronounce f and v with the lips slightly pouted so as to make a sound
like fw and vw, and practise —
fa fe fi fo fu; va ve vi vo vu.
Pronounce 'mfa,' making it as nearly one syllable as possible; then
pronounce it without letting the lips come together so as to form a distinct
' m,' and so get the Luganda sounds —
mfa mfe mfi mfo mfu; mva mve mvi mvo mvu; mfu mba,
mvu de, mfi sa.
14 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Final ' u ' after ' m ' is often pronounced as a vocalized ' m ' : say omu
without separating the lips in the last syllable, yet making two distinct
syllables : —
omu wamu kamu kakamu gyamu.
Lesson IV. Combinations of Consonants.
Four of the Luganda consonants might be called semi-vowels, because
they can combine with consonants to form single sounds ; they are m,
n, w, and y; m and n are used initially; whilst w and y are used
medially.
(a) w and y medial. Pronounce as monosyllables : —
kwa gwa twa dwa mwa nwa cwa jwa lwa rwa swa zwa pwa bwa
kya gya tya dya mya nya cya (jya)lya rya sya zya pya bya
ng'wa nywa
ng'ya
Practise all the above with all other vowels.
Should ng'wa and nywa present any difficulty, first pronounce ng'uwa
and nyuwa, and then contract.
(6) m and n initial. Pronounce as monosyllables : —
nka nga nta nda nca nja nsa nza mpa mba mfa mva
Practise all the above with the remaining vowels, e, i, o, and u.
(c) Double combinations, containing m or n initially, as well as w or
y medial, though preceded by some other consonant. Pronounce as
monosyllables : —
nkwa ngwa ntwa ndwa ncwa njwa nswa mpwa mbwa nkya ngya
nkya ngya ntya ndya ncya (njya) nsya mpya mbya
Practise all the above with the remaining vowels, e, i, o, and u.
N.B. — Should any one of the above sounds prove difficult, continue
to practise it until you can produce it with perfect ease. 'Verify your
pronunciation by repeated reference to a native. The reading-sheet in
common use might prove helpful.
Lesson V. Long Consonants.
All the consonants, except 1, w, y,1 and ng' may be either short or
long. A long consonant is distinguished by an apostrophe before it ;
thus : — 'f, 't, 'm, 'n, 'ny, 's, 'z, 'f, 'v, are lengthened by being pro-
longed and at the same time being pronounced with more explosive force.
Observe that these are fricative or continuous sounds, or nasal stops.
k, g, t, d, c, j, p, b, being stop or momentary sounds, are
lengthened by making an infinitesimal pause before them and also
pronouncing them with more explosive force.
'z as zz in ' buzzing ' pronounced slowly with a slight pause,
thus : — buz-zing.
1 Very rarely this consonant is lengthened : Mbu'ya (the Kago's capital), wa'ya,
and possibly one or two others.
'k
as
kc in ' took care '
'g
as
gg in 'bag game'
't
as
tt in ' that time '
'd
as
dd in ' bad door '
'c
as
tch in ' at church '
'm
as
mm in ' am mad '
CONSONANTS: PHRASES 1 5
pronounced very distinctly.
and so on with the others. However, these English sounds are only
approximate. The beginner had better defer practising these sounds
until he has had ample opportunity of observing them on the lips of
natives. Then he may practice the following : —
Exercise. — ba'fe ba'sa ba'ma ba'no otya'no ba'ba e'papale
e'ziba ba'da ba'ta so'gola ku'ka e'jiba e'jembe mu nange
ba'nange e'zibu mutya'no mu'gulu kita'fe
baba, ba'ba •_ taba, ta'ba ; kugula, ku'gula ; kuta, kn'ta, 'kuta ;
kusa, ku'sa, 'kusa, kusa ; bu'sa, busa.
N.B. — All the above are words in actual use. The accent is on the
penultimate.
It will be well to practise daily the last and all the preceding exercises,
or at any rate the first three, until the sounds are perfectly learnt.
Before passing on from these purely phonetic exercises to those which
deal with the Grammar of the language, attention must be called to the
importance of correct intonation and accentuation. Take careful note
of accents and tones, especially in questions. Remember that you are
not at libecty to raise and lower your tone at your own sweet will. If
you attempt to make your meaning clear by such methods, you will only
mystify and amuse, unless you frighten, your audience. Until you are
sure of the native intonation, aim at a level tone.
Lesson VI. Some necessary Phrases.
In the following exercises it is rssumed that a Muganda is by your
side, and that each word is taken from his lips, repeated by him several
times for every single attempt that you make to pronounce it ; and further
that the object in each case in question is, if possible, in your hands.; or
at any rate before your eyes. Banish English from your mind as far as
possible ; also banish symbol?, i. e. written words, as far as you can, by
concentrating your attention on the sound and the object which it
represents.
A few sentences, therefore, are given to enable you to question the
Muganda who is to teach you, and first of all must come the salutations
in most common use. The intonation of these is difficult ; and so some
space is devoted to making this important matter as clear as written
directions can make it.
A. Otya'no? How are you ? B. Aaa (or mmm). I'm all right.
lit. No ; i.e. there's nothing wrong.
A. M B. Otya'no? A. Aaa. B. M.
The intonation of this series of questions and answers may be repre-
sented musically thus : —
i6
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
■ 4 i 4 4 4
o tya no a
a a
m
The relation of these notes to one another, of course, is all that
matters ; but the keynote once struck, both questioner and answerer
follow the lead given. After the salutation cornea series of short grunts,
growing shorter and less loud, till they die away. These also should be
carefully noted and practised. When there is much difference between
the voice of the questioner and answerer, the notes used by them respect-
ively will be separated by a whole octave.
What is this ? Kino ki ? {The tone leaps up on the last syllable.)
Say it again, kyogere nate.
Repeat it several times, ki 'demu emirundi mingi.
Speak slowly, yogera mpola.
I don't hear, siwulide.
I don't understand, site'ge'de.
Come here, jangu. (The intonation is the same as the first two
syllables of ' otya'no.')
I have finished, 'maze.
Let us stop now, tul^kerawo.
Good-bye, weraba.
Exercise. — Practise the above salutations very carefully with your teacher.
Make use of the above expressions to ask the names of various objects, not
trying so much to learn the names, as accustoming your ear to catcli the exact
sounds which your teacher makes.
As a further exercise of this nature, ask him to repeat the following proverbs
until you can reproduce them, intonation and all, without knowing what they
mean.
Akwata empola atuka wala.
Kyoto'nalya tosoka kwasama.
Enkima esala ogwekfbira?
Nafira ku kinene, ensanafu ku 'gere 'saja.
Okwerinda si buti, wansanafu aita agalu'de.
Ekita'ta Muima tekimumalako nte.
In all that follows, it should be borne in mind that this is a method by
which to learn from the natives themselves ; and therefore the matter is
made as brief as possible. A few of the immediately following lessons
explain the general rules and principles ; the remainder merely state
facts, because it is assumed that the learner will spend several days over
each lesson. An outline of the course of study is given : the details to
be filled in by the learner himself, working with a native teacher. For
example : he will find all the forms of the possessive pronoun in agree-
ment with say the Mu — Mi class ; he gets an idea of these forms from the
particular lesson ; and he spends several days, or perhaps a week, finding
out from one or more native friends how they are used, and so getting
familiar with them.
PREFIX: ROOT: INITIAL VOWEL 1 7
Lesson VII. The Class Prefix.
Ekitabo kyange kino kirungi, this book of mine is good.
Ebitabo byange bino birungi, these books of mine are good.
Akatabo kange kano kalungi, this little book of mine is good.
Obutabo bwange buno bulungi, these little books of mine are good
Let us rewrite these sentences thus —
i. e ki tabo kya nge ki no ki rungi
2. e bi tabo bya nge bi no bi rungi
3. a ka tabo ka. nge ka no ka lungi
4. o bu tabo bwa nge bu no bu lungi
It then becomes obvious that there is in these sentences a Variable
and an Invariable part. This Invariable part is : — •
tabo, a nge, no, rungi or lungi. (See Lesson III. for ' 1 ' and ' r.')
The Variable part is : —
1. eki, ki, ky (before a vowel).
2. ebi, bi, by „ „
3. aka, ka, k „ „
4. obu, bu, bw „
Note the Initial Vowel in the first column, printed in small letters.
The variable part printed in thick type is different for the singular and for
the plural ; for ' a book ' and for ' a little book ' ; but does not vary in
each sentence. That is, if we are talking about • books ' the variable
part is bi throughout the whole sentence ; if we are talking about 'a
little book ' the variable part or prefix is ka throughout the whole
sentence. This Variable part or Prefix is therefore called the Class Prefix.
Every substantive in Luganda (the exceptions may at present be dis-
regarded) has such a prefix, one for the singular, and one for the plural ;
and all substantives are divided into classes, according to their prefixes.
The invariable part of any word is called its Root.
The object of this and the next few lessons is to give you a complete
practical mastery of this one class. This done, it will be a comparatively
simple thing to add to your knowledge any other class. This one class
thoroughly known will serve as a backbone on which to build up a sound
knowledge of the grammar of the whole language. Everything there-
fore depends on the command you obtain of this foundation.
Sing. Ekitabo, book. Plur. Ebitabo, books.
The ' e ' which precedes the ki and bi is an Initial Vowel ; it is not
really a part of the prefix. The use of this Initial Vowel is to denote a
pause ; therefore if we give the noun by itself it must have the Initial
Vowel ; no native could understand the word pronounced without it.
The pause does not occur, /'. e. the Initial Vowel is not used, with
substantives and adjectives : —
i. After the Negative : —
Sirina kitabo, I have not a book.
Si kitabo, it is not a book.
1 8 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ii. When the word is used as a predicate : —
Ekitabo kirungi, the book is good.
Kye kitabo, it is a book.
Observe that the I.V. generally has a secondary accent, i. e. in each
word, one, and only one, syllable bears a stronger stress than it does.
i often becomes y before vowels, ki and bi of this class always
become ky and by before vowels.
Bring, leta. Go and bring, genda olete.
Go, genda. Go and look for, genda ononye.
Look for, nonya. Go and ask for, genda osabe.
Ask for, saba. Show me, ndaga.
What does- the word ' kitabo' mean ? Ekitabo kiki? Lit. What
is ' ekitabo ' ?
N.B. — If we say Kitabo ki ? (without the I. V.) it means Which book?
Ekitabo kiruwa ? Where is the book ?
Ebitabo biruwa ? Where are the books ?
Exercise. — (a) Ekyoto, ekyunia, ekibya, ekigogo, ekitoke, ekiwago,
ekyai, ekita, ekikajo.
Make the plurals of these words, and find out what they mean by means of
the above phrases.
(b) Show me a bowl. Bring one-piece-of-plantain-fibre (sing.). Go and
look for some-pieces-of-p'antain-fibre. /Vsk for some-bowls. Look for a
piece-of iron (or any article of iron in one piece). Where are the pieces-of-
iron ? Go and ask for (some) gourds. Bring a piece-of-sugar- cane. Show
me some plantain-trees. Bring one-piece-of green-plantain-bark. Look for
a bunchlet.
Lesson VIII. Adjectives and this Class.
Sing, e ki ntu e ki rungi, a good thing.
Plur. e bi ntu e bi rungi, good things.
Adjectives show the substantive to which they refer by taking the
same prefix, singular or plural, as the substantive. In the above example
' lungi ' is the root ; hence ekirungi ebirungi.
Sing, e ki tabo e ky eru, a white book.
Plur. e bi tabo e by eru, white books.
The root is yeru : e ky eru is for e ki yeru : the y is dropped and
the e is lengthened in compensation : then e ki eru becomes e ky eru.
bi, bad nene, large warnvu, long
mpi, short tono, small
If you want to say such a sentence as ' The book is bad,' do not
translate the word 'is ' : merely, ' The book bad,' missing out the I.V. of
the adjective.
Exercise. — Translate into Luganda, referring each sentence for approval to
your teacher, fixing your attention on the objects named : —
The large bowls. The bowl is large. The fireplace is small. The cala-
bashes are tall (long). The bit-of-plantain-bark is short. Go and bring a
good sugar-cane. Go and look for a bunchlet (of plantains). Show me the
long pieces-of-iron. Bring the bad bowls. The sugar-canes are long.
e ki bya
ki no
e ki bya
ki no
e ki gere
ki ri
e ki gere
ki ri
e ki ta
e ky o
e ki ta
e ky o
DEMONSTRATIVE : POSSESSIVE 1 9
Lesson IX. Demonstratives and this Class.
e ki kajo ki no, this sugar-cane, e bi kajo bi no, these sugar-canes,
e ki kajo eky o, that sugar-cane, e bi kajo eby o, those sugar-canes.
e ki kajo ki ri, that sugar-cane, e bi kajo bi ri, those sugar-canes.
ekyo (e ki o) and ebyo (e bi o) imply that the object is fairly
close at hand,
kiri and biri imply that the object is at some distance.
e ki bi, this bad bowl.
ki bi, this bowl is bad.
e ki nene, that large foot.
ki nene, that foot is large,
e ki wamvu, that (near) tall gourd,
ki wamvu, that (near) gourd is tall.
Observe the order of words.
Exercise. — These large bowls. That (near) calabash is tall. Those good
fireplaces. That piece-of-iron is long. This plantain-fibre is bad. Those
(near) bunchlets. These pieces-of-plantain-fibre are good. That piece-of-
green-plantain-baik is short. This book is long. Those large bunchlets.
These bunchlets are large. These small bowls are bad. This long plantain-
fibre is good. That (near) bowl is white. Bring those large gourds. Go
and look for that large sugar-cane. Show me those (near) large books. Go
and bring those small sugar-canes.
Lesson X. Possessives and this Class.
e ki tabo ky a kabaka, the book of the king, the king's book.
e bi tabo by a kabaka, the king's books.
e ki kajo kya nge, the sugar-cane of me, my sugar-cane.
e bi kajo bya nge, my sugar-canes.
e ki ntu kya fe, the thing of us, our thing.
e ki ntu kya mwe, the thing of you (plural), your thing.
e ki ntu kya bwe, the thing of them, their thing.
Thus the Possessives of this class are : —
e ki ntu kya nge, my thing e ki ntu kya fe, our things
e bi ntu bya nge, my things e bi ntu bya fe, our things
e ki ntu ky o, thy thing e ki ntu kya mwe, your thing
e bi ntu by o, thy things e bi ntu bya mwe, your things
e ki ntu ky e, his thing e ki ntu kya bwe, their thing
e ki ntu by e, his things e bi ntu bya bwe, their things.
Observe, i. The possessives of the second and third persons are
enclitics, that is, they have no accent of their own, and so need support.
It is therefore customary to join them to the noun with which they
agree, and write as one word ekintukyo, ebintubye, etc.
ii. Kyamwe, your, always refers to more than one person ; and the
form ' kyo,' ' byo,' to one person only. They are not interchangeable.
The unwary person might translate 'your wife' by a form in 'mwe,'
and would mean that she was the wife of at least two people.
20 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Ejcercise. — My bowl. His piece-of-iron. Your books. Our sugar-cane.
Thy foot. His bunchlet. My pieces-cf-plaintain fibre. Their books. Our
fireplace. Your gourd. Her bowls. Their piece-of-iron. Go and bring
my book. Go and ask for his calabash. His book is good. Their books
are bad. Show me your gourds. His fireplace is little. My bunch is large.
His piece-of-iron is little. Look for your gourd. Ask for their pieces-of-
iron. His things are nice.
Lesson XI. Possessives continued.
The I.V. is omitted in questions when the Interrogative immediately
follows the noun.
ki tabo ky ani ? 1 kya nge
Whose book ? Mine
ky ani, is for kya ani, of whom.
bi tabo by ani ? bya fe
Whose books ? Ours
But when any word intervenes the I.V. is not used : —
e ki tabo ki no ky ani ? kya nge
Whose book is this? Mine
e bi tabo bi no by ani ? bya fe
Whose books are these ? Ours
So also: —
e ki tabo ki ki? What is the meaning of the word
' ekitabo ' ?
The following is a list of these possessives —
SING. PLUR.
Ekintu, e kya nge, mine e kya fe, ours
e ki kyo, thine e kya mwe, yours
e ki kye, his e kya bwe, theirs
Ebintu, e bya nge, mine e bya fe, ours
e bi byo, thine e bya mwe, yours
e bi bye, his e bya bwe, theirs
Observe that the forms for the second and third persons are redupli-
cated. This is because they are enclitic ; vid. last lesson.
These forms take the I.V. unless they are used as predicates or a nega-
tive precede : —
e. g. — Ekita ekyo si kyafe ? Is not this gourd ours ?
And positively, This gourd is not ours,
ekitabokye kimpi, ekyange kiwamvu, his book is short, mine
is long.
1 Lit. It is mine, from Ekyange, the I.V. 'e' being omitted by rule to make it
Predicate. So all answers to questions. Ekitabo kyani ? Kya mulenzi wange.
Whose book ? My boy's. Lit. It is of my boy.
POSSESSIVES 21
1 Observe. — ekitabo kyange kino, this book of mine: //'/. this my book,
ekitabo kyabwe kin", that book of theirs.
Exercise. — Whose sugar-cane is that ? His. Whose is that bunchlet (near) ?
Ours. Whose pieces-of-iron are those? The king's. Whose gourds are
these ? Thine. This book of thine. That book is not thine. That bunch
(near) is not his. Is that sugar-cane his ? Is that iron yours ? That good
bowl of his. Thy calabash is short ; mine is tall. His books are nice ;
yours are bad. Our fireplaces are large ; theirs are small. My bowls are
bad ; the king's are small ; thine are nice. That bunch of hers is large.
That (near) thing is his. That (over there) is ours.
-Lesson XII. Possessives continued.
Its, their.
kyo means 'it,' and byo means 'them,' referring to a substantive of
the ki bi class ; thus we get —
e kyai kya kyo, the fibre of it (e ki toke, a plantain), its fibre.
e kyai kya byo, the fibre of them (e bi toke, plantains), their fibre.
e byai bya kyo, its (e ki toke) pieces of fibre.
e byai bya byo, their (e bi toke) pieces of fibre.
When Possessive Pronouns are combined with other epithets : —
i. The possessives take precedence of all.
As kyo, kye, etc., must be joined to the substantive, obviously no word
can intervene between them ; this makes it easy to remember that all the
possessives take precedence.
ii. Phrases made with the preposition 'of (ekya kabaka) generally
come last of all.
N.B. — When anything intervenes between the substantive and this posses-
sive phrase, the I.V. appears in the preposition ; that is, the possessive
phrase stands in pause, not intimately connected with what has gone before.
e. g. — ekintukyo ekirungi, thy good thing.
ebintu byange ebirungi, my good bowls,
ebintu byange bino ebirungi, these good bowls of mine,
ebintu byange bino birungi, these bowls of mine are good,
ekibya kino ekirungi ekya kabaka, this good bowl of the king's,
ekibya kino ekirungi kya kabaka. this good bowl is the king's,
ekibya kino ekya kabaka kirungi, this bowl of the king's is good,
ekibya kya kabaka kirungi, the king's bowl is good.
Exercise. — That good bowl of mine. That sugar-cane of his is long. This
long sugar-cane is his. These tall plantains are the king's. Those (near)
plantains of the king's are tall. Those bad gourds of yours are large. That
short sugar-cane is thine. Those white books are his. This plantain is
mine. Its fibre is good. These plantains are the king's ; their fibre (plur. )
is his. These plantains of hers ; their bunches ; their green-bark ; their fibre
(plur.). That gourd is small. Mine is large.
1 Emphatically ekitabo kino (kiri) ekyafe either, Is this (that) book mine
and no one's else ? or (positively), This (that) book is mine and no one's else.
Similarly ' ekitabo kiri ekyabwe,' etc. Cf. note on previous page.
22 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Lesson XIII. The Numerals.
The numerals from one to five are adjectives ; all other numerals are
grammatically substantives, though they seem to be used as adjectives
as well. This lesson deals only with the adjectival numerals.
-mu1 one -na four
-biri two -tano, five
-satu three
These numerals show their agreement with substantives in the same
way as other adjectives would do, except for the I.V.
ekintu ekimu the one thing ebintu ebina the four things
ebintu ebibiri the two things ebintu ebitano the five things
ebintu ebisatu the three things
There is also a plural form of '- mu,' ebimu, meaning ' some '; cf. our
expression ' ones.'
The I.V. is much less often used with these numerals than with other
adjectives. Never insert the I.V. with numeral adjectives,- unless the
numeral is used definitely, i.e. corresponding to the English definite
article with the numeral ; and not even so, if the numeral is used pre-
dicatively or after a negative.
This rule is really a particular case of the omission of the I.V. in
predicates : e. g. Nina ebitabo bisatu, I have three books.
bisatu is really part of the predicate — I have books, and they are
three.
But, Nina ebitabo ebisatu, I have the three books.
In the first case, the word Bisatu adds a fresh fact ; in the second it
is merely a defining epithet. To put it another way, in the one case it is
emphatic, being the point of the sentence ; in the other it is subsidiary.
This point is dwelt upon because throughout the language the inser-
tion or omission of the I.V. is governed by the same principle ; the case
of the numerals is the easiest for the English learner to begin upon.
The position of numerals is the same as that of adjectives ; if both
adjective and numeral are applied to the same substantive, the numeral
generally precedes, but the opposite order may also be used.
Ebibya byange bino ebibiri ebirungi.
or, Ebibya byange bino ebirungi ebibiri.
These two good bowls of mine.
leta ebitabo bisatu, bring three books,
leta ebitabo ebisatu, bring the three books.
Exercise. — Three pieces of plantain-fibre. One plantain-tree. Four gourds.
Two pieces-of-iron. These three things are his. These four bowls of his.
Those two large calabashes of theirs. Those (near) five sugar-canes of thine.
This large plantain is mine. The two books of the king are large. Bring
1 Pronounced ' mo ' when used by itself.
numerals: supplementary: verb 23
one bunchlet. The five bowls are small. My three fireplaces are good.
Go and bring the three sugar-canes. Go and look for two pieces of-iron.
Show me the four short pieces-of-plantain-bark. Bring those (near) long
sugar-canes of thine. The five tall plantains are the king's. Your two
calabashes are short. The two long-pieces-of-iron are ours. This foot of
mine is large. Those three bowls are bad.
Lesson XIV. Supplementary.
To translate ' is ' or ' are ' with numerals, kiri and biri must be used ;
e.g. Ekitabo kiri kimu, the book is one, i. e. there is only one book.
Ebibya biri bisatu, there are only three bowls.
Very, or very much, Nyo.
And, . . . Na. The ' a ' is always dropped before a vowel,
especially the initial vowel. This word can
only be used to connect substantives and sub-
stantival expressions.
Both, . . . Byombi ; (stronger) byombiriri.
All three, . . Byonsatule.
N.B.— 'And,' connecting adjectives and verbs, is sometimes omitted; some-
times ' era ' is used. When the verb can be used in the narrative tense, the
'and ' is supplied by the 'ne' of that tense.
The adverb ' nyo ' takes its meaning trom the context : e. g. yogera,
speak; yogera nyo, speak loud ; tambula, walk ; tambula nyo, walk fast.
N.B. — Be careful to pronounce ny in nyo correctly. The least ' i' sound
between the ' n ' and the ' y ' makes the word into an expression of abuse.
Exercise. — The plantains are three. The large sugar-canes are five. This
bowl is very large. Those sugar-canes are very short. Go and bring the
bowls and the calabashes. Go and look for plantain-bark and fibre. Show
me all three bowls. The plantains and the sugar-canes are both very good.
Bring the two pieces-of-iron, both are very long. Bring all three books.
Those (near) fireplaces are very small. These five white things are very tall.
This large fireplace is very nice. Those five sugar-canes are long.
Lesson XV. The Verb and this Class.
When a substantive of this class is the subject of a verb, this relation
is shown by prefixing ki or bi to the verb : ki for the singular, and bi
for the plural.
If the verb-root begin with ' y ' the ' i ' of ki or bi drops out before
it ; with a reflexive verb ki and bi become ky and by respectively,
-kula, grow to maturity.
ekitoke kikula, the plantain is growing up.
ebitoke bikula, the plantains are growing up.
-yokya, be hot.
ekyuma kyokya, the iron is hot.
ebyuma byokya, the pieces of iron are hot.
-ebaka, sleep.
ekikere kyebase, the frog is asleep.
ebikere byebase, the frogs are asleep.
N.B. — ebase is the Present Perfect of '-ebaka,' and means 'has gone to
sleep and still is asleep.'
24 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
These prefixes are called the Subjective Prefixes.
The tense thus formed is called the Present Indefinite. It denotes
what is going on continuously.
In, inside, Mu.
On, upon, Ku.
The I.V. is dropped after these two words.
mu kibya, in the bowl : ku kitoke, on the plantain.
In Lesson VIII. you were warned not to translate 'is' or 'are' when
an adjective or substantive, or substantival expression followed ; how-
ever, when an adverb or adverbial expression follows, these words must
be translated by kiri or biri for this class. An adverbial expression is
one that answers to one of the questions, How ? Why ? Where ? or
When?
Exercise. — Those two frogs jump far [buka nyo]. The king's plantains
are growing. All three pieces-of-iron are in my bowl. Both books are on
your bunchlet. • The king's animal [ekisolo] moves quickly, mine moves
slowly. The bunchlets are among the pieces-of-plantain bark. Five very
large sugar-canes are on your animal. Show me the bundnets, they are on
the tall plantain. Go and bring the little books They are in the white
bowl. Plantains and sugar-canes grow. Animals walk and also grow.
Lesson XVI. The Verb continued.
To translate 'is not,' 'are not,' with adjectives or substantives as the
predicate, use the single word ' si,' ' not' e.g. : —
ebita bino si biwamvu, these gourds are not tall.
ekibya kino si kyeru, this bowl is not white.
To make a verb negative, prefix ' te ' to the verb. e.g. : —
ebitabo biri tebiri wano, those books are not here.
ebisolo bino tebitambula nyo, these animals do not travel fast.
There are two future forms in Luganda : —
(a) The Near Future, formed by inserting the prefix na after the class
prefix : — e. g. ekisolo ki na genda, the animal will move,
ekyuma ki na yokya, the iron will be hot.
{b) The Far Future, formed by inserting the Prefix li after the class
prefix : — e.g. ebisolo bi ri tambula, the animals will travel.
The Near Future refers to what will take place in the course of the
next twelve hours or so ; the Far Future to more distant events.
The Negative Near Future is not given at present, as its formation is
quite different from that of the positive tense, and is besides a little
difficult.
N.B. — There is no such form as tebinagenda ; there is a form tebi'nagenda,
which means 'they have not yet gone.'
The Negative Far Future presents no difficulty : e.g. : —
ebisolo tebiritambula, the animals will n6t travel.
N.B. — Europeans must be very careful in their use of the future tenses ;
the tendency is to use one or other of these tenses to the exclusion of the
other to express future time. Nothing is more perplexing to a Muganda
AUXILIARY VERB 25
than this. When you are talking of what will happen to-day and use the
Far Future tense, it sounds as utter nonsense lo a Muganda, as to say ' I
have gone ' instead of ' I shall go ' would sound to an Englishman.
Exercise. — These sugar-canes are not long. These calabashes are not bad.
This plantain does not grow much [kula bulungi]. These animals will
walk fast to-day [lero]. The bunchlets are not on the plantain. Those
large books are not the king's. These sugar-canes will grow large [bulungi].
My plantains are not growing much. The bunchlets are not among the
Eieces-of-plaintain-bark. Those books are not in the white bowl. The
ing's animal does not walk fast. This bowl is not very large.
Lesson XVII. The Auxiliary Verb.
The Infinitive of a verb is formed by prefixing ' oku ' to the verb : —
e.g. — okugenda, to go: okuleta, to bring.
If the Root begin with y, drop out the y and lengthen the vowel
following, at the same time changing ' oku ' to 'okw ' ; thus : —
yagala, love : okw agala (okwagala), to love.
If the Root is Reflexive, change ' oku ' to ' okw ' ; thus : —
ebaka, sleep : okwebaka, to sleep.
The ' o ' in ' oku ' (or ' okw ') is the I. V., and the Infinitive is simply a
form of noun. The I.V. ' o ' is therefore omitted, or put in according
to the rules for the I.V.
After an auxiliary verb,1 the I.V. is generally omitted, unless the
speech be slow and deliberate. It occurs, however, after an Auxiliary
which is Relative — ' which he intends to . . .'
The commonest Auxiliaries are — :
mala, finish. soka, do first, begin.
ja, be about. yagala, intend ; (of things) be likely.
' When ' is translated by ' bwe ' prefixed to the Verb.
Ekitoke bwekirikula, when the plantain shall grow up.
Ekitoke bwekirimala okukula, when the plantain shall have grown
up. Lit. When it shall finish to grow up.
Kija kugenda, it is about to go.
Bija kugenda, they are about to go.
Kyagala kugenda, it is likely to go.
Byagala kugenda, they are likely to go.
Ekyo kye kirisoka kugenda, this is the one which will go first.
Bwekisoka kugenda, when it begins to go.
The following are some useful verbs : —
kuba, beat. gwa, fall. njagala, I want,
kwata, take hold of. laba, see. kigenda kugwa, it is
sula, throw. sala, cut. going to fall.
1 Perhaps it might be more correct to make no exception here to the rules for I.V. ;
but to regard the two vowels as so run together as to sound as one. (Cf. note at end
of Hymn-book.)
26 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Exercise. — The plantain is likely to fall. The bowl is about to fall. The
plantains are likely to fall. When the animals shall have walked. I want
to see plantain-fibre. I want to begin here [wano]. I want to finish beating
the iron. The iron is about to fall upon the bowl. I want to begin beating
the iron. The bunchlet is likely to fall. When the iron begins to get hot.
Lesson XVIII. The Personal Subject and Object.
sing. PLUR.
Subject. Object. Subject. Object.
n I n me tu (tw) we tu us
o (w) thou ku thee mu (raw) you ba you
a (y) he mu him ba they ba them
The forms in brackets are used before a vowel.
The object always comes immediately before the verb, and the subject
comes first : e.g. r. ku laba, I see you : ba ki kuba, they strike it.
And with the Future (p. 24),
anakiraba, he will see it — Near Future.
balimukwata, they will catch him — Far Future.
When an auxiliary verb is used, the Object Pronominal Prefix goes
with the Principal Verb, not with the auxiliary, e.g. —
maze okukikwata, I have got hold of it.
Exercise. — (a) Put each of these subject pronouns before the various verb
roots already given — laba,. leta, gwa, genda, kuba, sala, kwata, sula, etc.
Test these forms by your teacher : they mean — I see, thou seest, he sees, etc.
{b) Next put the Object pronoun in, making sentences thus : I see him, we
strike you, etc.
(c) The Object for the ki class is ki for the singular It : and bi for the
plural Them.
I see it. They see them. He strikes it. We shall see him. They will
see us. We shall throw it (away). You will take hold of it. Thou seest
them. I will bring them. You shall see us. He will bring me. You shall
cut it. I want to take hold of it.
(d) The Negative is formed by putting ' te ' before the Subjective Prefix :
the first pers. sing, is, however, always ' si ' : e . g. sigenda.
I am not falling. You do not take hold. He does not see. lie does not
see it. He does not see them. They do not see him. We do not take hold
of it. They are not going to come. He is not about to go. He does not
intend to beat it. I am not going to throw them away. You are not cutting
it. I am not hitting you. He is not taking hold of you.
Lesson XIX. The Relative.
Subject. — We have already seen that 'kikula' means 'it grows up.'
If we put the I.V^ before this we make it Relative ; i. e.
e kikula (with I.V. 'e'), which grows up.
Similarly,
e bikula (with I.V. ' e '), which grow up.
Hence, eki toke ekikula, the plantain-tree which grows up.
ebi toke ebikula, the plantain-trees which grow up.
RELATIVE : FAR PAST : PRESENT PERFECT 2J
Object. — kye means 'which ' for the singular.
bye means ' which ' for the plural,
e ki tabo kye tulaba, the book which we see.
e bi tabo bye tulaba, the books which we see.
If a vowel come after the ' e ' of kye or bye, the ' e ' is dropped,
e ki tabo ky alaba, the book which he sees,
e bi tabo by alaba, the books which he sees.
Exercise. — The' sugar-canes which will grow up. The iron which we
strike. That bunchlet which they see is in the bowl. The three books
which we will bring (socm). Bring the books which they are going to throw
away. Take hold of the books which are likely to fall. The plantain-
fibre which comes [ra] off [ku] the plantain. The gourd which is likely to
fall. This is the bunchlet which is likely to rot [vunda]. Where are the
plantain-trees which they are about to cut? Show me the pieces-of-iron
which he wants to take [twala]. I have not the book which he asks-for.
The book which is about to fall. The plantain which is about to fall.
Those two books which they are going to bring are white.
N. B. — The Negative with the Relative is treated later.
Lesson XX. The Verb continued.
The Far-past Tense of the verb is formed by putting the vowel ' a '
between the Subjective Prefix and the Root ; e.g. laba, see, makes : —
SING.
N a laba, I saw.
W a laba, thou sawest.
Y a laba, he saw.
Ky a laba, it saw.
PLUR.
Tw a laba, we saw.
Mw a laba, ye saw.
Ba laba (for ba a laba), they saw.
By a laba, they saw (i.e. 'things' saw).
Exercise. — (a) Make this tense for all verbs yet given, and correct by your
teacher.
A Present Perfect Tense is formed by modifying the stem and adding
the Subjective Prefix. It means ' he has seen and still is seeing,' etc.
The following are the modified forms of all the simple verb-stems yet
given : —
STEM.
MODIFIED FORM.
STEM
MODIFIED FORM
Leta.
bring ;
lese.
Kuba,
beat ; kubye.
'Ja,
come;
dze.
Saba,
ask-for ;, sabye.
Genda,
go;
genze.
Sala,
cut ; saze.
Gwa,
fall;
gude.
Sula,
throw ; sude.
Kula,
grow up ;
kuze.
Twala,
take ; tute.
Kwata,
take hold ;
kute.
Va,
go out ; vude.
Mala,
finish ;
maze.
Vunda,
rot ; vunze.
Nonya,
look for ;
nonyedza.
Exercise.— (b) Add the Subjective Prefixes, so as to make the forms for
' we have gone ' ; ' they have come,' etc. ; and correct by your teacher.
These are made Negative by putting ' te ' before each form : e. g.
tebalaba, they did not see, tetulabye, we have not seen.
28 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Except the first person singular, which is 'si': e.g. 'salaba,' I did
not see.
Exercise. — (c) Make all these negative forms with your teacher.
Exercise. — (d) The bowl has fallen. The frogs have gone. The plan-
tains have grown up. We have asked for a book. The plantains which I
saw. The iron which fell down. The pieces-of-plantain-fibre have rotted.
Those two nice bunchlets which we saw. They have taken the nice book
which he bought. Where are the pieces-of-plantain-fibre which they thr°w
away ? Where is the book which he wanted to ask for ? The frogs have
not gone. We did not see the book. They have not taken the bowl. I
have not thrown away the book. The plantains have not fallen. The
plantains did not fall. I have not taken hold of the bowl. We have not
asked for a book. The pieces-of-plantain-fibre have not rotted. They did
not take the bunchlets. He did not strike the iron. The iron, he has not
struck it. The bunchlets, he has not taken them.
Lesson XXI. Miscellaneous.
e bi ntu bi meka ? How many things ?
e bi ntu bi ri bi meka ? How many things are there ?
The answer to these questions is Predicative, /'. <?. it takes no I.V. :
e. g. :—
ebintu bimeka ? Kumi.
How many things ? Ten.
(not Ekumi :) lit. they are ten.
Or if the more definite construction with the auxiliary is used : —
ebintu biri bimeka ? Biri bitano.
How many things are there? There are five.
Where ' bitano,' without I.V., is directly according to rule.
e ki ntu ky ona, everything. e bi ntu by ona, all things.
e ki ntu ky oka, the thing by itself, e bi ntu by oka, the things by
only. themselves, only,
bwe ki ti, like this. bwe biti, like this.] referring to
bwe ki tyo, like that. bwe bi tyo, like J- many
that, so. things.
ki tya ? how ? bi tya ? how ?
ki ri ki tya ? What is it like ?
bi ri bi tya ? What are they like ?
Exercise. — (a) Find out from your teacher how these different forms are
used, and get familiar with them.
Exercise. — [b) We saw all the bowls. All the plantains which fell.
Bring the iron only. How are the plantain-fibres ? have they rotted ?
How many bo,wls ? How is the green plantain-stem? has it fallen? The
plantains have' gone like this. How many pieces-of-iron are there ? Show
me all the pieces-of-iron? All the gourds are good. What are the gourds
like? What are the things like? How many fireplaces? There is only
one fireplace. The fireplace is one only. All the plantains have grown (to
perfection).
MU — MI CLASS 29
Lesson XXII. mu— mi Class.
We may now take another class : namely, that which expresses (a)
trees and other objects of variable form, as also (b) those which tend
to produce life, e. g. o mu ti, a tree : e mi ti, trees.
Exercise. — (a) Omutwe, omuwendo, omwini, omubiri, omusota, omugo,
omukira, omukono, omukwano, omulimu, omulyango : (b) omuga, omwezi,
omwaka, omuliro.
Find out from your teacher what these words mean : make the plurals of
them, and get thoroughly familiar with the sound of this Class Prefix, 0 mu
— e mi.
Lesson XXIII. Adjective and Numeral.
The adjective takes the same Class Prefix as the noun with which
it agrees ; therefore we have : —
o mu ti o mu lungi, a good tree,
e mi ti e mi rungi, good trees.
The agreement with the adjective numeral is: — ■
omuti o gu mu, the one tree. emiti e na, four trees.
emiti e biri, two trees. emiti e tano, five trees.
emiti e satu, three trees. emiti e meka? how many trees ?
There is no I.V. to the above numbers after one : the ' e ' l is not
the I. V., but stands for gi, the Objective Prefix.
// is.
gu li, with numerals or numeral adjectives.
gw e, with substantives or substantival expressions.
They are.
gi ri, for numerals or numeral adjectives.
gy e, for substantives or substantival expressions.
Exercise. — Little work. A large head. The doorway is small. A small
doorway. The substance [omubiri] is little. Go and look for the short hoe-
handle. Show me the large swamp. The stick is long. Bring the long
pole [tree]. The friend is bad. Three swamps. Three large swamps. Four
years. Two months. One tail is long. Two tails are short. Two
large doorways. The short tails are two. The hoe-handles are four. It is
a small head. It is a friendship. The friendship is not good.
Lesson XXIV. (a) Subjective and Objective Prefixes.
The Subjective Prefix is gu for the singular, and gi for the plural,
e. g. :—
o mu ti gu gude, the tree has fallen.
e mi ti gi gude, the trees have fallen.
The Objective Prefixes are the same : e. g.
ya gu sula, he threw it away,
ya gi sula, he threw them away.
1 The I.V. may be' given in a peculiar lengthening of this vowel in some cases :
e. f. ena, ebiri, with e lengthened.
30 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Exercise. — Combine these objects and subjects with the verbs already
given, and with the various simple tenses of them, and refer them to your
teacher.
(6) Demonstrative.
The Objective Prefixes being gu for the singular, and gi for the
plural, we get at once: —
omuti gu no : this tree. emiti gi no : these trees,
omuti ogw o: that (near) tree, emiti egyo: those (near) trees,
omuti gu li : that tree emiti gi ri : those trees.
Note that the invariable parts are the same as in Lesson IX. : viz. ' no,'
this ; ' o ' (and I.V. prefixed), that which is near (o gu o, — o gwo and e
gi o, — e gy o) ; ' li,' that at a distance.
Exercise. — That head. This friendship. That (near) river. These
years. Those sticks. Those (near) trees. This value. Those materials-
for-work. This arm. That doorway. This handle. These tails. That
body. Those ten trees. This large head. These little doors. This nice
tail. That long stick. This arm is short. That (near) value is large.
This tall tree. Those two hoe-handles are small. This work is great.
That snake goes very quickly. Those long tails. These little snakes.
Those two large rivers. These three short trees. Those (near) five bad
hoe-handles. These two large doorways.
Lesson XXV. Possessives.
omuti gwa kabaka: the tree of the king, the king's tree,
e mi ti gy a kabaka : the trees of the king, the king's trees.
Therefore gwa, ofj for the singular,
gya, of, for the plural.
Note that these are formed from the Objective Prefixes gu and gi by
adding the syllable ' a '
Hence we get : —
o mu ti gwa nge : my tree. o mu ti gwa fe : our tree,
e mi ti gya nge : my trees. e mi ti gya fe : our trees,
o mu ti gw o : thy tree. o mu ti gwa mwe : your tree.
e mi ti gy o : thy trees. e mi ti gya mvye : your trees,
o mu ti gw e : his tree. o mu ti gwa bwe : their tree.
e mi ti gy e : his trees. e mi ti gya bwe : their trees.
Compare this with the Notes on Lesson X., and note how each form
means literally ' of me,' ' of him,' etc.
Exercise.— (a) My head. His arm. Their sticks. Thy friend. Our
doorway. H^r hoe-handle. Thy body. His months. Your stick. His
work. The king's friend. Our hoe-handles. Thy arm. Your arms.
Their bodies. Your work. His stick is long. Our work is good. Go
and bring my hoe-handle. That work of thine is bad. Your head is
small. Their work is large. My fire. His friend.
The forms for mine, thine, etc., are o gwange, e gyange, o gugwo,
e gigyo, o gugwe, e gigye, etc.
Omutwe gwani ? whose head ? ogwange, mine.
Emiyini gyani ? whose hoe-handles ? egyafe, ours.
MU — MI CLASS 31
Gwo means ' it ' : Gyo means ' them ' in agreement with this class :
hence we get : —
omwini, omuwendo gwagwo, the hoe-handle, its price,
emiyini, omuwendo gwagyo, the hoe-handles, their price.
Similarly we can combine gwa kyo, gwa byo, e. g. : —
ekyuma, omubiri gwakyo, the iron, its thickness,
ebitoke, omubiri gwabyo, the plantain-trees, their thickness.
And so we can get all other possible forms : — byagwo, gyakyo, etc.
Exercise. — (l>) Investigate these forms with your teacher.
Exercise. — (ir) Whose stick? mine. Whose is this friend ? theirs. Is that
hoe-handle thine ? it is not mine. Your stick is short, mine is long. My
work is difficult [zibu], yours is easy [yangu]. Whose work is this? theirs.
Whose head is that ? his. Whose arms are those ? yours. The iron, its price.
The snake, its body is large. The animals, their heads, their tails, their
forelegs [omukono]. The plantain, its season [omwaka]. That stick is not
yours. This snake is not his. That [near] hoe-handle is not hers. The
hoe-handle, its iron (piece). The gourds, their price.
Lesson XXVI. The Relative.
Subject. — o mu ti o gu gwa : the tree which falls,
e mi ti e gi gwa: the trees which fall.
Object. — o mu ti gw na laba : the tree which I saw.
e mi ti gye na laba : the trees which I saw.
The gu becomes gw, and the gi becomes gy before a vowel. The ' e '
of the Objective Relative drops before a vowel — as we saw in Lesson
XIX.
N.B. — omugo gweyagenda okugunonya : the stick which he went to
look for.
The Relative Object with ' genda ' and the Pronominal Object with
the Active Verb 'nonya.'
Exercise. — The work which he did [kola]. The work which he has done.
The stick which has fallen. The year which came to an end [gwako].
The arm which he struck. The hoe-handles which they will bring. The
snake which died. The rivers which we shall cross. The fire which burns
[yaka] brightly. The head which is visible [labika]. The price which is
great. The heads which we have seen. The price which we have given
[wade]. The fire which he has asked for. His body which is very clean
[tukula nyo]. My stick which he has taken. The price which he wants to
ask for. The fire which is going to burn. The river which flows
[kulukuta] fast.
Lesson XXVII. Miscellaneous.
e mi ti e meka ? How many trees ?
e mi ti gi ri e meka ? How many trees are there ?
o mu ti gw oka, the tree only. e mi ti gy oka, the trees only,
o mu ti gw ona, all the tree. e mi ti gy ona, all the trees.
bwe gu ti, like this. bwe gi ti, like this,
bwe gu tyo, like that. bwe gi tyo, like those.
gu tya, how gi tya, how
gu li gu tya, what is it like ? gi ri gi tya, what are they
like?
32 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Exetcise. — How many swamps? How are the hoe-handles? The frog,
what is its head like ? An arm like this. All the month. Snakes like that.
This year only. All the fire has fallen. The snakes went like this. All the
snakes died [fa]. All our materials-for-work have rotted. How is the
doorway? It is very narrow.1 All my friends. The tail only was left.2
All the swamps are three only. Make the doorways like this. They made
the doorways narrow like that All the years.
The remainder of this section is intended only as a summary. It
gives a few leading points which deserve special attention. Make
exercises for yourself on the same model as those already given, and go
through them step by step with your teacher.
Lesson XXVIII. w and y Stems.3
Verbs,
(a) Those stems which begin with y.
In the Present and Present Perfect, the Subjunctive Mood and
Infinitive of the verb, note that the y of the root drops out, and
the vowel immediately following it is lengthened by compensa-
tion, after all prefixes ending in the letter ' u.'
e.g. twagala, we want : for tu yagala.
The first person singular is only ' n ' if the second syllable of the
root begins with ' n ' or ' m ' : e.g. nyongede, I have increased.
But in other cases the forms are njagala, I want ; njeze, I have swept.
(i>) Those stems which begin with w.
Whenever n comes before the w, we have mp, not nw.
Substantives (including Adiectives).
(a) y Stems.
i. With the Class Prefix n.
No change if the second syllable of the stem begin with n or m :
e.g. yengevu, ripe, — empafu enyengevu, ripe slow.
Otherwise change n to nj and omit the y.
e.g. yeru, white, — ente enjeru, a white cow.
ii. With other Class Prefixes.
Omit the y and make the necessary change in the vowel of the
prefix : at the same time lengthen slightly the first vowel of the
stem.
e.g. yengevu, eryengevu (eri engevu), — yeru, obweru (obu eru).
(b) w Stems.
i. With the Class Prefix n, change nw to mp : e.g. wamvu,
high, — enju empamvu, a high house.
ii. With the Class Prefix li, change li to g : e.g. wamvu, long, —
ejinja egwamvu, a long stone,
hi. In other cases no change ; but avoid making the w hard.
1 Use the verb ' funda,' to be narrow.
2 Use the verb ' sigala,' to be left.
3 The word ' stem is used as inclusive of the three forms given in Note on Word
Analysis, p. 170, viz. true root, derived root and modification.
MU — BA CLASS 33
Lesson XXIX. The mu — ba Class.
Find out from your teacher what the following words mean : make
their plurals and get thoroughly familiar with this class.
omukyala, omulenzi, omuwala, omukazi, omusaja, omuntu
omusomi, omuwesi.
Lesson XXX. Notes on this Class.
The Objective Prefix is mu for the singular, and ba for the plural,
ya mu laba, he saw him. ya ba laba, he saw them.
The plural forms are made in the usual way from this Objective
Prefix : —
e.g. a ba ntu ba nge, my : ba li, those : -bo, thy : -be, his, etc.
The singular forms present some difficulty : —
Numeral. — omuntu omu, one man.
Demonstrative. — omuntu ono, this man.
omuntu oyo, that man (near),
omuntu oli, that man.
Possessive. — Wa, of: e.g. omulenzi wa kyejo, a boy of insolence, an
insolent boy.
Hence, wa nge, of me, my : -wo, thy : -we, his : wafe, our
etc., in the usual way.
Relative Subj. — omuntu alaba, a man who sees, alabye, who has seen.
This, it will be seen, is the same in form as ' a man sees,'
'a man has seen.'
omuntu eyalaba,1 a man who saw.
Relative Obj. — omuntu gweyalaba, a man whom he saw.
omuntu gwalabye, a man whom he has seen.
Miscellaneous.— omuntu yena, every man.
omuntu yeka, a man by himself.'
omuntu atya ? bwati, like this : bwatyo, like that : ali, he is.
atya is frequently used in the sense ' what did he say '
Lesson XXXI. The li — ma Class.
Find out what the following words mean : make the plurals of them
and get thoroughly familiar with the sound of this Prefix.
eriso, erinyo, erigwa, e'fumu, e'gi, eryato, e'jinja, e'kubo, e'sanyu,
e'subi, amadzi, amata, amafuta.
Lesson XXXII. Notes on this Class.
The Objective Prefixes are li for the singular.
ga for the plural.
e. g. ya li kwata, he caught it.
ya ga kwata, he caught them.
1 Some people say 'ayalaba,' which is consistent with the fact that 'a' as a
pronoun denotes 'he.'
C
34
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
All the various forms are made in the usual way from these prefixes :
li (ly) for the Singular ; ga (g) for the Plural.
Bracketed forms before a vowel.
e.g. li no, this ; ga li, that ; lya nge, my ; lyo, thy; lye, his.
The agreement of the Adjective in the Singular is difficult ; for the
adjectives already given it is : —
eryato e'bi amato amabi
erimpi amampi
egwamvu amawamvu
e'dene amanene
e'tono amatono
Lesson XXXIII. The n Class.
Find out what the following words mean : make the plurals of them
and get thoroughly familiar with the sound of this prefix :—
Entebe, embwa, enyumba, empiso, ensuwa, enyindo, embuzi, ente,
emere, emfufu, embadzi, empagi.
Lesson XXXIV. Notes on this Class.
The Objective Prefix is gi (gy) for the Singular, and
zi (z) for the Plural.
Bracketed forms before a vowel.
All the plural forms are made in the usual way from zi (z).
The Singular Forms are : —
Numeral. — enyumba emu, one house.
Demonstrative. — enyumba eno, this house.
enyumba eyo, that house (near),
enyumba eri, that house.
Possessive. — ya, of : hence ya nge, of me, mine; yo, thy ; ye, his ;
yafe, our, etc., regularly.
Relative Subj. — enyumba egude, the house which has fallen,
enyumba eyagwa, the house which fell,
enyumba erigwa, the house which will fall.
i. e. the forms are the same as for 'the house falls,' ' has fallen,' ' will
fall,' except in the Far-past Tense.
Relative Object. — enyumba gyeyalaba, the house which he saw.
enyumba gyalabye, the house which he has seen,
enyumba yona, all the house. enyumba zona, all the houses,
enyumba yoka, the house only. enyumba zoka, the houses only.
enyumba etya : zitya,
bweti, like this,
bwetyo, like that,
enyumba emeka ?
eri, it is.
bweziti, like this (plur.),
bwezityo, like that.
How many houses ?
ziri, they are.
IMPERATIVE: COMPOUND SENTENCES 35
Lesson XXXV. Imperative, etc.
The simplest form or 'stem' of a verb is the 2ad pers. sing. Imper.
The Subjunctive is formed by changing the ' a ' final of the stem in the
present tense to ' e,' e.g. tugende, we may go (tugenda, we go) ; bakwate,
they may take hold (bakwata, they take hold).
The Subjunctive has various meanings, viz. tugende, we may go,
let us go, are we to go ? may we go ? bagende, let them go, are they to
go?
The form mugende is always used for the plural Imperative, Go ; the
singular, ogende, is used as the Near Imperative — oje enkya, come in
the morning; genda olete, go and bring; commands to be executed
not immediately but in Near Time.
Prohibition. — Use
(a) the negative form of the simple tense : e. g.
togenda, do not go.
To make this a general prohibition, add nga.
togendanga, never go.
(b) 'leka,' leave off: e»g. leka kulinya ku bigere byange, don't tread
on my feet ; muleke kuzanyirawo, don't play about there.
' that ye may not ' use ' lema,' cease : e. g. muleme kugenda, that
ye may not go.
Lesson XXXVI. Compound Sentences.
Always make your sentences as simple as possible, and avoid a
number of dependent sentences. If in English we use a number of
sentences depending on one another, the Baganda do not, and they
must be broken up so as to consist of simple sentences entirely : e. g.
he went . . . and eat.. . . and slept . . . etc., or of one simple sen-
tence and one dependent sentence : e. g. he went . . } when he had
eaten ... he laughed 1 because the speaker was funny, etc. A sen-
tence which exceeds the above in complexity cannot be followed by the
ordinary native.
nga, meaning ' thus,' can be used to supply most English con-
junctions. Practise with your teacher such sentences as : —
genda ngomaze okulya, go as soon as you have eaten.
Lit. Thus, you have finished to eat.
omwami ngakomyewo, muwa ebaruwa eno, as soon as the master
has come back give him this letter,
amanyi ngakoze bubi, she knows that she has done wrong.
Nga brings a comparatively distant fact into the immediate present
time.
1 — 1 Even here in telling a story the Narrative Tense would be used : ' he eat . . .
and he went'; ' the speaker was funny . . .and he laughed.' The use of the con-
junction in this case is mostly confined to short, isolated or independent sentences.
36 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Your teacher may also suggest or prefer other expressions, according
to his particular way of looking at the matter. Thus : —
Bwobanga omaze okulya (as soon as you have done eating)
expresses that the meal has not yet begun, as well as some
uncertainty as to when it will begin.
Bwonoba (nga) omaze okulya, expresses much the same, but at
a slightly more future time, say from two to eight hours hence.
Similarly —
Bwabanga akomyewo, if he is expected almost immediately.
Bwanaba (nga) akomyewo, if he is expected in a few hours.
Bwaliba akomyewo, if he is not expected until to-morrow or later.
In Narration these become —
yamala okulya nagenda, he went when (as soon as) he had eaten,
or, relating what happened to-day — alide, era agenze.
Similarly —
Relating what happened a day or more ago,
Omwami yakomawo ne'muwa [ni'muwa] ebaruwayo.
I gave the master your note when (as soon as) he came back.
Relating what happened to-day —
Omwami akomyewo : ebaruwayo 'muwade [ngirmuwade].
I gave the master your note on his return.
Obanga, if: e.g. obanga agenze, komawo, if he has gone, come
back.
Ngagenze would be quite intelligible, but not so idiomatic.
Singa : (this requires the use of a tense not yet given, viz. ' ndi ' or
' ku ' placed before the stem and after the subjective prefix,
and meaning ' would have ' done) : singa okisude, yandikuku-
bye, if you had thrown it away, he would have beaten you.
Note how your teacher uses ' lwe,' for ' when ' and sometimes * bwe' :
bwe also means ' how,' — tomanyi bwali, you don't know how he (she) is ;
how bad, good, beautiful, etc., is supplied by the context.
nga ye bweyakola, just as he did.
wandika nga bwenkuigiridza, write as I have taught you.
This simple construction, mostly with 'and' instead of the more
elaborate conjunction, is very common in the Hebrew of the Old Testa-
ment. A few instances only out of the many that might be quoted, are
given. In nearly every case they could be literally translated into
Luganda with 'and ' without using our English conjunctions.
The rendering of the R. V. is given in the bracket : the ' and ' as it
reads literally being put into the text.
' And {For) he shall be as a tree . . . and {but) his leaf shall be
green . . . and {neither shall) shall not cease. . . . ' Jer. xvii. 8.
'And {yet) we did esteem him. . . . And {but) he was wounded. . . .'
Isaiah liii. 4.
CONJUNCTIONS: PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 37
That :
' Ye shall not profane . . . and {that) ye die not.' Numb, xviii. 32.
' There must be an inheritance . . . and {that) a tribe be not
blotted out.' Judges xxi. 17.
Then :
' When ye take . . . and {then) ye shall offer. . . .' Numb, xviii. 26.
But :
' The young lions do lack . . . and {but) they that ... Ps. xxxiv. 10.
Also in the above quotations from Isaiah and Jeremiah, and very
frequently elsewhere.
So:
'Depart . . . And {So) they gat them up. . . .' Numb. xvi. 27.
When :
' And Moses heard, and fell on his face.'
R. V. ' and when Moses heard it, he fell. . . .' Numb. xvi. 4.
' And thou1 hast heard, and thou l hast forgiven.'
R. V. ' and when thou hearest, forgive.' 1 Kings viii. 30.
Where •
' I sink . . . and {wfiere) there is . . . I am come . . . and {where)
the floods overflow me.' Ps. lxix. 2.
Let:
1 Hide . . . and no man knows where. . . .
R. V. ' Hide . . . and let no man know where. . . .' Jer.
xxxvii. 19.
Neither :
' Fight not with the small and the great.'
R. V. 'fight neither with small or great.' 1 Kings xxii. 31.
And above in quotation from Jeremiah.
l— ' In this and the following, Dr. Young's Idiomatic Use of the Hebrew Tenses is
followed ; also in note on ' Must,' p. 141.
SECTION II
The subject being now treated from a slightly different point of view,
there will be some expansion of the more elementary principles ; but it
is hoped that the repetition will not be tedious.
Orthography.
Since so few of the letters used in English exactly represent the same
found in Luganda, it is a matter of some difficulty to write Luganda
uniformly. The following suggestions will be found useful : they are
based upon two broad principles, viz : —
1. Arbitrary Laws : i. e. laws which are made arbitrarily to facilitate
the process of writing and of reading that which is written.
II. Phonetic Laws : a term which sufficiently explains itself.
Arbitrary Laws.
i. The pronunciation is so far followed as to combine together the
following words when they occur in ordinary conversation : — -
(a) The Preposition 'of with the word following, — obulamu
bwabantu, the life of men.
The Preposition ' mu ' to the verb preceding, when it forms an
integral part of the verb, — nakitulamu,and sat in it.
Also such Prepositional forms as kulwange, on my account ;
kubwoyo, for his sake, etc.
(b) The Possessive pronouns -o, -e : — mwanawo, your child ; ama-
soge, his eyes.
(c) The Conjunctions .' ne ' (or ' ni ') and ' nga ' when followed by a
vowel : — nomusaja and a man ; ngayogera, he speaking.
(d) The Relative Particles — Lwe, bwe, we.gye, kwe, mwe — with the
verbs with which they are respectively connected. These might
perhaps be included in the verb formation.
2. The more important parts of speech are not run together, nor are
their vowels elided, as they would be in speaking. They are written
grammatically, not phonetically.
Exc. Write as one word, kuberekyo, this being so.
3. No double consonants occur.
38-
ORTHOGRAPHY : VOWEL SOUNDS 39
4. Every written vowel is, or forms, part of a syllable : thus double
vowels do not occur to denote a strong accent. For grammatical pur-
poses the lengthened vowel may be denoted by a horizontal bar : —
amanyi, strength ; okukuma, to keep.
5. An apostrophe may be use'd to denote an omitted root-letter which
has given rise to a lengthened or explosive sound in the following con-
sonant : — oku'ta, to kill ; oku'ba, to steal ; ye'ka, by himself.
6. r is written after the vowels e and /': and 1 in all other cases.
Thus Z1 is written in preference to r as an initial consonant, even
though it may not be the exact sound.
Exc. All foreign words, or names which are clearer if written with
the proper consonant.
7. The particle 'nti' used to introduce reported speech is written by
itself, and has no comma or other stop before or after it. The word
immediately following ' nti ' is written with a capital letter.
8. The stem of all verbs is the imperative form singular; and all
other parts of the verb are formed from this according to the Phonetic
Laws, p. 107 and ff., and Tables I, II, III.
Exc. Reflexive Verbs.
9. w is scarcely audible when it occurs between two similar vowels —
lowoza, amawanga ; but it is better on analytical grounds to retain
it.
In the prefix 'wo' the audibility of the 'w' varies; but it is best
retained uniformly for the same reason as in the previous case.
10. When the name of a person or place is joined to a preceding part
of speech, by the above arbitrary methods, then the initial letter of that
part of speech bears the capital letter : — Nomwoyo Omutukuvu, and the
Holy Spirit.
Exc. Foreign names : it adds greatly to the clear understanding of a
foreign name to write it by itself, writing any prefixes which this language
may require separately — aba Efeso, the people of Ephesus, the
Ephesians ; but AbeFeso is used by many writers.
And for this reason e locative is best written apart from the name
of the place — e Mengo, at Mengo ; e Gibea', at Gibeah ; but Emengo,
Egibea, are also used.
11. Phonetic Laws. These are summarized in the Appendix, Tables
I, II, and III ; and are given in the Exercises, p. 107 and ff.
Summary of the Vowel Sounds.
A short. A long.
mala, finish. mala, plaster,
kabakaba, wise. kaba, cry.
omuzanyo, play. omuzana, slave-girl,
wala, far. wala, have small-pox.
1 Certain Baganda sound an initial 1 like d in such words as lwaki- -dwaki ; and
instances of this spelling are to be found in the earliest translations published. This
is now uniformly written as 1.
4o ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
E short. E long.
akatebe, a little stool. katebe, a bog.
sere, grass-seeds. sera, cheat,
ke'ta, spy. keta, pall (of food) ?
0 short. O long.
loka, sprout. loka, throb?
kola, do. kola, weed,
enkota, bunch of plantain. kotakota, stoop.
1 short. I long
bi'ka, cover. bika, lay egg.
siba, tie. siba, spend time.
siga, sow seed. siga, bedaub with grease, etc.
U short. U long.
obusa, dung. busabusa, doubt,
ku'ta, have sufficient. kuta, rub.
ensulo, spring. sula, throw,
wulira, hear. wula, beat heavily.
Intermediate sounds may often be heard ; the extremes only are
given. See note on ' Length of Vowels,' p. 173, iii.
Summary of Consonant Sounds.
Eleven consonants may be regarded as identical with the correspond-
ing English sounds, viz. k, g, t, y, s, z, p, b ; n, when not nasalized,
and m, when not representing a nasalized sound before p, b, f, v :
also d when not modified before a • z.'
w may be said to have two sounds : —
i. A voiced consonant; this is not common, and occurs mostly
in ' w stems '^ e.g. wata, wagala, etc.
ii. Most commonly it is a soft-breathed consonant.
n, immediately followed by another consonant other than ' w ' or 'y,'
is nasalized ; the effect being to make ' n ' like a semi-vowel.
e.g. enkuba, rain; ensi, land; nsoma, I read.
When this ' n ' is nasalized before p, b, f, or v, the sound more
resembles a nasalized ' m,' and is therefore sometimes written m.
e.g. mba, mfa, mpa, mva.
Note the syllables mwa, mya, nwa, nya, etc.
ny, or nasalized 'j ' like 'gn ' in Boulogne.
ng, or nasal ' g.'
1 and r : many Baganda declare that they make no difference.
Many Europeans however notice that the sound is more that
of '1' when initial, or preceded by the vowels a, 0, and u;
and more that of 'r' when preceded by the vowels e and i.
Further, many Baganda are capable of making a sound in-
clining more to ' r ' than ' 1 ' in such proper names as Rebeka,
CONSONANT SOUNDS : SYLLABLES 41
with ' r ' initial. And this is done not on special occasions
but constantly in everyday intercourse in some names like this
with *r' initial, though not in all.
f and v are sounds approximating to ' fw ' and ' vw ' respectively.
j should be carefully noticed : e. g. bulijo, joga, janjaba.
gy in such words as ' gyawo ' must be carefully noted.
Lengthened or Exploded Consonants.
These denote an omitted root-letter.
't and 'd : e'taka 'dungi, the soil is good ; e'diba, a skin ; oku'ta,
to kill ; oku'da, to go back.
'b (and 'p) : oku'ba, to steal ; e'banga, space ; e'banda, bamboo.
'k and 'g : oka ka, to come down ; e'gi, an egg ; ye'ka, by him-
self; e'ka, at home ; oku'gulawo, to shut the door.
'f and 'v : are not so easy to hear as the others. Note carefully
the pronunciation of 'fe, we ; and the first ' v ' of e'vivi, a
knee.
's and 'z : not very marked : a'se, he has killed ; e'sasa, a
smith's shed; e'ziga, a tear; e'zibu, hard (in agreement with
the li ma class).
'j (and 'c) : not easy to hear. Note e'jembe, a charm ; e'jiba, a
dove ; e'joba, a bird's crest.
Lastly, before z (and probably before j) there is a ' d ' sound :
the ' d ' has not its full sound : e.g. amadzi, slightly different
from ama'zi ; akiridza, slightly different from akiri'za.
Probably there is a slight ' d ' sound also before the ' j ' in okuja.
Thus ' okuja ' gives ' okwidtha ' in Lusoga and ' kwitza ' in
Kavirondo (Mumia's), a rather plain hint that a 'd' is want-
ing, even if only slightly sounded.
I. Syllables.
Each word must be carefully pronounced by syllables. The author
has found it most helpful to consider each vowel in a word as the end
of a syllable ; it may have one consonant before it ; in certain cases it
may have two or even three consonants before it. In any case the
vowel marks the best place to divide the syllable.
This division is correct in Swahili, but not quite correct in Luganda.
It serves however as a simple rule by which to guard against that most
common mistake of making English syllables correspond to Luganda
ones, or, to be more correct, to make the vowels in them correspond.
Thus we must say Ka-to-nda, not Ka-tond-a ; ba-nda, not ban-da ; Ngo-
gwe, not ngog-we. This is one of the commonest mistakes made by
Europeans.
42
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
II. Forms of Speech.
The Noun.
The noun is made up of three parts : —
i. The Root or simplest possible part, which never varies.
2. The Class Prefix, which shows what kind of thing is meant.
3. The Initial Vowel or ' I.V.'
Thus — 0 mu ntu, a man. Here —
ntu is the Root or invariable part, and has the meaning
'existence.'
mu is the Class Prefix, and determines what existence we mean.
Now ' mu ' denotes 'human,' i.e. man as opposed to animal.
Therefore ' mu ntu ' is ' human existence,' /'. e. a man.
0 is the Initial Vowel, and must always be used when the word
stands by itself.
Again — e ki ntu, a thing. Here —
ntu is the same root as before, meaning ' existence.'
ki is the Class Prefix which gives the meaning of ' inanimate,'
/'. e. neither man nor animal ; and not having any special
characteristics of length, hardness, smallness, or the like.
Therefore ' ki ntu ' is ' inanimate existence ' ; i. e. a thing.
e is the Initial Vowel, which it will be noted is a different vowel
to that in the previous case. Every Class Prefix has its own
I. V.; but the only three vowels used for this purpose are 'a,'
'e,' 'o.'
Thus from the root ntu, 'existence,' we have two words — 0 mu ntu,
a man, and e ki ntu, a thing. We can also form from this root a-ka-ntu,
a little thing ; and o-bu-ntu, abstract existence ; whence comes the
expression Omuntu obuntu, a mere man.
The following are a few specimen nouns : —
0
mu
saja, a
man.
0
mu
lenzi,
a
boy.
0
mu dn, a
man-slave.
0
mu
kazi, a
woman
0
mu
wala,
a
girl.
0
mu zana, a
slave.
woman-
0
mu
somi, a
reader.
0
mu
baka,
senger.
a
mes-
0
mu bnmbi, a
potter.
e
ki
bina, a
crowd.
e
ki
diba,
a
pool.
e
ki kayi, a
potsherd.
e
ki
bira, a
forest.
e
ki
gambo,
a
word.
e
ki kolo, a
root.
e
ki
bya, a
bowl.
e
ki
gere,
a
foot.
e
ki nya, a
hole.
The word '
na' means
'ai
id'; wl
jen
a vowel
comes after
'na' the
vowel 'a ' is dropped, and the ' n ' is joined to that word ; e.g. : —
o mu kazi no mu wala, a woman and a girl,
e ki bya ne ki kayi, a bowl and a potsherd.
Exercise. — A boy and a girl. A word and a root. A reader and a
messenger. A word and a bowl. A man-slave and a woman-slave. A
pool and a hole. A forest and a root. A reader and a boy. A hole and
a bowl. A woman and a girl. A foot and a hole. A root and a girl. A bowl
and a woman. A boy and a foot. A messenger and a crowd. A forest
and a pool. A potter and a potsherd. A bowl and a potter. A woman-
slave and a girl. A man and a woman. A messenger and a potter. A
crowd and a hole. A woman and a potter. A man and a man-slave. A
man and a forest. A bowl and a potsherd. A reader and a girl. A root
and a hole.
0
mu
0
mu
e
ki
e
ki
PLUR.
ba
ntu,
men.
ba
kazi,
women
bi
ntu,
things.
bi
bira,
forests.
PLURAL : ADJECTIVE 43
The Plural of these Two Classes.
To form the plural, change 0 mu to a ba, and e ki to e bi respectively,
thus : —
SING.
ntu, a man. a
kazi, a woman. a
ntu, a thing. e
bira, a forest. e
Exercise. — (a) Make the plurals of all the above nouns.
{/>) Men and women. Bowls and potsherds. Crowds and words. Roots
and holes. Readers and boys. Messengers and a crowd. A potter and
bowls. A forest and holes. Men and things. Boys and girls. A mes-
senger and men-slaves. Feet and holes. A man and readers. Girls and
a bowl. Women-slaves and a root. A messenger and news [words]. Foot-
marks [feet] and a boy. Pieces of potsherd [sherds] and a woman. Readers
and a crowd.
III. The Adjective with the Subjunctive.
The adjective has exactly the same form as the noun ; in fact, the
adjective is not considered as different from the noun. It has its own
root, and the class prefix shows what is meant. Thus the adjective
takes precisely the same prefix as the noun, with which it agrees ; and
this shows in all cases where the noun is understood and not given
what sort of thing is referred to.
The following is a list of simple Adjective Roots : —
Bi, bad. Kalubo, hard. Nene, large.
Bisi, raw. Kambwe, fierce. To, young.
Funda, narrow. Kulu, fullgrown. Tono, little.
Gazi, wide. Lamba, whole. Wamvu, tall, long.
Genyi, foreign. Lamu, sound. Wolu, cold.
Gomvu, soft. Lume, male. Yangu, light.
Gumu, hard. Lungi, good. Yerere, empty.
Gya, new. Lusi, female. Yeru, white.
Kade, worn out. Mpi, short. Zibu, difficult.
Kalu, dry. Nafu, weak. Zira, brave.
The use of these adjectives should be carefully noticed ; they have
none of them an exact English equivalent.
bi is the opposite of lungi ; it is used loosely for ' dirty ' as opposed
to ' clean ' (lungi), as well as for ' bad.'
bisi means ' in its natural state ' — amadzi amabisi, cold water ;
omuti omubisi, a green piece of wood ; enyama embisi, uncooked
meat.
genyi, used only of people. Omugenyi, a visitor.
gumu denotes what is hard and yielding. Of a fence or wall, it means
' strong ' ; of cloth and other fabrics, it means ' stout and durable.'
kade, used of men as well as things; e.g. a man that has passed the
vigour of life is considered as ' worn out ' ; i. e. an old man.
44 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
kalubo denotes what is hard and unyielding ; metaphorically, of diffi-
cult matters, ' difficult,' ' insoluble.' As a verb, ekigambo kimukalubi
rira, he finds that a difficult problem.
kambwe, used of animals by preference. Its application to men seems
to be European.
lamba, mostly of things, 'undivided"; omwaka omulamba, a whole year.
lamu, — Omuntu omulamu, a man in full health ; ekibya ekiramu,
a bowl without a crack in it.
lume and lusi are used of animals ; saja and kazi are the words for
human beings ; hence, omusaja, a man ; omukazi, a woman.
nafu applied to human beings is a term of contempt — 'enfeebled
creatures.' It denotes in all cases that the strength which ought to be
there is gone.
to denotes 'undeveloped,' whether of persons or things, 'not full-
grown ' ; emuli nto= ' reeds not fully grown,' and which in consequence
shrivel up when dried; e'toke e'to= ' plantain not fully matured,' and
therefore not fit for food ; omwana muto = ' a child who is not full-
grown,' 'young,' and therefore has not its full strength.
kulu is the opposite to 'to,' and means 'adult.' Applied to persons
it may mean ' head ' or ' chief man.'
tono, little in point of size. More rarely in point of quantity —
Amadzi matono, a small quantity of water.
ivanivu denotes length, either upwards — tall, or downwards — deep.
Horizontally it can only be applied to a definite object to mean ' long ' ;
'a long interval ' is expressed by 'nene,' large — e'banga dene.1
wolu is applied to food. If applied to persons it means 'gentle.'
This latter use is perhaps peculiar rather to Lusoga and other kindred
languages, than to Luganda.
yangu. The primary idea seems to be that of ' quickness ' ; hence
(i.) ' light,' because soon carried ; (ii.) ' easy,' because soon done.
yerere, ' with no adjuncts ' — omuntu omwerere, a man with no
adjuncts, i.e. naked ; enyumba enjerere, a house with no adjuncts, i.e. the
mere house, or an empty house ; emuli enjerere, reeds and nothing else.
yeru, lit. ' cleared ' ; hence, weru (for wayeru), a place cleaned of all
dirt and undergrowth ; olusozi olweru (of distant objects), a hill with a
smooth surface, because it is clear of all trees ; ente enjeru, a cow clear
of all colour patches, and therefore white.2
For a full explanation of the different forms taken by w and y stem
adjectives (/. e. those whose stems begin with w and y), see Phonetic
Laws.
Exercise. — A good girl. A young boy. New words. Bad slaves. A
large sherd. Short readers. Little feet. An old woman. Full-grown
boys. A short root. A useless [hi] sherd. Bad men. Good potters. A
dirty [bi] bowl. A short foot. Difficult words. A large forest. Worn-out
things. Brave women. Empty holes. Adult readers. A large crowd.
Little pools. Old messengers. Ar adult messenger. Dry pools. A large
girl. An unbaked [bisi] bowl. A tall woman. Short men. A new bowl.
Dry things. A little forest. A sound foot. Hard roots. A wide hole A
green root. A deep hole. A hard sherd. A sound boy.
For this agreement, see p. 1 12, iv. 2 For agreements, see Chap. XVII. p. 112, ff.
INITIAL VOWEL 45
IV. The Initial Vowel with Adjectives and Nouns.
Always use the I.V. with Adjectives and Nouns, unless —
i. A negative precedes.
e. g. ' si,' meaning ' no* ' : —
si mukazi, it is not a woman.
si kigambo, it is not a word. (Used as equivalent to ' Never
mind.')
si kirungi, it is not good.
N.B. — When an adjective is joined to a noun, or when two nouns are
joined together by the prep, 'of,' both drop their I.V. after a negative ; e.g.
si kya kutulamu, it is not for sitting in.
sibalina kibya kirungi, they have no good bowl.
Si is rarely if ever followed by an adjective and noun together ; either a
noun only, or an adjective only, follows it.
ii. They are predicative.
e. g. ' ye ' meaning ' he ' or ' she ' : —
ye mulenzi, he is a boy.
ye mulungi, she is nice,
'kye,' meaning ' it is ' — kye kibira, it is a forest.
So with adjectives —
Ekibya kino kirungi, this bowl is nice.
N.B. —The adjective is generally made predicative when in agreement
with a noun ; e.g. : —
' Ekibya kirungi, generally is the equivalent of the English, A good bowl ;
whereas Ekibya ekirungi may mean, The good bowl, which you know of,
•which we are looking at, or the like.
iii. The preposition mu, in or ku, upon precede ; e. g. : —
mu kibya, in the bowl ; ku kikolo, upon the root,
iv. One of the questions Which or Whose is asked, e.g. : —
Kitabo ki ? Which book ?
Kitabo kyani ? Whose book ?
Provided the words for ' which ' and ' whose ' immediately follow the
noun. If anything whatsoever comes between, the I.V. is used, e.g. : —
Ekitabo kino kyani ? Whose book is this ?
with I.V. (e kitabo), because kino intervenes.
N.B.— Ekitabo kiki? means, What is meant by 'ekitabo '?
N.B.— Form of the I.V. The I.V. is :—
' a ' if the vowel of the Class Prefix is ' a.'
'o' „ „ „ 'u.*
* e ' in all other cases.
Possession : Pronominal Copula.
In agreement with nouns of the omuntu class : —
SING. PLUR.
wa, of. ba, of.
wani (wa ani) ? Whose ? bani (ba ani) ? Whose ?
ye, he is. be, they are.
46
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
e.g. Muntu wani? Whose man.
Ye mukazi, she is a woman.
Bantu bani ? Whose men ?
Be bakazi, they are women.
In agreement with nouns of the ' ekintu ' Class : —
SING.
kya, of.
kyani (kya ani) ? Whose ?
kye, it is.
e.g. Kintu kyani? Whose thing?
Kye kibya, it is a bowl.
Kya mukazi, it is the woman's.
PLUR.
bya, of.
byani (bya ani) ? Whose ?
bye, they are.
Bintu byani ? Whose things.
Bye bibya, they are bowls.
Bya mukazi, they are the
woman's.
Mu and Ku.
mu means ' inside ' ; but with the plural it may also mean : —
(a) ' In the quarter of,' e.g. : —
mu bakazi, in the women's quarter,
mu babumfei, in the potter's quarter.
This use is obviously confined to persons.
{b) 'To look for,' ' to fetch ' with things ; e.g.:—
agenze mu muli, he has gone for reeds,
ku means ' upon ' ; but with the plural it may also mean * some
of,' e.g.—
ku badu, some of the slaves,
ku bibya, some of the bowls.
Exercise.— The readers are good. The bad readers are boys. The bowl
is small. Which bowl? Whose girl? Whose man? Which forest? They
are not messengers. They are not good readers. In the hole. ^ Upon the
root. In the slaves' quarter. Some of the roots. In the men's quarter.
The messenger is not old. The girl is not young. In the pools. What is
this ? It is a bowl. What are these ? They are holes. They are forests.
What is this ? it is not pretty. In the boys' compound. Some of the words.
In the women-slaves' compound. It is a crowd in the forest. They are boys
in the pool. It is a hole in the foot. He is the slave of the messenger.
They are the words of the messenger. It is the potter's sherd.
V. Place or Position.
Place or position is indicated thus : —
Wa, place generally. Ku, upon (place upon).
Wano, here (this place).
Wali, there (that place).
Awo, there (near at hand).
Mu, in (place inside).
Muno, inside this.
Muli, inside that.
Omwo, inside that (near place).
ebintu biri mu kinya muli : the things are in that hole.
Kuno, upon this (place).
Kuli, upon that (place).
Okwo, upon that (near place).
PLACE : KI CLASS 47
Wa drops its ' a ' before a vowel following : —
genda womubumbi, go to the potter's place,
twala womukaai, take it to the woman.
In Lesson X. sec. I. we had the words -fe, us; -mwe, you; -bwe, them:
joining those to wa (and adding ' e ' to denote place ' at '), we have : —
Ewafe, at our place.
Ewamwe, at your place.
Ewabwe, at their place.
Similarly we get : —
Ewange, at my place.
Ewuwo, at thy place.
Ewuwe, at his place.
For * it is * and ' they are ' before mu and ku we must use : —
kiri, it is. biri, they are.
luwa, meaning ' where,' we get
ekibya kiruwa ? Where is the bowl : kiri mu kinya, it is in the
hole : kiri muli, it is inside that : kiri okwo, it is upon that
(near).
Similarly biri wano, they are here : biri muli, they are in that, etc.
Exercise. — Summary of words from Section I. : —
Nyo, very. Ndaga, show me.
Kwata, take hold. Leta, bring.
Genda, go. Genda olete, go and bring.
Nonya, look for. Genda ononye, go and look for.
Saba, ask for. Genda osabe, go and ask for.
Soka oleke, just wait a bit.
Exercise. — Where is the forest? it is there. Take hold of some of the
roots. Show me the sherds ; they are in that hole. Look for the man in
that (near) forest. It is at your place. Where is the foot ? Go and ask for
a bowl. It is at your place, in the men's quarter. Look just there. They
are upon that (near). Go in the forest and look for the boy. It is upon
that root. It is at our place. Go to the little man and ask for a potsherd ;
it is at his place. Go and bring the very young girl. In that hole Upon
this potsherd. Upon that (near) foot. Where is the bowl ? It is (over)
there. Where is the pool ? It is in the forest. Whose words ? The boys'.
Whose girl ? Of the reader who sleeps [asula] at our place. Whose feet ?
Of the girls. Some of the bad boys. The bowl is in the young boys'
quarter. Adult readers. A short boy. A large pool. A brave slave. A
dry potsherd. Look for a soft root. Bring some of the small bowls. T hey
are inside there. Show me the foreign women. They are over there. Go
to the man's place and bring a sherd. Go into the forest and look for the
girl.
VI. The ki (or 'thing') Class.
N.B. — In this and the following chapter, it is assumed that Section
I., Lessons VII.— XXVII. will be referred to.
Ekibajo, a chip. Ekibatu, palm of hand.
Ekibamvu, a trough. Ekibo, a basket.
Ekibegabega, the shoulder. Ekifananyi, a likeness.
Ekibanja, a building site. Ekifo, a place.
48
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Ekifuba. the chest.
Ekifulukwa, a deserted place.
Ekifumvu, a mound.
Eki'go, a fort.
Ekigongo, the backbone.
Ekiguli, a cage.
Ekika, a clan.
Ekikajo, sugar-cane.
Ekikande, an over-run garden.
Ekikere, a frog.
Ekikonde, the fist.
Ekikonge, a stump.
Ekikusu, a parrot.
Ekikuta, a peeling.
Ekikwaso, a pin.
Ekimuli, a flower.
Ekirabo, a present.
Ekirato, a sheath.
Ekiwempe, a coarse mat.
Ekiremba, a head-cloth.
Ekirevu, a beard.
Ekiro, night.
Ekisa, kindness.
Ekisakate, a fence.
Ekisanikizo, a cover.
Ekisansa, a small mat-work
cover for cups, etc.
Ekisasiro, rubbish.
Ekisenge, a partition, wall.
Ekisera, a space of time.
Ekisikirize, shade, shadow.
Ekiswa, an ant-hill.
Ekita, a gourd.
Ekitabo, a book.
Ekitanda, a bedstead.
Ekitibwa, glory.
Ekitogo, papyrus.
Ekitole, a piece.
Ekituli, an aperture.
Ekitundu, a part.
Ekiwawatiro, a wing.
Ekire, a cloud.
Ekiwero, a rag, duster.
Ekiwomvu, a valley.
Ekiwundu, a wound.
Ekizikiza, darkness.
Ekizinga, an island.
Ekyalo, a garden.
Ekyejo, insolence
Ekyenyi, the forehead.
Ekyoto, a fire-place.
Ekyoya, a feather.
Ekyuma, a piece of iron.
Ekyoya — mostly Plur., ebyoya — denotes any growth, such as down,
hair (on a goat), feathers (on a bird) which appears on the skin.
Ekisasiro — nearly always Plur., ebisasiro. The singular would only
mean ' a single piece of rubbish ' ; just as ekyuma means ' a single piece
of iron.' True, ekyuma may be a complex machine of many pieces, but
the combination forms one piece, and is therefore called ' ekyuma.'
Ebisaniko — the leaves used to cook food in — is used if the ' rubbish ' is
of that nature.
Ekisa and Ekitibwa are only used in the singular.
Nouns beginning with 'ky' are 'y Stem' nouns ; i.e. they are formed
from a root beginning with ' y ' ; e.g. yota, warm, makes ekyoto (eki yoto),
a place to warm at. Their plurals are ebyoto, ebyuma, etc.
(a) Adjective.
Exercise. — The shaving is short. The building-site is good. The fence is
bad. Where is the sound bowl ? Show me the large wound. Where is the
good book ? Go and ask for a nice pin. Go and look for the small pictures
(photographs). Bring a sound bowl. Bring the short part. It is not
whole. Go and look for the young parrot. Go and ask for a building-
site. Where is the large hole ? Where is the new fort ? Where is the
old fence? The wall is short. The fences are new. Is the duster dirty?
Where are the hard coarse-mats ? The palms are hard, they are not large.
Go and ask for a clean [lungi] cover. Bring a strong [gumu] basket.
n,
o
a
meani
ng
'I'
'thou'
'he'
tu
>>
'we'
mu
ba
'ye'
' they '
TENSES OF VERB 49
Where are the dry mounds-? Where is a small valley? Where is a good
place.
(b) Demonstrative and Adjective.
Exercise. — This fist. That (near) shadow. These wounds. These
mounds. Show me that old stump. Go and bring that (near) basket.
This fort is very old (out of repair). That place is very wide, this is
narrow. Ask for those short coarse-mats. These frogs are young. Those
baskets are empty. These valleys are very long. Take hold of this parrot.
Go and ask for those large dusters. Where are the dusters ? They are on
that small bed. Where are those long pins ? They are in that cover. This
wound is large ; those are small. Show me these hard pieces of sugar-cane.
Those are hard, these are soft. Bring those short pieces of papyrus. This
part is worn out. These likenesses are very good ; those are not good.
This parrot is small. These clouds are large. Go into that deserted-place
and bring some potsherds. Go and look on that large bedstead for the
coarse-mats. The small pins are in that small cover. Go to [mu] the
islands and buy [gula] those bowls.
(c) Snbject and Object Prefix.
Brief Summary of the Verb. Laba — see.
ndaba, means I see
olaba „ thou seest
alaba „ he sees
tulaba „ we see
mulaba „ ye see
balaba „ they see
The Objective Pronoun always comes immediately before the Verb-
stem, unless it is relative.1
Similarly, putting ' a ' before ' laba ' we get n a laba, I saw : w a laba,
thou sawest, etc.
Putting ' na. ' before ' laba ' we get tu na laba, we will see (soon): a na
laba, he will see (soon), etc.
Putting ' li ' before 'laba' we get n di raba, I will see : o li raba, thou
wilt see, etc.
The following words are useful : —
Tambula, walk. Gula, buy. Leta, bring.
Gwa, fall. Kola, make. Sula, throw away.
Gyawo, take away. Leka, leave.
Exercise. — The parrot walks very much ; I have seen it. They go very
quickly [mangu]. It is going to fall. We will build it. They took them
away. They have gone. They threw them away. They will bring them.
It will fall. They will fall (soon). They will take hold of them. Tliey
left them. Frogs jump [buka]. Sugar-cane is very nice [woma]. This
wound is very nasty [wunya]. That wall is leaning over [esulise]. This
fence is falling over [bunduse]. The darkness is dense [kute]. The stump
knocks people.
(d) Numeral and Adjective.
The first five numerals have already been given (Section I., Lesson
XIII.). The others do not vary in their agreement. Probably the
numbers, six, seven, eight and nine are really adjectives in agreement
1 For Personal Object Pronoun, see p. 26, Lesson XVIII.
D
50 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
with the word ' omuwendo ' — number — understood, viz. the 'six' number,
the 'seven ' number, etc.
Omukaga, six. Omwenda, nine.
Omusamvu, seven. Ekumi, ten.
Omunana, eight.
N.B. — E'kumi is a substantive of the lima Class.
These numerals follow the same rules for the I.V. as the five first
numerals.
Numeral Adjectives. — /'. e. adjectives which follow the same rules as
numerals with regard to their I.V.
ngi, many. meka ? how many ?
' Great ' as a quality is ' ngi ' : e.g. ekisa ekingi, great kindness. ' Nene '
is great only as to size.
Exercise. — Six bowls. Ten mounds. Eight places. Six books. Nine
covers. Seven fences. Eight gourds. Ten feathers. Nine large books.
Great glory. Great kindness. How many bowls? How many ant-hills?
ten. How many fences? Six whole nights. They threw away a great-
quantity-of [ngi] rubbish. I want six long pieces. They made four nice
bedsteads. Nine large deserted places. These seven dusters are dirty.
Those two white islands. Three large forests. Those six clans.
(e) Possessive.
Take special note how the Subjective Prefix runs through all these
forms. Thus ki for the singular (kitambuds, it has walked) — whence
we get kyange (kiange) my ; ky e (kie) his. For the Demonstrative we
had kino, kiri, etc. So also for the Relative we have ekigwa, which falls ;
kyeyakola (kieyakola), which he made; and for other forms, kitya,
bwekityo, kyona (kiona), etc.
bi, the Plural Objective Prefix in the same way (ya bi kola, he made
them), makes all the forms : by afe (biafe) ; by eyakola (bieyakola), etc.
Exercise. — My sugar-cane. His book. Their aperture. Your coarse-
mat is long His wound is large. Their books are very nice. Show me
his parrot. Their fire-place is small. Whose gourd is this ? Mine. Whose
are the five small bowls ? They are on the wall. Their insolence is great.
Go and look for that nice sheath of mine. That parrot is not thine. Whose
gardens are those ? Ours. His parrot, I saw its foot ; its wings are
small ; its kindness is great. They will bring their books. The books,
their parts. They brought the parrot in its cage. Your parrot, I saw it and
its wound. My over-run garden is small, yours is large. The fence, its
shadow is nice. His kindness is great. We saw your parrot ; its feathers
are young. Your bedstead is short, mine is long, his is very narrow. They
brought a good basket and a large cover for it. The islands and their ant-
hills.
(/) Relative.
Exercise. — It is a parrot which cries [kaba]. The papyrus (plur.) which
we cut down [sala]. The cage which he made. The fence which will fall.
It is the wall which is likely to fall. The cover which I want. Those nice
books which they bought. The building-site which is in the forest. Bring
the book which we bought. Take hold of the books which are going to fall.
The frogs which cry. The insolence which drove him away [goba]. The
fort which they are going to build. The flowers which they bring. The
rubbish which thev took away. The aperture through which light comes
'kitya': 'bwekiti': 'kye nyini' 51
[which brings light — omusana]. The three good fences which fell down.
The place which they will leave. The part which I left in that bowl. The
present which they have brought to our house. The fireplace which they
are going to make is small. Bring the pieces of iron which make a cage.
Ask for the duster for wiping [simula] the things [the duster which wipes].
Where is the bowl which you threw away ?
(g) Miscellaneous.
The most common use of the words kitya, bitya, etc., is in conver-
sation. A. makes a remark about gardens (ebyalo) ; B. catches up the
word thus, Ebyalo bitya ? what do you mean by ' gardens ' ?
The form -tyo means 'like that,' and states a simple fact, e.g. : —
A. — ekisenge kino kibi : B.— .-bakikola bwekityo.
(A. complaining), this wall is crooked : (B. replies), they made it so.
The form-ti means ' like this,' and needs to be accompanied by some
example, either a motion of the hands, a pushing forward of the lips, or
some similar indication. For instance in the expression —
kyenkana wa? How (long, tall, wide, etc., according to the
sense) is it? Lit. It equals where? The words for length,
etc., can be added if necessary
The answer is —
kyenkana bwekiti : it is as (long, etc.) as thi?.
byenkana wa? How (long, etc.) are they?
byenkana bwebiti : they are so (long, etc.).
Note the words —
kye nyini, itself. bye nyini, themselves.
They are used like the English words 'literal,' or really' ; e.g.: —
ekyalo kye nyini, I mean the literal plantain-garden ; or I really
do mean a garden, not something else, whether a word less
commonly used which sounds like 'ekyalo' ; or the word used
in some mystical sense.
Exercise. — Bring all the chips here. Make one fence only. . Ask for both
covers. Look for all three baskets. What do you mean by books? (I
mean) the books which he is going to buy. The fence goes like this. Frogs
jump like this. Throw all the rubbish in that hole. His-beard is very long.
How long is it ? It is as long as this. How many frogs ? We saw nine
small frogs and two large (ones). He fell upon his forehead. What do you
mean by ' forehead ' ? (I mean) the forehead itself. What do you mean by
flowers ' ? I mean flowers literally. All my books fell into that hole. His
parrot cries like this. The parrot which cried like that died. This fort
is very small. They made it so. These fences are high ; they made them
like that. The frogs cried like that the whole night. This hole is empty ;
I saw it. His parrot has gone : I have seen it in the plantain-trees. Look
for it on the building-site. It is here on the fence. Where is that nice
sheath which I gave [wa] you ? That sheath of mine, I left it in the waH at
your house. You will find [laba] a number of [ngi] pins in my basket. In
the valley I saw those flowers which they brought yesterday [jo]. All that
rubbish which is in the fireplace, throw it into the hole which we dug [sima]
in the over-run garden. Take away all these coarse-mats of yours. Bring
mine to-spread-in-their-place [tubyalirewo]. What do you mean by kind-
ness ? His kindness is very great.
52 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Supplementary.
To Be and To Have.
Present Time.
SING. TLUK.
ndi, I am nina, I have tuli, we are tulina, we have
oli, thou art olina, thou hast muli, ye are mulina, ye have
ali, he is alina, he has bali, they are balina, they have
Notice. — ndi for n li, and nina for n li na. All the other forms are
quite regular.
The word ' na ' in many cases corresponds to the English ' with,' but
it should be sparingly used to form any adverbial expression. It tends
to the meaning 'and ' : e. g. nina, I am, and something else is.
Similarly by inserting the 'a' for Past Time, we have : —
SING. PLUR.
nali, I was nalina, I had twali, we were twalina, we had
wali, thou wast walina, thouhadst mwali, ye were mwalina, ye had
yali, he was yalina, he had bali, they were balina, they had
If an Object follow —
Ndi nakyo, I have it
Tuli nabyo, we have them
So in Past Time —
Nali nabyo, I had them
Bali nakyo, they had it
For the ki — bi Class we have : —
kiri, it is kirina, it has biri, they are birina, they have
kyali, it was kyalina, it had byali, they were byalina, they had
These forms are only required with Numerals, Numeral Adjectives
and the Prepositions.
To negative these, prefix 'te' (' t ' before a vowel): except for the
first person singular, which is 'si,' e. g. : —
siri, I am not sirina, I have not (I have not got)
sali, I was not salina, I had not (I had not got)
tali na kyo, he has not got 'it : tetuli na byo, we have not got
them.
With the Relative we must add the word for ' it ' or ' them ' after the
' na,' if any words follow, e. g. : —
ebintu byenina, the things which I have.
ebintu, byeninabyo birungi, the things which I have are good,
because the word ' good ' — birungi — follows.
With the Prepositions of Place, we have : —
taliwo, he is not here tuliwo, we are here, etc.
talimu, he is not inside balimu, they are inside, etc
'there': emphasis 53
There are also the forms : —
waliwo, there is tewali, there is not
waliwo, there was tewali, there was not
mulimu, there is inside, inside there is
e.g. mu kinya mulimu ekitoke, in the hole there is a plantain :
temuli, there is not inside.
e. g. muno temuli kintu, in this place there is nothing.
And more rarely similar forms in ' ku ' : e. g. tekuli, it is not
there, upon (the table, etc.) :
(ku kisenge) kuliko ekifananyi, (upon the wall) there is a picture.
Yes — yee. N o- - Aa .
Exercise. — I have two pictures. He had three parrots. They have a
nice fence. The fences which they have are good. My book was on the
mat. The bowls were two There is a good building-site in the forest.
In the bowl is there a pin ? In the rubbish there are (seme) flowers.
Where is the aperture which I am -working-at [kola] ? In it there is an
ant-hill. He has not got a wound. Have you not (got) an aperture-for-
work ? He has not got a beard. The fort was in the valley. There
was one fireplace in the fort. Have you got any peelings ? No, we have
not (got any). Have you brought the bowl ? Yes, I have got it. Have
you a parrot ? Yes, I have two. Has he a beard ? No, he has not.
Have they brought a coarse-mat? No, they have brought nothing. Will
he make the wall ? Yes, he will make it. The ant-hills were nine. The
sugar-cane was in the wall. That island (of which I have been speak-
ing) was in the king's lake \nyanja ya, lake of].
It is often better to say for ' I have three nice books,' I have
three books, they are nice ; or, I have nice books, they are three,
according to the word which you wish to emphasize most.
i. By placing the numeral after the adjective, a slight emphasis is
placed on the numeral, e. g. : —
Nguze ebitabo ebirungi bisatu, I have bought three nice books.
Nina ebitabo ebitono, biri bibiri, I have two small books.
Ebigo bikade mukaga, the old forts are six.
Exercise. — (Numeral i. supposed to be slightly emphatic, and therefore to
be put last.)
I have four nice books. We have six bad fences. They brought two
small presents. I have two nice books. He has three young parrots.
They have five old (pieces of) wall. The narrow cages are six.
We saw three small forests. Nine large pools. Tht small frogs are four
They caught eight young parrots You have two old covers. He has four
sound bowls. They bought seven new troughs. Three large valleys.
You have two good coarse-mats. Four wide holes. The old fences are
three. Nine dry dusters. I have two (pieces of) rag that are-not-rotten
[sound].
ii. By leaving out the I.V. of the adjective, we throw a sort of
emphasis on the adjective, e. g. : —
alina ebikusu bibiri, bibi, he has two parrots, they are bad : i. e.
he has two bad parrots.
Exercise. — (No I.V. to the adjective, which is supposed to be
slightly emphasized. )
54 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
He has two good parrots. You have three short fences. Six strong
forts. Nine small fireplaces. Four bad bedsteads. One good part. Five
new baskets. Five large forests, Ten small ant-hills. Seven hard roots.
Two dry pools. Eight nice flowers. Two wide holes. Nine large ant
hills. Six little girls. We have four short cages. You have two large
wounds. I have two small feet. He has four good likenesses. They
brought five good gourds. They saw four young frogs. They made two
nice bedsteads.
VII. The ma — mi (or ' Tree ' ) Class.
Omubala, drum-beat. Omulere, a flute.
Or abinikiro, a funnel. Omulimu, work.
Omubiri, the body. Omuliro, fire.
Omubisi, syrup. Omulundi, a time.
Omu'do, weeds. Omulyango, a .doorway.
Omudumu, a jug (European). Omunya, a lizard.
Omufuko, a quiver. Omunyo, salt.
Omuga, a swamp, river Omupunga, rice.
Omugabo, a portion. Omupera, a guavatree.
Omugaga, a bandage. Omusekese, framework.
Omuganda, a bundle. Omusolo, tribute.
Omu'go, a stick. Omusiri, plot of cultivated ground.
Omugongo, the back. Omusingo, a pledge.
Omugugu, bundle of bedding. Omusota, a snake.
Omukira, the tail. Omusuja, fever.
Omu'ka, smoke. Omuti, a tree.
Omukono, the arm. Omutwalo, a load.
Omukeka, a mat. Omutwe, the head.
Omukufu, a watch-chain. Omuwendo, .the price, value.
Omulambo, a corpse. Omuwumbo, a parcel of food
Omulamwa, the kernel. Omuzigo, fat.
Omudumu referred originally to a gun-barrel ; it is now used
for a European jug, and also sometimes for the spout of a
kettle, teapot, etc.
Omu'do, omu'ka, omuliro, omupunga, omuwendo, omuzigo, are
not used in the plural.
Omukufu denoted originally a ring, sometimes of metal -plate,
sometimes of other material, worn round the neck. It cannot
be used for heavy chain.
Emirimu means ' materials for work.'
Omubiri also denotes the 'thickness1 or 'substance ' of anything.
(a) Subject and Object Prefix.
Exercise. — The snake is going. The bundle is about to fall. The fire, I
have brought it. The corpses, I have seen them. The rivers are full [jude].
The back is broken [kutuse]. The smoke is great. The snakes, I shall see
them in the forest. The chains fell. The tree will grow [loka]. The
framework, we will make it. The snakes will die. The weeds, wc will
throw them away. The materials have come. The doorways, I have
finished measuring [gera] them. The lizards went quickly. The stick will
MU — MI CLASS 55
fall. The pieces-of-wood, they will bring them. The kernel, they saw it.
The price is great. The doorways are very narrow. The pledge, they
agreed-to [kiriza] it. The work, I have finished doing it.
(b) Demonstrative and Adjective.
Note specially how all the various forms are made from the Object
Prefix. Thus gu is the Singular Object Prefix (ya gu kola, he made
it) : this Object Prefix gu gives not only the Demonstrative singular
gil li (that), etc., but also the Possessive gwange (for guange), etc.; the
Relative o gu kola, which makes, gw eyakola (gue yakola), which he
made ; gu tya, bwe gu tyo, etc.
Similarly for the plural, gi is the Object Prefix, (ya gi kola, he made
them) : hence we get gi no, this, gy ange (giange), my, etc.
To express, This is the tree, reduplicate the forms thus : guguno,
guguli, for the singular, and gigino, gigiri, for the plural.
e. g. omuti guguno, this is the tree,
emikira gigiri, those are the tails.
The form of ogwogwo, reduplicated from ojwo, can be used, but will not be
needed for these Exercises.
Exercise. — This lizard. That rice. That (near) tree. Those arms.
These sticks. Those (near) quivers. Those flutes are nice. This bit-of-
fire is bad. Where is the jug ? This is the jug on the wall. Bring that
funnel here. This is another drum-beat. These weeds are rmny. Those
are the chains. These bundles are long. That arm is short. These heads
are small. I have seen those large heads. These materials-for-work. This
is the rice. That is the fire. That (near) jug. This small lizard. These
guava-trees are short. This chain is low*. That short bundle, they tied
it up [siba] badly [bubi]. This is the tribute. They brought it yesterday.
Those snakes. That (near) smoke. That large portion. This stick is long.
That is short. In that river is there papyrus? No, there is not. In that
tribute there are hoe-handles. There are snakes in this swamp. She will
sow [siga] rice in that plot.
(c) The Numeral and Adjective.
omulundi gumu, once ; emirundi ebiri, twice.
emirundi emeka? how often? always after the verb and its object,
if there is one: /'. e. at the end of the sentence.
asoma emirundi emeka ? how often does he read ?
yaleta ekyejo emirundi emeka ? how often has he been impu-
dent to you ?
Exercise. — Three swamps. One tail. Six lizards. Eight guava-trees.
Many weeds. How many bundles ? ten. How many chains ? two. Bring
those large parcels-of-food. Show me the eight guava-trees. We crossed
four deep rivers. These are two jugs. Those three short sticks. Bring
those nice two flutes. Those four jugs are clean. We shall cross [somoka]
five rivers to-morrow [enkya]. Three pre wide, two are little, but they are
very deep [-limu amadzi mangi]. Two nice plots. How often was he ill
with [lwala] fever ? twice. How often did he strike the snake ? four times.
These trees are five. They made two wide funnels. He brought three
kernels. Those flutes are four. Two long sticks. Nine pieces-of-wood ;
56
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
four are long, five are short. I saw six snakes. Those three pieces-of-wood
are short. Bring three Ions; pieces. How often did you see him ? four
times.
(d) Possessive.
Since 'gwa' means 'of for the singular; and 'gya' means 'of
for the plural : —
Omulere gwomulenzi, the boy's flute.
Emirimu gyabasaja, the men's material for work.
Gwakyo means 'of it ' = * its,' in the sentence— ekikusu omukira
gwakyo, the parrot, its tail.
Gwabyo means 'of them ' = ' theirs,' in the sentence— ebikcre
omuga gwabyo, the frogs, their swamp.
And similarly for all these varied forms.
Exercise.— His quiver. Their rice. My head. Your back. Their
sticks. Thy chains. His flutes. His large guava-trees. My large-
quantity-of-rice. Thy long arms. My head is small, yours is large. His
pieces-of-wood are long. Thine are short. Whose parcel-of-food is this ?
mine. Whose stick is that (near) ? theirs. Whose back is that ? his. Go
and look for my flute. My flute is good. Thine is bad. Their guava-trees
are very tall, ours are short. Bring his pledge. My friend, [munange] your
pledge is small. That parcel-of-food is ours. This bundle is theirs. This
funnel of hers. The snake, its head and its back. The parrots, their wings
and their tails [ebyensuti] and their heads. The lizard, its tail and its feet.
The guava-trees, their roots. We saw the islands and their swamps.
Whose syrup is thrs ? yours? No, it is theirs. My bit-of-fire is good, yours
is not good. The trees and their roots. That watch-chain of mine is not
good. I saw that snake, its back was broken. My bundle and the sticks
belonging to it. His work and its apertures. Whose frame-work is that?
mine. Look at [laba] its doorway.
(e) Relative.
Exercise.— The smoke which goes up. The flute which I made. The
corpses which we saw. The snake which went quickly [mbiro]. The parcel-
of-food which he brought. The arms (of the lake) which enter in [ingira]
• here. The tribute which they will collect [soloza]. The fire which will
burn soon [mangu]. The drum-beats which they want to learn [iga]. The
weeds which they are going to hoe up [lima]. The bandage which I tied on
my head. The work which I gave him to do. The guava-trees which have
come-to-hand [labise]. Show me the frame-work which he is making. The
swamps which we crossed. The fever which left him [vamu]. The pieces-
of-wood which make my cage. The parrot, the feathers which belong-to
[beramu] its tail. The snakes which live [bera-] in the swamp. The weeds
which are [bera] in my plot. The portion which he gave me. The load
which fell into the swamp. Go and ask for the chain which I left on the
bedstead. Look for the kernels which we threw into that hole. Bring the
load which they are going to take.
(/) Miscellaneous.
Exercise.— We shall cross one river only. All the rivers are deep. How
long are the pieces-of-wood? they are so long. The syrup was in that
jug. The rivers which we crossed were only two ; one was very wide.
What do you mean by flutes? I mean the flutes which they brought
yesterday. All the body. Take away all the weeds. All this work is
good. They made it so. All his back. What do you mean by 'pledge' ?
I mean the literal pledge. Bring the jug only. The frame-work, he made
it like this. Bring all the chains. Show me your whole back. He asked
COMPARISON 57
three times for all the tribute. Go and look for all the kernels. Bring all
the rice. A doorway like this. How many rivers are there ? there are-no-
less-than fwera] seven. All the sticks which they brought are lost [buze].
The tail only is visible. What do you mean by tail? I mean the literal
tail. They eat the whole parcel-of-food. Show me both arms. All the
guava-trees which I planted [simba]. The frogs had heads like this. The
men did all this work.
VIII. Supplementary.
(a) Comparisons: 'same,' 'some,' 'other.'
Same.
ekintu kino kye kimu na kiri, this thing is the same as that,
ebintu bino bye bimu, these things are the same. .
omngo guno gwe gumu na guli, this stick is the same as that,
emiti gino gye gimu, these trees are the same.
And similar expressions according to the sense.
Again : —
ekitabo kyange kye kimu nekikyo, my book is the same as yours,
ebitabobyo bye bimu nebyange, his book is the same as mine,
omugogwe gwe gumu nogwange, his stick is the same as mine,
emigo gyange gye gimu negigyo, my sticks are the same as yours.
Some.
The numeral for ' one ' has also a further use, to denote ' some '
ku miti gino, egimu mirungi, egimu mibi, some of these trees are
good, some are bad.
ku bitundu bino, ebimu biwamvu, ebimu bimpi, some of these parts
are long, some are short.
Note the order: the thing divided first, and then the positive word. For Kye,
Bye, Gwe and Gye in the above, some Baganda would use Kiri, Biri, Guli and Giri
respectively.
In Past Time these would be : —
ekitabokye kyali kimu nekyange, his book was the same as mine,
ku bitabo biri ebimu byali birungi, some of those books were nice,
omubiri gwali gumu, the thickness was the same.
Other Comparisons are given : —
i. By the word ' yenkana.'
ebisikate bino byenkana, these fences are the same height,
ekisakate kyange kyenkana nekikyo, my fence is the same height as yours.
A qualifying noun — height, obuwamvu — may be added ; but where
the sense indicates the relation, as in the above cases, or where the
relation is obvious, no qualifying noun is needed.
These qualifying nouns are formed by prefixing 'obu' to the adjective
having the required meaning; e. g. gazi, wide— obugazi, width: kulu,
full-grown — obukulu, in point of age. Kulu also means great in the
sense of honour, chief; and so obukulu might mean 'greatness' in that
sense.
58 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ii. By the word ' singa.' l
ekintu kino kisinga byona, this thing is the tallest (longest, etc.).
The sense of the conversation will often supply the adjective; when
it does not we must use a qualifying noun, as above in case (i.).
e.g. leta omuti ogusinga obuwamvu, bring a longer stick.
ekibanja kyange kisinga ekikyo obuwamvu, my building-site is
longer than yours,
naye ekikye kisinga byona obunene, but his is the largest.
Exercise. — Of the flowers, some are pretty, some are not pretty. Some
lizards are long, others are short. This flute is the same as that. This work
is the same as that (near). My dusters are the same as yours. Their door-
ways are the same width. These heads are the same size. This snake is the
same as that. These two snakes are the same length. This swamp is the
same depth as that which we crossed yesterday, but [naye] that of yesterday
was much wider. Your portion is the same as mine, but his is bigger than
both ours. His glory is greater than mine. Of all four mounds, this is the
tallest, that is the shortest. This funnel is the same as that. That funnel is
wider than the one we made yesterday. This bundle is the heaviest. They
saw the forts ; some are very strong, others are not strong. Show me the
coarse-mats ; some are old, but many are new. My bedstead is wider than
yours, but his is the longest; these are all the same. This syrup is bad,
bring some better [that which is better]. This cover is too small. Bring a
larger. Those pieces are too small ; look for some larger. The price of
this parrot is the same as that which we bought yesterday ; but this parrot is
the nicer ; its wings are larger, its feathers are more full-grown, its tail is
longer. Both these pieces-of-wood are of the same thickness [their thickness
is the same]. Your stick and mine were of [ku] the same [one] wood.
(b) Miscellaneous.
Era and JVa.2
Na3 means 'and,' and is used to join together nouns, adjectives, and
pronouns ; but it must be used before eaclvone of the parts joined and
not merely before the last, as in English, e. g. : —
abasaja nabakazi rrabana, men, women, and children.
Na is also used in the Narrative tense of the verb meaning ' and.'
This is the only case in which 'na' is used to join verbs together,
except the Infinitive, which is really a noun with Class Prefix ' ku.'
e. g. :—
yagenda nalaba nakomawo, he went and saw and came back.
Na after the verb means ' also ' ; and in continuous conversation is
frequently not given in English, e. g. sitting at table,
Leta nomunyo, bring the salt.
1 Singa in this sense is rarely heard amongst the peasants until they have come into
contact with European thought. The most common use amongst them is an Apposi-
tional one. Thus in the above instances they would say : —
Omuti guno mumpi ; leta omuwamvu.
Ye alina ekibanja ekinene nyo (nyo drawn out for emphasis) : ekibanja kyange
kibade kiwamvuwamvu is fairly long.
2 Certain Baganda use ' ni,' not ' na.'
3 In certain cases ' na '—and— represents the English ' with ' ; but this use of it has
been much 'abused by Europeans, e. g. : —
seresa esubi, thatch with grass (not nesubi).
yasanyuka nagenda, he went gladly, happily: (not yagenda nesanyu).
'AND': 'SOME': REDUPLICATION 59
Era is used : —
i. When a conjunction is wanted and ' na ' cannot be used,
ii. In addition to ' na ' before the last of the parts of speech
joined together. Era na answers to the English ' as well as,'
but is used far more freely.
e.g. analya, ananyuwa, era anagenda, he will eat, drink, and go.
amanyi okubaja, era nokuwesa, he knows both carpenter's and
smith's work.
Some . . . others.
The root ' lala ' means ' other ' ; hence we can say for ' some — others '
ebimu — ebirala, e.g. : —
ku bintu bino, ebimu birungi, ebirala bibi, of these things, some
are good and others are bad.
There is little difference between this and the form ebimu — ebimu ;
but the word ' ebirala ' should be used in cases where the things are
dissimilar in shape, size, and the like; or where the terms expressing
them have different Class Prefixes.
A few words, mostly Adverbs.
lero, to-day. enkya, in the morning.
jo, yesterday or to-morrow. olwegulo, in the evening (before
darkness sets in),
bulijo, every day. naye, but.
mangu, quickly. mpola, slowly.
katono, a little. mpodzi, perhaps,
buli, every, precedes the Noun — buli muti, every tree ; buli kintu,
everything ; wonawona, everywhere. Rarely buli wantu.
Reduplication. — An adjective can be reduplicated to give the meaning
1 moderately ' ; it is sometimes given in English by the termination ' ish ' :
tallish, littleish : —
omuntu omulungilungi, a fairly nice man.
ekintu ekiwamvuwamvu, a moderately tall thing
The Adjectives to, little ; bi, bad, are repeated three times : —
ekikusu ekitototo, a fairly young parrot.
The affix 'ko ' has a similar meaning : —
ekintu ekirungiko, a fairly nice thing.
But this is, if anything, more depreciatory than the former.
Exercise. — Walking, falling, and getting up [golokoka]. Buying, selling,
as well as throwing away. Making, taking away, and also bringing. They
make, they leave, and they throw away. They eat, they drink, they rise up
and go, quickly. His parrot is fairly young, mine is rather old, and yours is
the-oldest ['kade dala]. Some things are short, others are fairly long. Of
the pieces-of-wood, some are long enough [tuse obuwamvu], others are too
short, others are very thick. These swamps are rather wide. The partitions
are a fair size [neneko]. The books are somewhat short as well as thick.
The heads are all rather small as well as the feet. This doorway which he
made is rather narrow. These pieces of sugar-cane are somewhat hard. His
60 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
wound is a trifle large. These likenesses are fairly good. That chain is a.
little short. These gourds are rather too small. Bring some others. I sold
[tunda] all the others yesterday. All the other pieces-of-wood are somewhat
short. Go quickly. They will bring the parrot in the morring. They will
come to-day. Walk slowly. Perhaps we shall see the frog in the evening.
(c) The numerals from 10 to 50.
The numerals from ten upwards are made by a process of addition
they divide into tens, viz. e'kumi, one 'ten'; amakumi, 'tens.'
This word is a substantive, and meant originally the clasping of the
two fists together in the way which denotes ten.
amakumi abiri, two tens, twenty. amakumi ana, four tens, forty
amakumi asatu, three tens, thirty. amakumi atano, five tens, fifty.
These.forms can therefore never alter ; if however there should be a
one, two, three, four, or five, that must agree with the noun ; and the
agreement will be exactly the same as it would be if there were no tens.
Further, in connecting numbers below twenty together, the conjunction
' na ' is used ; and if the ' na ' stands before a vowel, the 'a ' is dropped.
For instance, we should say ' nebiri/ and not ' na ebiri' ; ' nesatu,' and
ncf. na esatu.
In connecting numbers above twenty, the word ' mu ' is used ; and
where a vowel follows ' mu ' tends to ' mw ' ; e.g. mwesatu, rather than
mu esatu.
e.g. : — omuti gumu, one tree.
Hence, emiti 'kumi na gumu, eleven trees.
emiti amakumi abiri mu gumu, twenty-one trees,
emiti amakumi asatu mu gumu, thirty-one trees.
Again, emiti ebiri, two trees.
Hence, emiti 'kumi nebiri, twelve trees.
emiti amakumi abiri mwebiri, twenty-two trees,
emiti amakumi ana mwebiri, forty-two trees.
Similarly, emiti esatu, ena, etano, three, four, five trees.
Therefore, emiti 'kumi nesatu, 'kumi hena 'kumi netano, thirteen,
fourteen, fifteen trees,
emiti amakumi atano mwesatu, mwena, mwetano, fifty-
three, fifty-four, fifty-five trees.
Again, emiti mukaga, musamvu, munana, mwenda, six, seven, eight,
nine trees.
Therefore, emiti 'kumi nomukaga, 'kumi nomusamvu, 'kumi no-
munana, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen trees.
Or, amakumi asatu mu mukaga, amakumi asatu mu musamvu,
thirty-six, thirty-seven trees.
If we use a noun of the Class e ki — e bi, first consider what is the
way to say one thing, two things, etc.; six things, seven things, etc.
Then put before that the number of tens wanted and the connecting
' mu ' (or ' na ' if below twenty).
Any English words like ' score,' 'dozen,' must be converted into the
corresponding numbers.
Exercise. — Twenty-four basket?. Thirty-three pieces-of-wood. Forty-four
words. Fourteen sticks Twenty-one lizards. Fifteen frogs. Forty-nine
NUMERALS : VERBS
6l
guava-trees. Thirteen apertures. Forty nights. Twenty-four clusters.
Three dozen books. Four dozen covers. Thirty-nine corpses. Nineteen
snakes. Twenty fences. Thirty-one cages. Forty-three parts. Fifty
bundles. Twenty-two islands. Thirty places. Twenty-nine roots. Thirty-
four clans. Forty-three chains. Twenty-two tails. Thirteen times.
Twenty-three parrots. Thirty-two portions. Sixteen arms. Twenty-three
trees. Forty-two things. Thirty-eight nights. Forty-one frogs. Twenty
rags.
id) Numerals
beyond 50.
enkaga 60
ebikumi bibiri
200
olusamvu 700
ensamvu 70
ebikumi bisatu
300
olunana 800
kinana 80
ebikumi bina
400
olwenda 900
kyenda 90
ebikumi bitano
500
oiukumi 1000
ekikumi 100
olukaga
600
enkumi biri
2000
akakaga
6000
akakumi
10,000
enkumi satu
3000
akasamvu
7000
obukumi bubiri
20,000
enkumi nya
4000
akanana
8000
obukumi busatu
30,000
enkumi tano
5000
akenda
9000
obukumi buna
obukumi butano
40,000
50,000
All these are built together as the preceding numbers up to 60 ; first
the number of thousands is stated, then the word ' mu ' ; then the
hundreds, then 'mu ' ; then the tens, then ' mu ' ; and lastly the units
in their proper agreement.
It is usual to count shells by bundles : — omutwalo gumu, one bundle,
contains 10,000 shells ; so that 30,000 shells is generally denoted by
emitwalo esatu, three bundles.
Exercise. — Make the following numbers' in agreement with ebintu, things : —
234. 465. 1024, 732, 945, 4321, 1234, 10431, 25651, 984, 742, 906, 804,
507, 1003. 1230, 1045, 5060, 8077, 976.
Make the following numbers in agreement with emigo, sticks: —
164, 237, 943, 872, 981, 1064, 1532, 1896, 732, 1946, 2841, 8732, 458, 892,
470, 507, 862, 973, 4060, 8073, 5006.
IX. The Verb.
The Verb is one of the most important parts of speech. It not only
expresses what in English is understood by ' a verb ' ; it has also the
power of expressing to an almost unlimited extent the various abstract
ideas conveyed either by a noun or adjective. A contentious fellow is
' a fellow who argues ' ; the speech (that he made) is ' that which he
recommended (tesa),' and so on.
Each Verb starts from a simple Root of three letters with the vowel
' a ' added ; or of four letters when the third is ' n ' or ' m ' before a
consonant. The few exceptions to this rule need not be considered.
From this simple Root can be made : —
i. A new or ' derived ' root ; e. g. —
' vuna ' — snap in two, gives ' vunama ' — bend down.
ii. Modifications ; such as cause to do ; do with continual effort ;
able to be done ; do for oneself, and many others. These
correspond more or less to what is often called a ' Conjugation '
of the Verb.
62 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
It is with the latter only that the following exercises are concerned.
The term ' stem ' will be used for the simplest possible form of either a
Simple root, Derived root, or Modification. This simplest form is always
the Second Person Singular of the Imperative unless the verb be
Reflexive.
To each Stem there is a Modified form, which is used to form three
tenses ; viz. Present Perfect, Near Past, and Conditional. The Present
Perfect is that which is most difficult to understand. It means, ' has
done, and is still doing.'" ! This is generally given in these Exercises by
1 1 have done ' ; sometimes by ' I do,' when this is the English idiom,
with the letters ' p.pf.' after it.
This 'I have done' — and am still doing — must be carefully dis-
tinguished from the other ' I have done,' which means ' I have finished
doing.'
(a) Modified form in 'de.'
Verbs ending in la or ra make their modified form by changing la
or ra into 'de': e.g. sula, throw. Mod. su'de.
zala, bear Mod. za'de.
Exercise. — What are the Modified forms of bera, help ; kyala, visit ; sera,
overcharge.
Also of : —
komola, trim. sekula, pound. tambula, walk,
lamula, bargain. situla, lift. tukula, be white,
gayala, be idle. songola,makeapoint to. vumula, turn upside down,
kakanyala, be hard. sowola, draw out. yagala, want,
kunkumula, shake out. tabula, mix.
Also of: —
bulira, tell. sembera, come near,
kulembera, go in front. serera, be slippery,
lagira, give directions to. sisira, make temporary hut.
nyikira, do energetically. tamira, get drunk,
sasira, pity. tegera, understand.
Also of: —
segulira, make room for. tunulira, look at.
A tense which often seems like the Present Perfect in English is the
Present Indefinite ; these are sharply distinguished in Luganda.
The Present Indefinite denotes in Luganda : —
i. What is always and necessarily true,
ii. What is habitual in life and character.
The following are instances : —
agayala, he is habitually idle. In the Present Perfect — agayade,
he is idling.
1 ' Alide,' he has eaten, — meaning • he has done eating ' — may seem an exception.
Eating, however, is an habitual process and can never be completely finished. He has
eaten for the present ; or he has eaten, but will eat again at some no very distant time.
A third modification in which the Present Perfect is used for an event more or less
complete occurs in a few cases : e. g. Ankubye, mfumbye.
MODIFIED FORM 63
atamira, he is an habitual drunkard. In the Present Perfect —
atamide, he is drunk,
anyikira, he works hard every day. In the Present Perfect —
anyikide, he has worked hard at this particular matter.1
Wa can be used as a Subjective Prefix, just like ki, gu, etc., and
means ' it,' referring to place : e.g. wano watukula, this place glistens.
Exercise. — I have lifted the bundle. They are idling. -I have told
him to-day. We have bargained well [bulungi]. You have pounded the
rice. He directs us (in) the work every clay. They are going to pay-a-visit.
We have matle-a-point-to this stick. He has exerted himself to do that
work. They have mixed. He is drunk (with) beer [ounwenge]. She
has come near [kumpi]. That mound glistens very much. They have paid
a visit. We have made a temporary hut here. We have pitied her. They
get drunk on beer everyday. We have guided them. Hringthe part which
is hard [p.pf. ]. The rice, we pound it. His sword [ekitala] lie has
drawn it out-of [mu] its sheath. Have you understood ? They have told us
about [ku] the parrot ; we want to see it. What are you looking at?
They are overcharging us. The present which helps us to go. You
help us every day. They have helped us very much. Thou hast mixed
dust [cmfufuj with [mu] the syrup. We have mixed salt with the butter.
Here it [wa] is very slippery. Have you made room for us? There it is
very glistening. They have worked hard to make this fort. They have made
points to all the sticks. We have walked quickly. They make visits in the
evening.- He has understood my words.
(/') Modified form in ' ze.'
Some verbs in la (ra), however, make the Modified form by changing
la (ra) into 'ze.' The reason why these differ from those of the same
ending which we have just considered is this : they are simple three-
letter roots ; whereas those which we took in the previous section were
all derived roots. Tims : —
SIMPLE.
bala, count,
bula, be lost to
a person
Exercise. — What are the modified forms of: —
kala, become dry. kula, grow to maturity. mera, grow.
kola, make. mala, finish. mira, swallow.
sala, cut.
So also Verbs ending in da and ga, make the Modified form by
changing da or ga to 'ze,' e.g. : —
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Gend.i, go. Genze. Nyiga, be vexed. Nyize.
Tunda, sell. Tunze. Siga, sow seed. Size.
Exercise. — What are the modified forms of: —
bega, serve food. siga, smear on. vuga, paddle,
langa, twist. singa, surpass, excel. vuga, sound,
linda, wait. tunga, sew. zinga, fold,
nyaga, take by force.
MODIFIED.
SIMPLE.
MODIFIED
baze.
buze.
gira, do.
gula, buy.
gize.
guze.
1 The Present Indefinite in these cases is frequently rendered by a Participle in u
(p. 139, ii. B). Omugayavu, an idler ; omutamivu, a drunkard ; omunyikivu, a hard-
worker.
64 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
The pools have become dry. Are you vexed [p.pf.]? The parrot has
destroyed [mala] all the plantain-fibre. They have taken the rice by force.
He has smeared grease on his body. I cannot find the stick [the stick is lost
to me] They have gone. I have bought two parrots. The dusters have
dried. The tree has grown to maturity. They have sown rice in their plot.
To make a bedstead, he [ye] has excelled. His bedstead is better than
[p.pf.] mine. I have counted all the islands. We have swallowed the
pills [obutole]. They have sold all the rice. The parrot has swallowed a
pin. I have cut an aperture here. We have helped the food [euaere]. They
have paddled hard. They have counted all the pieces-of-wood. Have you
sewn the dusters. He has taken my sugar-cane by force. The river has
dried up. He has sold my books. The papyrus [pi.] has grown again [ate],
lie has dressed [nyiga] my wound. You have smeared mud [e'tosi] on my
books. The snake is lost [p.pf.] again. He has made a cage. They have
counted twelve corpses. We have bought that stick. The weeds have
grown. Have you cut (down) the papyrus? The parrot is lost [p.pf.].
The bell [ekide] has rung.
(c) Particular uses of the Present Perfect Tense.
Besides the meaning already given to the Present Perfect Tense,
there is a special meaning : viz. to express an exclamation, most com-
monly in the form of a compliment, but sometimes in the form of a
surprise. It might be translated by ' how well ' : e. g. oyambade, how
well you are dressed : ofumbye, what a nice dinner you have cooked !
Lit. How well you have cooked (fumbye — mod. form of fumba).
No object must be used after the verb in this idiom : unless the verb
has a double object, in which case the personal object alone is used: e.g.
otuwade : what a nice present you have given us !
Lit. How you have given to us : the word ekirabo for present is not
wanted.
The expression is generally preceded by some such exclamation as
Munafe ! Our friend ! But as these belong to a class not yet given,
they are omitted here, and referred to later on.
Nga may be added — nga otuwade ; but it is not absolutely neces-
sary unless the subject is not a Pronominal Prefix: e.g. ebitoke nga
bikuze, how .nicely the plantains have grown up.
The modified form 'maze' forms a Completed Perfect: e.g. in the
sentence — 'They have pointed the sticks,' if we say, ' bamaze okuson-
gola emiti,' it means that they have finished pointing all the pieces of
stick that were given them, and neither expect nor intend to do any
more. The action is completed. Translate, ' they have done pointing.'
On the other hand, ' basongode emiti ' means, they have pointed all
the pieces of stick that were given them, or that they could find : are
they to do any more ? The action is still incompleted : they have
pointed some sticks, and are still in the action of pointing them. Are
they to go on, or are they to stop ?
In asking questions, the interrogative word should complete the
question ; and the best order to follow is to put the substantive (if any)
which is the point of the question first, e.g. : —
emiti balese emeka ?
How many pieces of wood have they brought ?
USES OF PRESENT TERFECT
65
If the idea is partitive (some of), the affix ' ko ' must be used,
ebikusu otunzeko bimeka?
How many parrots have you sold ?
' Wa,' meaning ' where ' — adze wa ? Where has he gone to ? — a useful
idiom.
ekiremba kyange okitade wa?
Where have you put my head-cloth ?
What sort of? ki with the proper Class Prefix prefixed, e.g. : —
kyamize kiki ? what has he swallowed ?
byatunda biki ? what is he selling?
It is used equally well with all tenses, the Present Perfect and
Present Indefinite being the most common.
Exercise. — How well you have made it ! How hard you have worked !
How well they have bought ! How hard you have paddled ! He has done
cutting tlie aperture. We have done throwing away the rubbish. What
has he taken by force? The books, how many hast thou sold? How
many parrots have you brought ? Where have you cut an aperture ? He
has really gone |he has done going]. What a nice visit thou hast paid !
They have done sewing the dusters. What has he sown ? How many pins
has he left ? How nicely he has cut this ! The tree, how nicely it has
grown ! What has he made? What a walk you have had! The duster,
how hard it has got ! What a nice helping of food ! [use bulungi.] What
has sounded? Have the dusters done drying? He has done trimming my
book. How nicely he has trimmed it ! They have done making room for
you. The fat has done melting. What things have gone? How nicely he
has sewn it ! They have done lifting the piece of wood. Hast thou done
making the bedstead ? We have done crossing the river. How you have
helped us ! What a good bargain he has made ! I have done counting all
the islands. Where is the better thing [the thing which has excelled]?
Where are the things which have grown to maturity?
(d) Modified form in 'ye.'
Verbs ending in ba, ma, na, pa and ya (exc. causatives) change their
final syllables to bye, mye, nye, and ye respectively, e. g. :—
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE.
Fumba, cook. fumbye. lopa, accuse.
Kuma, keep. kumye. linya, tread.
kung'ana, be assembled : kung'anye.
manya, know : makes Modified form
gana, say no, refuse : makes Modified form
Exercise. — What are the modified forms of: —
MODIFIED.
lopye.
linye.
manyi.
ganyi.
buna, spread,
gaba, distribute,
goba, drive away,
kakana, be mild,
kankana, shake,
kima, fetch,
kolima, curse,
koma, cease, stop
kyama, go wrong,
lagana, make an agreement
with.
lima, cultivate.
limba, lie.
luma, bite.
lwana, fight.
nyoma, despise.
saba, ask for.
samba, kick with the sole of
the foot,
sasana, be scattered,
siba, tie up.
sima, dig.
sima, be pleased with.
simba, set upright,
soma, read,
tenia, cut with an axe.
tuyana, perspire,
vuma, insult,
vunama, bend down,
ziba, block up.
zimba, build.
66 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Sima. The passive form means ' be pleasing to.'
Manya is generally used in the Simple Tense in Relative Sentences, and in the
Modified Tense in plain statements of fact.
Exercise. — We have cultivated here. She has asked for a hoe [enkumbi].
They have driven out the frogs. The garden which I know. What sort of
things has he cooked? They have cut eight p'eces-of-wood. You have
planted nice plantains in your plot. I have stopped here.1 We have gone
wrong in the road [e'kubo]. He has kicked me. They have cultivated the
whole garden. What has he despised? He has b'ocked up the aperture.
We have climbed up [linya] on-to[ku] the ant-hill. We are assembled [p. pf.].
What has driven you away? He has trodden upon my foot. He has dis-
tributed many presents. How hard you have struggled with it [Iwana] !
What lies they have told ! That garden, I know it [p.pf.]. How well you
have cultivated ! He has insulted us. What sort of things has he dis-
tributed ? We have dug eight holes. We have asked many times for a
guava-tree. He has despised my present. That (near) likeness we know
[p.pf.] it. What do I know [p.pf. ] ? We have cut down that tree. They
have lied to him. The peelings, have they fetched them? Have you dis-
tributed the pieces of sugar-cane? No, but they have asked for them. Are
you pleased? [p.pf.]. Yes, I am very pleased.
(<?) Modified form in ' -se.'
Verbs ending in ka and ta change these syllables to ' se ' for the Modi-
fied form, e.g. : —
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Buka, jump. fly, buse. fuluta, snore. fuluse.
Exercise. — What are the Modified forms of : —
fika, be left over. kyuka, be turned. soka, begin,
fuka, pour. leta, bring. somoka, cro<;s a river,
luka, be made, become. leka, leave. tereka, put away, store,
fumita, pierce. menyeka, be broken. tuka, arrive,
golokoka, get up. saniika, be melted. vunika, be turned upside
kasuka, hurl. sanyuka, be glad. down,
kika, put sideways. seka, laugh. zika, bury,
kuluki.ia, flow (of run- serengeta, go down. zinka, faint.
ning water). s ndika, push,
kweka, hide. sirika, be silent.
He- has arrived. We have left that over-run garden. Our things are up-
side down. Hast thou poured water [amadzi] into that bowl ? How many
things are left over? He has pierced the fence with his stick. The parrot
has flown away. I am glad [p.pf.]- They have hidden the tribute in that
tree. We are pleased to see you. My stick is broken [p.pf.]. He is silent
[p.pf.] I have begun to read to-day. Thou hast laughed. What a nice
addition [how they have brought]. How glad you are ! The snake, have
you speared it? This river flows very quickly. What is broken [p.pf.]?
He has left his work. The duster, where have you hidden it ? What has
he hidden? He has put away his things. We have brought the tribute.
What sort of things have you brought ? What have they hurled ? They have
put all the pieces-of-wood sideways. They have gone down there [eri].
What has turned ? They have stored a quantity of rice. What has jumped ?
These pins are left over [p.pf.] This piece-of-wood has turned (round). He
has hidden my flute. Where has he put away his things? The chains have
arrived to-day. They have buried the corpses. I have brought a parrot.
1 Used frequently by any one accompanying a guest, and means ' I want to turn
back here.'
MODIFIED FORMS 67
(/) Modified form in 'edza' or '-idza.'
Verbs ending in sa, Causatives in ya, and verbs ending in za preceded
by a long vowel (e. g. eza, oza) change their final ' a ' into 'edza ' or ' idza '
to form the Modified form. It is edza if the preceding vowel is e or o :
otherwise idza, e. g. : —
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Imusa, raise up. imusidza. buza, ask a question. buzidza.
Nyenya, blame. nyenyedza. woza, plead. wozedza.
Exercise. — What are the modified forms of: —
busa.1 nonya, look for. tesa, plan, take counsel,
gasa, be profitable for. nyumya, converse. yoza, wash clothes,
juza, make full. soloza, collect. yuza, tear.
koleza,2 light. subiza, promise. ziza, hinder,
lovvoza, think. tegeza, explain to.
naza, clean. tereza, make level.
Exercise. — He has raised his head. They have looked for the bowl. We
have planned to build here. I have cleaned the bowl carefully [nyo]. How
they do converse ! The present has been very profitable to him. We have
filled the bowl (with) rice. Hast thou lit the lamp [etabaza] ? How nicely
you have explained it to us ! You have hindered us. He has blamed them.
Tell us your opinion [what you have thought]. They have hesitated. You
have torn my book. What has hindered him? They have collected the
tribute. We have pleaded hard. They have washed the dusters. What is
your question [the thing which thou hast asked] ? They have levelled my
building-site. What plans have they made? Have you lifted up your arm?
What is your complaint [that which thou hast pleaded] ? He has promised
us. What is your promise ? What has prevented you ?
(g) Other Modified Forms.
Verbs ending in za, preceded by a short vowel, change the za to ' dza '
for the Modified form, and Verbs ending in ja change the ja to 'dza.'
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Kiriza, believe. kiridza. ja, come. dze.
Wereza, serve. weredza. geja, get faf. gedze.
baja, adze. badze.
Verbs in wa change wa to ' ye ' for the Modified form.
SIMPLE. MODIFIED. SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Fuwa, blow. fuye. siwa, itch. siye.
Kyawa, hate, not to like. kyaye
The following are Irregular : —
SIMPLE.
MODIFIED.
SIMPLE.
MODIFIED.
Fa, die.
fude.
kwata, take hold.
kute.
Gwa, fall.
gude.
lya, eat.
lide.
Gya, remove.
gyide.
lwa, delay.
lude.
Gya, be cooked.
ide.
nyuwa, drink.
nyuwede
1 Busa means to 'cause to jump or fly: biisabuSa means to 'hesitate,' 'be in
doubt.' The Modified form is merely a repetition of the Modified form of ' busa.'
2 As a candle, torch, etc.— kuma omuliro, light the fire.
SIMPLE.
MODIFIED
, go out.
vude.
i, give.
wade.
68 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
SIMPLE. MODIFIED.
Teka, put, place. tade.
Tya, fear. tide.
Twala, take. tute.
Exercise. — They have blown the flutes. We have come out of [mu] the
hole. He has agreed to do the work. The parrot has died. They are
afraid (p.pf.). I have taken hold of the piece of wood. We have delayed
a long time [nyo]. You have drunk all the beer. I have taken all the
pins. What is she afraid of? The tribute has come. The plantains have
got very large [geja]. The frame-work has fallen. They have eaten a whole
parcel of food. This place itches. The wall has fallen. He has taken all
the rice. Thou hast taken hold. I have delayed. The rice is cooked
(p.pf.). lie has served us well. His parrot has grown fat. The fences
have fallen. We have taken hold of the wall. They have taken-a-dislike-
to [kyawa] him. How nicely you have adzed it ! What a poor way thou
art in [fa ; p.pf.] ! They have done eating. We have done coming.
X. The Verb continued.
(a) Near Future or ' na ' Tense.
(Lesson XVI. p. 24.)
Note that this ' a ' is long — na.
It is usual to say o no fumba, not o na fumba.
o no kola, not o na kola,
etc. in the second person.
Exercise. — We will go. I will eat. He will get up. They will delay.
He will ask a question [ekigambo}. We will explain to you. She will
come. The chains will arrive to-day. We will stop here. They will fear.
Wilt thou serve us well ? Will you make this wall to-day? Yes, we will
bring reeds [emuli] and plantain-fibre. What question will he ask them ?
What ointment will you use [wilt thou smear on] ? The cage which they
will finish. The flute which you will blow. You will lie to us. Where
will thou go down? The piece-of-wood will roll over [turn]. It will fall.
You will be glad to see her. The parrot will fly, but we will take hold of
it. We shall leave our baggage [emigugu]. Fever will attack [kwata] him.
Wilt you kill the snake? Yes, I will kill it. To-day we will walk over
[lambula] the deserted- place. We will count its plantain-trees. They will
hide the rice. In the morning we shall see the islands. They will make
[luka] five coarse-mats. I will cultivate the over-run garden.
(b) Imperative and Subjunctive.
(Lesson XXXV. p. 35.)
There are three ways of translating the English Imperative : —
i. Present Imperative.
genda, go mugende, go (plur.)
soma, read musome, read (plur.)
ii. Near Future Imperative.
oja enkya, come in the morning
iii. Far Future Imperative.
ojanga olwebiri, come in two days' time
The Subjunctive is formed by changing the ' a ' final of the simple
tense to 'e' : so that we get nkole, okole, akole, tukole, mukole, bakole.
These forms mean : —
IMPERATIVE : SUBJUNCTIVE 69
i. That I may do, that thou mayest do, that he may do, etc., e.g. : —
saba enkumbi alime : ask for a hoe that she may cultivate.
It never means ' so that.'
ii. Let me do, do thou, let him do, let us do, do ye, let them do.
iii. Am I to do, is he to do, are we to do, are they to do ?
The second person singular and plural can obviously not be used.
i. The Subjunctive also denotes the second of two Imperatives which
follow one another, e. g, : —
genda osabe go and ask for
genda obuze go and ask
mugamba asabe tell him to ask for
ii. The Imperative joined to an Object Pronoun, e.g. : —
muwe, give him mukube, strike him
Except the first person singular, e.g. : —
mpa, give me
The word ' ka ' is generally added to the first person singular and
plural when used in the sense, Let me do, let us do — kankole, katukole.
In this sense it often corresponds to the English, I'll just do so and
so (and then I'll come).
Exercise. — Give him his book that he may go. Cut the wings of the
parrot that it may fail [lema] to fly. Is she to cultivate here ? Let us make
a cage. Bring your book that you may read, round the rice quickly that
we may cook. Get up that you may eat. Bring (pi.) plantain-fibre that we
may stop up the aperture. Tell them to bring pieces-of-wood that they may
make a fireplace. Let us go that we may see [laba ku] the king. Are they
to throw that (near) rubbish away? Am I to cut here ? The fence, leave
it that it may fall. Leave (pi.) him (alone) that he may eat his sugar-cane.
Make a large fire that I may not get fever [the fever may cease to take
me]. Let me look for my flute. Come (pi.) that we may twist plantain-
fibre. I'll just finish this work. We'll just finish cooking. I'll just bring
that piece. Drive out (pi.) that frog. Are we to push? Dismiss [sibula]
them that they may go. Tell them (pi.) that [nti] they may bring books.
(c) Far Future, or 'li' Tense.
(Lesson XVI. p. 24.)
Exercise. — They will bring many pieces-of-wood. I will fetch the bowls.
He will come. The snake will bite him. That wall will fall. We will
plant plantains. They will ask for a mat. You will begin to build a fort
later on [e'da]. Wilt thou dig (out) this ant-hill. He will converse the
whole night (through). The bowls will be broken. They will laugh
heartily [nyo]. We shall hinder them. They will take all your property by
force. My bedstead, he will make it later on. That (near) present will be
very profitable to him. We will take counsel (about) all the gardens. My
stick will be a better one than thine. We will learn all the drum-beats.
Wilt thou level the whole building-site? Yes; I shall begin to dig here.
You will pass through [ita mu] a long valley. Those pieces-of-wood will
fall. The iron will hit you.
(d) Far Past, or 'a' Tense.
(Lesson XX. p. 27.)
Note that Nakola is ' I did ' : nakola, « I will do.'
bakola is ' they did ' : bakola, • they do.'
yO ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
This tense can be used in the Idiomatic sense, ' How well you did '
a long time ago ! — in a manner precisely similar to the use of the
Present Perfect (Chapter IX. c). It is chiefly used in Narration.
Exercise. — The fence fell down. We crossed the river. The snake bit
him. We threw the rubbish away. The garden, went to ruin [zika] long
ago [e'da]. The parrot, they cut its wings. They killed ['tal the snake.
They buried its corpse. They fought hard. Many pieces of wood were left
over. They were silent. The bowls were broken. They brought a nice
present. We returned [dzayo] the basket. They began- to level the building-
site long ago. The river flowed fast. My book was burnt (by) fire. Didst
thou see all the islands? Yes, I saw them. Did you dig out the ant-hill?
Yes, we dug it out. Did you make that wall? Yes, we made it. Did you
sew that duster? Yes, I sewed it. They ate the whole parcel -of-food
which we brought. You did paddle ! Two dusters were lost long ago.
They were glad to see us. Where did you hide the tribute ? We hid it in
that hole. They took hold of the wall. They made three fireplaces. We
crossed two rivers. They brought four parrots to sell '[them].
(e) Affixes of Relation.
There are four such Affixes, viz. : —
wo, there, where you are. yo, in that place,
ko, upon. mu, inside.
wo and yo if not affixed to the verb have forms awo, eyo respectively,
wo is in constant use ; yo is not often used, and eyo is often preferred
in these cases.
aliwo — he is here, where we are : taliwo, he is not here.
limawo, cultivate just there where you are.
taliyo, he is not there : ali eyo, he is there.
lima eyo, cultivate in that place, at some distance.
ko: —
amukomyeko, he has stopped upon him ; i. e. he has touched
him.
It would not be usual to say 'akomye ku ye.'
More often partitive 'some of it,' 'a little of it.' Vid. ' ku,' p. 46,
which is only another form of ' ko.'
Fumbako, cook it a little.
Gufumbako (referring to omupunga, rice), cook a little of it.
Ku bitogo alanzeko bimeka? of the papyrus (stems) how many
has he twisted ?
mu: —
(ekidiba) akigudemu, (the pool) he has fallen into it
Here 'agude,' he has fallen: agude mu, he has fallen into, ki, the
proper Objective Prefix for ' ekidiba.'
It would not be usual to say 'agude mu kyo,' he has fallen into it.
If however we should add the words for 'man,' 'rice,' 'pool,' in the
instances after the verb, then we should have : —
akomye ku muntu : not akomyeko ku muntu.
fumba ku mupunga: not fumbako ku mupunga.
agude mu kidiba : not agudemu mu kidiba.
In other words, the 'ko' or 'mu' belongs to some noun, and when
' WO': ' KO': ' MU ': ' YO ' 71
that noun is expressed immediately after the verb, the verbal affix is
no longer needed.
When parts of the body are referred to, the person to whom the
part belongs is usually expressed by the Personal Pronoun Prefix and
not by the Possessive Pronoun. The idiom is the same as the French,
ankubye omutwe, he has struck my head.
ekikusu kimulumye omukono, the parrot has bitten his arm.
aninye ekigere, he has trodden upon my foot.
Aninyeko ekigere means, he has trodden upon me with his foot ; as
a man walking in the dark at night might tread on some one sleeping
on the floor.
So much is this form preferred that in a sentence such as ' wash his
wound,' many people would say 'wash for him the wound,' or even
' wash him the wound.'
Some verbs have special meanings with these prepositions, e.g. : —
gyawo : take away from the place where we are.
gyako : take away from upon ; e.g. things on a table, bigyako.
Take ihem away, because they are on the table. It is not correct
to say gyawo, unless it be to remove them from one part of the table to
another.
gyamu : take away from inside, take out ; e. g. anything in a
hole, kigyamu, take it out.
The word -gya, take away, generally requires an affix of this sort ; it
is only used without in a few idioms, such as ekintu kino wakigya wa?
Where did you get this thing from?
Similarly the word ' va,' go out, generally takes such an affix, e. g. : —
vawo : get out from where we are, get out of the way.
vako : get off from upon, e.g. anyone sitting on your chair, vako,
get off.
vamu : get out from inside.
Similarly, gobamu, drive out from inside ; but goberamu, drive into :
Fid. p. 126.
komawo : come back ; lit. stop at the place where you are.
malamu, finish up completely; lit. finish inside: e.g. medicine
in a cup, soap in the water with which the washing is done,
lyamu olukwe : betray ; lit. say suitable words, whilst in your
heart you seek the man's ruin,
salamu : cut in two.
menyamu : break in two.
yuzamu : tear in two.
la these last three, the ' mu ' denotes the making of a space in between the fibres
of the original structure.
menyekamu, be broken in two : here the 'mu' refers to the same idea.
This idea can be expanded, so that we say sala mu bisatu, cut into three pieces ;
menya mu bina, break into four.
The same idea occurs in the numerals, where the spaces are tens, and we insert
units into them : e.g. (emiti) abiri mu esatu, twenty-three (trees).
72
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
omuti guli mu madzi
ekintu kiri ku ntebe :
ekintu kiriko entebe :
If the words which these Prepositional Affixes govern come immediately
after them, they are separated from the verb, but in no other case. The
difference in the case of ' mu ' (and ' ko ' for ku) will be marked by the
presence or absence of the I.V. in the verb following it, e.g. : —
omuti gulimu amadzi : the tree has water in it.
the tree is in the water,
the thing is on the chair,
the thing has a chair upon it.
Exercise. — He will dress [nyiga] their wounds. Co down there. Begin
here where we are. lias he hid his book in the hole? The wood, cut oft*
a piece. Out of the book which he read, he derived fgyamu) many ideas
[ebigambo]. Bring a chair [entebe] that I may sit upon (it). I want to ask
you a few questions [buzako]. The rivers have frogs in them. The frogs
are in the rivers. The pool has water in it. Take these Mowers off [ku] the
table. Into the bowl, have you poured the syrup? Into the fort, did you
(really) go in? On to that ant-hill, have you climbed? He took his book
from him. He trod on his foot. The iron pierced his arm. We saw all
his presents ; he gave us some. Of the trees, how many of them has he
bought ? He has bought seven of them. Take the mud out of this hole.
Take your arm off my book. In the plot which she cultivated, she sowed
[in] rice. Take off the lid. The wings, have you cut off apiece? That old
rag, cut it up [mu]. Cultivate there in that over-run garden. Read a little.
The snake, he has cut oft"[temako] its head.
XI. The mu— ba Class.
This class contains the names of human beings: —
o mu ntu, a man. Plur. a ba
In addition are a few words with no Class Prefix
though they have plural Class Prefix ba. They are : —
Kabaka, a king, barkabaka.
Kabona, a priest, bakabona.
Katonda, God, bakatonda.
Gundi, so and so, bagundi.
Sebo, sir,
Nyabo, lady,*
Lubare, a spirit,
Omubaka,
Omubadzi,
Omu'du,
Omudzukulu,
Omufu,
Omufumbiro,
Omugaga,
Omuganzi,
Omukopi,
Omukozi,
Omukyala,
Omulabe,
Omulamuzi,
Omulangira,
Omulenzi,
Omusaja,
Omusibe,
a messenger.
a carpenter.
a man-slave,
a grand-child,
a dead man.
a cook,
a rich man.
a favourite,
a peasant.
a workman.
a lady.
an enemy.
a judge.
a prince.
a boy.
a man.
a prisoner.
Omusigere,
Omusika,
Omugenyi,
Omugole,
Omukade,
Omujulirwa,
Omukazi,
Omukesi,
Omuliranwa,
Omulogo,
Omulongo,
Omumbeja,
Omulwade,
Omusawo,
Omusiru,
Omusubuzi,
Omtttongole,
ntu, men.
in the singular;
basebo.
banyabo.
balubare.
a steward,
an heir,
a stranger,
a bride
an old man.
a witness,
a woman,
a spy.
a neighbour.
a wizard,
a twin,
a princess,
a sick person,
a doctor,
an idiot.
a trader,
a squire.
MU — BA CLASS 73
Omuvubuka,
a youth.
Omuzana,
a slave-woman
Omuwala,
a girl.
Omwami,
a master.
Omuwesi,
a smith.
Omwana,
a child.
The Prefix mu is often in itself sufficient to express 'man,' thus : —
Omukade, an old man — from the root 'kade,' meaning • worn out.'
So also from 'zibe,' 'shut up,' 'omuzibe,' one deaf, or one
blind.
Omugole really means ' mistress,' one having control over one or
more women.
Omusaja is male as opposed to female — omukazi.
Exercise. — Learn the above nouns, and make the plural of those given in
the second list.
(a) Subject and Object Prefix.
The Singular Subject is the same as the third person singular : —
omuntu a tambula, the man walks,
omuntu y atambula, the man walked.
The Singular Object Prefix is mil.
a mu labye, he has seen him.
yamu laba, he saw him.
For the Plural, the syllable ba forms both the Subject and also
the Object Prefix.
Subject. — ba tambula, they walk.
ba tambula (ba a tambula), they walked.
Object. — a ba labye, he has seen them.
ki ba gudeko, it has fallen upon them.
The Object Prefix is used : —
i. Instead of the noun to which it refers as Object of the Verb,
ii. To give the force of the English Article when not especially
emphatic. Thus : —
Omuntu, 'mulabye, I have seen the man.
i. e. the man whom you asked about, sent for, etc.
But, ndabye omuntu, I have seen a man, a chance man.
So, Omulenzi namugamba, I will tell the boy.
But, nagamba omulenzi, I will tell a boy.
When very emphatic, add the Near Demonstrative.
Ekibanja ekyo l nakikuwa, I will give you the land.
i. e. about which we have been talking. In English often ' that ' land.
Exercise. — He has seen the peasant. He told the boy. We have given
the smith the iron. We have told the doctor to come. I have done
questioning the women. We want to visit [laba] the traders. The
girls have cultivated. The men have gone. The stranger has arrived.
The witness, question him. The blind man has heard all our words. The
1 Very common expressions may be given elliptically : e. g. above, Ekibanja ekyo
nakuwa. So also Emere tulese, we have brought the food: Kwako = ' take it'
Colloquially, 'here you are' for 'nkuwako.'
74 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
prisoner ran away [duka]. They caught the spies. The rich man has
given us a present. A girl has brought some flowers. The boy has made
a cage. The idiot, they have left him in the road. The workmen have
cut two windows. They turned the wizard out. The steward, let us look
for him. The carpe'nter has done adzing that piece of wood. The prisoner
has escaped [bomba]. The messengers have arrived. They have gone to
see the princess. The doctor has come. The child is in the over-run garden.
(6) With the Demonstrative.
omuntu o no, this man. abantu ba no, these men.
omuntu oyo, that (near) man. abantu a b o, those (near) man.
omuntu o li, that man. abantu ba H, those men.
It will be seen that in the singular the vowel 'o' and not the Object
Prefix, makes all the forms. The plural forms are made in the usual
way from the Object Prefix ' ba.' Note the ' a ' of this ' ba ' is weak,
and drops out before a vowel : hence 'abo' for 'a ba o.'
Reduplicated Forms : —
Sing. This is the man, ye wuno.
That is the man, ye wuyo (near),
ye wuli (ye oli).
Plur. These are the men, babano.
Those are the men, be babo (near).
babali.
If two nouns of the same class are joined together by the words 'is,'
'are,' the omission of the I.V. of the Predicative Word is not in itself
sufficient. The Copula must be inserted as well as the I.V. For this
Class : —
ye : he is. be : they are.
The word 'ye ' is also used for 'he ' as an independent personal pro-
noun.
Analytically, the ' e ' of ye 'he' should be shorter than the ' e' of ye ' he is ' ; but
this does not seem to be the case. The form 'be' is for ba they and ye, an old form
of the verb 'to be,' meaning 'is.' Similarly kye for ki ye, etc., so that we should
have expected ' ye ' he is, tc be contracted for yeye.
Exercise. — That slave. Those prisoners. These boys. This cook.
That (near) dumb man. Those twins. This favourite. I saw that woman
yesterday. Those boys came in the morning. This prisoner. This princess
is a good woman. This is the smith. Tell that (near) boy. These are
the peasants, we will question them. That dead man, where have you seen
him ? We went to see those twins. This girl is-fond-of [yagala] sugar-cane.
These women have cultivated here. These are the grand-children. This
man reads. This stranger has arrived. This heir has insulted these
peasants. These traders have brought a good many things. This boy is
short. That woman is tall. That (near) neighbour is a bad man. Is that
man rich? Are those strangers witnesses? Have they caught those spies?
That is the steward. Has that messenger arrived ? These are the slaves.
This bride. Those women-slaves. These workmen have finished the work
which you gave them. This cook is a good fellow [omusaja]. This lady is
very kind [has great kindness]. That squire is a very old man. This-young
man is deaf. This carpenter is very clever [wamagezi]. That smith is a
stianger.
MU — BA CLASS 7 J
(c) With Adjective and Numeral.
omuntu omu, one man. abantu batano, five men.
abantu babiri, two men. abantu 'kumi, ten men.
abantu basatu, three men. abantu 'kumi nomu, eleven men,
abantu bana, four men. etc. the numbers i to 5 (or
compounds of them) being the
only variable ones.
It will be noticed that the Class Prefix with I.V. — 0 nru — is the same
as the word for ' one.'
Exercise. — Four women. Three boys. Eight girls. They have caught
many spies. One great princess. Two bad wizards. One of the prisoners
has escaped. They left two dead men in the forest. They brought fifteen
sick men. He has four boys. We have seen those twenty-two women.
Fourteen men and twelve women read a gospel [enjiri]. Two messengers
have come. Three youths. Fourteen workmen. We saw five strangers.
They have brought six witnesses. Three are old men. One is a boy. One
is a woman. Where are the two spies? The three traders have gone.
One good cook is better than three boys. Of those four peasants one has
gone, but three were afraid. He has five children. Two are grown up.
One is in arms [omwana omuwere]. There is one good smitli here. Two
carpenters live inside that fence. We have seen three boys and four girls.
Of the princesses, two are very tall ; one is fairly tall ; two are stout. Two-
women cultivate my garden. One girl helps them. They brought three
prisoners.
(d) With Possessive.
Sing, owa, of. Omuntu wa kabaka, a man of the king.
Omwana womukazi, the woman's child.
Plur. aba, of. Abantu ba kabaka, men of the king.
Aba'du bomwami, the master's slaves.
SING. PLUR.
wange, my. bange, my.
W o, thy. b o, thy.
w e, his. b e, his.
wa fe, our. ba fe, our.
wa mwe, your. ba mwe, your,
wabwe, their. babwe, their,
o wa nge, mine. a ba nge, mine,
o wu wo, thine. a ba bo, thine,
o wu we, his. a ba be, his.
o wa fe, our. a ba fe, our,
etc. etc.
Abange is frequently used as an exclamation : You there I
Wangi, also a servant's answer when called.
The forms Ewafe, at our place, etc., have already been given (p. 47).
To say, Men of our place, it is necessary to say, They of or at our
place — abewafe.
That girl living at your place (that girl of at your place), Omuwala oli
owewamwe.
76 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
That man living here : freq. Omuntu owa kuno — because he is liv-
ing on (ku) this place. It is also possible to say Omuntu oweno : eno
meaning ' at this place.'
Exercise— The prince's boy. His prisoner. Their workmen. Our heir.
The peasants of the steward. The rich man's representative. My carpenter.
Our neighbours are old men. Her girls are tall, yours are young. We are
glad [p.pf.] to see our guest. His great-grandchildren are very nice.
Their cook went a-few-days-back [juzi]. I have seen his boys. His peasants
and their steward. Your workmen have worked hard. Our prisoner has
escaped. That girl of ours. His bride has arrived. Their witnesses have
gone. Our boy is a thorough lad [omuvubuka dala]. Whose slave is this ?
Theirs. Whose child is that ? Ours. Your child is bigger than ours.
Their neighbours are the rich man's favourites. Her children are four, thine
are two. Whose men are these? Of our place. The wizard at thy place.
Those princesses at his place. That sick man of thine. This messenger of
his.« The guest who comes from their place. The king's male [abobulenzi]
children are princes, and his female [abobuwala] children are princesses.
His father [kitawe] was a chief at your place. The doctor here [oweno]
surpasses in cleverness [aun.igezi] that one of your place.
(e) With Relative.
The Subject Relative in the singular is the same as the ordinary
subject, except for the Past Tense, e.g.: —
omuntu akola ebiguli, the man who makes cages : (also, The man
makes cages).
omuntu akoze wano, the man who has worked here : (also, The
man has worked here ?
For the Future, it is usual to use an auxiliary, viz. ' ja ' for the Near,
and ' genda ' for the Far Future.
omuntu aja kukola wano aluwa ? Where is the man who is
going to work here ?
omuntu agenda okutunda ekikusu kyafe aluwa ? Where is the
man who will sell our parrot ?
There is comparatively little need for the use of the Future with the
Relative, and generally only in idiomatic sentences like the above.
For the Far Past Tense : —
omuntu eyakola ekisakati kyafe, the man who made our fence.
In the Plural, the Subject Relative is Aba, i. e. the ordinary Subject
Prefix with I.V. prefixed, e.g. : —
abantu aba genda jo, the men who went yesterday.
abantu aba nagenda enkya, the men who will go in the morning.
The Object Relative : —
Sing, gwe : omuntu gwe njagala : the man whom I love.
omuntu gw alabye : the man whom he has seen.
Plur. be : abantu be njagala : the men whom I love.
abantu b alabye : the men whom he has seen.
N.B. — The ist and 2nd pers. pron. I, we ; thou, you ; take the same
Relative forms as the 3rd pers. He, they.
MU — BA CLASS 77
nze gwewalaba, I whom you saw.
rawe bebakuba, they whom they beat.
Exercise. — The women who cultivate in our garden. The boys whom I
saw. The girls whom I told to come. The peasants who live in the gardens.
Where is the man who has cut this window ? The man whom he has told
to come. The idiot whom they shut-up [siba] in the house. The strangers
who have come from far. The twins which she bore [zala] yesterday. The
smith who has brought this iron. The children who have brought these
flowers. The enemy [pi.] who robbed our property have been seen. The
carpenter who cut down that tree has come. His enemy whom he blamed
[vunana]. The boys whom we saw. The rich man who has given us a
parrot. The wizard whom the king drove out. The trader who was given
[webwa] a garden by the rich man. The man whom I hit. The smith who
comes here every day. The princess who brought this little girl. The
cook who brought that bowl. The stranger who slept at our place. The
old man whom we see every day. The princess who came yesterday. Our
neighbours whom we like, and to whom we have given a present. The
enemies whom they have overcome [wangula]. The bride whom he has
taken to his home. The doctor who cured [wonya] our child. The smith (to)
whom we gave this iron. The steward whom the chief appointed [sawo].
The boys who live at his place. The readers whom I taught. The carpen-
ter whom I told to come. The prisoner whom they released [ta]. The infant
which she carried [beka].
(/) Miscellaneous,
-tya, can have the following forms : —
Ntya, How am I ? Tutya, How are we ?
Otya, How art thou ? Mutya, How are you ?
Atya, How is he ? Batya, How are they ?
The phrase ' atya ' is used generally for ' What does it mean ? '
otya, more generally ' otyano,' is the usual salutation ; Plur.
Mutyano.
-tyo and -ti have the same forms, but bwe is generally prefixed,
otyo is especially used as equivalent to 'just so,, yes' in con-
versation.
The others in such phrases as, Am I to cut it like this ? Nsale bwenti ?
etc. If the previous conversation has implied the verb, ' Bwenti ' would
be sufficient.
-na : ' all ' can be applied to all the plural pronouns, thus : —
fena, we all ; mwena, ye all, all of you ; abantu bona, all men ;
omuntu yena, every man.
-ka : ' alone ' is applied to all persons, thus : —
nze'ka, I alone, by myself. fe'ka, we alone, by ourselves,
we'ka, thou alone, by thyself, mwe'ka, ye alone, by yourselves,
ye'ka, he alone, by himself. bo'ka, they alone, by themselves.
ye nyini : e. g. omwami ye nyini, the master himself.
Plur. be nyini : e. g. abawesi be nyini, the true smiths, I mean
the literal smiths.
His mvn, their own, etc., can be made emphatic either —
i. By adding at the end of the sentence the corresponding form for
alone : e.g. bafumba omupunga gwabwe boka, they cook their own rice.
78 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ii. By repeating the pronoun after the possessive : —
okutesa kwabwe bo, their own counsel,
omugogwe ye, his very own stick.
Exercise. — All the workmen have come. That cage, I made it myself.
How are the ladies ? Let us all go. All of you get up. Every man who
has a mat. They have brought the prisoners only. Let them all wait. He
paddles by himself. What do you mean by princes ? I mean the true
princes, the children of the king. All of you twist plantain-fibre. Will you
build by yourself? He gave the peasants directions like that. The workman
has cut his window like this We all pity [p.pf] you. How tall is he? Like
this. He is taller than you, but his boy is the tallest of all. All the girls
whom I know live by themselves in his fence. They all read. Fetch the
parrot by yourself. We all walk like that. This child can [inza] walk alone.
All our neighbours make their own mats. We have made our own fences.
The stranger has brought his own mat. All the ladies have arrived. Tell
them that the bride is here. The traders make their own fences.
(g) Personified Words.
These take the same agreement as the singular of the mu, ba Class,
but have no class prefix, nor I.V. ; nor can they have any plural.
They are : —
Balugu, yam. Kyai, tea (or cai).
Bwino, ink. Lumonde, sweet potato.
Gonja, plantain. Mukoka, flood.
Kasoli, Indian-corn. Sabuni, soap.
Kawa, coffee, Senyiga, cold in the head.
Kaumpuli, plague. Taba, tobacco.
Kawali, small-pox. Wuju, marrow.
Kibuyaga, a storm.
And a few obviously foreign words — supu, soup ; pudingi,
pudding.
Of these, mukoka is the flood of water left after any heavy shower of
rain, and made during the falling of the rain.
kaumpuli is loosely applied to a number of severe illnesses, and
even to a severe attack of fever. It is but rarely applied to a
true case of bubonic plague,
bwino ono, this ink.
kasoli yena, all the corn,
bwino mulungi, the ink is good,
lumonde mulaya, English potato (fr. Bulaya, Europe).
To say 'a single potato,' etc., use the word Omunwe : e.g. : —
omunwe gwa lumonde gumu, a single potato.
Or to say, Bring me three potatoes : —
Leta lumonde eminwe esatu.
eminwe gya gonja esatu, three plantains,
or, gonja eminwe esatu.
Exercise. — This tea. That soap. Our coffee. His tobacco. My potato.
This yam is good. That marrow has rotted. Bring all the Indian-corn.
This is the soap. Finish up all the soap. The flood has taken the Indian-
TERSONIFIITD WORDS : NARRATIVE TENSE 79
corn which we sowed. Here are plantains, cook them. He died of the
plague. The plague killed him. We will cook this Indian-corn of ours
to-morrow. He has caught a' cold [a head-cold has taken him]. The yam,
he has brought it now [kakano]. Here is the tea ; make [fumba] some now.
Cook three potatoes. Roast [yokya] four cobs of Indian-corn. Have you
taken my ink? No, I took my own. Where didst thou buy that ink? It
is very good. The traders all sell it, but the European [omuzungu] sells the
best. The soap which we have brought, what does it cost [it buys how] ?
The tobacco which grew in his plot ; we have bought the whole of it. The
Indian-corn which they have given us. All our potatoes are small. Theirs
are small also ; but his are large. The cold which she caught is better
[vona, p.pf.]. He has caught the small-pox. The storm which raged
[kuntr>] yesterday has broken all our plantain-trees. There is Namirembe,
I see it. That is Nakasero ; we went there a few days ago. Rubaga, do
you see it ? There it is ; yes, I see it.
Note that often the order of the English is reversed. The same
happens in such an idiom as — I dropped my book, ekitabo kyange
kingudeko.
XII. The Verb continued.
(a) Narrative Tense : Positive Forms.
The Narrative Tense is used in describing what took place when a
number of verbs depend or hang on each other, and it can only be used
when it has some verb to depend on. The verb on which it depends
may be in any tense, and this preceding tense gives the precise ' time '
referred to by the Narrative Tense. However, the Far Past is by far
the most common, and is the only one which need be considered here.
SING. PI.UR.
1. Nenkola, and I did. 1. Netukola, and we did.
2. Nokola, and thou didst. 2. Nemukola, and ye did.
3. Nakola, and he did. 3. Nebakola, and they did.
/'. e. it consists in placing ' ne ' before the Present Indefinite Tense.
For • and it did,' ' and they did,' make the forms for ' it does,'
' they do,' and prefix ' ne,' thus : —
kikola, gukola, etc., it does; hence nekikola, negukola, etc., and it did.
bikola, gikola, etc., they do ; hence nebikola, negikola, etc., and they did.
N.B.— After the word 'gamba,' say, always use the Particle 'nti.'
(For brevity, the verb on which this tense depends is not always given.)
Exercise. — And he came. And they went. And they brought a parrot,
and the parrot flew away. And she cooked some rice. The storm blew and
the fence fell. And we crossed three rivers, and they were very deep, and I
dropped my book, and they found it and gave it to me. And the carpenter
cut down a tree, and I measured it, and he made two cages and one trough,
and brought them, and I bought thera. And the princess came and said,
' Thou hast eaten all my sugar-cane, and thou hast thrown away my mat and
broken his bedstead.' Cook rice and bring it. That old man is a wizard ;
take hold of him, and bind him and bring him to [eri] the chief. And they
brought him to the chief, and the chief heard [wulira] the words, and gave
judgment [sala omusango] and said, 'This man, I know him,' and drove him
out ofhis garden. The boy hit the snake, and it went and. was lost. The
carpenter will come and bring his things and make the cage. And I went
80 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
and said, 'Come and finish your piece of work, and make the partition and cut
the windows,' and he said, ' I will come [kanjije] and finish your piece of work,'
and he finished it. And we said, ' Tell us everything,' and they told us every-
thing, and we understood and we said, ' Now [kale] you do like this, and bring
us three bowls and throw them into that hole.' They left the garden, and it
went out of cultivation, and it became jungle [ensiko]. The pieces-of-iron were
put badly [bera bubi], and they fell and hit him on the foot, and he was laid
up [ill (in his) foot] a whole month. And the trees grew and brought much
shade ; and we sat under [mu] them and praised them.
(/>) Negative tenses, not with Relative.
(Lesson XX. p. 27).
It has already been remarked that these are made by putting ' te '
before the positive forms for the following tenses, viz. Present In-
definite, Present Perfect, Near and Far Past and Far Future, except that
the first pers. sing, is ' si : ' /'. e. Sikola (not tenkola) : sakola (not
tenakola) : sirikola (not tendikola).
Many Baganda prefer a form with ' si ' throughout: e.g. situkola, sibakola,
etc., but this has not been adopted in our translations. Forms with ' te ' through-
out occur in Lunyoro and dialects.
For the Near Future negative, prefix 'te'to the Subjunctive form,
and 'si' as before for the first pers. sing. : e.g. sikole, I will not do:
tebakole, they will not do.
For the Negative Subjunctive, use the Subjunctive of the verb 'lema,'
and the Infinitive of the Verb : e. g. baieme okukola, that they may not
do : neme okugenda enkya, that I may not go in the morning.
(Neme for n leme, which latter is an unpronounceable form.)
In all cases of Negative Future translate by the sense, since the word
' will ' is not always the sign of the future : e. g. : —
The bandage will not meet : omugaga gugana okutuka.
gana means ' say no, refuse,' and ' will ' here means ' is not able to.'
It would also be possible to say 'tegutuka' in the present, 'It does
not reach.'
This work will not take long : omulimu guno tuligukola mangu.
This fort will not last long: ekigo kino tekigenda kulwawo (better
than tekirirwawo).
His head will not get through : omutwegwe gugana okugyamu,
or tegugenda kugyamu, or tegugyamu, according to the par-
ticular meaning given to 'will.'
gyamu = get into a certain space.
' Thou shalt not do ' is a Negative Imperative.
Exercise. — They do not make bowls. The iron did not fall. The snake
has not gone. The traders are not going to come. He will not come. I
am not going [ja] to go. His boys did not sell the parrot. They have not
come. We will not leave you [vako]. Tell them ' Do not go.' Bring the
pins that they may not be lost. Do not clean this part only, but clean all
the parts. He has not understood. We did not ask them. Did we not
rejoice very much to see you? The women do not know (how) to paddle.
The steward did not hinder his master's messenger. The tribute is not com-
plete [tuka, p. pf.]. I do not know (how) to make a bedstead. Take hold
NEGATIVE TENSES 8 1
of my book that it may not fall. They will not go [nr. fut.]. The doorway
is not narrow [funda, p.pf.]. His arm is short, it will not reach. Shall1 we
not cut [nr. fut.] an aperture here? Shall he not beat [nr. fut.] the iron?
Take that stick from him [gyako], that he may not hit the child. Get up, that
we may not tread upon you. Cut the parrot's wings, that it may not fly away.
That peasant does not know how to make a wall. Walk [pi.] carefully
[mpola] that the papyrus may not delay [ziza] us. Hide [pi.] all the books,
that the master may not know that we read. They will not work. They
refuse to work. He will not sell his watch-chain. The fire will not burn.
He won't [gana, p.pf.] throw away the rubbish. We won't clear [lima] the
weeds. The lid will not fit [tuka]. These baskets will not suffice [mala].
This fence will not last. You will not see any frogs in that river.
(c) Negative Tense with Relative.
In Negative Relative Constructions, the Negative is always 'ta,' and
follows immediately the Subject Prefix. If, therefore, there is an Object,
it follows the 'ta,' and comes immediately before the verb, e.g. : —
kyebatalaba, which they did not see.
nze atamulabye, I who have not seen him.
omugo gwatabaja, the stick which he did not make.
omuti ogutamugwako, the tree which did not fall upon him.
Exercise. — The parrot which did not fall. The chief who did not come.
The carpenter who did not bring the wood. The man who did not bring a
parrot. The tailor who does not sew nicely [bulungi]. The tribute which
he does not bring. The dusters which he did not wash [kuba]. The rubbish
which he did not throw away. The peelings which he did not collect. The
tree which they did not cut down. The bowls which I have not bought.
The salt which I left, have they brought it? The parrot whose feathers I
did not cut has flown away. The rice which you did not cook in the morn-
ing, we will eat [it] at mid-day [misana]. Our girl whom we did not see this
morning has come back. The garden which they did not cultivate has
become overgrown. The girls whom they did not tell have come to read.
Tell them to do the work which they have not done. They have brought the
feathers which will not sell [they refuse to buy]. He has brought the book
which we would not buy. We who do not know her. The stranger whom
we did not know. The boys who are not pleased with him. The spies
whom they do not see. The blind man who does not know our girls-
Have you brought the piece of iron which is too short [which does not reach] ?
That book which I am not able to read. The rice which I did not put away
has rotted. The guava-trees which you did not bring. The deep rivers
which we were unable to cross.
(d) Narrative Tense with Negative.
This can never be used with Relative expressions; but it may be
helpful to note that the ' ne ' of the Narrative Tense takes the same
position as the Relative does in Negative expressions, and the order is
then exactly similar.
SING. PLUR.
i. nesikola, and I do not do. i. netutakola, and we do not do.
2. notokola, and thou dost not do. 2. nemutakola, and ye do not do.
3. natakola, and he does not do. 3. nebatakola, and they do not do.
notokola is preferred to notakola.
1 Note the close connection between this and ' Are we not to? ' Is he not to ? This
may explain why the Negative Near Future is the form which properly should be the
Negative Subjunctive.
F
82 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
For ' it ' and ' they ' the proper class prefix must of course be used :
e. g. nekitakola, negutakola, etc. : nebitakola, negitakola, etc.
Single after a Negative for emphasis — not ... a single ; translate
by the Numeral for ' one ' with the I.V. preceded by the copula ' n '
and; e.g.—
natalaba muntu nomu, and he did not see a single man.
teyayogera kigambo nekimu, he did not speak a single word.
The European seems more partial to this usage than the Muganda.
Exercise. — And he did not eat. And thou didst not go. And she did not
cook. And you did not cut down that tree. And you did not bring our
dusters. And he did not bring his milk-pot. And he did not catch that
parrot. And I did not see him. And his flute was not found [labika]. And
the small-pox did not attack him. And his ink was not found. And the
fence did not fall. And they did not bring a single tree. And we did not
meet your friend. And the river [the water in the river] did not go down
[genda]. And they did not say a single word. And thou didst not under-
stand. And the women did not cook the plantains. And the papyrus did not
delay us. And we did not fall into that hole. And the chain was not lost.
And the peasants did not twist that plantain-fibre. And he was not vexed.
And the windows were not cut [salibwa]. And we did not see a single win-
dow. And the light was not able to get in [ita]. And you did not see a
single person. And the plague did not come there. And the tails did not
appear. And the salt was not stolen [nyagibwa]. And the price was not
sufficient [tuka]. And the snakes were not lost. And the partition did not
reach to the top [engulu]. And the books were not sold [tundibwa]. And
the parrot did not walk. And we did not reach that island. And the wounds
did not pain us. And the clouds did not rain [tonya]. And he did not eat
his neighbour's sugar-cane.
(e) ' Still ' and « Not yet ' Tense.
Negative Infinitive.
'Not yet ' is generally expressed by the auxiliary ' na,' thus : —
SING. PLUR.
i. si'naba kugenda, I have \ ~ . tetu'naba kugenda, we have \ 53 .
2. to'naba „ thou hast V^g temu'naba „ you have iTs
3. ta'naba „ he has ] cu teba'naba „ ' they have] c "
And proper forms for 'it' and 'they,' as teki'naba, tegu'naba, tebi'naba,
etc. Lit. I am not yet to go, etc. It is also possible to say Si'nagenda,
I have not yet gone ; tonogenda, thou hast not yet gone, etc. This
would imply the further condition, ' I have no intention of going.'
' Not yet ' as an answer to questions is also expressed by this tense of
the Auxiliary ' ba' with the proper subject prefix.
Agenze? Has he gone? ta'naba, not yet.
Kigude ? Has it fallen ? teki'naba, not yet.
Omupunga guide ? Is the rice cooked ? tegu'naba, not yet.
Mugenze ? Have you gone ? tetu'naba, not yet.
Negative Infinitive, obutagenda, not going, not to go.
obutalya, not eating, not to eat.
These are, strictly speaking, nouns (verb-noun or gerund), just in the same
way that the positive infinitive is.
' NOT YET ' : ' STILL ' : ' NO LONGER ' 83
Still ' Tense.
SING. PLUR.
m i. tukyafumba, we are
a
2. mukyafumba, ye are
' 3 3. bakyafumba, they are
- o
o
u
1. nkyafumba, I am
2. okyafumba, thou art
3. akyafumba, he is
This form can be negatived by prefixing ' si ' to the first pers. sing,
and ' te ' for the other forms. We thus get Sikyafumba, tokyafumba, etc.
This means ' I am no longer cooking,' though I once was.
il SING. PLUR.
1. nkyali, lam 1 1. tukyali, we are }
2. okyali, thou art J-S 2. mukyali, ye are -3
3. akyali, he is J 3. bakyali, they are J
With the proper class prefix (ki, gu, etc.) for 'it,' 'they,' in the third
person.
The forms nkyali, tukyali in the sense ' I am here, quite well,' do not seem
to belong to Luganda ; though common in Busoga.
' I am still here,' and interrogatively ' Are you still there ? ' are expressed
by Gyendi and Gyoli ? respectively with corresponding forms for all
other persons. If, however, emphasis is to be laid on the ' here,' the
forms nkyali wano arid okyaliwo ? respectively are used ; and so for all
persons and classes.
The third person occurs as in English, e.g. : —
omupunga gukyali mubisi, the rice is still raw.
iii. A third form made from the modified form occurs in the case of
a few verbs. Such are ' bakyatude,' ' wakyasigade,' and perhaps a few
others ; with similar forms for other persons and classes. It seems to
mean — They have become seated, and still are continuing so for want
of interference.
This form being so rare is not referred to in Table 4, The Verb.
No longer :
ebitogo tebikyalabika, papyrus is no longer to be found.
All these cases of 'still' and 'not yet' denote an active state, not a
mere condition. Thus such a sentence as, The water is no longer deep,
should be given by some such paraphrase as, Amadzi gagenze, wasigade
matono.
The, two forms Si'naba, formed from 'ba' and 'nkyali,' formed
from ' li,' illustrate the rule that ' ba ' is always used in general statements
and ' li ' in particular ones. Hence there can be no other forms, as
si'nali or nkyaba.
Exercise. — I have not yet seen his foot. We are still eating. He is no
longer making his section [ekituli]. The frogs are still croaking [kaba]. He
is no longer ill. The boys have not yet brought the papyrus. The girl has
not yet taken the bowl. Has the fence fallen ? not yet. Have they brought
the parrot? not yet. Have they found my book ? not yet. I am still looking
for it. The fat has not yet melted. The peasants no longer work hard.
Those two boys have not yet helped us. I have not yet learnt that drum-
beat. The smoke is still in the room [ekisenge]. The corpses are still in
84
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
the swamp. They have not yet been buried [zikibwa]. The doorway is no
longer narrow. Fever no longer attacks him. The iron is no longer hot.
The rivers are still deep. Those two snakes have not yet gone. Do the
books still sell [buy] (for) a large price ? no, they sell [buy] for a little. This
wound is still large. Our girls no longer read. My boy has not yet bought
a book. These gardens are still good. They have not yet gone to ruin.
The women of your place have not yet cleared those weeds. Has he done
selling ? not yet. You have not yet shaken the mats. The dusters are still
wet. They have not yet dried. What have you cooked ? I have not yet
cooked. The girls have not yet got up. The bowl is still whole. It is not
yet broken. They have not yet lit the fire. She is no longer afraid of the
parrot. The readers no longer come. I have not yet gone out of here.
The chief has not yet given us a present. We are still waiting at his place.
Not to cultivate. Not to understand. Not to walk. Not to paddle. Not
to ask. Not to buy. Not to lie. Ignorance. Not working. Want of
pity. Not saying.
XIII. The li— ma (or 'Stone') Class.
Belonging to this Class are mostly things hard, bare and flat, being
either parts of the body, or fruits and other natural objects. The Plural
form is also applied to fluid substances, there being of course no corre-
sponding singular to such nouns.
E'bali, side of things.
E'banga, space.
E'banja, debt.
E'bega, shoulder.
E'bere, breast.
E'bwa, sore.
E'bugumu, warmth.
E'dagala, medicine.
E'dala, piece of scaffolding.
E'danga, lily.
E'dobo, hook.
E'dobozi, sound, voice.
E'dogo, witchcraft.
E'fumu, spear.
E'gero, wonder.
E'gi, egg.
E'gigi, curtain.
1 E'goba, profit.
E'gumba, bone.
E'gwanga, a nation.
E'gwanika, store.
E'jembe, horn.
E'jengo, wave.
E'jinja, stone,
E'jiba, dove.
E'joba, tuft, crest.
E'jovu, foam.
E'kovu, snail.
E'kubo, road.
Erinya, name.
Erinyo, tooth.
Eriso, eye.
Erigwa, thorn.
Eryato, canoe.
E'sabo, temple.
E'sanda, resin.
E'sanga, ivory.
*E'sanyu, joy.
E'sasi, bullet, lead.
E'siga, cooking-stone.
E'siga, scorpion.
E'sonko, shell.
*E'subi, grass.
*E'subi, hope.
E'tabi, branch.
*E'taka, earth.
2 E' tale, uncultivated land
E'toke, plantain-fruit.
*E'tosi, mud.
*E'tumbi, midnight.
*E'tuntu, mid-day.
E'vivi, knee.
*E'vu, ashes.
E'ziga, tear.
1 Mostly, if not enu'rely Plural — amagoba.
2 amatale means ' iron-stone ore,' ' haematite.'
LI — MA CLASS 85
It will be noticed that the class prefix is only ' li ' in a very few cases ;
and that in all cases where it is not ' li ' the first consonant is an exploded
one. This consonant ceases to be an exploded one in the plural, e. g.
Amafumu, amabega. Exc. ama'bali.
Those words which have no plural are marked thus.* Those beginning
with 'j ' change ' j ' to 'y ': e.g. amayengo from e'jengo, amayovu from
e'jovu. Eryato in the plural becomes amato ; eriso, amaso ; E'gwanga,
amawanga ; e'gwanika, amawanika.
Those beginning with 'd,' change ' d ' to ' 1 ': e.g. e'danga, amalanga.
The following have no singular : —
A'madzi, water. Amakaja, swollen limbs. Amanyi, strength.
Amafuta, oil. Amalala, pride. Amasira, pus.
Amagezi, wisdom. Amalusu, spittle. Amata, milk.
Exercise. — Make the plurals of the above list of nouns.
(a) The Simple and the Relative Subject.
The Simple Subject ' it,' ' they,' is—
Sing. li. Plur. ga.
e'fumu li buze, the spear is lost,
amafumu ga buze, the spears are lost.
To form the Relative Subject, it is only necessary to add the proper
I.V. to the Simple Subject : thus : —
e'fumu e ribuze, the spear which is lost,
amafumu a ga buze, the spears which are lost.
When li comes before a vowel, li becomes ly, e. g. : —
efumu ly abula, the spear was lost,
efumu e ry abula, the spear which was lost.
When ga comes before a vowel the ' a ' drops, and the vowel before
which it is dropped is lengthened.
amafumu g abula (ga a bula), the spears were lost,
amafumu a g abula (a ga a bula) the spears which were lost.
Exercise. — The spear has fallen. The spear which has fallen. The thorn
which has pierced his foot. The doves are cooing in the tree. The doves
which are cooing in the tree. The bullets passed here. The bullets which
have passed. The waves struck the canoe. (My) knee hurts me. The
knee which hurt me. The oil has run-out [genda, p.pf.]. The lilies which
grow [labika] on the moor [etale]. We are pleased [joy has caught us].
The spears which glitter. The mud which has struck us. The branches
fell in the road ; and they dried. The canoe will take us to-morrow. The
canoes which will take us in the morning. The grass has come. The milk
is going to-turn-sour [kwata]. His eye is going to be bad [lwala]. The
eggs are broken [menyeka, p.pf.]. The madness which seized him. A
canoe cannot-be-found [bula, p.pf.]. The temples which fell down. The
swollen-limbs which pain him. The water which flows here. The sore
which hurts you.
86 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
(/>) Demonstrative.
These are formed in the usual way by means of the prefix ' li ' for the
Singular, and ' ga ' for the Plural : that is, those prefixes which form the
Subject.
SING. PLUR.
e'fumu li no, this spear. amafumu ga no, these spears,
e'fumu e ry o, that (near) spear. amafumu ago, those (near) spears.
e'fumu li ri, that spear. amafumu ga li, those spears.
Notice 'eryo ' for e li o, and 'ago ' for a ga o : according to the rule
given at the end of the last section (ly and g before a vowel).
Reduplicated forms : —
Sing, e'fumu lirino, here is the spear,
e'fumu liriri, there is the spear.
Plur. amafumu gagano, here are the spears,
amafumu gagali, there are the spears.
Exercise. — These eggs. That hanging. This skin. Those wonders.
This hook. This space. Those homs. This canoe. Those (near) teeth.
These roads. These names. That dove. That (near) branch. This sore.
That (near) shell. Those (near branches which have fallen. This (piece-of)
ivory. That tooth has come out. Those eyes. This milk has turned. The
mid-day was like [fanana] night. Take away those thorns which stop the
road These are the names. This is the tooth. That debt has come to an
end fwede]. Those (near) spaces which appear. These cooking-stones.
This sore which I dress. Those (near) ashes. These are the pieces of ivory.
This road is very crooked. These horns are white. This road is slippery.
This branch will sprout. These doves coo at [mu] mid-day. These names.
There is the earth. I saw that snail. Those are the spears. These temples
have fallen. Those bones are scattered. Fetch those pieces-of-scaffolding.
Stamp [samba] that (near) earth. Here is the water.
(c) The Numeral: Adjective (Plural only).
The Singular agreement of the Adjective presents some difficulty, and
will be dealt with later on. The Plural agreement presents nothing
difficult or unusual, thus : —
amafumu amalungi, good spears.
/. e. prefix to the adjective root the same I.V. and class prefix as has
been prefixed to the noun root.
Numerals.
efumu limu, one spear. amafumu atano, five spears,
amafumu abiri, two spears. amafumu omukaga, six spears,
amafumu asatu, three spears. amafumu ekumi, ten spears,
amafumu ana, four spears. amafumu ekumi ne limu, eleven
spears, etc.
Only the numbers one to five inclusive are variable ; and it will be
noticed that the 'a' of the forms abiri, asatu, etc., is not an I.V. but a
class prefix; there is no I.V. to these forms, amafumu asatu mu abiri,
LI — MA CLASS 87
thirty-two spears ; or briefly, asatu mwabiri. Should any confusion be
likeiy to occur as to whether three or thirty, etc., was meant, insert the
word ' amakumi ' before the higher number ; thus, amafumu asatu, three
(not thirty) spears ; amafumu amakumi asatu, thirty spears, etc.
The order of Adjective, Numeral, and Demonstrative, when prefixed
to the same noun, has already been given, p. 22.
amafumu ameka ? How many spears.
Exercise. — Good eggs. Bad canoes. Large eyes. Small teeth. Hard
[kalubo] shells. Short names. Soft bones. These beautiful teeth. Those
long spears. This cheese [dry milk]. These new names. That cold water.
One voice. Three snails. Those three snails. Five eggs. These five eggs.
Three spaces. Ten spaces. Thirteen spaces. Those (near) thirteen spaces.
Those thirteen good eggs. How many roads? four. Twenty nice stones.
Twenty-four good canoes. These loud [nene] voices. Five bones. Hard
shells. Five hard bones. Those five difficult names. Eighteen lilies.
These eighteen bullets are bad. I low many names are difficult? these four
names are difficult. These two stones are very large. Those four are very
small. Bring five fairly large stones. Those (near) thorns have pierced me.
Those two horns are long. Three large waves came and broke our nice
canoes. Tins br&nch has upon it many thorns. How many debts has he ?
he has two big debts. Four eggs are bad, five are good. These two
canoes are new. These young plantains.
(d) Simple and Relative Object Prefix.
The Simple Object Prefix " it," " them," is—
Sing. li. Plur. ga.
efumu nalitwala, I will take the spear,
amadzi na ga leta, I will bring the water,
amagumba tu ga lonze, we have picked up the bones.
To form the Relative Object, add ' e ' to each of these* forms, as has
been done similarly, to form the Relative Object of other classes.
Hence we get —
Sing, lye (li e). Plur. ge (ga e).
efumu lyetwaleta, the spear which we brought,
amadzi ge tulese, the water which we have brought,
amagumba ge tulonze, the bones which we have picked up.
Exercise. —We have paid the debt. I will buy that skin. We filled the
spaces (with) earth. I found a hook yesterday. I have brought the milk.
We will cultivate the road. They have not yet brought the ivory. The
stones which he threw. We will buy the grass. The earth which they have
brought [somba]. The profits which we made [gobamu]. The tears which
she shed [kaba]. The piece of ivory which I saw. The cooking-stones
which I have brought. The bullets which I made [fumba]. The thorn
which I took-out-of [gyamu] my foot. The dove which I caught. The
ashes which thou hast thrown away. The temples which they have built.
The names which this teacher has brought. The scaffolding which the
peasants brought yesterday, they will tie [it] to-morrow. Cook the eggs
which I have bought in the morning. I have done pouring the oil into the
lamp. We bought the curtains which the master has put up [timba]. The
canoes which the Sese people made [siba] have arrived. I saw them. That
egg which I have bought is-bad [wunyaj. The name which they called
[tuma] you is pretty. We put the hooks which you bought in the store. I
took the curtain which he has hung up out of the store.
88
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Sing, erya (e li a) of :
Plur. aga (a ga a) of:
Sing, lya nge, my.
lyo, thy.
lye, his.
lyafe, our.
lya m we, your,
lyabwe, their.
erya nge, mine,
e ri ryo, thine,
eri rye, his.
e rya fe, ours, etc.
ekitabo erinya lyakyo,
omusota erinya lyagvvo,
(e) Fosse8sives.
efumu lya kabaka, the king's spear,
amasanga ga kabaka, the king's ivory.
Plur. gaange, my.
go, thy.
ge, his.
gafe, our.
ga mwe, your.
ga bwe, their.
a ga nge, mine,
a ga nge, thine.
a gage, his.
a gafe, ours, etc.
the book its name,
the snake its name,
amagwa ebiwundu byago, the thorns their wounds.
Other forms: lya means 'of for the Singular; hence with other
classes we get —
lyagwo, lyakyo, of it, its.
lyagyo, lyabyo, of them, their.
lyo means ' it ' in reference to this class ; hence —
gwalyo, kyalyo, gyalyo, byalyo, of it, its.
ga means ' of for the Plural ; hence —
gagwo, gakyo, of it, its.
gagyo, gabyo, of them, their.
go means ' it ' in reference this class ; hence —
gwago, kyago, gyago, byago, of them, their.
Remember the 'of agrees with the noun immediately preceding, the
' it ' with the thing referred to.
a canoe its pieces of wood. 0
a fence its wisdom (i. e. the way it is
made).
at the side of.
eryato emiti gyalyo,
ekisikate amagezi gakyo,
ku ma'bali ga,
Exercise.— His voice. Their knees. Your tears. My bullets. Thy
canoes. My joy. Your eye. Their curtains. The young man's spears.
My teeth. Our cooking- stones. My piece of ivory. His madness. Your
tooth. His store. Their voice. Thy spears. Their nation. Our pieee-
of-scaffo!ding. That man's joy. My boy's hope. The temples of the
peasants. The women and their sores. Our debts. Your names. Their
spears. His stone. The master's curtain has fallen down at the side of the
bed. At the side of the road. At the side of the temple. That tree and
its branches. The canoe and its seats [amabanga]. The snail and its shell.
The fire and its ashes. The wall and its curtains. The fire and its warmth.
The snake and its teeth. The parrot and its eye. The tree and its resin.
His debt is large, mine is small. Whose piece of ivory is this? mine.
Whose medicine is that (near)? yours. Whose name? that woman's.
LI — MA CLASS 89
Whose voice? his. His canoes are long, ours are short. Your plantain-fruit
is not full-grown. His is good. I have brought the spear and its shaft
[omuti]. Their new names. His two new canoes. Thy three canoes are
new. That temolc of theirs. These long spears of yours. Thy curtains
are very wide, mine are narrow. The temple and its builder [omuzimbi].
Whose skin is this ? Mine.
(/) Negatives.
These are similar to those already given ; only using as the Class
Prefix li for the Singular, and ga for the Plural.
Direct : —
e'bwa terimuluma, the sore does not hurt him.
e'bwa teryamuluma, the sore did not hurt him.
e'bwa talinyize, the sore he has not dressed it.
e'bwa teyalinyiga, the sore he did not dress it.
amafumu tegagwa, the spears do not fall,
amafumu tegagwa, the spears did not fall,
amafumu tagalese, he has not brought the spears,
amafumu teyagaleta, he did not bring the spears.
Relative : —
e'bwa eritamuluma, the sore which does not hurt her.
e'gi eryatagwa, the egg which does not fall,
e'banga lyatalese, the space which he has not left,
e'banga lyebataleka, the space which they did not leave,
amafumu agatagwa, the spears which do not fall (agatagwa,
which did not fall).
amayinja gatasombye, the stones which he has not brought,
amayinja gebatasombye, the stones which they have not brought.
And similarly for the other tenses.
Narrative : —
amafumu nebatagaleta, and they did not bring the spears,
e'kubo netutaliraba, and we did not find the road,
e'kubo neritalabika, and a road was not visible,
amalanga negaba mangi, and the lilies were numerous.
Exercise. — This grass is not sufficient. They do not sell the spears. He
has not yet paid his debt. This canoe does not travel fast [manguj. Will
not this road reach ? The thorns will not stop the road. Bones do not melt.
Doves do not coo at night. The tooth will not sell for much [buy (for) a
big value]. The water has not yet dried up. That spear will not cut
pieces-of-wood. The stone which I did not break. The medicine which
she refused to drink. The voice which we did not hear. The temple which
they have not yet finished. The earth which did not fall. The tears which
she did not shed. The milk which thou hast not brought, where is it ? I
will use [twala ku] the oil which he did not sell. They have brought seven
spears and_ have not sold one. They have brought a piece of ivory, but I
will not buy it. I will put a stone here and it will not fall [Nar. tense].
The eggs were not broken. And the thorns did not pierce our feet. And
the water did not flow. And he did not hurl the spear. And the temple
was not burnt [gya omuliro]. That earth will not suffice. Lilies no longer
grow here. The thorn which did not pierce my hand. The snail which did
not crawl [genda] on my book crawled on hers. The curtains which are not
90 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
hung [timbibwa]. The lilies which are not found on the uncultivated land.
The ashes which are not collected [yolehwaj.
(g) Miscellaneous.
-tya : Sing, litya. Plur. gatya.
e'kubo litya? what do you mean by ' road ' ?
amanya gatya ? names, what do you mean by that ?
e'kubo lifanana litya ? what is the road like ?
amagi gali gatya ? what are the eggs like ?
-/*: like this, with accompanying action.
Sing, bweriti (seldom liti). Plur. bwegati (seldom gati).
kwata e'kubo bweriti, keep on this same road (//'/. keep to the
road like this,
amadzi gali bwegati, the water is like this.
-tyo : like that.
Sing, bwerityo. Plur. bwegatyo.
e'sabo balizimba bwerityo, the temple they built it like that,
amanya gawandikibwa bwegatyo, the names were written like
that.
ona\ all.
e'gi lyona, all the egg. amagi gona, all the eggs.
o'ka : only.
e'gi lyo'ka, the egg only, the egg by itself (and nothing else).
amadzi go'ka,- water only : water (and nothing else).
nyini : e'fumu lye nyini, I mean the literal spear.
amato ge nyini, the actual canoes : the material canoes.
same :
e'kubo lino lye limu na liri, this road is the same as that.
amayinja gano ge gamu, these stones are the'same.
eryato lyange lye limu neriryo, my canoe is the same as thine.
The other ideas of comparison by means of the verbs ' singa ' or
' yenkana,' or by the preposition ' ku.'
ku mato gano, abiri gali mabi, two of these canoes are bad.
ku masasi gano agamu gali manene, some of these bullets are
too large,
e'fumu lyange lisinga obuwanvu, my spear is the longer, etc
Vid. p. 57.
Exercise. — Bring all the bones. What do you mean by 'bones'? The
bones of the parrot which we buried. Turn your shoulders like this. Look
for a horn which is like this (one). They gave him a name like this. They
found a branch like that. They have brought plantain-fruit only. They
found there [sangayo] thorns only. In the road there is nothing but- [wabula]
mud. He did not find a single canoe. What do you mean by canoe? — the
canoe which we asked for. How many canoes are there? What are they
like ? How big is the largest ? The largest has twelve seats. Tell them to
bring two larger ones of fifteen seats. This piece of scaffolding will not
reach. Look for a longer piece. My name is nicer than thine. What are
1 NGA AFFIXED TO THE VERB 91
their teeth like ? like this. They make them more pointed than we do.
This plantain-fruit of ours is much larger than yours. It is equal to two of
yours together [awamu]. Our nation is a larger one than yours. How much
larger? These snails are bigger than those which we saw yesterday. How
big are they ? like this. How shall we fight with 1 such a vast number of
canoes? What shall we do with such nasty sores? Of these thorns which
is the longest? The one which I have put on the table [emeza] is the
longest. His joy is greater than mine. How greater? He has made
[visamu] larger profits than mine. His knee is more swollen than yours.
These horns are the same length. Those (near) snails are the same size.
Those waves were the largest I have seen. He has brought more earth than
you. I have picked [menya] more lilies than you. All the roads are alike,
they all have mud in them. Mid-day and midnight are not the same thing
[kigambo]. All his spears are poor ; I want two better ones. Only three
of those eggs are fresh [lungi]. I want grass only. I want the same grass
as that which you brought yesterday. Well [kale], let us bring some. These
are the widest curtains of all which I have seen.
XIV. Manner, Time, and Place.
(a) Nga as an Affix.
Nga added to the end of a verb-form gives the idea of continued
action. It can, therefore, not be added to those tense-forms which
already denote continued action ; /'. e. to the Present Indefinite and
Pre?ent Perfect.
It may be interesting to note in this connection that it is not to be added to an
Infinite, which refers to a strictly present and continuous event. ' He%is wont to read
every day' = alina empisaye okusoma bulijo, with no 'nga,' because strictly presentt
But, Bamugamba okusomanga bulijo, ' they told him to read every day ' — here ' nga 'is
used because the command was given some time ago, and the matter referred to is no
longer strictly present. This is by far the most common in books ; the former in
conversation. Hence apparent differences in the use of ' nga* which may be noticed.
The following are a few examples of its use : —
fumbanga omupunga bulijo, cook rice every day.
musomenga, read continually, read regularly.
yakolanga, he made habitually, he used to make. (E'da is
sometimes added to make the meaning more clear.)
omuntu eyakolanga ebibya, the man who used to make bowls,
anasomanga, he will read continually (at the proper time), he
will read every day.
The Far Future has no form with ' nga,' because it can only represent
a single action.
The addition of the Negative gives some particular meanings —
takolenga, he will never do.
N.B. — This is Near Future, not Imperative.
abantu tebakyajanga kusoma, people no longer come to read.
The addition of ' nga ' to the ' kya ' Tense adds an element of un-
certainty. They may come occasionally ; or, there may be some hope
1 ' Such a vast number,' ' such nasty,' etc., is expressed by ' yenkana awo.' It is
usual to say ' genkana' and not ' gayenkana.'
92 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
«,
that they will improve in their coming. This form is only to be used
rarely, and with a qualifying infinitive after it.
ta'nagendanga, he has never yet gone.
The Present Indefinite with Negative takes ' nga.'
sikolanga bwentyo, I never do so.
These meanings are the obvious result of making the negatived verb
continuous in its action, and therefore need no explanation.
' nga ' always comes immediately after the verb-root, and therefore
before any affix such as ko, wo, or mu —
tekigwangamu, it never falls in. tokigyangako, never take it off.
' Never ' must only be translated by ' nga ' with negative when it de-
notes continuous action. Where it does not denote continuous action
the simple negative must suffice ; unless an additional phrase is made to
strengthen the assertion ' Something expected never came ' ; either ' It
did not come ' ; or add to that some such phrase as ' We wanted it very
much but (it did not come).'
Exercise. — They used to buy plantain-fruit every day. They buy plantain-
fruit eveiy day. We will count the profits regularly. The canoe nc longer
gets-lost [hula]. They will take away the ashes every morning. This is
where they mix medicine. He no longer works hard. The master no
longer takes a walk [tambulako] in the evening. Bones never melt. He
never loses [gwamu] his hope. His voice never fails [bula] him. His eye
no longer sees. They never point their teeth. The waves lifted the canoe
repeatedly [many times]. The man who used to sew curtains. The girls no
longer help us to cook the plantains. These women used to cultivate every
morning and every evening. His eye is bad [lwala], but it never hurts him.
This woman will help us every day. They no longer get drunk. Do you
never pity people? Some people will never understand. These readers
will be seen every morning. They no longer wash the dusters. Books are
never distributed [gabibwa]. We shall never insult that old man. We
never eat frogs. The chain never came. Take ['dira] some potatoes every
moming and cook them. The boys who used to sew have gone. The
water in [of in J that river never dries up.
(6) Nga as a Prefix.
Nga as a prefix means, lit. ' thus.' Its effect is to bring any action
into the immediate present, and describe it as though actually going on.
Thus when joined to a Verb form : —
i. It corresponds to the Greek Participle, serving to express almost
any conjunction. See remarks on p. 35.
nga bakola, they working — if they are working,
amadzi nga gaide, the water having boiled — when the water
has boiled.
ii. It represents the English Participle, especially in Narration, and
may even take the place of the Narrative Tense : —
twabasanga nga bafumba, nga bazina, nga balya ... we found
them cooking, dancing, eating . . .
'nga' prefixed to the verb 93
It rarely represents the English Participle in other cases : —
ntambulatambulako nemfumitiriza, I meditate walking abojt ; less commonly,
mfumitiriza nga ntambulatambulako.
(a) After the Verbs laba, see ; leka, leave ; sanga, find ; siba, spend the day, it is
more idiomatic to omit ' nga': —
laba baja, see them coming ; mulese aja, I left him coming ; 'musanze asitula, T
found him going ; nsibye nunze, I have spent the day herding.
(£) If the Participle is at all emphatic, translate by Indicative or Subjunctive : —
tuimirire netuimba, let us sing standing.
(c) Distinguish from the Gerund : —
okukaba kwe kuguma ? is crying the way to be brave ? linya ku muti guno :
bwonotuka, you will reach by standing on this bit of wood.
iii. It expresses 'how,' — how nice it is, nga kirungi ; how nicely you
are dressed, nga oyambade. Cf. p. 64, sec. (r), for a similar use
without • nga.')
iv. Followed by the ' not yet ' tense, it expresses ' before,' — especially
when the simple sentence is negative, i.e. Don't do, before this
happens, e. g. : —
sirigenda nga ta'naba kutuka, I shall not go before he arrives.
Lit. he not yet having arrived,
totambula nga si'naba kukugamba, Don't walk before I tell you.
' That ' after Verbs of knowing and the like is translated by ' nti,' e.g. : — -
'manyi nti yagenda, I know that he went.
simanyi nti kija kugenda, I did not know that it would go.
bategdra nti tetukola ku Sabiti, they understand that we do no
work on Sunday,
sategera nti ogenda kukola enkya, I did not understand that
you were going to work in the morning.
' Whether ' after negatived verbs of knowing, understanding, hearing,
etc., is translated by ' nga,' e. g. : —
simanyi nga agenze, I do not know whether he has gone.
sitege'ra nga bakola lero, I do not understand whether they work
to-day. Though under certain circumstances it may be better
to use ' obanga,' for instance, in the last sentence.
Note how closely these two conjunctions ' that ' and ' whether ' go together in
meaning.
' If obanga, generally put first in the sentence ; e.g. : —
obanga onokola sitegede, I do not understand if you will work,
obanga agenze, komawo, If he has gone, come back.
Exercise. — I found him singing. I have seen a snake eating. I have
heard that the river is not deep. I understood that the princesses do no
work. If he goes back fdayo) tell me. The sugar-cane, if it has sprouted
it is well. Working hard, he will finish to-morrow. I found my book fallen.
What a nice book ! The parrot which he has given us, how nice (it is) !
Walking all day [omusana] you will arrive in the evening. Do not measure
the partition before I arrive. If you do not tell, how will he pity you? You
want to sleep [okwebaka] before you have made a hut [enju]. You want to
fold the clothes [engoye] before you have washed them. Go and see whether
they have done plaiting the fibre. Don't help the food before we have sat
94 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
down. The flute which you have brought, how nice (it is) ! My friend, how
ill you are ! If you sow [sowing] Indian com now, you will eat it in three
months' time [three months having passed]. We arrived and found the
fence fallen down. The fat having melted, bring it here. Do not cook the
rice before washing it. Do not put anything else [other things] in the store
before sweeping [in] it. I will not buy a book again before I have seen it.
Waiting here they will see the king and two prisoners passing. How that
snake bites ! If you hide the book here, there is no one who will see it,
even though [songa] he search diligently. When you stop-talking [being
silent] I will teach you. How the frogs jump ! Walking there, the thorns'
will pierce your foot. Have you seen the youths throwing their spears?
Yes, we have seen the king's boy throwing his. They have filled the jug
(with) milk before cleaning it. Do they not know milk is spoilt [yononeka]
like that ?
(c) How, just as.
1 how,' meaning ' in what condition ' — translate by ' bwe.'
alwade, tomanyi bwali, he is ill, you don't know how ill he is.
ejinja lino, tomanyi bwerizitowa, this stone, you don't know
how heavy it is.
Often, as in the first instance, the context must give the precise shade
of meaning.
N.B. — This conjunction has the same root-idea as the Class Prefix bu {vid. p. io6,
ii.), and denotes 'The state in which.'
'Just as' is translated by nga . . . bwe, thus :—
kola, nga bwenkoze wano, make (it) just as I have made it here.
Lit. Make it thus, The way (state or condition) in which I have made it.
atambula nga kabaka bwatambula, he walks just as the king
does.
Note that the English is 'just as he does, did,*1 etc. : the Luganda
repeats the preceding verb 'walk,' etc.
'like' : (a) As a mere conjunction, is translated by 'nga'; e.g. : —
atambula nga ekikusu kyange, he walks like my parrot,
alya nga ensolo, he eats like a wild beast.
(/3) If joined to the Verb to be, use ' fanana' ; e.g. : —
omuwala ono afanana omukade, this girl is like an old
woman,
elaka lino lifanana liri, this earth is like that.
(y) 'seems like,' ' looks like,' use ' -ling'anga ' ; e. g: : —
omuwala ono aling'anga mukade, this girl looks like ah old
woman,
etaka lino liring'anga liri, this earth seems like that.
N.B. — ' fanana,' when it does not denote exact identity, is followed
by ' nga ' ; e.g. omuwala ono afanana nga mukade (if the identity is not
exact), the noun following 'nga' being predicate and having no I.V.
Exercisi. — Write just as I have written. Tell the peasants to cut an
aperture just as I have cut it. You do not know how they cut it. You don't
know what a debt he has ! You don't know how nice their canoes are !
You don't know how my book is split [kutuka, p. pf.] ! You don't know
PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 95
how those thorns pierce ! That parrot walks just as my boy walks. He
croaks like a frog. That chief dresses like the king. Her girl wants to
dress like a princess does. What is this ? it is like a lizard. It is like salt,
but it is not good. This present is like the one I gave him. Those two
books are alike. Beat the drum [engoma] just as I do. Adze a stick that
it may be like this. They built just as we did. This stick is like a tree.
We will work hard just as they did. Let them treat us just as they-want
[bagala, not hayagala]. That stone, lift it like a strong man. Cultivate like
a woman. Walk like a chief. Our girls work just as those of your place do.
It flew like a dove. It looks like a stone. They trim their beards just as
the Egyptians [Abamisiri] do. How nice this milk is !
(d) When, until, while, etc.
When, 'lwe,' means 'when,' of strict time. It is the Objective
Relative form in agreement with ' olunaku,' a day understood, and
. means The day on which.
' bwe ' is often used for ' when ' — especially when it is not strictly
temporal. It is the Objective Relative form in agreement with ' obude '
(time of day) understood ; //'/. the time of day on which.
lwalija ombulire, when he shall come, tell me.
yera wona, bwonomala, onoja eno : (or bwomala, jangu eno),
sweep everywhere : when you have finished, come here.
In using ' bwe ' and ' lwe ' the tenses in the two parts of the sentence should corre-
spond. The Present Indefinite corresponds to the Imperative. The Present Perfect
does not seem to be used with 'bwe* or ' lwe.'
Until, Okutusa lwe, followed by the Future Tense. The sense must
decide whether the Near or Far Future is to be used ; lit. to cause
the day to arrive when. Though here 'day' seems used loosely for
'a point of time.'
okutusa lwendija, until I shall come.
While. When the dependent action is one which is to be finished
before the main action is completed, use the Subjunctive of ' mala,'
thus: —
tulawo, 'male okukola wano, sit there while I do the work here,
tulindirire tumale okulya, wait for us while we eat.
While or whilst denoting two actions going on simultaneously are
best given by apposition. It also adds to the clearness to express the
pronouns which denote the actors, e.g. : —
Whilst you write, let us read :
Mwe muwandike, fe netusoma,
Cook the milk whilst I clean the jug :
Nawe ofumbe amata, nange nanaza omudumu, or —
Gwe onofumba amata, nze nanaza omudumu.
The more complicated English construction may be needed in special cases, but it
is not the idiom of the country. Time alone will show whether the change to the use
of a conjunction as 'nga,' or 'bwe' (bwemba mfumba ' — whilst I am cooking) will
I take place.
Whenever, buli lwe — buli lwetusoma, whenever we read.
Exercise. — When we pound rice again, we will first pour in water. When
the fat has melted pour it into that bowl. When they throw rubbish into
96 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
that hole, tell me. Sit there until you have done counting the eggs. Tell
those two men to go in front until we arrive at the chiefs place [embuga].
Whenever you walk (at) night take a stick. Whenever you read pronounce
[yatula] all the words nicely. Wait while I count the eggs. While I buy
eggsi y°u buy plantain-fruit. Whilst I am building, look for grass for (of)
thatching [okusereka]. When we have cut a window plenty of daylight will
come in. Whenever they help food they call us. Whenever they have milk
they send [wereza] us some. I will sit here while you eat that sugar-cane.
When I go wrong in the road, tell me. Whenever the Bakede fight, they
fight with spears. Whenever the traders pass here, they bring parrots.
Wait for me until I have done cultivating. Whilst I ask for a knife [akambe]
collect [yola] all this rubbish and throw it away. When I have brought a
knife, we will cut this window. When the milk is boiled [gya], cook three
eggs. Whenever you cook beans, do not put on a lid. I shall wait in the
capital [ekibuga] until they have done collecting the tribute.
{e) Place.
There are two particles to denote place, viz. ' wa ' and ' e ' : both of
these have already been mentioned.
i. Wa. From this we have Wa ? = where ? and also the
Demonstrative forms wano, awo, wali, Here, there, etc.
Also reduplicated : —
wa wano, here it is.
wa wali, there it is.
As a Class Prefix, e.g. : —
wano walungi, this place is nice,
wa kusula, a place for sleeping.
Also : — waliwo, there is. waliwo, there was.
(The latter especially in narration.)
Relatively : —
awali, in the place in which there is.
awali ebitosi, the muddy place : lit. in which there is mud.
awatekebwa ebyai, where the fibre is kept,
awasimbibwa ebitoke, where the plantains are planted.
Negatively : —
tewasigade ejinja nerimu, not a single stone is left ; there isn't
a single stone left,
tewagwa kitabo nekimu, not a single book fell.
The Adverb corresponding to these is ' we ' : it is really an Objective
Relative Prefix, e.g. : —
wano wentambula, here where I walk.
awo wotade omukono, there where you have put your hand.
Many of the common people confound this with the ' bwe,' how, or when just given,
by neglecting to pronounce the ' b.'
Hence also : —
wendi, here I am : lit. the place where I am.
wetuli, here we are.
' WA ' AND ' E 97
Interrogatively, as a salutation : —
woli ? are you there ? i. e. still in good health, to which the answer
is Wendi.
With ' buli,' every : —
buli wona, everywhere.
buli wenagendanga, wheresoever I shall go.
ii. E, locative ' at ' : e. g. e Mengo, at Mengo ; e Ngogwe, at Ngo-
gwe, and by application with some nouns ' to ' : agenze emuga, he has
gone to the river (to draw water) ; agenze egindi, he has gone to such
and such a place.
The forms ewafe, etc., have already been given.
The Demonstrative forms are : —
eno, here ; eyo, there (where you are) ; eri there (at a distance).
The Adverb corresponding to 'e' is 'gye': this is really an
Objective Relative form.
gyendi, here I am : lit. at the place where I am.
gyetuli, here we are, etc.
And Interrogatively, like 'woli' — gyoli? Are you there?
Cf. idioms Amata mwegali ? is there any milk left?
Amadzi mwegali mangi ? is there any quantity of water left?
Ebitabo kwebiri ? are there any books on (it) ?
These forms with ' gye ' refer strictly to place where [mwe of course
to place inside and kwe to place upon].
These forms are frequently used to express the preposition • to,' e.g. : — ■
jangu gyendi, come to me.
yagenda gyali, he went to him.
But it is also possible to use the form 'eri ' for ' to,' especially if the
word following ' to ' is a noun and not a pronoun ; e.g. : —
yagenda eri omwami, he went to the master.
Exercise. — Here where I am pounding the rice. He said to me, ' Go to
them,' and I went to them. Is there any water there? Are they in good
health ? Wherever a stone appears. Go over there where there is a lot of
rubbish. Collect it, and throw it into this hole. Wherever we walk, we
meet with readers. In every direction [everywhere] I look, I see locusts
[enzige]. Come here to me. Go to the chief and ask him, ' Where are you
going to build ? ' And the boy I sent came back and said, ' The chief is going
to build in that place which glistens.' Do you not remember where we
looked [lengera] yesterday and said, ' That is an excellent place for [of]
building ?' There is a large forest near. Where there is that large [e'dene]
stone, that is a good place to look for stones to build with. In the eating-
place [e'diro] where the food [emere] is helped [begebwa], you will find my
stick ; bring it, that we may go for a Walk. Where we are digging is where
you buried the parrot last year. Tell the women to cultivate where I gave
orders to them yesterday [to cultivate]. I do not agree to your building [you
to build] there where I want to sow Indian corn. Go and build over there
in that overgrown garden ; that is where I will agree to your building. Do
not tread there where the seed is sown [where there is sown — sigibwa — seed
— ensigo]. W'herever the road is blocked [zibibwa], cut down the jungle [ebi-
sagazi]. There was a rich man living there. There did not appear space for
sleeping. Not a single thing fell. Not a single tree was cut down [teme-
G
98
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
bwa]. Not a single thing was taken [twalibwa]. Over there where you
see those tall trees.
XV. ' n ' (or ' house ') Class.
One more instance only of a Class Prefix will be given in full. It is
hoped that by the time this is worked through, the principles of this
form of agreement will be fully grasped by every one. So that the
remaining forms which are occasionally used may be rapidly run through,
and those which are scarcely ever used need not then be referred to.
To this class belong a great many nouns very difficult to classify.
Roughly, things which are an annoyance or give trouble to make. Wild
beasts, birds, insect pests ; but also a few domestic animals and nouns
of foreign origin.
The Singular is the same as the Plural.
Embadzi, an axe.
Embaga, a feast.
Embalasi, a horse.
Embidzi, a hog.
Embuzi, a goat.
Embwa, a dog.
Emere (plantain) food.
Emese, a rat.
Emfufu,.dust.
Emindi, (tobacco) pipe.
Empagi, a post.
Empaka, a dispute
Empera, a reward.
Empeta, a ring.
Empewo, wind.
Empisa, a custom.
Empisi, a hyena.
Empiso, a needle.
Empologoma, a lion.
Empungu, an eagle.
Enaku, trouble.
Enarga, a harp.
Enaswi, little ringer.
Endabirwamu, a looking-glass.
Endagano, an agreement.
Endago, reed-grass.
Endeku, a calabash.
Endere, a flute.
Endere, a lace.
Endiga, a sheep.
Endogoi, a donkey.
Endoto, a dream.
Endulu, an alarm.
Endwade, sickness.
1 Singular, Olukukunyi,
Engabo, a shield.
Engato, a sandal.
Engo, a leopard.
Engoma, a drum.
Eng'ombe, a trumpet.
Enjai, bhang.
Enjala, hunger.
Enjatifu, a crack.
Enjota a thunderbolt.
Enjovu, an elephant.
Enju, a house, hut.
Enjuki, a bee.
Enkasi, a paddle.
Enkata, a small ring of grass,
etc.
Enkofira, a hat.
Enkoko, a fowl.
Enkovu, a scar.
Enkonge, a stump.
Enkofu, a guinea-fowl.
Enkuba, rain.
1 Enkukunyi, fleas.
Enkumbi, a hoe.
Enkumu, a' heap.
Enkusu, a parrot.
Enkuyege, white ant.
Enkwawa, arm-pit.
Ensalo, a boundary.
Ensarnu, bark-cloth mallet.
Ensanafu, biting-ant.
Ensasi, a spark.
Ensawo, a bag.
Ensega, a vulture.
Enseko, laughter.
not often heard.
N CLASS 99
Ensi, land. Enswa, a flying ant.
Ensibo, sand-stone. Entamu, a cooking-pot.
Ensigo, seed. Entana, a hole to bury in.
Ensiko, jungle, waste land. Ente, a cow.
Ensimbi, a cowry shell. Entebe, a chair.
Ensimbu, a fit. Entiko, top of hill.
Ensinjo, a chisel. Entumbwe, calf of leg.
Ensiri, a mosquito. Entuyo, perspiration.
Enso, the knee-cap. Enumba, a homet.
Enso, upper grinding-stone. Enyana, a calf.
Ensolo, a wild beast. Enyindo, the nose.
Ensonda, a corner. Enyingo, a joint.
Ensonga, a reason. Enyondo, a hammer.
Ensonyi, shame. Enyonta, thirst.
Ensulo, a spring. Enyumba, a house, hut.
Ensuwa, water-pot. Enzige, a locust.
ensonyi is generally plural,
okukuba endulu, to raise an alarm.
enkata, either the first ring on which the house-frame is built, or
the pad for carrying upon.
(a) The Simple and Relative Subject.
Simple Subject. It or they.
Sing, e except in the Past Tense, when it is y.
This exception js necessary because the ' e ' comes before the ' a,'
which marks a Past Tense.
embuzi egenze, the goat has gone.
enju yagwa, the hut fell,
entebe e negwa, the chair will fall.
There is a certain tendency in the case of the Near Future to say
en«?gwa, en<?kola, etc., for enagwa, enakola, etc.
Plur. zi ; the i drops before a vowel,
enjovu zigenze, the elephants have gone,
ensega zinaja, the vultures will come.
ensonyi z amukwata, he was overcome with shame ; lit. shame
took him.
Relative Subject. — The I.V. for both singular and plural is e. By
prefixing this to the Simple Subject just given, the Relative Subject is
formed, e, when it comes before the ' e ' of the Simple Subject,
coalesces and becomes e; e.g. : —
ensolo etambulanga ekiro, the wild beast which walks about at
night,
ensolo eyakwata embuzi, the wild beast which caught a goat,
embwa ezibogola, the dogs which bark,
enswa ez abuka, the ants which flew.
Exercise. — The agreement has come to an end [jnlukuka]. The calabash
has broken. The white ants eat that tree. The dogs want to run away. • The
IOO ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
leopard which has eaten a sheep. The elephant which trampled the grass.
The huts which fell down. The mosquitoes which bit us. The waste land
which stopped us. The hunger which we have [which pains us]. The
white ants have eaten this duster of mine. The leopard which came at
night has not come back again. The stump has knocked his foot. The
post will fall. The mosquitoes have come. The sheep have gone astray. I
have killed [kuba] the mosquito which has bitten me. The drum sounds [vuga]
well. The thirst which he feels [pains him]. The axe has cut my foot. The
guinea-fowl have gone. The water-pot will not get in [gya] here. The rats
have eaten my book. The rain caught [kuba] us. The parrot which flew
away. The looking-glass which fell. Bring the chair which is [bade]
broken [it is broken]. Are the laces long enough [have they reached]? Will
the bag hold [gyamu] all those things? The donkey which will take us.
The cows which spend their time on the moor. The vultures which feed on
corpses. The locusts which destroy [lya] our potatoes.
(fi) Demonstrative and Numeral.
Demonstrative.
enyumba e no, this house enyumba zi ri, those houses
enyumba eyo, this house (near: enyumba e z o, those houses (near:
where you are) where you are)
enyumba e ri, that house (at a enyumba zi ri, those houses (at a
distance) distance)
These it will be seen are formed quite regularly from the Subject
Pronoun, ' e ' coming before a vowel making ' ey,' as in ' eyo ' : and ' zi '
before a vowel becoming ' z,' as in ' ezo.'
Reduplicated Forms.
Sing. No proper forms. Use ye eno (often ye ino or nearly
yino), it is this : and ye eri (often nearly yeri), it is that,
embuzi ye eno : this is the goat,
enyana ye eri : that is the calf.
Plur. zizi no ensimbi zizino these are the shells.
zizi ri enjuki ziziri : those are the bees.
Numeral.
enyumba emu, one house enyumba 'kumi, ten houses
enyumba biri, two houses enyumba 'kumi nemu, eleven
enyumba satu, three houses houses, etc., the numbers i to 5
enyumba nya, four houses (or compounds of them) being*
enyumba tano, five houses the only invariable ones.
The numerals from ' two ' onwards can have an I.V. for emphasis
enyumba enya, the four houses.
Exercise. — This cow. That sheep. These dogs. Those (near) goats.
That (near) grinding-stone. This feast. That water-pot. Those bees.
These paddles. This food. Those (near) guinea-fowl. That (near)
hammer. Those rats. These white ants have eaten my book. Two
buffalo. One axe. I have brought three hoes. That reason is not enough
[mala]. I want four chisels. Tell him that there are five reasons. 453
shells. 1752 shells. My looking-glass has fallen down and is broken. He
bought two mallets and gave me one. He has thirteen cows and five
calves. I will give you some of this waste land [ensiko]. He has given
N CLASS 101
them three sheep and one goat. This dust hurts our eyes. He has asked for
three needles. Well, give him one. From his sugar-cane he cut off three
joints. They have cut two posts. I will buy those two hoes. He has shot
[kuba] these four guinea-fowl. They paddled with [vuza] these seven
paddles. This axe does not cut. Here are the flying-ants, they have flown.
There are two cooking-pots. Those are the vultures. This is the cooking-
pot. This is the reason. These are the paddles. That is the leopard.
(c) Possessive.
Sing, e y a, of : — ensonga e y okugenda, a reason for (of) going.
enyumba e y a kabaka, a king's house.
Plur. eza, of: — embwa ezokuiga, dogs for (of) hunting.
embwa eza kabaka, the king's dogs.
Sing. Plur.
yange, my zange, my
y o, thy z o, thy
ye, his ze, his
yafe, our zafe, our
y arawe, your z amwe, your
y abwe, their z abwe, their
e y ange, mine e z ange, mine
eyiyo, thine ezizo, thine
eyiye, his ezize, his
e y afe, ours, etc. e z afe ours, etc.
y o, it Z o, them
Hence : — endiga omukira gwayo, a sheep, the tail of it, its tail,
empungu eriso lyayo, an eagle, the eye of it, its eye.
Similarly : —
ekikusu emere yakyo, a parrot, the food of it, its food,
omtiliro ensasi zagwo, a fire, the sparks of it, its sparks.
And so on for all the other forms.
Exercise. — His hat. Their fowls. Your paddles. Our mallet. My
house. Their customs. Your water-pot. His shield. Their bees. My
bag. Your harp. My needles. His food. Their goat. His pipe. Your
sheep. The woman's hoe. The stranger's needle. The sick man's hut.
The doctor's bag. The peasant's bhang. The boy's water-pot. He
smokes bhang [nyuwa] and has left off eating his food. The workmen's
pads. The prince's cow. The cows of that man. Bring my tobacco-pipe.
Drive out the locusts from our garden. Build my house here. Put those
needles of his in the little bowl. Sow these seeds of ours in the newly-
cultivated patch. A horse and its master. The vulture and its head.
The leopard and its footmarks. Lions and their tails. Cows and their
horns. Sheep and their wool [ebyoya]. My drum is a better one than
yours ; but the master's is better (still). Our customs are better than yours.
His axe is superior to yours. This grinding-stone of ours is better than the
princess's. Come and settle [malawo] our disputes. Their needles are
better than ours. He has taken away my food. I have brought her chair.
They have taken away her water-pot and given her ours. I have seen three
elephants and their tusks are beautiful. Take my horse to the water every
evening. Give him his reward, that ring of mine
102 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
(d) Simple and Relative. Object Prefix.
The Simple Object Prefix ' it,' ' them,' is.
Sing. gi. Plur. zi.
enyumba nagizimba, the house, I will build it.
empagi tuzirese, the posts, we have brought them,
ensega tu zi rabye, the vultures, we have seen them.
To form the Relative Object Prefix, add ' e ' to each of these forms
respectively. Thus : —
Sing, gy e (gi e). Plur. z e (zi e).
embuzi gy ebalese, the goat which they have brought,
enkofu z ebakubye, the guinea-fowl which they have shot,
enkumbi gyaguze, the hoe which he has bought,
enkonge z asimbude, the stumps which he has dug up.
Exercise. — We will cut the posts to-morrow. He has eaten the food.
They drove the dogs away. The Baima herd the cows every day. We
have the ring; but we will not sell it. I made [tunga] that bag. We
followed the elephants all day yesterday [yesterday all the daylight]. The
house which he built. The shields which they brought. The vultures
which we drove away. The wild beast which he shot. The heaps which
you have made. The lion which we heard in the night. The needles
which I bought. The tobacco-pipe which you have broken. I have found
the biting-ants. The ants which came-in in the night I burnt [them] with
fire. The chair which I brought. The waste land which the women have
cultivated. The feast which we have eaten. The horse which the Katikiro
bought. The elephant which they shot yesterday died in the nij;ht ;
they wounded him in three places [three wounds]. The water-pots
which we have filled. We have speared the leopard. Those two
fowls which he left. The troubles which they experience [laba]. I
have bought that looking-glass (for) fifteen shells. You will be able to
buy an axe (for) three fowls. The food which you left here in the morning
the dogs have eaten [it],
(e) Miscellaneous.
tya : Sing, et a. Plur. zitya.
endeku e tya, what do you mean by ' calabash ' ?
ensasi zi tya, what do you mean by * sparks ' ?
engo yafanana e tya, was the leopard like ?
embadzi zi ri zi tya, what are the axes like ?
ti: like this, with accompanying action.
Sing, bweti (seldom eti).
engoma evuga bweti, the drum sounds like this.
Plur. bweziti (sometimes ziti).
ensimbi zi ri bwe zi ti, the shells are like this.
(the way the shells have been spent, received, etc.)
tyo : like that.
Sing, bwetyo. Plur. bwezityo.
endogoi ekoze bwetyo^ the donkey has done so.
enzige zi yononese ekyalo bwe zi tyo, the locusts have spoiled the
garden like that.
N CLASS IO3
all: Sing- yona. Plur. zona,
enyumba yona, all the house,
enyumba zona, all the houses.
only : Sing, yo'ka. Plur. zo'ka.
leta embadzi yo'ka, bring the axe only, the axe by itself, and
nothing but the axe.
ndabye enjovu z o'ka, I have seen nothing but elephants.
nyini: enkusu ye nyini, I mean the literal parrot.
embadzi ze nyini, the actual axes, the material axes.
same, etc. ensi eno ye emu na eri (neri), this country is the same as that.
ensawo zino ze zimu, these bags are the same (in style).
ensawo zino zenkana, these bags are the same (in size).
Other idea of comparison, e. g. : —
endiga yange esinga eyiyo, my sheep is larger than yours.
ku nte zino ezimu ziri nungi, ezimu ziri mbi, of these cows
some are good and some are bad.
(See below for Adjective.)
Exercise. — Put all the goats in this house. The donkey we will tie up by
itself. Bring one chair only. Where does the boundary go [ita]? It goes
like this. What were those cooking-pots like ? They were like this.
What do you mean by 'nose'? I mean his actual nose. A lion begins to
roar [wuluguma] like this, and then it does [gira] like this. They made six
pads like this. This chair of mine is like yours. What was the wild benst
like ? What is the nature of the reasons which you have brought ? The
reasons which I have brought go [nyonyola] like this. Well, let me hear
them all. How big is the drum ? So big. There has been more rain here
[the rain has rained— tonya — more]. This shield is brighter than the one
you brought yesterday. All the shields are like that. All the elephants
have run away. The hoes and their handles I have brought them all.
Well, let us begin to cultivate here. Every hut has fleas in it. All our
cows have [vamu] milk these days. He has put away all the paddles in the
house. I have stuck [fumita] all the needles in my bay. They have eaten
all the food. They smoke bhang only. I have only a hoe. I have no
handle. Let us read the agreement only. Don't let us read any other
words.
(/) Negative.
The Relative with Negative is as follows : —
endiga gyebatalese, the sheep which they have not brought,
endiga gyatalabye, the sheep which he has not seen,
embadzi ezitatundibwa, the axes which are not for sale,
ensega z etutainza kulaba, the vultures which we cannot see.
endogoi e tegenda mangu, a donkey which does not travel quickly.
The other forms present no difficulty.
enkovu netalabika, and the scar does not appear,
enkoko eno teblka magi, this fowl does not lay eggs,
ensonga zino tezigendeka, these reasons will not work.
Exercise. — This ring is not large enough [tuka]. Do they not sell it
this axe ? My donkey does not travel fast. The leopard has not yet taken a
goat. The ants have not yet flown. This goat has not borne yet. The
104 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
locusts did not come to our place. The hoe which the woman did not buy
yesterday I will buy [it] now. The ring which did not fit her finger will fit
mine. The sun has not yet got hot [yaka]. The mosquitoes never bother
[luma] us at night. The wind no longer sweeps through [ita] my house. I
have hung up a curtain through which the wind does not come. Those
posts are crooked ; they have not put them in [simba] straight [bulungi].
My fowls are no longer laying eggs. Looking-glasses never fetch a high
price [they do not buy, etc.]. Throw away those seeds which will-not
[gana] grow. The locusts will not go until the wind rises [bawo]. This
house will not fall [will delay to fall] for a long time [many years]. The
paddle which you could-not-find [use bula] is in the corner. My shield is
not there ; I put it in the place where we were working. Let us read until
the food is cooked. The food which was not cooked this morning they will
cook [it] again. You have broken two water-pots. Where is the pot
which you have not broken ? There is an eagle ; we do not often see them.
XVI. Some Classes which occur less frequently.
(a) « ku ' Class.
These are all infinitives : ' ku ' is the Class Prefix as well as the Subject
Prefix from which all the forms are derived. Thus : —
okuseka kumuluma, laughing hurts him.
okusaba kn no kwona kubi, all this begging is wrong,
okufa kw eyafa, the death which he died.
There are also two nouns, which take this agreement, viz.
okutu, an ear. okugulu, a leg.
In the Plural they become amatu and amagulu respectively.
The infinitive can supply a certain number of Abstract nouns, e.g. : —
okufa, death ; okukiriza, faith ; okumanya, knowledge.
But such nouns are to be used with discretion, e. g. : —
The ' knowledge of good ' is okumanya ebirungi (bwebiri), because
4 manya ' is an active verb : we could not have Okumanya
okwebirungi. The bracketed word may or may not be required.
Again, in certain combinations it is better to use some form of the
verb other than the infinitive, e.g.: —
The understanding which he has, is wonderful.
ategera ebingi nyo kitaio, he understands very many things in a
wonderful way.
Though the European who said Okutegerakwe tomanyi bwekuli
would be understood by an intelligent native.
Exercise. — i. Make all possible forms in the way already indicated--this,
all, that, which, etc.
ii. The parrot has bitten his ear. (My) leg hurts me. The ear which
has not yet become bad. It is only his leg which hurts him. Taking by
force is not right [lungi]. His pity does not fail. The whole under-
standing. I do not speak about [ku] many things. I speak [njogede]
about that (near) getting drunk only. Getting drunk is not a right thing.
Is our sewing good [hav« we sewn well]? All this knowledge is good. His
faith is great. Their service is honourable.
KU AND KA AS CLASSIFIERS 105
(b) ' ka ' (or diminutive) Class.
Very many of these are Diminutives of other nouns , they take 0 bu
for the Plural.
Akabi, harm. Akamwa, the mouth.
Akabonero, sign. Akana, a little child.
Akadiba, a small pool. Akantu, a little thing.
Akagubi, a quail. Akanyere, thin wire.
Akajegere, a necklace. Akanyigo, a narrow place.
Akakai, a ladle. Akasdle, an arrow.
Akai, a small piece of ' kyai '. Akasera, a little space of time.
Akakongovule, ankle. Akasolya, a roof.
Akakunkumuka, a crumb. Akatale, a market.
Akakwanzi, a small bead. Akati, a twig.
Akalosa, smell. Akaliba, a small wooden bowl.
Akalulu, lot. Akawuka, a small insect.
Akambe, a native knife. Akazimu.
The Plurals are obubi, obubonero, etc.
Akai makes obwai ; akana — obwana ; akambe — obwambe.
teri kabi, there is no danger.
akawuka is applied 'o almost every kind of insect.
akazimu (a little spirit) is applied to rheumatic pains in the
joints — they being attributed to this cause ; or to any similar
pain.
The Subject Prefix being exactly the same as the Class Prefix both in
the Singular and Plural, we get at once all the forms, e.g. : —
akabonero kano, this sign ; akawuka ako, that insect.
akati kendese, the twig which I have brought.
akantu akagude wano, the little thing which has fallen down.
akantu akabi, a bad thing ; obusale obulungi, good arrows.
obunyere bubu no, this is the wire.
obukwanzi bw endese, the beads which I have brought.
obuwuka obubuse, the insects which have flown.
Exercise. — i. Make all the plurals of th above nouns : write them in
agreement with such adjectives as make sense ; and make all the derived
forms : this, which, that, etc.
The forms for 'all ' are kona and bwona : for ' only ' ko'ka and bwo'ka.
ii. He lias escaped [wona] every danger. Let us wait a little bit. Bring
the quail which he has caught. The lot which fell upon him. Iking three
twigs Those twigs are too short : bring some longer ones. Put this vege-
table into this wooden bowl. She has a pretty necklace which her mother
[nyina] gave her. There is left one small pool of water. His whole mouth
was full of sugar-cane. They hold [kuba] a market every day. What sort
of a market? a large market where the people of the islands and the main-
land [Buganda] meet [use tunda]. A wee chicken [child of a fowl]. Pick
up all the crumbs and give them to the fowls. He has got rheumatism in
his knee [he is ill with]. The insect which has jumped here. My knife has
dropped in the road ; have you seen it ? have you seen any one who has
picked it up ?
106 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
(c) ' bu ' (or ' abstract ') Class.
Some nouns however are found only in the form o bu. These do not
require any plural form. With some apparent exceptions the meanings
of this ' o bu class ' of noun may be given as : —
i. Things which tend to break up into elemental particles :
either as powders, or by fermentation, or decomposition.
ii. A state or condition. There is a strong objection to utilize
this, however, for the formation of new words.
Obubane, incense. Obulo, a small kind of grain.
Obude, time of day. Obulokozi, salvation.
Obugaga, wealth. Obulumba, stern (of a canoe).
Obuganga, gunpowder. Obusagwa* snake poison.
Obugogwa, flax. Obusera, porridge.
Obugole, Obusomyo, marrow, pith.
Obugwagwa, filthiness. Obuta, flour.
Obugya, envy. Obutaka, inheritance.
Obukade, old age. Obutukirivu, completeness.
Obukika, side. Obutwa, poison.
Obuko, marriage dowry. Obuwemu, folly.
Obukuku, mildew. Obuzaliranwa, state by nature.
Obulago, neck. Obwogi, edge of a tool.
Obulimbo, birdlime.
obugole is used as — embaga eyobugole. a marriage feast : but
only in this way.
obulokozi is only used in religious teaching and works,
obukika obwa dyo, the right side ; obukika obwa kono, the left
side ; more especially in reference to locality.
Examples : —
obugya bu mukute, envy has taken possession of him.
obulimbo bwasabye wano, the birdlime which he has spread
here,
embadzi teriko bwogi, the axe is blunt. Lit. has not upon it an
edge,
alowoza ku bugaga bw o'ka, he thinks about nothing but wealth.
Exercise. — This porridge. That gunpowder. His neck. He has paid
[leta] his marriage-dowry. Does not all that (near) wealth suffice you?
The time has come to take a walk. At what time shall we read? We will
read at night-time [time of night]. We have eaten all that porridge which
you cooked in the morning. They took from him his inheritance. That
(near) inheritance was a large one. The millet which we sowed has come
up [merukaj. Snake poison was what killed him. He did not die of poison
(from food). My neck is swollen. The bird-lime caught two sparrows
[akatai]. Those insects were very many. Blow away that (near) sawdust
[obuntu]. Mildew is what has spoilt my book. The marriage dowry was
very large but he has finished paying it.
(d) Further use of the ' bu ' Class.
i. The forms obugazi, width ; obulungi, goodness, etc., in Comparisons
have already been dealt with : (p. 57).
USES OF BU 107
ii. By repeating the Root of the noun with this prefix, the meaning
' mere' is added : e.g. omuntu buntu, a mere man.
evu buvu, mere ashes.
And similarly with Verbs, the Root being slightly changed thus : —
(a) Verbs ending in la, ra, da, or ga, change the la, ra, da, or ga to zi.
twala butwazi, just take it.
ingira buingizi, merely come in.
vuga buvuzi, merely paddle.
(/?) Verbs ending in ta or ka change the ta or ka to si.
strika busirisi, merely keep quiet,
leta bulesi, merely bring.
(y) Verbs ending in ya, change the ya to i.
okulya buli, merely to eat.
(8) Others merely change the final a to i.
kuba bukubi, merely strike.
(c) Passives make no change.
Occasionally the sense may almost, if not quite, require the meaning
' without cause ' : e.g. yatukuba bukubi ; yatugoba bugobi.
hi. The negative infinitive ; e. g. obutakola, the not doing.
Sometimes this may serve the purpose of a noun, e.g. : —
obutamanya, not knowing, i, e. ignorance.
obutategera, want of comprehension.
Exercise. — A mere tree. Merely fat. A mere cover. Merely a fence.
Merely a basket. Mere words. Merely a building-site. He merely sees.
He has merely counted. They have merely bought. We are just lost. We
will (near) just take a walk. Merely make a point. Just mix these two
things together. What is this? merely salt. He has merely cut it. Just
trim this curtain a bit. Cultivate a bit here. He wants to buy a goat?
No, he has merely asked for it. He has been lying. My bowl is merely
cracked [yatika]. Merely fire. Mere smoke. Mere weeds. A mere
peasant. A mere girl. We are merely looking at (it). Bring that fat and
just smear a little on my boots fengato]. The lid will not come off; merely
pull it [sika]. They have merely begun. They have not yet done any work.
Just be silent [pi.], and then I will tell you. The ' kyai ' will not go through
the partition ; never mind take a stick and just make a hole [fumita]. The
lizard fell into the water and it just died. He has merely hidden himself
[e'kweka]. This is the rice ; just cook a little. The thief has robbed us
without reason [merely robbed]. He has hit me without cause [merely hit].
In the same way can be used nouns like Otudzi (tu Class) a drop of
water, a little water ; otubisi, a drop of syrup.
Or nouns like Oguntu, a • gawky ' thing ; //. agantu (gu Class). They
are scarcely ever wanted and should present no difficulty.
io8
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
XVII. Phonetic Changes — Roots not beginning
with w or y.
(a) Introductory. Lu {or long) Class.
To this class belongs the idea of Length or of Vastness.1
SING. PLUR.
Olubambo, a peg. emambo for e n bambo.
Olubanga, a seat in a canoe. emanga e n banga.
Olubengo, a nether grindstone. emengo e n bengo.
Olubirizi, a rib. embirizi e n birizi.
SING.
PLUR.
Olubugo, a barkcloth.
embugo
e n bugo.
Olubuto, the belly.
embuto
e n buto.
Olukokola, the elbow.
enkokola
e n kokola
Olukoma, a palm-tree.
enkoma
Olukomera, a hedge.
enkomera
Olukonko, a ravine.
enkonko
Oluku'giro, a hem.
enku'giro
Olukwe, guile.
enkwe
Olulere, a lace.
endere
e n lere.
Olulimi, a tongue.
enimi
e n limi.
Olumuli, a reed.
emuli
e n muli.
Olunaku, a day.
enaku
e n naku.
Olunyago, a spear-shaft.
enyago
e n nyago.
Olunyiriri, a line.
enyiriri
e n nyiriri.
Olupapula, paper (a sheet
of).
empapula
e n papula
Olusekese, a long bundle.
ensekese
Olusozi, a hill.
ensozi
Olusumuluzo, a key.
ensumuluzo
Olutabalo, a campaign.
entabalo
Olutiba, a wooden bowl.
entiba
Olutindo, a bridge.
entindo
Oluviri, a hair.
emviri
e n viri.
Oluzizi, a long line of bine
ling on
enzizi
a wall ; the reeds on which it
is tied.
Learn these
plurals,
and note the
changes.
For a complete list of all the Phonetic laws, see Tables I, II, III.
The various forms for this, thai, which, etc. In the Plural they are
precisely the same as for the n Class. For the Singular lu is the Sub-
ject Prefix and 0 is the I.V. Thus : —
olunaku lu no, this day ; o lu naku o lw o or lu li, that day.
olubugo lw etutunze, the barkcloth which we have sewn.
olukomera olugude, the hedge which has fallen.
1 Strikingly exemplified in the words ' oluye ' avast host ; (fr. e' gye) oluyovu, a
vast herd of elephants ; oluse'jera, a crowd of hoppers, i. e. young locusts.
PHONETIC CHANGES WITH N IC»9
Exercise. — These days. That bridge. The bridge which they built. The
reeds which they have brought. The three bark-cloths which I bought. I
have bought one sheet of paper. The five seats which this canoe has. Show
me your tongue. Sit here whilst we climb that little hill. What a high
hill ! How many verses have you read ? Four. That will do [lekerawo].
What do those verses tell us about [tegeza] ? Bring that wooden bowl and
put these \egetables in it. The box [esanduku], its key is lost. This bark-
cloth is torn [kutuka]. Bring one which is not torn. Cut down those three
paim-trees, and to-morrow lift them and bring them to the building-site.
That palm is too short, look for a longer one. All these hills which we see
belong to [are of] the Sekibobo. One day only. One bark-cloth only. He
has bought three sheets of paper. Four days have gone, but he has not yet
come.
(b) The Letter 'n.'
(a) Cases of no change.
It will be noticed in the list of nouns just given, that in certain cases
the addition of an ' n ' makes no change. Also that in these cases the
letter before which the ' n ' comes is k, s, t or 2.
The same would be true of the letter g, unless the following syllable
begin with n or m, in which case the ' ng ' becomes decidedly nasal.
Contrast the pronunciation of engato with that of eng'oma, eng'ano
(wheat).
This and the remarks in (/3) and (y) following do not apply to mono-
syllabic roots.
Exercise. — i. Taking the following adjectives (p. 43), gazi, genyi, gomvu,
gumu, kade, kalu, kambwe, kulu, tono, zibu, zira, make their agreements
with the nouns of the n Class given in Chap. XV. ; also with the plurals of the
Nouns given on the previous page.
ii. Take all the verbs beginning with these letters, k, g, B, t, and t, and
make the 1st pers. sing, of the Present Indefinite and Present Perfect, ' I do '
and * I have done. '
iii. Those old paddles. I have cut two full-grown palm-trees. I have
decided that it is good to buy that parrot. It is not an old one ; and it is
not fierce. I am very afraid [tya, p. pf. ] that he will turn me out [goba].
I am very glad to see you. That chair is strong. I have put away my book ;
let me get up and put away my book. These reasons are difficult, but I
understand them. This is where I turn back [koma]. This little sheep is
the one which I have asked for. This land is wide. That stretch-of-water
[enyanja] is vast. Whilst I catch that little fowl, you [nawe] buy a book for
[gulira] me. Whenever I pity a man I expect [subira] him not to do wrong
again.
(/3) The second syllable of the root does not begin with n or m.
In the word olubengo, the root is bengo, and the second syllable
begins with n ; on the other hand, olutiba, the root is tiba, and the second
syllable does not begin with n but with b. The latter case only (second
syllable not beginning with n or m) is considered now.
i. n before b, p, f, or v is nasalized (p. 40) and the sound is perhaps
best represented by m. Thus, in the list on the preceding page, there
occur —
embuto, empapula, emviri.
Again in the list on p. 98 there occur —
embaga, empaka (see on w stems) emfufu.
110 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Exercise. — Make the agreements of these two classes with bisi, funda, bi
and to (which, though monosyllabic, follows the same agreement), and take
the verbs which begin with b, p, f, and v and make the 1st pers. sing, of
the Present Indefinite and Present Perfect, ' I count,' and ' I have counted.'
ii. n before 1, change the 1 to d ; n before n or m, drop the n and let
the norm remain, e. g. : —
endere, enaku, emuli, endeku, enaku, emese.
Exercise. — lusi, nafu, naku, being the only adj. coming under this head,
take all the verbs beginning with 1, n and m and make the 1st pers. sing, of
the Simple and Modified tenses ; and also the forms with obj. ' him ' ; I
have hit him ; I see him, etc.
iii. Scarcely any root begins with j ; so that it does not need much
consideration here. Whenn is prefixed to such a root it undergoes no
change ; e.g. julira, appeal to, njulide.
iv. Monosyllabic roots beginning with n (or m) fake nyi instead of n.
ente nyingi, many cows,
empagi nyimpi, a short post,
olunyo, a stretcher. Plur. enyinyo.
olunwe, a finger. Plur. enyinwe.
Exercise. — A short needle. Much trouble. A low chair. Many reasons.
This chair is weak. Those long bundles are large. My goat is a female.
I am vexed. Show me. I have tried very hard. They have robbed me by
force (of) my bark-cloth. They have brought many goats. I have swallowed
all the medicine. Whenever he accuses me I will come to you. My cows
are large, yours are small. Her hoe is large, minei s small. I have made an
agreement with him to give me a female dog. The chair which you have
bought is low. All men know me that I am kind [wa kisa]. The boys
insult me every day when I take a walk. This axe is not-strong-enough
[nafu]. Bring another, a strong one. What large hills these are! I have
cooked rice only. When I call you, bring-to [letera] me a large bowl as
well as the vegetables. These customs are bad. The fowl which I am
cooking is still raw. This house is narrow.
(y) The second syllable of the root begins with n or m.
i. n before b becomes m and the b is dropped.
emambo for e n bambo, because the second syllable begins
with m.
emengo for e n bengo, because the second syllable begins with n.
Similarly, emundu, a gun, came from the Swahili bunduki : first n was
added — thus nbunduki ; this became munduki, by this rule. Finally,
the syllable ' ki ' was dropped and an I. V. added, so as to make the
word like Luganda.
ii. n before 1, the 1 is dropped, e. g. : —
enimi, for e n limi.
e'bwa linuma, the sore hurts me. (linuma for li n luma.)
iii. In other cases there is no other change than that already given.
e.g. empungu, enkonge, etc.
Exercise.— Take the adjectives lamba, lamu, lume, lungi, an/1 make them
in agreement with these nouns.
All such verbs as luma, lung'amya, banja, buna, whose first syllable begins
with 1 or b and the second with n or m ; put before them the n for ' I or
• me ' in the forms ' I do,' * I have done,' ' it hurts me.'
PHONETIC CHANGES WITH N III
This chair is nice. These men have told me a lie. The dog has bitten
me. I have worked [lwana] hard. He has given me a he-goat. Is this
pot sound ? He has taken a whole potful [ensuwa] of water. A whole goat
is not sufficient for such a number of people. These paddles are poor.
Bring some nice sound ones. Here where I have cultivated is very hard.
All these bridges are in good condition [lungi] and strong. This is the fibre
which I have plaited. That (near) chair is all right [lamu] ; 't will not
break. I have bought two good water-pots. These reeds are not nice ; they
are not full-grown. These pieces of paper which I have brought are large.
Here where I have fallen is very slippery. These biting-ants have bitten me
very much. These fowls are poor ; bring me two nice fat [gevu] ones. Do
you want a whole house to yourself?
(8) n before Stems with Initial letter Long.
These are : —
'ba, steal from. 'gula, open the door.
'da, go back. 'kiriza, accept, agree to.
'dugala, be black. 'kuta, be satisfied, have had enough.
'duka, run. 'ma, grudge.
'gala, shut the door. 'ta, kill.
Whenever n precedes one of these, the ' n ' becomes nzi, e. g. : —
nzikiriza, I agree.
oludzi, a well (rt. dzi). Plur. enzidzi.
olu'gi, a door (rt. 'gi). Plur. enzigi.
'd however is changed to r, e. g. : —
nziruse, I have run.
'ma makes nyima, I grudge (being a monosyllabic root in m. — vid.
p. no, (3 iv.).
Otherwise there is no change in the prefixes.
'ba takes two objects : banzibye ekitabo, they have stolen a book from
me, or they have stolen my book,
'damu, answer what is said,
'gala and 'gula nearly always 'galawo and 'gulawo.
ja, come, makes njija : and m.f. dze makes nzidze, I have come.
'dayo, go back.
dza, cause to go back, makes nzidza.
dzayo, restore, put back.
It will be noticed that after the addition of nzi, the consonant follow-
ing loses all its exploded sound. All the kindred languages have an
' i ' in the place of this exploded sound ; e. g. ika, ita, etc., for 'ka, 'ta,
etc.
Further, 'd always represents an original 1 (or r) sound ; and in the
kindred languages forms like ' iruka,' 'ira' for 'duka, 'da, are in common
use.
gya, take away, makes «ziya.
gya, burn, makes >«pide, I am burnt.
Exercise. — I have killed a fowl. The leopard which eat two of my goats
I have killed it to-day. All my cows are black. His are red [-a lukunyu].
Give me the hoe now and I will return it [nar. tense] in the evening [egulo].
112 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
He has made three large doors and one small one. Our well is dry, but
there are yet two other wells with water in them. Don't answer ['damn] me
like that. He asked me a great many questions [questioned me much], and
to each question [every word] I answered like this. Let me take those
rings off. Let me finish eating and I will come [nar. t.]. Am I to climb
down this way ? He has given me two black cows ; you don't know how
nice they are ! He told me to come in the morning and I agreed. And
they said to me, ' Run,' and I ran hard [mbiro], and they opened to ['gulira] me
the door, and they agreed to my being in that house which I reached. Well,
my enemy can no longer kill me. I am very hungry [hunger pains me] ; and
I asked for food and they orought me food And they said to me, ' Throw
away the leaves' [ebisaniko], and I took away the leaves and threw them into
the garden. Those reasons are bad. They will not accept me when I tell
them that-tale [tell them like that]. Let me go over them again ['damu].
(c) The letter '1' of the Class Prefix 'li.'
Turning back to the list of nouns on page 84, it will be at once
remembered that the majority begin with an exploded letter. This
exploded letter takes the place of the Class Prefix li ; in other words li
is shortened to 1 and the 1 prefixed, thereby causing this exploded letter.
Turning then to the plural forms, where there is no so such exploded
sound, but a prefix ma, we obtain the root. Thus we can see what effect
this 1 has on the root. Thus : —
i. e'danga, Plur. amalanga. The Root is therefore langa, and llanga
becomes 'danga. Hence 11 becomes 'd.
Therefore any adjective beginning with 1 does the same when in
agreement.
e. g. lungi : etaka e'dungi, good earth.
lamba : eryato e'damba, a whole canoe,
lamu : e'sonko e'damu, a sound snail-shell.
ii. With the letters h, f, g (not gw), k, n (not monosyllabic), 8, t, v,
and z the preceding 1 is absorbed and the consonant exploded,
e'kubo e'bi, a bad road,
e'gi e'bisi, a raw egg.
e'kubo e'funda {better ekubo lifunda), a narrow road.
e'gigi e'kade, a worn-out curtain, etc.
It will be noticed that e'ddla makes Plur. amadala, and therefore 1
before d becomes 'd — a very rare combination ; this being the only one
likely to be met with.
iii. If the Noun or Adjective Root begin with an exploded letter, pre-
fix li and not 1 :— e'taka lirugavu, black earth ; 'd to r as in the preceding
exercise.1
iv. Monosyllabic stems (except to, undergrown) add li; hence the
Nouns Erinya and Erigwa. Hence also the Adjectives Ngi,
many, and Mpi, short, make respectively Eringi, Erimpi, and
Erigya.
v. ' nene ' makes e'dene : — e'banja e'dene, a large debt.
1 This accounts for the forms eriso, and erinyo ; in kindred languages their plurals
are Amaiso and Amaino respectively.
Y STEMS
113
Exercise. — A bad spear. A raw egg. A wide canoe. Plantain-fruit
not fully grown. A great nation. Great joy. A sound eye. A soft
stone. A short bone. A hard bullet. Good resin. A new road. An old
tooth. Dry earth. A large store. A little temple. A dry stone. A
large sore. A new curtain. A whole bullet. A full-grown dove. A little
canoe. A name as difficult as this. A short name. This piece of un-
cultivated land is wide. That snail-shell is large. This curtain of mine is
new. Cut off that dried-up [kalu] branch. Bring a sound canoe. This
one is bad.
XVIII. Phonetic Changes; y Stems.
The following is a list of verbs beginning with the letter y, or ' y
Stem' verbs. It will be found convenient to divide them into those
whose second syllable begins with n (or m), and those whose second
syllable does not do so.
Yabika, be destroyed.
Yabya, destroy (a house).
Yagala, want.
Yasa, split (firewood).
Yasama, open the mouth.
Yatika, be split.
Yatula, confess, speak out what is
not known.
Yazika, lend (what is to be re-
turned).
Yera, sweep.
Ydgana, talk loudly.
Yaka, be hot (as the sun); bla?e
(as a fire).
Yalira, spread out (a mat).
Yogera, speak.
Yokya, roast.
Yolesa, show.
Yoleza, wash upon (a board, etc.).
Yosa, cease.
Yota, warm (the body).
Yoza, wash clothes.
Yuwa, empty away.
Ytiza, rend
In the Infinite this ' y' in all the above examples except -yogana,
-yuwa, -yuza, -yomba, -yunga, -yonka, the ' y ' is dropped, thus : — oka/o-
gera, not okuy^gera, and okwota, not okuy^ta, but okuyomba, okuyuza,
etc., are found.
yokya, of a nettle, sting.
yabika refers to that which is pulled to pieces (as a house), or
broken to pieces by accident, as (a gourd).
There axe also a few beginning with yi, but as the y is so slightly,
if at all, pronounced, they are usually written with i initial,
iga, learn. i'ga, hunt,
igiriza, teach. i'ganya, persecute.
Those whose second syllable begins with n (or m).
Yambala, wear clothes. Y6nka, suck (at the breast).
Yambula, take off clothes. Yonona, spoil by dirt, etc.
Yanguwa, be quick. Yononeka, be spoilt.
Y6mba, quarrel. Yunga, join.
Yongera, increase.
Imirira, stand.
Imuka, get up,
Ingira, go in.
Ingiza, bring in.
Inza, be able,
Ingira, come in.
H
114 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
All changes which take place when any prefix is added to a y
stem should be considered first with regard to the rapidity of their
utterance. Is the word pronounced slowly and in deliberate speech
or rapidly ? Is it some noun in very common use, or is it a formation
required only now and then ? Bearing this in mind, the subject may
be conveniently divided into two heads : —
I. When the first syllable of the Stem or Root is strongly accented
naturally ; or when in slow deliberate speech the first syllable has a
stem accent (see Chap. XXVI. Stress) marked in the above list.
Verbs whose Stems begin with i (for yi) and yu always fall under
this head : —
II. When the first syllable of the Stem or Root is not strongly
accented.
Under this head include most nouns formed from y stems.
e.g. omwezi (yeza), the moon ; ekyoto (yota), a fireplace.
Following the same rules as are the Formativeso (that near you), and e (that which :
obj. rel.).
e.g. (ekintu) eky<? ; (omuti) ogwo, etc.
(ekintu) ky^yalaba ; (omuti) gwebatema.
also e reflexive; and a to denote Past Time.
(a) After Prefixes ending in 'u.'
In Case I. there will generally be no change.
In Case II. the y will drop out and the u remaining before a vowel
will tend more and more to the breathed W. Write this u as w, taking
every opportunity to notice how the sound is pronounced by the people.
The Prefixes with u are ku, tu, mu, bu, lu, gu, aku.
Examples : —
Okwagala, wanting, to want : mwagala, twagala.
Okwokya, roasting, to roast : gwokya, twokye, mwokye.
Okwonona, spoiling, to spoil : bwononese, lwononese.
Ekita kyakwabise : the gourd would have been spoilt.
(aku is an alternative form for andi.)
Okuimba, singing, to sing : oluimba, tuimbe, muimbe.
Okuyomba, quarrelling, to quarrel : muyombe, oluyombo.
Nouns. omwezi (omu yezi) : omwaka (omu yaka).
Formatives. o — okwo, omwo, obwo, olwo, ogwo, that near.
e— kwe, mwe, bwe, lwe, gwe, that which.
a — kwagenda, twagenda, mwagetida, bwagenda, Iwage/ida, gwa-
genda, it (they) wait.
Exercise. — i. Practise these vaiious combinations with a native so as to
get quite familiar with the true sound.
ii. Get up [pi.]. Let us sing. The stern of the canoe is split. Tell
him to wash the clothes. We have emptied away the water. His tongue
has swollen more [has increased to swell]. He would have taught you, but
he has lent his book. Are we not to wear (fine) clothes? We want to
warm (at) the fire. Well, rend [pi. J (it) like that. My bark-cloth is
destroyed. Do not talk so loud. Are you not able to roast plantains?
Tell them to be quick [yanguyako]. Split firewood. This paper is dirty
fyononeka]. If [singa] it was not dirty I would have lent it to you [sing.].
My stick is split. Every tree wants light. The salt is spilt [yika]. The
Y STEMS \>ITH PREFIXES H5
porridge is very hot. Speak loud that we may hear. Bring my mat and
spread it heie. He has split a lot of 'firewood. Well, that is good, we want
to buy more.
(/>) After Strong Prefixes.
A strong Prefix is one whose vowel is strong ; i. e. whose vowel
does not drop out before another vowel. It has strength to hold its
own. E.g. ki is a Strong Prefix; hence it makes the form ekyo,
that near: kye, that which. Hence also such nouns as ekyoto
(yota, warm at the fire), a place to warm at ; eky alo (yala, spread out),
an expanse of plantain-trees, a plantain-garden.
The Strong Prefixes are mi, ki, bi, li, andi, gi ; na, kya.
The same rule applies to these as to the previous case of u prefixes.
In Case I. probably no change ; in Case II. change the i to y, and leave
out the y of the stem. In both Cases leave an 'a ' Prefix without any
change or omission of y.
Examples : —
Kyagala, byatise, lyokya, biyongede, aliyogera, yandiimbye.
liyongede, liimiride.
tunaimba, tunayagala ; tukyayagala ; akyaimba.
Nouns, emiaka, erniezi (y omitted) ; ebyalo, ekyejo, eryato.
(ckyuma is from Swan, chuma, and therefore not included.)
Formative*, o— ekyo, ebyo, eryo, egyo, that near.
e— kye, bye, lye, gye, that which.
a— kya^vWa, hjzgenda, lyagenita, gyngcnda, it (they) went.
Exercise. — i. What do the following mean?
Ekyalo kyagala okuzika. Ekibya kino kyati-e. Bandiyogede. Bakya-
intba. Tunayagala. Kyengede. Gyasamye. Lyokya. Lyandigenze.
Gyononese. Byanguye.
ii. Open your mouth. The snakes have increased very much. The trees
which want water. The sticks [enku] which we split. The iron is very
hot. My book is split. These two baskets are spoilt. I have done spread
ing out the skin. The tooth has stopped aching. The voice which I heard.
The egg which is cracked [yatifu]. The men will come in by this way.
There is a lot of mud here [the mud is abundant— inga—p pf.] here. We
will speak. The store is spoilt. The books are fallen over [yikaj. A
light stone.
(c) After Weak Prefixes.
A weak Prefix is one whose vowel is weak and drops out before
another vowel. The weak Prefixes are ba, ma, ka, ga, wa, ta ; zi, si ;
te ne, e (obj. rel.).
In Case I. there will be no change.
In Case II. drop out the y and the1 vowel of the Class Prefix, and
lengthen the remaining vowel in compensation.
zagala for zi yagala ; gambade for ga yambade.
Nouns. akalo (aka yalo, />. ekyalo) ; akai (aka yai, fr. ekyai).
For/natives, o — abo, ako, ago, awo, ezo, that near.
e— be, ke, ge, we, ze, that which.
a — MLgenda, kigenda, fgkgenda, vragenda, zigenda, it (they) went.
Exercise. — i. What do the following mean?
Bogede. Sagala. Gokya. Sota. Bambade. Galise. Zoza. Kononese.
ii. Bring in those sheep. I have split the firewood. The peasants want
n6
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
their pay. I do not want those fowls. What have the men said? These
two skins are spoilt. I have shown the three princes all the house. The
Bakede wear no clothes. I am not able. The goats have come in. The
boys have quarrelled. The water is hot Tell the .a to be quick.
(d) After 'n' Prefixes.
i. If the second syllable of the root begins with n or m no change
takes place.
ii. If the second syllable of the root does not begin with n or m,
then y becomes j. Thus, njagala, njogede.
Exercise. — i. Make all forms such as ' I do,' ' I may do,' ' I have done,'
etc., with the lists of verbs on p. 113.
ii. Show me the clothes which you have washed. These are the clothes
which 1 have washed. Has he spread a mat for me ? Am I fo tear the
cloth here ? Am I to empty the water ? Lend me a book. My arm has
swollen more. Teach me to read. There is more water in the river to-day.
I want to buy a book. What am I to wear? I want to wear my new
cloth. Am I to get up? Am I to bring in the goats ? He has lent me his
book. How shall I speak? I have roasted two cobs of Indian corn.
Where am I to sweep ? I have joined together two pieces of wood. I do
not want the sun to shine upon [yakira] me. I have pulled down my house.
XIX. Miscellaneous
The following is a
Stem verbs : —
list
(a) w Stems.
of verbs beginning
with the letter w — w
Wa, give.
Wagala, sharpen.
Wakana, argue.
Wala, scrape, as a skin.
Waliriza, compel to work.
Waluka, (dukana, see note).
Wamanta, grope with the hands.
Wanda amalusu, spit.
Wandika, write.
Wanga, put in its handle.
Wangala, live long.
Wangamira, be jammed.
Wangiza, prop up a house.
Wangula, overcome.
Wanika, hang up.
Wasa, marry (of the man).
Wata, peel plantains, potato, etc.
Wawula, rub with sand, polish.
Webuka, be diminished.
Weka, carry (as a child) on the
back.
Werekera, conduct on the way.
Wereza, send a present to.
Wesa, forge iron.
Wita, call.
Witaba, answer when called.
Wola, lend, what is to be returned
in value only.
Wona, get well.
Wotoka, wither.
Woyawaya, appease.
Woza, plead, slate one's case.
Wuja, fan.
Wulira, hear.
Wumba, be worm-eaten.
Wumula, i. Rest. ii. Bore a hole.
Wungera, draw to a close (of the
day).
Wunguka, cross a river.
Wunya, smell.
Wunyiriza, smell (anything).
Wita in the imp. is sounded ' ita.'
Waluka, have diarrhoea (waluka omusai, have dysentery).
polite .word
practicable.
is ' dukana ' ; which should be used
The
when
VERBS IN W : REFLEXIVE VERBS 1 1/
Wanda should be used with 'amalusu,' and means to void
spittle ; used by itself (to void urine) it is not polite ; in this
sense use fuka or ewonya (heal oneself).
Witaba, also yitaba. Hence two possible forms, mpitabye and
njitabye.
These verbs have only one peculiar change ; viz. whenever n comes
before them, nw becomes mp : — mpata, I am peeling plantains.
Exercise. — i. Make all such forms as I give, I have given, let me give,
etc., for all this list of verbs.
Adjectives: — watnvu, tall ; wolu, cold.
With the n class prefix they of course follow the preceding rule, e. g. : —
enyama empolu, cold meat,
emindi empamvu, a long pipe,
emere empolu, cold food : ensuwa empamvu, a tall water-pot.
With the Class Prefix 1 (for 10 lw becomes gw, e. g. : —
etaka egwamvu, deep earth,
edagala egwolu, cold medicine (as opposed to hot).
This same change is exemplified in the nouns ' egwanga ' and ' 'egwanika,'
the roots being-wanga and wanika : as seen by the plur. forms, amawanga
and amawanika. [Wanika, hang up ; hence egwanika.]
ii. Let me state my case. Let me bore a hole here. To argue is
difficult. Whenever I argue with them they laugh. He wrote me a long
letter. Thank [webale] you so much for coming to see me. Let me con-
duct you on your way. The chief has given me ten bunches-of-plantain.
I will sew this seam and then [nendioka] I (will) rest. I have hung up four
long laces in the store. Every time I forge iron the sparks fly up into the
roof [kasolya]. Let me call him. I have got well. Thank you for making
me well [wonya]. Whilst I peel the plantains, you look for some long
leaves. I have propped up the house like this. One long pole in the
middle [wakati] and three short ones at the side. Whilst I cross this river,
walk in front and show me the deep places [entubiro]. We will eat cold
meat to-night, and I (will) cook plantains in the morning. Scrape this skin
just as I have scraped (it) here. Am I to do it like this ? I have heard that
you have called me. No, I did not call yon ; but stay close by until I
do call you. My friend, lend me a thousand shells. I cannot lend you so
many shells. Never mind, lend me as many as you can. What are you
doing? I am peeling potatoes. I cannot find it, but let me grope with my
hands. When you hear me calling, answer. Let me put my axe in its
handle [ekiti].
(b) Reflexives.
A Verb is made Reflexive by prefixing e to the root.
Almost every active verb may be made Reflexive in this way, e. g. : —
e'ta, kill oneself; ekuba, strike oneself, etc.
Many Reflexives have however special meanings. The following are
among the principal : —
Ebagala, ride. Ekanya, complain.
Ebaka, sleep. Ekeka, fear.
Ebaza, give thanks. Ekulukunya, grovel, roll (of a
E'damu, be renewed, come to donkey).
one's senses. Ekolobya, make a detour.
Egomba, desire. Emulugunya, complain.
Egulumiza, exalt oneself. Enyumiriza, boast. t
Ekaliriza, stare. Erabira, forget.
I IS ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Esiga, entrust oneself to. Etolola, go round.
Esigama, lean (oneself). Ewala, avoid.
Esitala, stumble. Ewunya, be astonished.
Etekateka, get ready. Eyama, make a vow.
Eti'ka, carry. Eyanza, give thanks.
esigama ku, lean upon : — anesigamako, he is leaning on me.
i. This ' e ' reflexive is strong and never undergoes any change ; if
prefixed to a y stem, the y is always retained, though in Case II. (Chap.
XVIII. p. 114) it may be only very slightly heard.
ii. Prefixes undergo the usual changes indicated above as taking
place before vowel formatives.
hi. Special forms.
Imp. Webaka, go to sleep.
Simple Tense, nebaka, I sleep. twebaka, we sleep.
webaka, thou sleepest. mwebaka, ye sleep.
yebaka, he sleeps. bebaka, they sleep.
Modified Tense. Nebase, webase, yebase, etc.
Far Past. Has the same form as the Simple Tense.
Near Future.
Sing. 1. nebaka. Plur. 1. tunebaka
2. onebaka. 2. munebaka.
3. anebaka. 3. banebaka.
Narrative.
Sing. 1. ninebaka. Plur. 1. netwebaka.
2. newebaka. 2. nemwebaka.
3. netebaka. 3. nebebaka.
Negative Forms.
Present Indefinite. Sebaka, toyebaka, teyebaka, tetwebaka, etc.
Present Perfect. Sebase, toyebase, teyebase, tetwebase, etc.
Not yet. Si'nebaka, to'nebaka, ta'nebaka, etc.
Narrative.
Sing. 1. nisebaka. Plur. 1. netutebaka.
2. notebaka. 2. nemutebaka.
3. netebaka. 3. nebatebaka.
The other negative tenses would supply no difficulty.
Still Tense. Nkyayebaza, I am still giving thanks ; okyayebaza,
akyayebaza, etc.
akyayebase : he is still asleep.
Exercise. — He has bitten himself. You are leaning on me. The king
said, ' Carry this load ' ; and I wondered, and all the people stared to see the
white-man [omuzungu] carrying a load. We have entrusted ourselves to
him. When he came to his senses he found that he had forgotten his letter
[ebarawa], and he said, ' If [singa] I had not made a detour [p.pf.] to avoid
that dog, I should not have forgotten it.' If I lean upon you, I shall not
stumble. They gave thanks and said, ' O [ Ai] sir [sebo], how [nga] we wonder
<o see you riding on such a tall animal ' [ekisolo]. And I answered and said,
' My friends [banange], wonder not, nor [so] be afraid ; this animal is a
IDIOMS—' MORE,' * CAN,' ETC. 1 19
camel [engamira], and camels carry things which are heavy.' This camel of
mine carries [twala] me and all my things. I do not desire a better friend ;
it does not roll in the dust like a donkey, nor does it stumble. This fence
goes round my house on all sides. We are ready to sing. You have not
yet made a vow. He is still asleep. They carry very heavy things, but
they do not complain.
(c) A few Idioms.
More.
i. ' Yongera ' is often used ; e. g. : —
Give me some more, yongera or ate yongera.
His face is more swollen to-day, etamalye liyongede okuzimba.
N.B. There is no one word corresponding to 'face'; we must there-
fore indicate the part, as ' etama, the cheek,' ' obulago, the neck,' etc.
1 To-day ' in the above sentence is superfluous in Conversation, and
would frequently be omitted.
No more : is translated
i. By a negative form of the ' kya ' Tense \ e. g. : —
I will do it no more, sikyakola.
ii. If of quantity, by the p. pf. of gwa, come to an end ; e. g : —
There is no more milk, amata gawede ; or gawedemu,
the mu meaning in the vessel.
iii. By the Present Indefinite Negative.
Will you have any more ? No more (thank you), ate nyo.ngere ?
Aa, sagala munange.
Ate may be added ; e. g. : —
I want no more insolence, sagala kyejo ate.
Can, Cannot.
i. ' Manya,' know, e. g. : —
amanyi okusoma? Aa, tamanyi, can he read? No, he cannot
ii.- Negative form of Near Future; e. g. : —
tetusome lero, we shall not be able to read to-day.
iii. Sirina (manyi) ga, I have no strength to ; e. g. : —
sirina ga tambula, I cannot walk, being physically unfit.
The word ' manyi ' is frequently left out as in the above example,
and is therefore put in brackets.
The full form Sirina manyi ga kutambuia, is possible, but the ' ku
of the Infinitive is generally omitted.
Other forms as Tolina (tetulina, etc.) ga are, of course, possible.
iv. ' Bula,' be lost to ; e. g. : —
kimbuze, I can't find it.
Similarly Enku zibuze, I cannot buy any firewood. The setting of the
conversation supplies the idea of ' buying,' otherwise the full form is
used, viz. Enku zimbuze : tezikyagulikika. For gulikika, Vid. p. 131,
infra,
v. ' I cannot see you just now,' and similar expressions must be given
by the sense — Nkyakola : nakulaba e'da.
120 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
vi. 'Can do' or 'cannot do,' use ' inza,' have capability, energy
for j e. g\ :—
omulimu guno onoguinza ? Aa, siguinza, can you do this work ?
No, I cannot.
Quick, quickly : Yanguyako, be quick. (Note— yako, not wako.)
Yanguwa okufumba, be quick and cook.
First : Use the verb Soka : Soka ofumbe, First cook.
And then : Use the Narrative tense oflioka, followed by the Present ; e.g.
soka oyere wano, nolioka oja, first sweep here and then come.
Early : Kera, be early ; e. g. : —
Cook it early, kera okufumba.
We shall go early, tunakera okugenda.
kesa obude {lit. Cause the time of the day to be early), be occupied
until daylight : — tunakesa obude ngatukola, we shall work all
night.
Find Fault: Yomba is frequently used, as though ' finding fault' is not
to be distinguished from ' quarrel ' in the moral code.
Vunana is rather stronger. It is freely used in Omvunanye ki ?
What have 1 done wrong?
Exercise. — Pour out some more water. There is no more water. Well, bring
some more. Tell him to take off those clothes which he has stolen from
me, and bring them to me. I want no more of his theft. We cannot stand
it [sobola empisa ezo]. There is no more ^rass in the yard. We want 53
more bundles fenjole], but 1 cannot find one. I want to buy two more
books, but I hive no more shells. Can you find me some? No, I never
lend shells. My friend, won't you take pity on me ? I cannot find any
more. Tell them that we want to buy some more meat. First sweep the
yard and then clean my boots. This rice is not sufficiently cooked ; cook-
it a little more. When you cook any more rice, first wash it in cold water,
then cook it. You have not yet learnt that hymn thoroughly. First read it
through and then learn it more (thoroughly). Have you found my needle?
I cannot find it. These canoes will not be sufficient. Go and look for some
more. I have found two more, but they are split. Lend me another book.
Well, first tell me when [di] you will return [dza] it [you will return it
when] ? We want three more posts. When they next [ate] bring rice to sell,
we will buy some more. We shall do some more washing to-morrow.
These clothes will be (still) more spoilt if you leave them out [i.-bweru] in the
rain. I will give you some more medicine to morrow. First finish this
which I have (just) given you. I cannot give you any more to-day. We
shall write down more names [other names] tomorrow.
(d) Time.
When ? 'di ? always at the end of the sentence ; e. g. : —
oligenda 'di ? when will you go ?
On, Upon : A point of time is expressed by ku ; e. g. : —
ku lunaku luli, upon that day.
In : i. e. During^ in the course of: mu, /'. e. the time in the course of
which an action takes place ; e. g. : —
mu naku ezo, in the course of those days about which we have
been speaking,
mu mwaka guno, during this year.
ADVERBS OF TIME 121
At what time 2 'di? or more idiomatically, obude bwa ki? or obude
bwa 'di ?
Since : Kasoka or Kasoka nga, followed by the Simple Tense ; e.g. : —
kasoka agenda, enaku si biri ? Is it not two days since he went ?
Yesterday : Jo. Emph. Lwa jo. To - morrow : enkya. Lit. In the
morning.
Kasoka nga nkulaba, si lwa jo ? Is it not a long time since I
<=aw you ?
To-day : lero. Emph. Lwa lero.
To-morrow : Use Enkya, in the morning, if that be the meaning i other-
wise use Jo.
Every day : bulijo. Lit. Every to-morrow.
Day before yesterday : (or about that time— two or three days ago),
Luli. [Lit. That (day — ' olunaku ' understood).]
Tu'O days ago \
Day be/ore yesterday ( (precisely) olwebiri. Lit. (a space of time —
Day after to-morrow C olunaku) of two days.
( Two days hence) : )
Bv night: Ekiro. Emph. Bwa Kiro {sup. Obude — time).
By day : Omusana. Emph. Bwa musana {sup. Obude).
/;; the morning : enkya. At mid-day : mu tuntu.
Ln the afternoon ; e'guFo. (Also olwe'gulo.)
In the evening : akawungezi. (This is uncommon, but serves as a very
useful division ; in common parlance Ekiro denotes any time
after dark until the following day's light.)
At midnight: mu tumbi.
Noiv : kakano. Lit. at this epoch of time — akasera ka kano. At this
very instant, kakati. If the meaning is general, use Enaku zino,
these days.
Every moment : buli kasera.
Immediately : amangwago. (For Amangu ago.)
Ekintu ekyamangu ; a thing got on the spur of the moment.
Omuntu owamangu : a man appointed on the spur of the
moment.
Soon.
When it denotes the Completion of an Action, by the verb ' tera,
usually in the Near Future, e. g. : —
anatera okumala, he will soon have finished.
anatera okuiga, he will soon have done learning, if the learning
will be finished in a few hours. But 'alitera okuiga,' he will
soon have done learning, if the learning will take some time.
ii. When applied to an Action extended over time, not necessarily
Complete, ln this case use • mangu.' It might also be paraphrased
by ' Without much trouble, without much delay.'
oliiga mangu, you will soon learn.
iii. Sometimes e'dako may be used : tunafumba e'dako, we shall cook
soon.
122 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
In this case the Action is neither Complete nor Extended : it is
entirely in the Future — we are going to do soon.
iv. Paraphrase : — teyalwa, yasitula mangu, he was soon off.
A long time ago : E'da. The e is an I.V., and should only be used when
the word before it is Relative, or has an I.V. Be careful to
pronounce the 'd in 'da very distinctly, otherwise it will not be
understood.
A very long time ago : 'da-a-a . . ., repeating the ' a ' in proportion to
the time emphasized.
Repeatedly : olunye. Say repeatedly : yogera emirundi mingi.
(Emirundi mingi has, however, been introduced by the European, to supply a
deficiency. The Native Idiom is to repeat the word, Say : njogera nenjogera, or to
express the idea by intonation and some such particle as Owa, or merely to say, I
told you and you do not hear.)
Incessantly : obutayosa. Speak incessantly : yogera olutata.
At one time, at another time : olusi . . . olusi.
At times : olusi.
Once : omulundi gumu : twice, emirundi ebiri, etc.
Sunday, Sabiti jl Monday :(lwa baraza,* j^ Jlvvakusoma ■
J J \or lwakubm.J J \ox lwakusatu.
Days of the week : An attempt is being made to make Sunday the first
day ; Monday the second (lwakubiri) ; Tuesday the third (lwaku-
satu) ; Wednesday the fourth (lwakuna) ; Thursday the fifth (lwa-
kutano) ; Friday the sixth (lwamukaga) ; Saturday the seventh
(lwamusamvu).
Exercise. — I am not going to work now. I shall work in the morning.
We will read every day in the afternoon. They could-not [lemwa] travel by
day. They travelled by night. He arrived at mid-day on Monday and went
on Saturday afternoon When shall we learn to write? If you come every
afternoon at four o'clock [sawa eyekumi] I will do-my-best [nyikira] to teach
you. We shall soon learn. I shall soon finish. They will go in two days'
time. I heard that he died two days ago. Our master wants (the food)
served up [has told us to serve up — julula] immediately. What a long time
since I had a meal ! They only eat twice a day, in the morning and at night.
I once [eda] went to Europe [Ebulaya], but I do not now remember what I
saw there. The house caught fire [gya omuliro] at|midnight. We shall soon
build another. This house of mine will soon have fallen down. What
shall we do? shall we build a temporary [-a mangu] hut? I am at work
every moment ; at times I am tired, but (that is nothing), it is a very happy
work ; on Sunday many people come to [kungana mu] church [kanisa]. It
is not a Christian [-a Bamasiya] custom to work on that day. During the
week they read or [oba] they do the work of every day. In that month
there no European arrived ; but now there are many Europeans in the country.
1 With extended application, A week ; because reckoned from Sunday to Sunday.
2 Or briefly Baraza — tulija ku Baraza, we will come on Monday.
3 Until these are recognized as names there will be an ever-recurring tendency to
return to the literal meaning ' A reading day,' ' A second day,' etc. Hence Lwokuso-
ma, Lwokubiri, Lwokusatu, etc., will be heard. ViJ. Initial Vowel, XXVII. i.,
p. 146.
PASSIVE 123
XX. Verb Formation.
(a) Ways of forming the Passive.
There are in Luganda three ways of expressing a Passive idea.
i. By the Reflexive form ; this is not common, e. g. : —
esima, be delighted (sima, delight in, be pleased with).
ii. By the Neuter ending ka.
a. If the word end in la, change la to ka, e. g. : — ■
yawula, separate : yawuka, be separated,
sanula, melt : saniika, be melted.
b. Change a final of the root into eka if the preceding vowel be e or
o, and into ika if that vowel be a, i, or u, e.g. : —
menya, break : menyeka, be broken.
sula, throw away : sulika, be thrown upside down.
This form will express the state or nature of that which the verb
refers to, rather than any action taking place upon it.
This is a very general principle throughout the language. It will
nearly always be found that there are two possible forms for a
Passive state, distinguished in this way.
N.B. — This ' ka neuter ' is very closely allied to another ka, for which see
below. [Chap. XXI. (<-).]
iii. By the Passive ending ' -bwa' (or ' wa '), which denotes an action as
being done by outside interference.
Thus it is the Converse of the Active : —
He made the shoes : the shoes were made by him.
(b) Passive in 'bwa' (wa).
i. If the Verb end in ira (era), change ira (era) into irwa (erwa) for
the Passive, and into idwa (edwa) for the Modified Form, e.g. : —
pass. mod. '
bulira, tell. bulirwa. bulidwa.
kolera, do for. kolerwa. koledwa.
ii. If the verb be monosyllabic, change ' a ' final into ibwa, and if a
1 y ' precede, omit it, e. g. : —
PASS. MOD.
lya, eat? libwa. lidwa.
tya, fear. tibwa. tidwa.
'ta, kill. 'tibwa. 'tidwa.
Exc. wa and ta : see below.
iii. Verbs in nya, mya, bya (pya) change 'a' final into izibwa if the
preceding vowel is a, i, or u ; and into ezebwa if that vowel is e
or o, e. g. :—
PASS. MOD.
sasanya, scatter. sasanyizibwa. sasanyizidwa.
124 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
iv. In other cases change 'a' final into ' ibwa ' if the preceding
vowel is a, i, or u ; and into ' ebwa ' if that vowel is e or o.
The Modified form will be idwa (edwa), e. g. : —
PASS. MOD.
kola, make, do. kolebwa. koledwa.
bala, count. balibwa. balidwa.
The following are apparently exceptions — though not really so.
TASS. MOD.'
wa, give. webwa. weredwa (wedwa not used).
ta, let loose. tebwa. tedwa.
sonyiwa, forgive. sonyibwa. sonyidwa.
Many Verbs in la, ma, ba (pa) prefer a Passive form in lvva, mwa, bwa
(pwa), respectively ; e. g. : —
lamulwa, be valued (lamulibwa) ; tarn wa, be tired of; labwa, be
seen.
Exercise.1 — Have these shells been counted ? This book has not yet been
read. All the plantain-fruit was stolen. The plantain-fibre was plaited.
My goats were sold yesterday. This ba"rk-cloth is still untrimmed. The
bridge was carried away [yika] this morning. The rice will be pounded to-
night. We were conducted on our 'way by the master and his wife. These
reeds want to be polished. These plantains are not yet peeled. His pleas
[ensonga] will be heard later [e'da]. When were these clothes washed ?
The goats will be brought in soon. All our work will be greatly increased.
(c) Uses of the Passive in ' bwa ' (wa).
One use of the Passive is to express For doing.
embuzi eyoku'tibwa, a goat for killing. Lit. of being killed.
Or, omitting the I.V.
embuzi eno ya ku'tibwa, this goat is for killing, is to be killed.
Interrogatively this would mean, Is this goat to be killed ?
So, Ebisasiro bino bya kusulibwa ? Is this rubbish to be thrown
away?
Sometimes the same idea is expressed by the Active Infinitive, e. g.
in the previous example, it would also be possible to say,
Ebisasiro bino bya kusula?
So also to express the term ' a liniment,' edagala eryokukutira ku
mubiri, /'. e. a medicine to be rubbed on the body.
The difference must be looked for in Passive submission or in Active application.
The Agent after a Passive is given without any preposition, if it
has life — ya 'tibwa empologoma, he was killed by a lion.
If it has no life, and is inanimate, use ' na ' — yakubibwa nomugo, he
was struck with a stick.
Exercise. — Are these shells to be counted? Is this rice to be pounded?
All the cows were looted by the enemy. How many cows were taken? I "
1 The Active form is much preferred to the Passive, and when possible use it. This'
Exercise is more intended to illustrate a principle than for actual use. Always use
the Active form when it can be used without making the sentence clumsy.
PREPOSITIONAL FORM 1 25
was told it by the king [the king is he who, etc.]. These clothes are not
worn by peasants. The house was destroyed by fire. This house is to
be pulled down. All this grass is to bi tied up. All these bones are to be
picked up by the boys. All these clothes are to be washed by you. AH the
directions are to be given by you [you will direct, etc.]. They will get no
pity from [not be pitied by] the king. These reeds are not to be taken by
the women for [mu] firewood. This syrup is not to be drunk by the dog.
These rags are to be thrown away by you into the garden. Your clothes are
not to be sewn on Sunday. He was killed by a falling tree [the tree fell
and, etc.]. Boots are not sold here. They are sold by the traders. He was
trampled upon by an elephant. This medicine is not to be drunk at once
[kakati]. This medicine is an ointment [is for smearing].
(d) The Prepositional Form.
The Prepositional or Applied Form is made —
i. By changing ' a ' final into ' ira ' if the preceding vowel be a, i, or
u, and into ' era ' if that vowel be e or o ; e . g. : —
leta, bring : letera, bring to.
kwata, grasp : kwatira, grasp for.
kola, do : kolera, do for.
ii. When the stem is monosyllabic, change ' a ' into • ira,' and if a
'y ' precede, drop it out; e. g. : —
lya, eat : lira. fa, die : fira.
Exc. Those whose passive ends in ' ebwa ' take ' era '; e. g. : —
wa, give : wera. ta, let go : tera.
In the occasional cases where the verb ends in sa or za :- —
i. Revert to the root-form of which sa or za is the causative ending, and make the
caus. of the prep, form of that root ; e. g. \ —
woza, plead. woleza, plead for [Chap. XXI. («)].
ii. Where this is not possible, change a final into eseza (isiza) ; e.g. : —
sinza, sinzisa : tesa, teseza.
It is not possible when the form in sa or za cither is a root-form (? tesa), or where
the form in sa or za has acquired by usage a special meaning, quite different from
that of the root —
e.g. Singa, excel; sinza, (/»'/.) cause to excel : only now used in the »«nse 'worship.'
The uses of the Prepositional Form are three —
i. To translate ' do for,' 1 e. g. : —
leta, bring ; letera, bring for — ondetere, bring for roe.
yamuleta, he brought him.
yamuletera emere, he brought food for him.
ii. With the intensive word ' dala.' This means —
a. Now and not later, e. g. : —
amatoke, kangatwalire dala, let me take the plantains now and
not later.
1 Mostly with the idea 'for the advantage of: sometimes 'at' or 'to' —
sanyukira ekirabo, rejoice at (for) a present,
badalira, be rude to.
126 ELEMENTS OF LUG AN DA
/?. Completely, with a leaning to the previous meaning given ' now
and not later.'
kwatira dala, gwa'ma, come on, catch hold tight.
meaning, of course, ' Now.'
okufira dala, to be quite dead, at the time of speaking,
afiride dala ? is he quite dead ?
This form is seldom used in Past Time.
iii. To express action done in a place, unless the verb has in itself
any idea of place.
Verbs having an idea of place are : —
Fumba, cook. Sula, sleep Tesa, discuss.
Imirira, stand. Tabala, go on a raid.. Tula, sit.
Lima cultivate. Tambula, walk. Wanika, hang up.
Soma, read. Tema, cut.
The Prepositional form with these is either unnecessary or —
a. introduces a new and uncommon idea ; e. ?. : —
Tarnbulira ku gari, ride on a bicycle.
b. Throws emphasis on the place ; e. g. : —
yateseza mu lukiko, he gave his advice in the council, not
in the house, etc.
In few cases it may be possible to say 'do for some one. on.' Both
the Italic words require a Prepositional form. Hence a doubly Preposi-
tional form must be used, e.g. : —
Isa Masiya yatuhrira ku msalaba,
Jesus Christ died for us on the cross.
Exercise. — i. What are the Prepositional forms of —
Kuba, genda, bula, gula, tunda, kunkunuila, tabula, sembera, tegera, bala,
sala, nyaga, nyiga, gaba.
ii.. Call the boy to read [subj.] for me out-of [ku] the book which was given
to me the other day. Go and ask for a garden for me. Am I to cut the
meat here ? Cook this meat forme in a leaf [oluwombo]. Leave off just-
there [awo]. They know quite well that I come every morning to read in
the church. They have gone completely astray. I will distribute all the
shells to you in the morning. Take some of this medicine and shake it over
that (near) spot. Have you turned the mosquitoes completely out ? My
book is infinitely nicer [singa] than yours. Help me to some food. Hang
the clothes upon that rope, and let them dry there [ok wo]. The dog is com-
pletely lost ; perhaps [mpodzi] it has hid itself in the long grass [ensiko]. He-
pushed me into the water.
(e) Special Uses.
The Pronominal Adverb 'awo,' at that place, requires the Prepositional
form. In a few phrases it may be so joined to the verb as to sound like
.the affix 'wo.' It differs from this affix by being more emphatic. Thus
Taliwo, he is not here ; gyawo, take away from here, etc.
but, Temerawo (for temera awo), cut it precisely at that point which
you have indicated.
PREPOSITIONAL FORM 1 27
Lekerawo, Stop, that's enough. Lit. Leave off at that very
point where you now are.
Salirawo, cut it just there.
The emphasis may be increased by a forward movement of the lips,
or by intonation.
Some verbs have a special meaning in the Prepositional form. They
are —
duka, run away : duka mu nju, run out of the house,
goba, drive away : goba mu nju, drive out of the house.
But— *
dukira, run into : dukira mu nju, run into the house,
gobera, drive into : gobera mu nju, drive into the house,
kyama rnu kubo, go out of the road, go astray,
kyamira mu kubo, turn off from the main road into a by-path.
Doubly Prepositional forms are made by changing ' a ' final into ' irira '
(erera) ; e. g. :—
zikirira, go out (of a fire).
They usually intensify the action and give the meaning, ' be done
with effort or persistency.' They are generally without an object, /. e.
intransitive.
Where this is not the case, it will be found that there is an ordinary
prepositional form in use as well. The ordinary prepositional form has
the meaning most commonly wanted, and the double form the meaning
seldom wanted, e. g. : —
etundira mu mukonogwo, sell oneself into your hand,
etundirira, sell for one's own advantage.
Etundirira is not urgently needed, because there is a synonym —
esubulira.
Firide is used as the mod. form of fira, because a form ' fide ' would
not be euphonic.
Firwa, be bereaved of — mod. form, firidwa, e. g. : —
bafirwa abana babiri, they lost two children,
afiridwa omwana, she has lost her child.
Intensity, if not given by the Doubly Prepositional form, may be
expressed —
i. By the Infinitive, thus : —
alimbye nokulimba, he has told a downright lie.
akoze nokukola, he has worked really hard.
alimye nokulima, she has done a first-rate bit of cultivating.
This form seems to be used only with the Present Perfect. In trans-
lations, where another tense is needed, the order is reversed.1
ii. By an Intensive Adverb, of which there are a great variety, e.g. : —
tukutuku, whiteness ; geregere, quite tight ; da da da, quite tight,
full up, etc. ; du, full to the brim, etc. ; enzikiza ekute zigi-
zigi, it is pitch dark.
1 According to Rev. H. W. Duta, who is responsible or most of the translation.
128
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Doubly Prepositional verbs with an intensive meaning : —
bonerera, repent, be sorry for wrong-doing. bonabona, be afflicted
eralikirira, be anxious, be troubled about,
etulinkirira, do on one's own responsibility, invent
a message,
fukirira, pour water upon (as the hands) ; water
a garden,
gayirira, despise utterly, [egairira, beseech]
golomerera, speak reluctantly, languidly,
kabirira, mourn, lament,
komerera, be last.
kubirira, beat on the ground with a stick,
lagirira, prescribe, show the way.
lindirira, wait patiently, wait a bit.
linyirira, trample upon.
fuka, pour,
gaya, despise.
kaba, cry.
koma, end.
kuba, beat,
laga, show,
linda, wait,
linya, go up,
on.
mala, finish.
tread
samba, kick
sole of foot,
seka, laugh.
malirira, be completely finished, accomplished.
samalirira, gape with astonishment,
sambirira, stamp upon,
sekerera, laugh at, mock.
semberera, go or come near to.
sindukirira — ememe ensindukirira, I feel sick.
su'kirira, be over, be superfluous.
sulirira, take a long sleep or rest.
sulirira, leave an interval.
tokoterera, regret in silence, keep a guilty silence.
tomerera, prevaricate.
tonyerera, drizzle incessantly.
womerera, be very nice.
yasamirira, keep the mouth open*
zibirira, close the eyes whilst awake (of the
day), close in.
zikirira, go completely out (of fire).
zimirira, go right out of sight, as a canoe in the
horizon,
zingirira, twist up (strands of thread),
zitowerera, be a heavy burden.
Exercise, — Study the uses of these words with the people, and learn to
appreciate their force. For this purpose, where possible, the simple form of
the verb from which they come is given in the right hand column.
with
su'ka, step over,
sula, pass the night,
sula, throw.
toma, complain,
tonya, drop, rain
woma, be good,
yasama, open,
ziba, stop up.
zika, go out of cul-
tivation.
zima, kidnap {Jit.
spirit away).
zinga, fold.
zitowa, be heavy.
XXI. Verb Formation.
(a) The Causative.
A verb is called causative, when by some change in its form it is
made to mean • cause to do,' instead of ' to do.'
The most general rule for making a Causative is : — Change the 'e' of
THE CAUSATIVE FORM 1 29
the Modified form into ' a,' and the result will be the Causative. If, how-
ever, the Modified form end in 'de,' 'de' must he changed into 'za,
e.g:-
MOD. CAUS.
kola, koze, koza, cause to do.
kyuka, kyuse, kyuso, cause to be changed, change
Special Cases.
i. Firira, die for. firisa, cause to die for.
Kwata, take hold. kwasa, cause to take hold.1
Nyuwa, drink. nyuwesa, cause, give to drink.
ii. Monosyllabic roots : —
Fa, die ; fisa, cause to die. Lwa, delay ; lwisa, cause to delay.
Gwa, fall; gwisa, cause to fall. Tya, be afraid; tisa, frighten.
Gya, take) . t, Va, go out; visa, cause to go out.
«■ • 1 syisa> cause to take-
Lya, eat ; lisa, cause to eat, feed. Wa, give ; wesa, cause to give.
iii. Verbs ending in ba, pa, ma and na prefer to change ' a ' final
into e?a (isa), though in some cases the form obtained by the general
rule given above is used.
fumba, cook ; fumbya and fumbisa, cause to cook.
jema, rebel ; jemesa, cause to rebel, rarely jemya.
iv. Verbs in ya (other than causative) always change ' a ' final into
isa (esa)— linya, go up ; linyisa, cause to go up.
v. Verbs in sa and za — either not already causative, or with the
causative meaning so absorbed that they may be treated as non-
causative.
Change sa into seza (siza), and za into z.'sa (zisa) ; these are some-
times identically the same as the corresponding prepositional form, e.g.: —
lowoza, think ; lowozesa, cause to think,
tesa, take counsel ; teseza, cause to take counsel.
Exercise. — What are the Causative forms of : —
Gayala, situla, kakanyala, tukula, tamira, tegera, bula, gula, kala, sala,
linda, zinga, sima, soma, tema, saba, buka, kweka, tereka, meriyeka, seka,
sindika, kika, yagala, yaka, yambala, yanguwa, yomba, imiriia, yasama,
yogera, imuka, yonona, wona, wunya, wandika, wulira.wumula, esitala, etika,
ewunya, etolola?
(b) Uses of the Causative.2
i. To give the meaning 'Cause to do.'
ii. Sometimes to express such an idea as ' A knife to cut with ' —
1 Used in many idioms ; e.g. kwasa ensonyi, make ashamed ; kwasa ensonga, convict.
2 The Causative form denotes Active ag»ncy, *'. e. it means ' cause to do ' and not
'cause to be.' Hence this form of 'why' is only applicable in a limited number of
cases. [Chap. XXIII. (a), s. v. Why.]
e. g. Why is this food hard ?
emere eno enkakanyavu : ensonga ki ? This food is hard, what is the reason >
To say, Ekikanyazidza emere eno? (What cause makes this food hard ? not What
causes this food to be hard) would imply Active treatment, as a new process of cooking.
I
130 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Akambe akasaza enyama; or akambe akokusaza enyama, a knife
to eat meat with.
Ebyokulwanyisa, things to fight with, offensive weapons.
Ebisimya etaka biruwa ? Where are the tools to dig with ?
iii. Sometimes to ask the question Why ? Thus :—
Ekikukoza bwotyo kiki ? Why do you act thus ?
Ekibalwisidza kiki ? Why have they been delayed ?
Visamu, make a profit out of (mu) : esp. visamuamagoba.
Cf. enegulamu ensimbi ineka ? How many shells will you make
out of it ? (ente.)
tunavisamu amagoba mangi, we shall make a large profit out of it.
guza, sell to — guza omuntu oyo ekitabo, sell that man a book,
tundira omuntu ekitabo, sell a book for a man.
-ereza, -iriza.
A few of the Doubly Prepositional verbs on p. 128 may be made
Transitive by making them Causative. A form in ' ereza ' or ' iriza ' is
thus obtained. This form is often however taken by verbs in some
special meaning. They all denote primarily 'do with persistency and
effort,' or more correctly an action which is the result or sum-total of a
number of infinitesimal actions ; e.g. : —
nyiga, press; nyigiriza, squeeze : a more continued action, the total
result of a number of infinitesimal ' pressings.'
The following are examples of these forms of the verb which have
special meanings : —
bugumiriza, oppress with heat. buguma, be warm,
egendereza, walk carefully. genda, go.
ekobereia, accuse another in order to clear koba, take counsel.
oneself,
eretereza, bring upon oneself. leta, bring,
gumikiriza, bear patiently. guma, be courageous,
igiriza, teach. iga, learn,
komekerfva, make to reach the end. koma, end.
kungiriza, exclaim in an undertone.
lowolereza, think about, try to remember. lowoza, think,
maliriza, finish completely mala, finish,
nayiriza, take other persons things.
nyigiriza, squeeze, press hard. nyiga, press,
sikiriza, overshadow,
wemukiriza, accuse publicly.
wereza, serve. wa, give.
wolereza, intercede. woza, plead,
wunyiriza, sniff. wunya, smell,
yeyereza, continually harp on a matter,
yogereza, ask in marriage. (y°ga)-
yogerereza, reconcile yogera, say.
sibikiriza, restrain oneself from words, tears, ziba, stop up.
etc.
*KA' CAPABLE: 'KA* NEUTER 131
zindukiriza, come upon suddenly. zinda, capture by sur-
prise.
Exercise. — i. Work through the above forms with the people.
ii. Translate: —
Come [jangu] and sell me two books. Why are you idle,? Explain to him
that we want to teach writing every morning at nine o'clock [sawaeyokusatu].
Here are two boys who want to serve you. Why do they want to serve me ?
Lend me something which will break these stones. Why have you cut up ail
this meat ? Feed this sick man on milk three times every day. Bring an axe
to cut these trees with. The chief fined [tanza] him yesterday, and will make
him pay up [komekereza] the very last shell. Why do you think so ?
Where are the tools to cultivate with ? Why does he talk so much ? These
shells were collected in church last Sunday. Who is responsible for leaving
[caused them to be left] them here? Give my boy some medicine to cure his
sickness.
(c) The *ka' or Capable Form.
Many verbs are able to express the idea ' Able to be done.' 1
To give this idea, change 'a' final into eka if the preceding vowel be
' e ' or • o ' ; and into ika if that vowel be ' a,' ' i,' or ' u.' e.g. koleka, able
to be done ; gulika, able to be bought ; inza, be able to do, makes inzika,
quite uf-le to be done; interrogatively Kiinzika? Is it at all possible?
Sometimes this ending is doubled : ikika (ekeka) ; e.g. : —
balikika, able to be counted
simbulikika, able to be dug up.
lya, eat, makes. Ilka, able to be eaten, ratable.
sonyiwa, forgives, makes, sonyika, able to be forgiven, forgivable.
Exercise. — What are the ' ka ' forms of: —
yambala, wumula, komoln, situla, tegeVa, sima, tema, etika, yogera, tabula,
genda, singa, zinga, saba, kweka, fuka ?
Verbs in ' na ' or 'ny ' prefer a form in ezeka (izika) : in exactly the
same way as they take nyezebwa (nyizibwa) in the Passive, e.g. : — ■
nonyezeka, able to be searched out.
(d) The 'ka' Neuter Form.
Closely allied to this Capable Form is the ' ka' Neuter Form,
i. It means to be in a state, e.g. : —
sanyu, joy. sanyuka, be in a state of joy.
lalu, mad. laluka, be in a state of madness.
ii. Hence it is used to denote the Passive state of many transitive
verbs ending in ' la,' e.g. : —
laba, see. labika, be in a state of being seen, appear,
yonona, spoil, yononeka, be in a spoilt condition.
It is occasionally reduplicated, e. g. : —
golola, stretch out. golokoka, be in a stretched out condition.
Contrast with this : —
komola, trim. komolebwa, be trimmed.
1 Also ' very difficult to do,' if the speaker is unwilling or too lazy to attempt a
certain piece of work.
132 ELEMENTS OE LUGANDA
Because this is not a Passive state, but something done by active in-
terference with a knife or otherwise
(e) Reversive Form.
A verb can be made to mean its exact opposite by changing 'a ' final
into ula, or ulula. Such in ending is called Reversive, and might be
translated in English by ' un.'
simba, plant. simbula, unplant, dig up.
ziba, stop up. zibula, unstop.
Some verbs are only used in this form, e.g. : —
sumulula, untie. There is no form ' suma ' in use for 'tie.'
The Passive of these verbs is nearly always by changing 'la ' to 'lea,'
because a Passive state is represented. If the ending is doubled
(ulula), the Passive will generally be of the form ulukuka, e. g. : —
sumulula : sumulukuka, be untied.
simbula : simbuka, be dug up.
Sometimes these verbs are found closely connected with the one of
opposite meaning,
vunula, turn upside down. vunika, turn right way up.
'gula, shut a door. 'gala, open a door.
Reversive verbs : —
fundukulula, untie ; from fundika, tie.
jemulula, submit ; „ jema, rebel,
julula, annul; ,, juja, be full of.
serekulula, unthatch ; ,, sereka, thatch,
sumulula, untie ; ,,
tekulula, unmake a law ; „ teka eteka, make a law.
tungulula, unsew, unthread ; ,, tunga, sew, thread,
wumbulula, unwrap ; ,, wumba, wrap up.
wundulula, unsew beads, rip off,,
zingulula, disentangle; ,, zinga, fold up; zingazinga,
entangle.
(/) Reciprocative.
Reciprocal Forms — do to one another — are generally made by the
addition of gana 1 to the stem, e.g. : —
kyawagana, hate one another, wuliragana, hear one another.
If; however, the stem is monosyllabic or ends in ga, the addition will
be ng'ana, not gana, e. g. : —
oku'bang'ana, to steal from one nyagang'ana, plunder each
another. other,
'da makes 'ding'ana, go backwards and forwards.
1 This 'gana' is used as a noun, 'e'gaua,'a herd, flock. The connection is obvious.
It is not clear whether the ending ana {e.g. vunana), is connected: vunana, contract,
for vunagana or perhaps vunawana.
AUXILIARY LI' I33
Exercise. — What are the Reciprocal forms of: —
sonyiwa, kwata, lagana, yagala, sanyuka, igiriza, yolesa, wakana, woza, gaba,
limba, goba, wereza?
What do these forms mean ?
XXII. Auxiliary Verbs.
The Verb '•to be' as an Auxiliary.
The Verb ' to be ' has two forms : —
i. The form Mi' which is only used as a Simple Tense in Present
Time : Ndi, I am ; oli, thou art, etc. ; and as a Far Past in Past
Time : Nali, I was ; wali, thou wast, etc.
ii. The form ' ba,' which is used in all possible forms of the Verb.
The form ' li ' is always used in particular statements of fact. The
form ' ba ' in general statements. Hence its use with Adjectives a.
Numerals : bali babi, ziri kumi, etc.
wano we wali amadzi, Here there is water.
If, however, there is no form of ' li ' available, the required form must
be made from ' ba.'
1. Uses of 'li.'
(a) In Near Time.
Near Time. — /'. e. T;me which deals with the immediate Present, or
the Near Future.
li followed by nga gives the idea ' probably,' ' I suppose ' ; the time
of the Action is marked by the tense of the verb following nga, e. %. : —
ali nga agenda, he is probably going,
ali nga ta'nawona, I think he is not well yet.
ali nga analwala, he will probably be ill.
ali nga akyali mulwade (akyalwala), I believe he is still ill. .
Exercise. — I believe he has taken the shells. He will probably carry that
box. I don't think he has gone yet. They are probably selling meat (to-
day) in the market. I think he has agreed to build a cook's house for me.
They have probably not gone yet. Let me go and see if they will take that
letter for you. That sick old man is very ill. He will probably die to-night.
I believe you are selling books. What has he said ? Probably he has asked
for a book. We have probably got out of the road. He has probably done
counting the shells.
(b) In Far Time.
Far Time. — 1. e. Time which deals either with the Far Past or with
the Far Future.
-ali, with or without nga, to denote what took place some time ago,
gives two tenses : —
I was doing : nali ngenda Emengo, bwebankwata mu kubo, I was
going to Mengo when they arrested me.
I had done : yali nga agenze, he had gone.
For the first the Present tense is used after nga ; so that the literal
meaning is, 'I was thus, I am going.'
For the second the Present Perfect is used after nga; so that the
literal meaning is, ' He was thus, he has gone.'
134 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
These are frequently abbreviated into : —
nali ngenda, I was going,
yali agenze, he had gone.
Interrogatively : —
wali omulabyeko ? Have you ever seen him ?
wali ogenze Engogwe ? Have you ever been to Ngogwe ?
For 'whilst' or 'when' in this exercise — I fell down whilst I was walking — say, 'I
was walking and I fell down.'
Exercise.— He had tried very hard to read, but it was too much [lema] for
him. He had finished counting all the shells when the storm came and
threw down the house. He came whilst I was looking for him. He had
hung up all the curtains whilst I was out. They were pounding rice when
they heard of the fire at the ' embuga.' They had set up all the posts of the
house, when they were called out for-war [okutabala]. Have you ever mixed
medicine before [eda]? Have you ever seen my garden ? Did you take pity
upon her? Have you ever sewn a waistcoat [ekizibawo] before? We were
cultivating when the rain came down. We were going to Busoga, and had
nearly reached the lake [enyanja] when we heard of the revolt there [when
they told us that, etc.]. They returned from the fight [olutalo] after they had
[when they had finished to] buried all the dead and laid [galamiza] all the
wounded [abafumite], who could not walk, on stretchers. They were coming
back when we met them.
(c) Idiomatic Use.
i. With the Affix ' ko,' followed by the Relative.
siriko kyenkola, I have nothing in particular to do.
taliko gyasura, he has nowhere to sleep.
omulimu gwebaliko, the work which is their business, in which
they are engaged,
ii. Preceded by the Pronominal Object.
gundi akuli wala, so and so is far from you.
iii. ' li ' repeated.
nali ndi awo, I happened to be there.
oliba oli awo, you will happen to be there,
iv. With ' ko ' or ' mu ' followed by the Initial Vowel.
omuti ogwo gulimu amadzi, that tree has sap in it.
2. Uses of ' ba.'
(a) Mbade.
1 Ba ' means literally ' be in a state of existence,' ' exist.'
Hence its use in such general statements as : —
awaba amadzi, we waba e'tosi, where there is water, there is mud.
Hence also the idioms : —
Obade otya ? What are you doing ?
Siriko kyembade, I am nothing in particular.
Lit. I have not upon me (I am not engaged in) that which (kye)
you call 'mbade.'
Two idioms should be carefully noticed : —
mbade mfumba, I am cooking, and
mbade mfumbye, I have cooked.
'BA 135
Any other verb may be used instead of ' fumba.'
Mbade mfumba, I am cooking : The expression is almost apolo-
getic ; I am cooking, but it may not be what is wanted,
mbade njagala okugenda empwanyi, I should like to go the coast
(but I do not know if you will agree).
mbade ng'amba, I am thinking, I suppose (but I do not know if
my suggestion will meet with your approval).
In each of these three instances, the Present Tense after Mbade
marks the action as continuous and not completed.
Mbade mfumbye, I have cooked : Again apologetic. I have
cooked, but I do not know if I have cooked what was wanted,
abade agenze Emengo — he was on his way to Mengo (but came
back, fell ill or the like).
In these cases the Present Perfect marks the action as in some sense
completed. The Negative goes with the Verb, not the Auxiliary, e.g.: —
Mbade sisena madzi ? Was I not drawing water ?
Exercise. — Try the meaning of the word ' mbade ' with differen verbs, and
note how the people use it.
(b) For Emphasis,
engato zino zemba nongosa ? Are these the shoes which I am
to clean ?
Kubo ki lyemba nkwata ? Which is the road which I am to take?
This form is mostly if not entirely Relative.
Exercise. — Which canoe am I to bring? Are these the shells which I am
to count? Is this the tooth which I am to pull out fkula]? Is this the spot
where I am to cultivate? Is this the water which we are to throw away?
Is this the pay [empera] which he is to have [twala] ? Is this the cow which
he is to sell? Are these the reeds which they are to polish? Is that the
river which we are to bridge [tinda] ?
(c) Condition.
It is possible to use the verb ' ba ' as an auxiliary in almost any tense
not yet given. Nga will generally be used after ' ba,' but not always.
These combinations are very various, but are always used in Conditional
sentences, with the particle ' bwe,' e.g. : —
bwoba otuwa nga bwetwalagana, tunakolanga, if you give us
what we agreed for, we will work.
A general statement, with the idea that the gift is to be habitual; like
the giving of a food allowance, wages, etc.
bwonoba otuwade, tunakukolera, when you shall have given us,
— if only you will give us it, — we will work for you.
In Near Time : —
bwaba anatuwa [bwanaba atuwa] ensimbi, tunakola, if he is willing
to give us shells, we will work.
In Far Time : —
bwaliba agenze, komawo, if you rind he is gone, come back.
(Giving directions to a messenger who is to go to a distance.)
136 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Note two idioms : —
Oba oli awo (oboli awo), if you happen to be there.
Bwoliba oli awo, if you shall happen to be there.
Exercise. — If they will but persevere, they will soon learn. If you will
promise to come every day, I will teach you to write. If he agn*es-to-take
[kiriza okutunda] 350 shells (for) that leg, buy it. If you can buy some
soap when you are in the Capital, do so. If only he will give us the shells
we ask for, we will finish that house. If he will promise-not-to [kiriza] shout
in school [when we read] I will take him back [agree that he come back]
to-morrow morning. If they have done selling books when you get to
Mitiana, put away the shells carefully until the morning. If you will wash
your clothes every Saturday, I will give you the soap ; or if you prefer it, I
will give you shells to buy the soap with.
XXIII. Other Auxiliaries.
(a) Va, Just been; therefore.
i. M va kukola : I have just been working.
tuva kukola, we have just been reading.
No other tense of ' va ' is used in this way.
ii. ' Therefore ' : to express that one fact results from another.
kyemva nkola, therefore I work.
The expression is probably elliptical, and applied first to things, e.g. : —
kyekiva kitambula ; lit. from whjch premise it comes out walking.
Hence probably arises the fact that whilst the ' va ' may be in any tense to
suit the context, the verb following must always be in the Present, e. g. : —
kyebavude bagenda, therefore they have gone.
kyaliva akola, therefore he will do.
kyanava akola, therefore he will do, in near time
kyetwava tugenda, therefore we went.
The form ' Let us therefore do ' does not seem to be used. In such
case use Kale : thus Kale tukole.
Why?
One special use of this form is to ask the question Why ? thus : —
Kyebava bagenda, ensonga ki ? Why did they go ? For what
reason did they go ? Lit. therefore they went, what reason ?
kyemva nsoma bwenti, ensonga ki? Why do I read like that?
Because ; in answer to above question ' Why.'
Use Kubanga For : Kyebava bagenda ? kubanga balumwa enjala :
Why did they go ? because they were hungry
If emphasis is to be laid on the words, This is the reason they went ;
repeat the words of question ; but without ' ensonga ki.' Thus : —
kyebava bagenda, kubanga balumwa enjala, the reason of their
going was that they were hungry.
This is the reason that in writing prose, in an exposition, etc.
Herode kyeyava a'ta abana, kubanga yatva, Fear was the reason
why Herod killed the children.
'MALA': * LIOKA ' 137
Exercise. — I have just been eating. They have just been standing up. We
have just been singing, therefore we are tired [p.pf.]. We have just come
off the road [olugendo], therefore we are hungry. What is the reason that
you yawn so much ? I am hungry. Why do they not make better roads ?
because the peasants quarrel amongst themselves. They cannot agree about
the work, and therefore they are content with such bad roads [the bad roads
are sufficient — mala — etc.]. What is the reason you do not sweep the yard
every morning ? I did [mbade] not understand that I was [you told me] to do
so. The reason why these plates are broken is your carelessness [you not
going carefully — egendereza]. The reason I do not come to church on
Sunday is that I have no clothes to wear ; but why do you ask this question ?
Because it is a Christian custom to worship God [Katonda] in church one day
in seven. The reason why Christians rest one day in seven is because it is
the commandment [eteka] of God.
(b) Mala.
i. To denote Completed action, in all tenses.
amaze kugenda, he has gone (completed perfect),
bwalimala kugenda, when he shall have gone.
And so on for most other tenses.
ii. With the Negative form of the Narrative Tense to denote non-
completed, though intended action.
wagenda Engogwe ? Did you go to Ngogwe ?
'Maze nesigenda. As a matter of fact I did not go.
And in Far Time —
yamala natakola, as a matter of fact he did not do the work,
iii. Followed by ' ga ' and the verb-stem.
Mala galya, eat it ; just as it is, whether nice or nasty, too much
or too little,
mala gagenda, never mind go.
It sometimes has the idea, Go just as you are ; sometimes is almost
if not quite the English ' must ' — emphatic, compulsion.
' mala ' may be used in all tenses ; but the other part of the
idiom is invariable,
tumala gogera (gayogera), we must say so — though we've no
intention of doing it.
yamala gagenda, he had to go — though it was against his will,
bamaze gakiriza, they were obliged to agree.
This idiom is only used with persons.
Exercise. — When they shall have spent [malawo] all those shells on [oku-
zigulamu] food, I will give them some more. Did those goats get out last
night ? As a matter of fact they did not, because I tied up the door when I
heard them. Never mind, jead. Tell them that they will have to finish the
house to-day. As a matter of fact I did not learn to write. When you shall
have done cleaning my boots, bring them here that I may see. When that
house shall have fallen down we will build another.
(c) Lioka.
i. ' And then.'
yasoma nalioka awandika, he reads and then writes.
I38 ELEMENTS OK LUGANDA
ii. ' In order that.'
imuka olioke oyogere, get up in order that you may speak,
iii. 'A good thing that.'
In N£ar Time — oliose noja, it is a good thing that you have come :
or impersonally —
kiriose nasisira ebweru, I had better put up a hut outside.
With the Subject other than a pronoun —
ekibya ekyo kiryose nekyatika, it is a good thing that that bowl
is broken.
In Far Time —
walioka nombulira, it was a good thing that you told me.
Exercise. — It is a good thing that you have tied up my goat. It was a
good thing they finished that work before the rain came. They first made
holes and then they cut the poles to the right length [enkanankanya empagi],
and then they put them upright [simba] in the ground. It is a good thing
that you are there to oversee them. I will first read a verse [olunyiriii] and
then you repeat [diriza inu] my words in order that y<iu may learn it
thoroughly, and that you may not forget it. It is a good thing that you have
learnt how to read and write. It was a good thing that they found for [labira]
me a carpenter. This abscess [ekizimba] is burst [yabika] and a very good
thing too.
(d) On the point of, etc. : Just.
i. Aja kugenda, he is on the point of going,
anatera kugenda, he is going in a few minutes.
ayagala kugenda, he intends to go.
Of things —
enyumba eyagala okugwa, the house is likely to fall,
enyumba egenda okugwa, the house will fall, is going to fall.
All these can be used in all tenses and with any noun, animate or
inanimate —
ng'enda kutambula, I am just off for a walk.
ii. 'Just.'
kyaje atuke, ~\
yakatuka, [he has just arrived,
yakaja atuke, J
amadzi kyegaje gagye, the water is just boiled.
Or— amadzi gakagye.
amadzi gaja kugya = the water is almost boiling.
The Relative form —
the cows which have just come, ente ezakaja zije.
Otherwise —
the cow which I have just bought, ente gyemva kugula.
Exercise. —I have just arrived. The food is just cooked. I have just been
reading. The parrot which I have just bought is lost. They have just
finished building my house. The curtain has just fallen down. He has only
just got up. They have just sold out all the copies of that book. Just put
it down.
INFINITIVE: PARTICIPLES 1 39
XXIV. Miscellaneous.
(a) Infinitive.
i. okugenda ndigenda naye sirituka, I shall go, but I do not expect
to arrive,
okuwulira mpulide, naye sitegede, I have heard, but I have not
understood.
Lit. as to hearing I heard, it was superficial ineffective hearing.
okulimba alimbye naye namusonyiwa, he has lied it is true, but
I will forgive him.
ii. alimbye nokulimba, he has told a downright lie.
alimye nokulima, she has done a capital piece of cultivating.1
(b) Participles.
Active Participle — 'doing' : use 'nga,' followed by the Present Tense —
nga bakola, they doing,
nga mfumba( I cooking.
Passive Participle. This can not be used with either Causative or
Prepositional forms, since it means —
' having been done and being still in that condition.'
i. Change 'a' final into 'e,' e.g. : —
omufumite, a wounded man.
omusibe, a bound man, a prisoner.
These denote active interference from outside, and cannot be used to
denote a mere passive state.
ii. A mere passive state — a being in a certain condition — is denoted
by an ending ' u.' It is applied to neuter verbs only — /. e. those which
denote ' to be something.'' If the verb end in ' ga ' change ' ga ' to
•vu.' Otherwise change 'a' final into ' u,' unless the root end in 'la'
or 'ra' making modified form in 'de.' These change 'la? or 'ra' into
' vu ' if the preceding syllable is accented.
The following are a few examples : —
longofu — longoka, be clean — in a clean state.
yeru — yera, be clear — in a cleared state, i. e. having no trees,
colour-marks, etc.
yabifu — yabika, be torn — in a torn state,
wolu— wola, be cold — in a cold state,
kakanyavu — kakanyala, be hard — in a hard state.
Participles of Causatives. Ending in 'a' the stem undergoing no
change —
omukoza, one causing (others) to work, an overseer.
Ending in ' i,' ' a ' final being changed to ' i ' —
omukozi, a man working, a workman.
omuwesi, a smith (weta, bend ; wesa, cause to bend, forge),
omulyazamanyi, an oppressor, cheat.
1 Seep. 127 — 'Intensity . . . may be expressed.
140 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
The Causative form is required on the same ground that it is needed
for • a hoe to cultivate with.'
In the case of causative ending in bya, pya, mya, the ' y ' is dropped
before the ' i ' —
omusomi, one reading, a reader,
omuzimbi, one building, a builder.
Participle of Prepositional form.
These are formed by changing ' a ' final into ' o,' and denote ' a place
to do anything in,' e.g. : —
e'somero, a place to read in.
egwatiro (e 1 watiro), a place to peel plantains in, or a place
where plantains are peeled,
efumbiro, a place to cook in.
N.B. — Omufumbiro, a kitchen-person, a cook, formed from the
derived noun, rather than from the verb.
This form is always used in the li ma class.
(c) Verbal Adverb.
yakola bukozi, he merely did.
yafumba bufumbi, he merely cooked.
The omission of the I.V. form shows that this is Adverbial. It is
made —
i. By changing 'a' final of the stem to 'i' in the case of verbs enuing
in ha, pa, ma, na, nya, ya.
ii. By changing ' la ' or ' ra ' to ' zi ' —
yatula butuzi, he merely sat there,
kera bukezi, be sure to be early.
iii. By prefixing ' bu ' to the stem of Passive forms in ' bwa ' or ' wa,'
and to all stems ending in ' za ' and ' wa.'
iv. By changing ' ka ' or ' ta " to ' si ' —
duka budusi, run hard.
(rf) Must.
There is no word ' must ' in Luganda ; nor probably in any Bantu
language, but the idea can be conveyed by certain forms of emphasis.
There is no such word in the Hebrew of the Old Testament— a form
of language very closely like Luganda in its primitive simplicity. Where-
ever the word 'must' occurs in the English translation of the Old
Testament, it represents merely some idiom conveying that meaning —
very often a construct infinitive, going you will go, i. e. you must go.
This form can often be used in Luganda —
okuyera onoyeranga olugya bulijo, you must sweep the court
yard every day.
In the first place consider what the word ' must ' means in the sentence
you wish to translate.
i. It may mean 'will not fail ' — just as the English, It must come out
' MUST 141
(of some animal, say, in a hole) is the same as, It cannot fail to come
out. This in Luganda is the Negative tense of ' lema ' — ensolo tereme
kuvayo.
ii. It may mean compulsion, this is often given by mala ga.
mala galya, you must eat it.
anamala gagenda, he must (will have to) go.
iii. It may mean 'assuredly,' 'without fail'; this is frequently given
by the Infinitive construction, as above —
okwera onoyeranga, you must sweep.
iv. In commands, the order may be further emphasized by such words
as Nkugambye, I have told you ; owulide, have you heard ? otegede,
have you understood ?
yera olugya : owulide, you must sweep the yard (now then,
sweep).
v. If a mere emphasis is indicated, use one of the forms given under
Emphasis below —
The master must first eat, and then the boys :
omwami ye asoka okulya, abalenzi nebalyoka balya.
vi. In Relative constructions make two sentences as follows —
Things which must come to pass, ebigenda okubawo : okubawo
biribawo.
Or less emphatically —
ebitalema kubawo.
Or more emphatically —
ebigenda okubawo : okubawo tebirema kubawo.
Avoid using gwanira' in any form : it differs but little from ' sanira,'
and means 'be fitting for,' 'be suitable for.'
The following are other suggestions for translating ' must ' according
to the sense —
Kiriose nenkiwandjka,
Wakiri nkiwandike,
Kale kankiwandike,
Kirungi ekyo : kankiwandike,
I must make a note of it.
'MUST' AND 'OUGHT' IN THE OLD TESTAMENT.
•
The Reading of the Revised Version is followed, and therefore the following
passages in which ' must ' or ' ought ' occurs in the Authorized Version are not given,
viz. : —
Gen. xxix. 26; xliii. 1 r. Lev. iv. 2, 27; xxiiL 6. Num. xx. 12. Deut. xii. 8.
2 Sam. xxiii. 3.
' Must ' and ' ought ' represent —
i. A Positive Statement.
And so it is not done.
Which thing ought not, to be done. — Gen. xxxiv. 7.
For it is not so done.
No such thing ought to be done.— 2 Sam. xiii. 12.
143 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Deeds which are not done.
That ought not to be done. — Gen. xx. 9.
So he does according to the law.
So he must do after the law. — Num. iv. 21.
All that the Lord speaks, that I do.
All that the Lord speaketh, that I must do. — Num. xxiii. 26.
What Israel does.
What Israel ought to do. — 1 Chron. xii. 32.
Thou art coming in.
Thou must come in to me. — Gen. xxx. 16.
It is put in the water.
It must be put into water. — Lev. xi. 32.
That I obserue for speaking (take heed to speak).
Must I not take heed to speak? — Num. xxiii. 12.
The way in which we go up.
The way by which we must go up. — Deut. i. 22.
For I (am) dying in this land . . . I (am) not going over.
I must die ... I must not go over. — Deut. iv. 22.
Cf. Mpawo nze okusomoka.
Thy days for dying.
Thy days . . . that thou must die. — Deut. xxxi. 14.
The way in which ye go.
The way by which ye must go. — Josh. iii. 4.
To the Lord thou art offering it.
Thou must offer it unto the Lord. — Judges xiii. 16.
Behold me, I die.
And lo, I must die. — 1 Sam. xiv. 43.
A man . . . is armed with (Heb. filled with).
The man . . . must be armed with. — 2 Sam. xxiii. 7.
Do ye not walk in the fear ?
Ought ye not to walk ? . . . Neh. v. 9.
For this use of a positive statement, cf. (obulamu nokufe) kyetunasima kiruwa? which ought we to
choose ?
ii. ' It is upon us for doing.'
There is not for carrying the ark of God, but only.
None ought to carry the ark. . . . — 1 Chron. xv. 2.
Is it not upon you for knowing ?
Ought you not to know ? — 2 Chron. xiii,. 5.
It is on us for doing.
So must ws do. — Ezra x. 12*
For this use, cf. tuliko kyetukola.
iii. Infinite absolute.
Carrying, they are carried.
They must needs be borne. — Jer. x~. 5.
iv.
And they say, An inheritance of the escaping to Benjamin (those 0
Benjamin that escape) and a tribe be not. . . .
And they said, There must be an inheritance. . . . — Judges xxi. 17.
Bring a present to the fear.
Bring presents unto him that ought to be feared. — Pa. lxxvi. II.
CONJUNCTIONS 1 43
XXV. Conjunctions.
(a) Singa : If . . not.
To express what might have happened and did not
i. With no chance of its happening.
(ku and ndi are interchangeable forms)
Singa wambulira, nandisanyuse, if you had told me I should
have been glad.
Sometimes the clause with ' singa ' is not given —
nandisanyuse, naye sandiinzidza, I should have been glad to do
it, but I should not have been able.
ii. With just a bare possibility of its happening.
Singa in both Protasis and Apodosis.
Singa twakede, singa tutuse kakano, had we been early, we should
have arrived by this time.
Singa wambulira singa nsanyuka (or Nsanyuse), had you told me,
1 should have been glad.
(0) Although, so that.
Sometimes difficult conjunctions may be given by two sentences
joined by 'and 'or perhaps 'but.' An instance has been given —
he was cooking whilst I was out— I was out, and he was cooking.
The following will further illustrate this : —
So that.
i. Simple Narrative Tense —
I was so hungry that I fell down, Enjala yalienuma nyo nengwa.
Or if in Near Time, describing what has just happened —
Enjala ebade enuma nyo nengwa.
The Passive form Nali numwa enjala, is grammatical but strained.
ii. The sun was so hot that I fainted, Omusana gwali gwase nyo,
nokuzirika nenzirika.
Although.
i. Although you have done wrong, I will forgive you, Okoze bubi,
naye nakusonyiwa.
ii. Newakubade nga, a strongly adversive conjunction.
Although (even though) you are poor, I shall fine you, Newakubade
nga oli mwavu, nakutanza.
iii. And yet —
Bakola bubi : songa Bamasiya — although they are Christians, they
act wrongly.
(They act wrongly, and yet they are Christians.)
144 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
XXVI. Tone and Emphasis.
(a) Tone.
The tone in Luganda is level, therefore it is impossible to emphasize
as in English.
Intonation is an integral part of every language: the writer has known
Baganda imitate the intonation of the Basoga exactly, and yet have no
knowledge of the language of the Basoga. The European frequently
errs the other way ; he knows the language analytically, but his
intonation is nowhere.
Luganda intonation is on the whole level.
First aim at a level intonation, and then imitate the native intonation
in questions.
In questions the tone leaps up on the last accented syllable, and then
drops on the following syllable or syllables. Up to the rising-point it is
level. It is thus represented by Diagram : —
kino k/? kino kik/f ?
What is this?
erinyalyo gw^ni ? oliko kyfficola ? errrere ffide ?
What is your name? Are you doing anything? Is the food
cooked ?
wali ogenze EbujayiP AhaWe. Ahafe. Ow/,
Have you ever been to Europe ? You there. Oh, dear !
oligenda d/\Esese ? Esese oligenda d/? yoger/ Qft^no.
When will you go to Sesse ? Say ' otyano.
at^e ? wasuze otya obulw^de? nsuze buKmgi.
Haj> he come ? How is your illness to-day? I im pretty well.
nasuze bunwna.
I am not at all well.
In simple stress there is a lengthening of the accented vowel as well
as the intonation. Study the following : —
Abjpge. AJjS[e. Ow?"
enjala m/pgi : enjoka zimuft\ma.
Great hunger : he has a very bad pain.
nsuze buhllffii : nasuze bunjurna : nasuze bunuma ny/l
The level tone, after the rise, by which the stress is given, is denoted
by the upper line.
EMPHASIS T45
(b) Emphasis.
Having studied Intonation and Stress, next consider the most pointed
and emphatic ways of expressing an idea.
i. Place the word which is the point of your sentence first.
embuzi oziingizidza ? Have you brought the goats in ?
tuimirire netuimba, let us sing standing.
enkya tunagenda ? Is the morning the time when we shall go ?
tunagenda enkya ? Shall we go at all, and if so will it be on the
morrow ?
ii. By the nse of an I.V. where in ordinary cases it would be left
out. This is especially the case with Numeral Adjectives and
Numerals,
abantu omunana, the eight people,
bakungana abantu abangi, they were gathered together many people.
iii. By a Relative construction, thus : —
ebitabo byenjagala, I want books (not something else).
ekyo kyenjagala, that's the one I want.
Mukasa ye yambulira, Mukasa was the person who told me (not
somebody else),
ekigambo kyenjagala okubategeza kye kino, what I want you to
understand is this,
iv. By a Relative and the Verb ' ba.' Thus : —
simanyi gyemba ngenda, I don't know where on earth to go.
ekubo lyemba nkwata liriwa ? what road is it that I am to take ?
v. By a Relative particle, as ' bwe.'
bwebakola bwebati, that's what they did.
alwade : tomanyi bwali, he is ever so ill ; ///. you do not know
how ill he is.
vi. By a Negative construction.
kyenjagala, si kitabo? it's a book that I want.
si lwa jo, ever so long ago.
vii. By a Substantive.
This cow is not large (implying that it is something else). Ente
eno obunene si nene.
He's a mere man (not a god). Ye muntu buntu.
What are you doing? Are you writing? No, I'm reading.
Okola ki ? owandika ? Neda, nsoma busomi.
Don't tell him, but if you do tell him. Tomubuliranga, naye
okubulira bwolibanga omubulide.
I don't even know him. Nokumanya simumanyi.
N.B. — The Infinitive is a Noun of the ku Class.
viii. By Kiriose, with ist pers. fut., or 2nd pers. imp.
I'll die rather than run, kiriose nafa nesiduka.
If you won't go, /will, oba toja kugenda, kiriose nze nagenda.
You didn't do so then, do so now, e'da tewakola bwotyo, kiriose
kola bwotyo kakano.
K
I46 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ix. In the case of the pronouns, it is always possible to repeat them
with 'na,' e.g. : —
nange bwenkola bwenti, nawe gira oti, as for me, I will do like
this, while you do like that.
And also to Inanimates, e.g\ —
nekyo kirungi, yes, and that's good.
N.P. — Certain words never seem to be anything else than emphatic :
they are Yee, yes ; Aaa, no ; dala.
XXVII. The Initial Vowel.
One of the first things that strikes any one learning Luganda is that
no Native can give a substantive singly, or understand a substantive
given by itself, unless a vowel is placed before it. This vowel is
called the Initial Vowel.
An Initial Vowel represents a pause, and therefore is indispensable to
a word given by itself.
Okukola, doing ; amanyi, strength.
Def. A Substantival expression is one which conveys a complete idea
which is either the subject or object of a verb. It includes Adjectives,
which are a particular variety of the noun, Numerals, and the Preposition
-a of.
The Initial Vowel is omitted —
i. In ail proper names, e.g. : —
Kasaja, Lwabudongo, Lugwana-kulya.
The last two are instances of a substantival expression —
Lwabudongo, of " Budongo," J Lugwana-kulya, it befits eating
(part of the proverb, Oluyomba lugwana kulya).
ii. When a Substantive or Substantival expression is used Pre-
dicatively, e.g. : —
kirungi, it is a good thing.
kye kya kusanyusa, it is a delightsome thing (I.V. omitted in all
elements of the substantival expression — ekyokusanyusa, a
delightsome thing).
The Predicate may be a Pronominal Copula as above, or it may be
the Copula ' li ' not having any affix, such as wo, yo, etc. (aliwo), e. g. : —
bali balungi, they are nice,
bali bantu kumi, they are ten persons.
The Verb 'ba,' or ' bera,' denotes existence, and is therefore not reckoned as a
Copula.
iii. After a Negative — the omission of the I.V- will continue through-
out the substantival expression following the Negative,
si kirungi, it is not good,
siinza kugenda na bino, I cannot go with these.
1 ' Budongo ' is now used for ' The clay used in the mud-walls of houses ' — from
Svahili ' Udongo.' Whether this is its meaning in this name is not yet clear.
INITIAL VOWEL 147
talokola na kitala na fumu, he does not save with sword and
spear (i Sam. xvii. 47).
Genda n^ bino — a complete substantival expression. Negatived —
-genda na bino.
Nekitala nt'fumu-^a complete substantival expression.
iv. After the words mu, ku, buli, oba, nanyini, nyini.
ondabire embuzi etundibwa oba lubugo, find me a goat for sale
or a bark-cloth.
Nanyini kintu kino alirudawa ? Where is the owner of this thing ?
Special Cases.
The Noun. When a Noun is followed by the Interrogative Pronoun
Ki, or ani, its I.V. is omitted.
Balenzi bani abo ? Whose boys are those ?
Kantu kano ki ? What is this little thing ?
N.B. — This does not apply to -a ki? For what purpose ?
Akantu kano ka ki ? What is the use of this little thing ?
The answer is always predicate, e.g. :—
Kano ki? kambe. What is this? A knife.
Akantu kano ka ki ? Ka kunsaza enjala, What is this for? For
cutting my nails.
The substantival expression is complete in Akokunsaza : anything
added is merely an independent word of explanation.
The Adjective, omits its I. V.
When in agreement with a noun whose I.V. is omitted,
tainza mulimu munene, he can't do heavy work.
Except that noun be preceded by mu, ku, or the Pronominal Copula.
ye muntu omulungi, he is a nice man.
mu nyumba eyo enene, in that large house.
N.B. — -There are special cases where the adjective is emphasized by
being made Predicate, and therefore the I.V. is omitted.
(a) When two or more adjectives agree with the same noun, the
more emphatic one may be put second and without the I.V.
be balenzi abato balungi, they are good little boys.
(/3) Such expressions as —
waliwo amadzi matono, there is only a little water.
The Adverb. The adverbs 'dala,' and ' nyini ' seem to have no I.V.,
otherwise the Adverb always omits its I.V. unless —
i. It begins a Clause : —
e'da nagenda, 1 went long ago.
enkya nasoma, I will read to-morrow.
ii. It follows a word which has the I.V., e.g. : —
omuntu omuwamvu enyo, a very tall man.
iii. It qualifies a Relative Verb, which is not also negative, e.g. : —
munange gwenjagala enyo, my friend, whom I am very fond of.
148 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
iv. It qualifies a Substantive used Adjectivally after the Pronominal
Copula, or a substantive which is incapable of prefixing an I.V. when
otherwise the I.V. would appear.
ye wa kisa enyo, he is extremely kind.
Obviously the natural place for an adverb is in dependence on some other parts of
speech, and therefore not in Pause ; i. e. the Adverb naturally omits its I.V. Hence
in such expression-; as gula buguzi, it is obvious that ' buguzi ' is an adverb.
The Preposition ' a ' of.
The full form being ekintu ekya omukazi (by contraction dty<?mukazi).
it is obvious that two I.V.'s have to be dealt with, viz. e and o in the
above case.
i. The first of these is omitted when the dependent noun denotes
possession or other very intimate relation, such as part of the body, a
measure, e. g. : —
enyumba yomwami, the master's house,
akambe komulenzi, the boy's knife,
ezade lyomukazi (Gen. iii. 15).
Under this include those words which have no I.V.„ e. g. : —
edobozi lya kabaka, the king's voice.
Or those words which omit the I.V. in certain combinations, e. g. : —
edobozi lya mukaziwo, your wife's voice.
In this case both I.V.'s are omitted after a Negative or Predicate,
e.g. : — si kya mukazi, it does not belong to a woman,
si dobozi lya mukazi, it is not a woman's voice.
ii. In*other cases insert both I.V.'s.
Include under this head words which have no I.V., or whose I.V. has
been omitted because of combination with the Possessive Pronoun ;
e.g. :—
omukono ogwa dyo, the right hand.
In this case omit both I.V.'s after a Negative or a Predicate, e.g. : —
ensolo eno si ya mu nsiko, this animal is not wild (ensolo eyomu
nsiko).
si bantu ba mirembe gino, not people of this reign (abantu abe-
mirembe gino (Matt. xii. 42).
Numerals are divided as : —
i. Numeral substantives, viz. e'kumi, amakumi, olukumi, etc., and all
substantives made by adding a Class Prefix to ' Kumi.'
ii. Numeral Adjectives are the first five numerals from one to five
inclusive — tono, little : ngi, many ; meka, how many?
The numbers six to nine inclusive are adjectives in agreement with
Omuwendo, number understood. Though called adjectives, it must be
understood that their being already in agreement with a noun not
expressed tends to make them into semi-nouns, and their I.V. following
mainly the rule for numeral adjectives may occasionally deviate to
that for numeral substantives.
INITIAL VOWEL : IDIOMS 1 49
Numeral Adjectives omit the I.V. unless —
i. They are used definitely, and no Negative precede, e.g. 'The two
chairs, entebe ebiri.
It corresponds to the English definite article in this particular case.
Numeral Substantives take the I.V in ordinary cases and also
after the Predicate. They omit the I.V. after a Negative —
si lukumi, it is not a thousand,
ziri olukumi, they are a thousand.
The I.V. is used in both cases after any verb to which, is joined a
Relative Suffix (ko, mu, wo, yo), e. g. : —
yongerako esatu, add three more.
Infinitive after Auxiliary. In the majority of cases the connection
is so close that there can be no pause, and therefore no I.V., e.g. : —
leka ku'ninya ekigere, don't tread on my foot.
In a few cases of slow enunciation a pause is made and the I.V. put
in. The same may be observed in a person reading who does not read
quickly or with understanding. In such a case a careful observer would
find an occasional I.V. after a Negative or a Predicate.
The following words do not take an I.V. when joined to a Possessive
Pronoun : —
oinukazi — mukazi wange.
So also muka gundi, so-and-so's 'wife.'
omusaja — musajawe.
omuganda — muganda wafe.
omwana — mwanawo.
XXVIII. Idioms.
Verbs with Double Object are : —
i. Doubly Transitive Verbs, e. g. : —
'ba banzibye ekitabc, they have stolen a book from me.
nyaga bamunyaga amatoke, they robbed him of plantains,
wa bamuwade olusuku, they have given him a garden.
ii. Some Causative forms, e. g. : —
guza, cause to buy — onguze, sell me a book.
iii. Many Prepositional forms, e.g. : —
ongulire ekitabo, buy me a book,
onkwatireko, take hold of it for me.
Idioms of Present Time —
nsibye nunze, I have spent the day herding.
'mulese yebaseko, I have left him having a little sleep.
Sometimes, Leka aje, he is just coming, he will come at once.
(A boy sent to call any one may bring back such an answer)—
musanze alima, I found her cultivating.
150 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
The Prefixes 'wo,' 'yo,' ' ko,' ' mu,' with—
i. giva : come to an end.
enaku zigwawo, the days come to an end.
emyezi gigwako, the months come to an end.
omwaka ogwagwako, last year.
Perhaps because the 'moon,' omwezi, which measures the month and
the year, is in the heaven ; the days are ' here where we are ' (wo).
amata gawedemu, the milk is finished in (the vessel).
ii. sigala : be left.
Usually with an Affix —
sigalawo, with reference to things close to one of which one is
just speaking,
sigalako, in a few cases — ko referring to a part of the whole,
sigalayo, in other cases.
iii. wa : give, as a present.
Hence Give (at table), as a fork, salt, etc.
wayo, give into any one's hand,
mpayo ebinika, give me the kettle.
wereza, make a present of — omwami akuweredza etoke li lino, the
chief has made you a present of this bunch of plantains,
nawerezebwa, or bampereza (in the market), I was sent shells to
buy with.
' Give ' in other senses —
give me that bowl, leta (ndetera) bakuli eyo.
give this to that man, twala wa muntu oli.
give the dog this bone, twalira embwa egumba lino.
iv. gya : take out.
ensimbi zino wazigya wa ? Where did you get these shells from ?
ekita ekyo wakigyamu ensimbi meka? How many shells did you
get for that calabash (of beer),
gyawo ebintu, take away the things.
gyako ebintu ku ntebe yange, take the things off my chair,
gyamu, take it out, as things from a box.
bigyamu, take them out.
Distinguish this ' gya ' from —
a. gya, get into a space.
tekigyamu, it does not get in ; the space is not big enough for it.
/3. gya omuliro, be burnt ; be destroyed by fire.
y. emere okugya, of food to be cooked,
emere eide, the food is ready.
v. Auxiliary 'li.'
taliko gyasula, he has nowhere to sleep.
siriko kyengula ekitabo, I have nothing to buy a book with.
Contrast — ekiriko amadzi, which has water upon it ;
with ekiri ku madzi, which is on the water.
And ekirimu amadzi, which has water in it ;
with ekiri mu madzi, which is in the water.
ku muti kuliko amasanda ? Is there any resin on the tree ?
PREFIXES 'WO,' 'YO,' 'KO,' 'MU'j DISTRIBUTIVE NUMERAL I 5 I
vi. va :
mu muti muvamu amasanda? Does any resin come out of the tree?
ku muti { f \ amasanda, resin comes off the tree,
^kuva J '
mu muti ° J- amasanda, resin exudes out of the tree,
[muva J '
Emphatically —
ku muti kweguva ") , it is from the surface 1 that resin
mu muti mweguva / ' it is from the inside J comes.
Relatively —
fomuvaj [from which exudes resin.
omuti - omuli > amasanda, the tree -Jin which there is resin.
(okuli J [which has resin upon it.
vii. Lastly note —
omuti kwebabajira, the tree upon which they adze,
enyumba mwebasula, the house in which they sleep.
enyumba esulamu abantu, there are people living in that house.
Distributive Numerals.
One by one :
kina followed by the Numeral in agreement with the Class referred
to.
ofmen,ki'nomu(kinaomu) — baitaki'nomu,bringthemonebyone
sheep, endiga — zireta, ki'nemu, bring them one by one.
Two by two :
abantu baita kina babirye, call them two by two.
ebintu, bironda kinabibirye, things, pick them up two by two.
Three by three, etc. :
abantu ki'nabasatwe, men three by three,
abantu ki'nabana, men four by four,
abantu ki'nabatanwe, men five by five.
One of a number, etc. For persons —
mu'nabwe, one of them, their companion.
Hence mu'nange, my friend. mu'nafe, our friend.
mu'no, thy friend. mu'namwe, your friend.
mu'ne, his friend. mu'nabwe, their friend.
For things, see Table 9. One of two :
ku mbuzi zino ebiri, ginayo edze wa ? Where has one of these two
goats gone ?
ku mbuzi zino esatu, eyokusatu edze wa ? Where has the third
of these goats gone ? etc.
One of many :
ba'nange, my friends. ba'nafe, your friends,
ba'no, thy lriend. ba'namwe, your friends,
ensimbi eno teka mu zi'nazo, put this shell with the others,
e'gi lino liteka mu ga'nago, put this egg with the others,
ku bali bagenzeko babiri, two of these people have gone.
152 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
All two, all three, etc. :
bombi, both of them (men),
bonsatule, all three of them (men),
bombiriri, both of them, without any part missing.
Bwomu, being alone.
ndi bwomu, I am alone.
The analogous forms bwababiri, bwabasatu, bwamukaga, etc., are also
used. Tuli bwabana, we are four.
This use of Bwa is also found in the nouns Bwakabaka, Bwakatonda.
Miscellaneous.
Instead of :
mu lugoye luno ayagalamu ensimbi, he wants shells instead of
this cloth,
oba ogana kino, kiryose twala kino, take this instead of that,
obanga agana gwe, kiriose nze kangende, if he refuse you, I had
better go instead of you.
Think :
I think so, bwengamba (bwentyo).
I thought his name was James, mbade ngamba nti erinyalye
Yakobo.
I think I will go to-morrow, oba nasitula enkya, simanyi ;
or nkyatesa : mpodzi nasitula enkya.
I think it would be best for us to go, ntesedza nti kirungi tugende.
Lowoza means ' meditate,' not think, as in English,
wa in fables, added to class prefix to personify Wango, Mr.
Leopard ; Wanpologoma, Mr. Lion,
ndiko in fables, indeclinable, he said : ndiko Wante, Mr. Cow
said,
konze (ku nze) 'I say ' : as for me.
gamba gamba tamanyi, suppose he does not know.
From ... to : okuva wano okutuka Emengo, from here to Mengo.
okuva ku Sabiti okutusa ku Sabiti, from Sunday to
Sunday.
Since, in Near Time : We, with Far Past of Prepositional form :
wewagendera, mpandise ebaruwa esatu, since you went I have
written three letters.
Phrases.
okutuka Emengo, arrive at Mengo.
okutusa mu kibuga, arrive in the city.
omusaja wange talina kyanaguza (kyaqagulamu) emere, my man
has nothing to buy food with,
ekikajo kyafe kivudemu amadzi mangi, a lot of juice has come
out of our sugar-cane,
omusaja ono ekimulese kiki ? what has this man come about ?
omuntu yena ayogera bwatyo alina e'dalu, whoever said that is
mad.
bakabaka bona Abebuganda bwebakolanga bwebatyo, that is the
way of all the kings of Buganda.
PHRASES: IDIOMATIC VERBS I 53
okusiruwala omwoyo, to be downright stupid.
bufa magoba, many a slip.
kyotonolya tosoka kwasama, don't count your chickens, etc.
■o , famatugol ga (or bagatekako o-) kuwomya omutwe, Are
\amasogoj your ears (eyes) merely ornamental ?
Ayeyereza omunafu, yamulwanyisa, continual harping on a
matter makes even a weak man fight.
Emundu evugide ki ? Mpodzi baliko kyebakuba? Why has that
gun gone off? Probably they are shooting something.
Omwami ali'da 'di? Si'namanya wali'dira. When will the
master return ? I have no idea.
This is said not to be polite : si'namanya means rather ' I do
not know, and I do not care.'
Ndeseko ebiri, I have brought two of them.
Omusango guno guna'kira wa? What will be the issue of this?
What will they do in this matter ?
Omwezi guno 6guliko, the present month, ' instant.'
Wano wabi, tewabereka, this place is unbearable; it Jsn't
possible to stay here.
Empewo nyingi, tezinganya kwebaka, it is so cold that I cannot
sleep.
(And so in innumerable cases to express consequence.)
Okugejera mu mvuba, 'grow fat in the stocks' — a figure to
express stolid indifference.
Ndyose nenyambula engato, it was a good thing that I took off
my boots,
kiri ng'anga bwekiri, I think so.
mbade ngamba, I think (it would be well, etc.), mbade ngambye,
I thought.
gendera awo, go as you are.
nga takyajulula weyaigira, when it is too late to unlearn,
ku'kira walabira awo, the event will show,
'omuti' gwolaba gwoleta, bring the first bit 'of wood' you find.
Special Uses of Verbs.
Berera : kyekiberera kizibu, for this reason it is difficult.
bika : endeku ogibi'seko ekiwero ? have you covered the calabash
with a cloth ?
bi'ka ku kitabokyo, shut up your book.
bona : mwena mubune emiti, all of you go for wood.
It correspond to " all hands " for wood.
emiti gubunyewo ? have the pieces of wood covered all the
space ? Are they sufficient ?
bnza : tombuza? don't you say How do you do? (Otyano.)
njagala okukubuza ekigambo, I want to ask you a question.
'da : ekubo lino lina'da wa ? where will this road go to ?
'damu, reply ; na'damu, and he answered,
-e'damu, come to one's senses,
-e'damu omwoyo, take fresh courage.
154 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
'dira, take for protection, for cooking, and the like.
Obadiya na'dira banabi nabakweka (i Kings xviii. 4) : Obadiah
took prophets and hid them,
akaweke omuntu keya'dira (Matt. iii. 31) : a grain which a man
took,
'dirira, go before or come after, succeed, precede,
omwami eyamu'dirira, his predecessor as chief,
enaku ezina'diriranga, the days which will follow,
'diriza, make to repeat or say again,
tumu'dirizemu omuwendo, let us ask him again the price,
'dza, put back ; 'dzayo, put back, return to its place,
tumu'dzemu ate, let us make him answer again, let us ask him
again.
fa : ebifayo, the things which take place there where you have come
from,
ebyafayo e'da, what took place long ago, 'history.'
Ekanisa, ebyafamu e'da, Church History,
omulimu gwange gufude, my work has come to nothing, fallen
through,
emundu yange efude, my gun is broken, is useless.
amemvu gafude, the bananas are no use for beer making.
Esp. as Froverb — Naganafa gasalirwa esubi, bananas that will prove useless
have grass (by which the juice is extracted) cut for them = it's worth trying.
mfude, hard lmes : that's a hard hit, that's one for me, etc.
ganya: kabaka tanganya kuja, the king refuses me leave to come,
ensiri tezinganya kwebaka, I cannot sleep for •mosquitoes,
omwami atuganya okukyala, the master has given us leave to
visit.
gata : compensate.
bamugata omutwalo gwensimbi, they gave him a load of shells
as compensation.
gira : gira otula wano, just sit there a bit.
ogira weraba, well, good-bye ; good-bye for the present.
gira obukika, put sideways.
gira ekyejo, act insolently.
kigize, it has gone wrong, as a measuring-string getting caught.
gula : embuzi eno egulamu muwendo ki ? what is the price of this
goat ? (also, embuzi eno evamu muwendo ki ?)
wagugyamu ensimbi meka? how manv shells did you sell it
for?
inga : empagi eno einze (obuwamvu), this post is too long,
abantu bainze, too many men have come.
inza: omulimu guno, tunaguinza ? shall we be able to do this ?
janjala : Abazungu bajanjade munsi muno, the Europeans nave spread
over this land,
amatoke gajanjade, kubanga mangi, plantains are plentiful and
can be had anywhere.
IDIOMATIC VERBS 155
engoye zijanjade, kubanga za muwendo mutono, cloth has
come into general use, because cheap.
Jula : a^a- a } okufa, there's nothing left but d ing for him.
ajulirira okubera omukopi, he is nothing but a peasant (raw
rustic) (?)
ajulirira obwami, he must be given a chieftainship. (?)
kuba ; kuba amabega, turn the back upon.
„ ekibuga, make an ' embuga ' — the large cleared place before
a chief's fence.
„ endulu, raise an alarm.
,, olube, shout for joy.
., emizira, shout for joy.
„ akalulu, trial by ordeal (in translation 'cast lots ').
„ embuzi, drive goats ; drive goats out of the way.
„ emundu, fire a gun.
„ enanga, play a harp.
„ akatale, make a market.
„ amatama, talk in a loud voice (Owamatama, a man who so
talks)
„ ebiwobe, mourn.
„ ekyapa, print.
,, e'zala, gamble.
„ ekuba — ekuba ku 'bali, go a little to one side.
kwata : ensonyi zimukute, he is ashamed.
obusungu bumukute, he has a fit of temper.
amata gakute, the milk has gone thick, i. e. sour.
amadzi gakute, the water has frozen (hail is the only instance
known to Baganda),
enzikiza ekute, the darkness is dense.
kya : obude bukede, the day has dawned.
bwebwakya enkya, as soon as it was light,
kesa obu'de, be up with first streak of dawn.
laba : tolabwa kisa, you are not to be equalled for kindness.
embuzi terabwanga obunene, the goat has not its equal in size,
labira — ondabire akambe, find me a knife. A very common way
of asking for a present among the lower classes.
lema : emere emulemye, he has more food than he can eat.
omulimu gumulemye, the work has beaten him, is too difficult
for him.
atulemye (okumukwata), he was too much for us (to catch),
olemede ku nsimbi emeka ? what is the lowest figure you will take ?
esasi limulemedemu omukono, the bullet is lodged in his arm ;
more commonly ' lilemedemu.'
[esasi liisemu, the bullet has passed through.]
alemede mu lusuku lwange, he has taken possession of my
garden (and refuses to leave, cf. Eng. (of a bailiff) taking
possession).
I56 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
lya : lya e'banja, contract a debt.
,, obwami, acquire a chieftainship, become chief.
„ ensi, acquire land.
„ obugenyi, receive a guest present.
„ empera, he paid a wage.
,, eng'oma, receive a royal chieftainship, of which a drum given
by the king is the sign and pledge.
„ lyamu olukwe, betray.
mala : ekitabo kimu kinamala, one book will be enough.
emiti gino ginatumala okuzimba, these pieces of wood will
be enough for building with,
wamaze enaku meka okulwala, how long have you been ill ?
(Also Wakamala enaku meka okulwala.)
menya : menya ebiti, when work is given out, the various people to be
employed (or rather their heads) are represented by bits of
stick (ebiti) and the work thus counted out ; or for a tax ; or
for the posts of a house to be counted out, each man to bring
so many.
Hence Menya ebiti, is nearly Reckon it out.
menya amanya, make a list of names (probably derived from
the same custom).
sala : sala amagezi^ be wise, consider the best way of doing a thing,
sala omusango, decide a case, give judgment,
salira — omwami akusalide mulimu ki ? what work has the master
decided on your doing ?
gunsinze nebansalira ebingi, the case has gone against me, and I
have to pay heavily,
nakusalira embuzi okulongosa esawayo, I shall charge a goat for
mending your watch.
soba : kale mwana watu, sobyamu asatu (ensimbi), please give me
thirty more (shells, in addition to what you have given me as
payment),
ansobede, he is ' one too many ' for me.
sobola : (omulimu) sigusobola, I cannot manage that work,
ekubo lino terisoboka, this road is impracticable.
tega : tega okutu, ' lend the ear,' pay careful attention,
tegdra, understand ; tegdza, explain to.
ntege'rera ku ki ? How am I to be sure of that ?
kwentege'rera kye kino, this is how I am to be sure.
va : visamu amagoba = gyamu amagoba, make a profit.
zimula : ekitabo yakisiba nazimula, he bound that book splendidly, first-
rate,
onimbye nonzimula buzimuzi, you have told a downright lie.
(emph. on have)
TABLE I
157
IT.
<
►J
u
h
W
O
X
c
So
c
o
>>
yeyongede
aneyongera
/a'neyongera
kyayeyongera
«ateyongera
01 1) 4) 11
0) 01 OJ
U 01 U 01
U 01 01 11 11 01
II
T3 T3 T3 -O
u oi oi o>
to to to to
T3 T3 T3
01 01 01
to to to
*0 T) TD'O
01 01 01 11
60 60 60 60
TJ "O 'U T3 T3 'C
01 01 01 11 d 01
60 60 to to to 60
a BBC
a a a
fi fi fi fi
B a c a fi c
'5
CI
X
o o o o
U tl II U
0 o o
>^ >> >^
01 01 01
0 o o o
01 01 11 01
0 O o o o o
01 01 01 u V o>
.O tX-i -f
^<! Xi —
-O 60
c
rt
* fct * * * *
- g — to.* *
c rt
«
S C NJ (S] "N
rt
IM
Nl
s
g 5 fl 3 3
rt rt
rt rt rt
N N N
it a rt
N Nl N
M N N NJ
rt
s
rt rt ri rt rt ^2
N N N N M N
-3
3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3 3
3
3
3 3 3 3 a 3
>>
>,>>>> ^ >,
>, P-, >, >, ^
^ >»
>> ^ >,
>■< >^ >•>
>^ >, S^ >-,
>N
^
>"* >> >> ^ ^^ >\
^ irt ci rt rt
irt rt rt rt rt
01 o
« e ?
• •^ -™ ■*«
O
rt
3 3 3 3 3 3
~ g - to^< ^
B
fi fi >>•£
x: g to.* £
** B 5^
-l£ -01 ~~
*o to N "1
c
rt
J
u
u
t-
<
c
o
u
rt
rt rt rt rt rt
rt rt rt rt rt
o> rt
rt rt 0)
■3 rt rt rt
ii rt oi rt
0)
d
oi oi u oi rt oi
c/;
w
U M U t* i*
i- -~^ ■- i- u
E « E_E E
ire E o 'rt J3
.O rt tO_jc £
■^ .i:
•- •- ."S
a ^ l. m
t3 a "o *■
;c
•T3 *V T3 *o 3 'O
'C
.b .3 .3 .— .'3
'C »-
,a a *-
• B 'C 'C '£
« .1 1 .1
'C [i: 'C .5
'C
C
u c h •- .a c
£
E E SEE
E.E
£ Eg
•1:1 l|
fi
B
'i'E'E'E.E's
'n irt 'rt rt 'rt
a 3 >%■£
<3"~ -* 2
'S OJ
'5 '3 "5
~ c >>
to
15 .5 ~
^ to'S '">
a
'3
rt
'3 '5 '3 '3 =3 3
- g - 60-| ^
u
01 11 01
, 01 01
.. 01
U
"> rt
0>
(/i w vi
01 ui si 01
u
rt
01 01 u, 01
a
rt ri rt rt rt
rt s rt rt >>
01 t-
« rt >-.
•r; oi oi oi
S c a a
>i«J 41 >,
>>
~
>« >% u rt rt >>
a
S C B C B
c > e c c
c i*.
fi c a
c C a a
c
C
a c a a a a
o
o o o o o
o go o o
3 ,g C C C
-C 3 to.* *
O 60
o o o
5^ o o o
o o c o
c
c
c o o o o f
3
fi a c a a
c E
a c c
B a a c
.p. 10 10 iO
a a c a
a
o
a a a a a c
o
C O 0 o c
o o
o o o
10 iO IO 10
O
^
iC i- 'C iC iO '-
>*
>■* >* >\ >-» >*
>> ^
>» *■• £•
oi >, >, >~.
>, >, N in
>% rt
■E J-IS5-:
" g — 60_i; ^
^2
c
rt irt rt rt rt
« "~ -* 2
■5 « s
4j o;
e ■s «
■^ a £
x ^;x —
13 60
C
rt
O
s
o
o
(J
<
§
^
rt
V
rS
rt rt rt rt rt
jS O ^ _rt ^rt
rt rt
rt rt rt
rt jg _rt _rt
oi rt rt rt
rt
o
_rt rt _rt rt rt u
*T"
C3 *>^
"m «* <« rt
5 60 60 60
^irt irt irt
"2 rt rt rt
60 " MW
,^i« irt irt
rt rt rt rt rt "5
to to to to to £v
irt irt irt irt irt ,??
ss & * * * g
— c — to^: _5
rt
rt rt rt rt rt
rt irt rt cd (tf
rt rt rt
rt
r:
Bo
00 to to tuO to
to a to go 60
irt B it- irt irt
to 60 00
60 60
d
rt rt rt rt rt
rt rt rt
rt
rt
>>
>, Ss >,>,>, J2 1 bo.* *
>, >> >^
a >» >< >.
>»
>s
rt irt rt rt rt
c B >>ti
"
« « ■a
— a -^
u^: ja —
O
rt
.*
rt
■** sS ^
**
-
M tfl
.
S
w 01
O
O 0
*.
a
■5 ^2
^
a t;
'«" o
"c" rt
- S3 "w sa -d
•3 # >. y: rt
» « 3 rt P -
-a -a -a
c e-5
rt rt 5
- a = ° =
11 !•_
« 1) 11 !— '
3
C
-5
^ oi S g d J
--..-..
~ - -
-T~irt rt rt rt
rt rt rt rt rt «
jz g to.* j; c
01 CI 01
** c
'g 15 is — —
^ 'So '5 '7.
T
3 3 3 3 3 3
— 3 — 60_ii ^t
rt
01
o
O
" • ci
tJQ
60
"'"
^
™— ^»- '
to
to
fi
.*
a
^:
c
^
3
_
O
rt
o
rt
o
rt
O
rt
w
i*
_i
M
01
(^
c
■x
p
{/i
■s-
S
w
la
o!
e3
V
a
• r*
•H
o
3
15*
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
2. n PREFIXED TO
lungi
makes
nungi
nonya
'nonya
wesa
mpesa
hi
mbi
fa
in fa
va
mva
yagala
njagala
yongera
makes
nyongera
iga
njiga
imirira
nyimirira
'ja
njija
'jukira
njijukira
'ta
nzita
'damu
makes
nziramu
'galawo
nzi'galawo
•dza
nzidza
'ma
nyima
ohmyo
enyinyo
oiudz'i
enzidzi
3- 1 [li— ma Class] PREFIXED TO
to
makes
'to
(dala)
e'dala
( papal i)
e'papali
bi
!bi
(komera)
e'komera
(gulu)
e'gulu
fa
makes
'{a\
lifu/
vu
e'vu
menyefu
"menyefu"!
limenyefu/
nafu
'nafu 1
linafu/
(somero)
e'somero
(ziga)
e'ziga
'dugavu
makes
li'dugavu
lungi
'dungi
wamvu
gwamvu
(yinja)
ejinja
(yemva)
eryemvu
yengevu
lyengevu
TABLES II, III, IV
159
.<|Uo t jaX ,
■jsSuo] ou ,
'Sf/ff ytjix, ,t|ips
■sjruriji jej
( £\v nv* jotf)
•3SEJ JEj
•aiiuyapuj
3AIJE33J4
rt
d rt
3
rt
— to
3 .-
rc
X
, , 3
£
.8^
1
X!
o>
c
o
JSEJ
iE3N
g
Is
3 3
rt rt
3
_*:
3 ti
~' rt
rt —
aAiiESa sj *2 fi
Pi
a*
to
0
.a
pn
c
rt
rt
rt
3
3
^
_*
-
O
O
U
u
rt
E
E
01
0)
u
il
rt
3
3 rt
Si3 to
si
>.
o
3
N ^
WJ JE3N I d u
3A1)E83_>^
rt rt
rt rt
3
3 rt
-_o to
3
Pi'V ,
-.3. tfi
3
t/3
U)
rt
J3
3
o £
c
err 5
!<5o
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
U4
>
— <
w
W
O
c-
Q
Z
<!
W
>
H
<
h
85
O
s
w
Q
V
>
"i
u
K
o
0.
Id
.£ v
" jC
o
u
is
ft * ft h ►» " & £•£> bOftM*ftftftO°ft
M
o
s
U l< "j W U U 1; ^ 5J 1/ 'V '^ O 1; ^ D J O
eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
fc.Otj*»(>>'*l*>t»>>>t>Cfc".*ftftft«»£
71 tl
w
u.
03
b;.ofct*,>>Nt»>>>>,bflte«.aftftfte>ost
P bc«*> ^^— — £> *> bo .*
o
Dl)U4)UWUUWOUl>UDl)UllD
5,bO Jd^5— ~ ,n •- bo ^
If
o
O
OC000000C00OO0003S
V .
■1
o
O
z
rt
ft^UU4jl;4jl»^4;4jUl;U'UoyUtU
CCCCCCSCCCCCCCCCCC
" 2,60 M£>~ Z awSs ^
o
<
0 « &5v «.g.o 5 «|« rt|5 5>"|
ii
_>
<S
si
c
o
la
V
a
ll
T3
►J
^Ili^s'iiiii-sii jftsil 1 s
o
cooocoocoooooooooooooc
o«£.bow'j.**».d.5«'rt>g55)«Srt.5a,u
« 0 4, <u w 0 0 ° c c 0 5
H
/?.
cocoooooooocooooooccoo
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
xi ho be n .M .0 "• bo— " m x> ♦» be bo.M p J* g
•xi,
^d rc
l"S
Omuntu
abantu
Omuti
emiti
Ente
ente
Ekintu
ebintu
Eryato
amato
Olumuli
emuli
Akantu
obuntu
Otulo
Oguntu
aganlu
Okutu
Wantu
Kumpi
Munda
TABLES V, VI
161
C8
V
ooooooooooooooo
o
>»
0
M
V
-a
to
,oJx ~ X x x J .g x> .£ j* ^
0
M
>
to
«
(A
w
>'
n
o
•° to ** ■* * 6c-* N J* .o j* ** be bo,*
e
<
<,
o
n
fa-
H
ij U V <U U V U U U I* 5-» 1> O QJ 4J
w 9° u o u <u c oo
XI
o
V
s
X
1/
o
Oh
Oh
Q
<
in
3
O
EEEESsESSEEEssE
6 « »i to ^ ^ .M .o *■• a ,5 u re K E
u
g
0
E
d
2
OS
o
|Jh
Q
O
u
w
CO
w"
(A
!■
3
o
U,i) 1> ,U ,U ,l» ,1> ,«J ,1> ,«) ,<D ,l> .1) ,1) 1>
redddrtrewreredrtrtcilrert
° *>« * v f "3 -§•*
o
o
.id
owuwe
ababe
ogugwe
egigye
eyiye
ezize
ekikye
ebibye
erirye
agage
olulwe
ezize
akake
obubwe
okukwe
i
3
l-H
to
to
W
to
to
O
Oh
V
c
IE
H
ooooooooocooooo
>.o fe >»>»2 fc» ►» F» &»> & .3 H2 £ fc
5 s to sp-c, a fl £ S * 5 « 2 5 A
w o ° o
0
o
o
S:
3
tl
V 1/ OJ 1) "-J V '-> V O OJ U U - U OJ
tfiCiJtBti)ejDt/)tJ0Mtfit£6J5tD6Xt/lt/)
ccccccccccccccc
rtrtn«rtrtrtcirtnf3«Mrt«
o hey a? «; « O %*
1)
to
c
o
U
fcJS
c
u
< -^ <
_i s *
3 _ _ 3
3 — — w .ii — ■ - _ •£ n
e 5 - •- ^ = = 2«=^2§3|
^3£^:=S«E££^3'=3
o o w w a o < oco
agantu
Okutu
Wantu
gc-5
162
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
7. RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
a. Subject.
H
ta
«-
_c ta
Subject Relative.
<
0
Future.1
i 0
.2 c
*2.
V
IS1
1
'does' j 'did'
fc
Near
Far
"5*
t/5
O
nga
Affixes of Place
(if any).
Omuntu
a
eya
ta
na
li
'na
kya
mil
kwata
! wo
yd
koj mu
abantu
aba
aba
ba
Omuti
ogu
ogwa 1
gu
emiti
egi
egya |
P
Ente
e
eya
gi
ente
ezi
eza !
Zl
Ekintu
eki
ekya
I
ki
ebintu
Eryato
ebi
eri
ebya |
erya
bi
li
amato
aga
aga
§
ga
Olumuli
olu
ohva
<;
lu
emuli
ezi
eza
i
zi
Akantu
aka
aka
ka
obuntu
obu
obwa
£
bti
Otulo
otu
otwa
tu
Oguntu
ogu
ogwa
g"
agantu
aga
aga
ga
Okutu
oku
okwa
ku
Wano
awa
awa
wa
Kuno
oku
okwa
ku
Muno
omu
omwa
mu j
6
• Obj
BCt.
V .
- v
Subject
>
•<
1 u
j *
ta
Future.1
ba
V
'* 0
"a"
O
bi
If - .
j: ta
- c
"S-S
*.- 0
</5"
kwata
nga
Affixes of Place
(if any).
'dots'
'did'
ya
ba
Near
na
Far
Omuntu
abantu
gwe
be
a
ba
li
'na
kya
wo
yo
ko
mu
Omuti
emiti
Ente
ente
gwe
gye
gye
ze
g"
gi
e
zi
gwa
gya
ya
za
Ekintu
ebintu
Eryato
kye
bye
lye
ki
bi
li
kya
bya
lya
.g
1
amato
Olumuli
ge
Iwe
ga
lu
ga
lwa
i
emuli
ze
Zl
za
1
Akantu
ke
ka
ka
1
obuntu
bwe
bu
bwa
1
*
Otulo
twe
tu
twa
Oguntu
gwe
gu
gwa
agantu
Wano
ge
we
ga
wa
ga
wa
Muno
mwe
mu
mwa
Kuno
kwe
ku
kwa
1 Not much used with Negative or Relative. Alternative ja, genda ; or tor negative gana.
N.B.— For the Present Perfect and Near Past— Strike out the Columns from na to kya inclusive and
change 'kwata' into the Modified form. .... < 1 • «v
The Conditional is very rarely Relative. Take the Present Perfect and insert *andi or ku after
the ' ta.'— The Near Future and Subjunctive are not used with Relative. Things which he may take .
ebintu bibino; mpodzi anabitwala, or ebintu byebamuganya ok.-"—'
TABLES VII, VIII
163
rt
a
rtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrtrt
cccccECCcacccc
uooooooooooooo
kwona
wona
mwona
kwona
(/)
3
£
0
2
»)
0)
La
rt
</>
0
"rt
c
u
0
>
'£
-
01
H
c
u
*
E
0 t
5
i>ooooooooooooo
>>.0 * >N >* N >, >, ^ U J N _* >
^1 rt C, Cl
-* JjC. _* „*
0000
c
3
6
O
s 1
s
bameka
emeka
emeka
bimeka
ameka
emeka
bumeka
u
C
IS
0
c
Si
tc cjo cfl aa em m sx
e b a b c c a
« * 5 § £ «
c
rt
B
4/
£
1
£ i
B S
= 6
>
h
u
w
Q
<
0
H
Z
w
w
3
>
J! "2
33333333333 = 33
>>>>>>>>>>^> >•>
rtrtrtortc«rt««rtrtrtrtrtrt
b/)MMtflS£tuS6dtXb7j&()tflfcj3tX-eu3
33333333333333
^c^^3*o.i:.t:T3"C"0"0'd.,"*cT3
'3 "rt "3 rr g g r- r- r2 ~rt 3 -N "d "3
> >
rt 0
Pi3
"3 "rt
3*
1
B 1
omuwamvu
abawamvu
omuwamvu
emiwamvu
empamvu
empamvu
ekiwamvu
ebiwamvu
egwamvu
amawamvu
oluwamvu
empamvu
akawamvu
obuwamvu
3 3
> >
£ £
3 rt
■8*
2S "
~> a.
' Cu
.. rt
C y
4, in
-
OS
(B
1
oo^^^aaa^aa^^a
.2 .2
3 rt
<
00
,g ,g -"3 ^5 -"= -■= -■= -"3 -"5 0 •■= -"3 0 -3
jd man ; abantu aberere, n:
»erely idiomatic and cannot
1- -5
■v*
5
R
s
JS
QJ V V V V V Zj V y V _i V O
— I-* U U t- U.i-.k_v,U.UI~__
D 3J U 'JJ D O il t; U ^ 'J i; 1/ 'j
0 <i * °
O CI
- u
11 Xt
- u
V CI
J3
*3 8
** i
33333333333333
1 33333333333333
I .*,*.* J* .*.*.*.*.*.*.* ^ .* .*
3 rt 3 -^ .C C •- 'S "-, rt 3 C rt 3
|-S | 5 « «iS-2 w e 0 «-3-§
3.CT
^ £
3^
* a
0 £
Omuntu omwerere, a nak
pot needed. ) This is n
Omuntu
abantu
Omutl
emlti
Ente
ente
Ekintu
eblntu
Eryato
amato
Olumull
emull
Akantu
obuntu
Otulu
Oguntu
9
Is 2 2 ©
0^«
164
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
9. PARTITIVE FORMS-
of
it :
them
it it :
they are
one of them
the other
one by one
two by two
Omuntu
wa
-e
ye
munabwe
abantu
ba
bwe
bo
be
banabwe
kinomu
kinababirye
Omuti
emiti
gwa
gwe
gy°
gwe
gye
gunagyo
ginagyo
kinagumu
kinebirye
Ente
ente
ya
za
yo
zo
ye
ze
ginazo
zinazo
kinemu
kinabirye
Ekintu
ebintu
Eryato
amato
Olumuli
kya
bya
lya
ga
lwa
kyo
byo
lyo
go
lwo
kye
bye
lye
ge
lwe
kinabyo
linago
lunazo
binabyo
ganago
kinakimu
kinalimu
kinabibirye
kinabirye
emuli
Akantu
za
ka
zo
ko
ze
ke
kanabwo
zinazo
kinemu
kinabirye
obuntu
bwa
bwo
bwe
bunabwo
kinakamu
kinabubirye
Otulo
twa
two
twe
Oguntu
gwa
gwo
gwe
agantu
Okutu
ga
kwa
go
kwo
ge
kwe
Wantu
wa
we
Kumpi
Munda
kwe
mwe
A canoe, its pieces of wood ; eryato, emiti [of — gya ; it (canoe) lyo] gyalyo.
A dog, its tail ; embwa, omukira [of — gwa ; it (dog) yo] gwayo.
TABLES IX, X
I65
U
0
P-
B
tE
rt
^.^
u
rt
3
>»
5
E
E
3
<U
V
Si
J3
V
3
0
c
0
£
*
2
u
CS
rt rt rt
3
3 3 3
,°
c
^
^ -* .M
•°
X X -C
O
a
3
c « £
c 6
C rt g
E E
Im
"3
6
_3
.2 — .2
"3 ~~ ~~
a -
"
« rt 3
6 E g
rt
_2
e£
■
irt
irt irt
W)
^*
. rt
V
rt rt 5
BEE
BERS
Cardin
V
c
* E
B £
3
X
c
3
j<
'It ISIS
US
J3 .C-.0
c
E
P2
C
u
E
K4
tl
-. p
E £
= E
is
r
D u aj
„
rt rt 3
u
9
«
,
e e
C C E
£
t
3
U
i
£
£
d
■«■
g.
3 3 3
&£ u tn
ID
li) ID IK
E B 3
c
t
0
rj
/>
E
0
c « 2
^
B E
5
3
e
0
OOO
E E 3
rt
rt rt rt
rt
O
g
1
e
E
E rt 3
E E
-^
0
E
cS
rt
c
E
js
£
£
<D
. >
4-*
M .
2S
O) 3
•" —
<£ . —
1
d^
1
| 3 55
2Se2
E
3 si
3 E rt
E.5 e
3
- rt I c
EEEEcqm^u
j:^:^^:rtrt,«4Jrtrt33
UtdUJtd<<<<<<00
3 2 Ml
« -a 3 3 3 P
P u
.P (4
a-*
rt c«
33
ti nv ""ao c^oo o* O
« \5 8
r
fc
1
a.
a
SI
0
609
s
«-•
"*1
4)
s
•£
\»
J
**•
B
E
E
1)
rt
1m
a.
til
rt
«
u
K.
—
._ E
1- 3
5i-2 °
il
rt
o
E E
3 3
MW
ci 6
o -
I'll ilsJs-s
~r~J2£lA£> 3 3 3 *
ww&5L3.S.oooo
8^88888888
M m N CO 1- "TO C-xOO CT>
rt
•d
05
a
ES
3
E
irt irt
3 u
*'-?
3 3
E E
222 2
rt rt rt 5 rt
/ s j- c _
irt 'rt 'rt ■«] irt
3
rt >
O M c V
5 « « ,5 *
rt ji! S ii —
3 2
rt «
E E
<<
S E E E £ p .. rt-
3 3 3 3 3 rt > «^ B
•^■2 -S -2 -2 S?E « e §
rtrtrtrtrtrtrtc^^
< 5-5.5.5.M w w « a
3
E
3
E
E
W
3 3
E E
??
dMciOMfjdoooodo
S m « cicnco* »^i»o c^oo o o
X
.Q
S
>
ft
v
"J
Si
I
3
2
a^-gSjES-i
rt
C
3
rt >
3 3
E E
OO
S|
3 *
E E
OO
c-- rt g « «
E
rt o
B B
rt rt rt rt
E E E E
>o
e'eeeeeeeee
3333333333
.* .2 ^: j< ^ -« ■* -* J< J«
u a w a a id w u u w
fCoo ci» 6 i- n ro 'f io^O t>.od c>
y
O O o O S3
a
.S§£r§
rt
>
3
o*
1 66
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
B
v>
«
1ft . —
o
(ft
b
c
<
t/5
V
(ft o
.1.*
. re
O *
o
a
°" _r
O re
T3
IU
i>
rt 4>
.■£ xi
"> - -^
G. (n . jj»
re a. >, 2
._- a g.-s
O JU O "O 2 -g
.*" k> "5 ȣ r% KA
v ■" ^ « <u 5 re .""►r iu re
> O £ < Z < « 2 £ « *
c
3
en
CQ
<
u
3
e
(U a —
> " &a» °
._ a e a
o.Sg' i5
>s ^ >-, re re
ESS Q*
B
B
rt
s
s
.2 «
^2 £
2 9
£ a o
°12 "°
•zi 5 * rt O Irt
CI
u
Ms?
a
£15 !S
c O re re re -*
re a.£ j ^ re
i> i) *
re 15
s
re e?
gT.3
.X re
e _
.2:3
3 3
a.
u
u
c
re
c
o
I—
.3.
.2 3
*0 •■— >
t: ?
2 *
a ">.„
-._r cu .
B 1 I °
a re ?
I**
■ - re
o re -Z
U
•e c
o
3 S
2 *
£°3
-a
■a
u
o
ai
to
B
re
<U
0)
T3
IT!
C/J
Wl
D
JZ
J=
■*-»
-B
"v
i
1
a.
a
■a
>
■8
c g
re t-
£ s
n -o „ '3! O. re s
_ 3 „•- .3 13
g 2-s re"^"3 „r-n
5 ^ C tiDC cf
? et 3 n U ij
C> «5 !> ^a
_ c
3 o
^5 o
~ a
re JJ
3, «
.- 3
If
3-^
go
re
a
c
U
►I
re 3
3 3
u
nj "3,
y *-
re u
"3.5
a i
O re
o e E
a Ife c? erf nj
(ft c
m -a a
TABLES XI, XII
167
12. INTERJECTIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS.
Interjections.
Conjunctions.
Wo ! wonder.
Ne, na, ni, and.
Wowe ! grief.
Ate, natc, again.
Ai ! entreaty.
Nti, saying that.
Kitalo! marvellous!
Kale 'no, well just so.
Owange^
Abange V call, remonstrance.
Abafe J
Naye, but.
Nga, thus.
Wabula, )
Mbu ! you there !
,,t ' V except.
Anti ! emphasis.
Gwama ! sympathy, appreciation of a
Okuba, ~\ c .
,r , ' J- for, because.
Ktibanga, j '
joke, etc.
Era, besides.
Esi ! surprise, anger.
Kasoka, since.
Manti ! sympathy.
Kasokede, 1 •
Kale! exhortation.
,. 1 > since.
Kasokanga, (
Mama ! 1 .,
Man.awe ! J symPalhy-
Nandiki, or not.
Newakubade, although.
Kwako ! here you are.
Oba, if.
So, nor.
TRANSLITERATION :
FOREIGN NAMES AND WORDS.
The object in all transliteration should be : —
i. To preserve the identity of the name.
ii. To give the transliterated word a resemblance to the language ;
in other words, to naturalize it.
It is to be noticed that the people invariably try to make a new word
like some existing sound : thus at one time the peasants wished to make
Andrea into Endegeya, a familiar bird.
The following suggestions are made : —
i. Take the oldest known form of the name, and see if it transliter-
ates well.
ii. If that fails, take the form either in Arabic (Swahili form) or in
some modern language, choosing that which transliterates best,
e. g. Thesalonica is not easy, but its modern name Saloniki
presents no difficulty.
iii. Where the word is in very common use in English, Che English
form is to be preferred, e.g. Caina — China — the word Cai, tea,
derived from it, being very familiar.
This is preferable to the older form Sini (Sinim).
iv. Where an English word is to be transliterated, a similar sound
as near a? possible must be found, e. g. Guvamanti, government.
A prefix must be added in some cases, e.g. Ba-rijenti, Regents.
1 6£ ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Difficult Sounds.
1 and r are much better retained as in the original name or word ;
this prevents endless confusion.
Combinations as St (Stefano) j Bl (Blasto) {cf. Bulangi, nearly
Blangi) ; Dr. (Andreya) ; Fl (Flavio) {cf fuluma, nearly fluma), are not
absolutely impossible. All that is needed is a semi-vowel, and it might
be supplied by those who read and cannot pronounce rather than
denoted by a full vowel, which only exaggerates an insertion which is
not in the original.
h becomes w (y), and is therefore often inaudible or nearly so. Vid
note on ' w,' p. 13, p. 39, § 10, and p. 40.
Thus the Swahili words hema, sahani, are universally known as wema
and sawani respectively. Whilst in names the Baganda always use
Kawola for Kahora ; Mu-amadi for Muhamed ; Mu-ima for Muhima ;
Mu-indi for Muhindi.1
This change is fully born out by the kindred languages of Lunyoro, Kavirondo and
Kisukuma, where we find hano, hansi (ha'si), -ho, etc., for the Luganda wano, wansi,
-wo, etc. ; and muhara(Luima) = muwala ; hona = wona ; ha = wa ; hunra = wuhra ;
and many others. In muhini (Luima and Kavirondo) for mu-ini (rt. yini) we find a
' y ' for the ' h.' Cf. Vocabulary, the letter I, where the ' y ' in ' yi ' is nearly always
inaudible except as an initial letter in the Imperatives. In the last two names—
Mu-ima, Mu-indi— given above the 'h' may very possibly be represented by this
silent 'y.'
th preferably written t. It is'then parallel to the Semitic alphabets,
which have a T pronounced in certain cases as Th.
Many Baganda prefer S ; if this is followed out, then the popular usage of Si, nega-
tive (sibainza, siwali, etc.) should be much more extensively followed than it is.
Secondly, by writing S for ' Th ' in names of a Semitic origin, we are introducing
confusion, there being already two 's' sounds besides a third (ts, or tz), which is
represented by 's' in Musalaba and Isaka.
Lastly, it is to be noted that when the Baganda knowingly read S for Th, it has a
different sound to that which ' S ' usually has in their language. It is lisped so as to
be more like a Th.
Other difficult combinations should be avoided by one of the methods
first indicated.
SPECIAL WORDS.
A very large number indeed exists on special subjects which are
not given in the Vocabulary. They are moet extensive, and do not
help the European outside the special subject. They may be classed as
follows : —
Botany.
Very many names for different kinds of bananas ; the three im-
portant genera into which they are divided are : —
Nkago (or Amatoke ga nkago), which are used for food.
1 In the Mission the use of ' k for * h ' has sprung up. This is contrary to all
analogy, as shown above. The author is not aware that the Roman Catholics use
anything but ' w '— e. g. bayawudi, Jews ( ' yahudim ' full form of ' yudim ') ; but does
not know about the Mahomedans.
Yokana John is preferred in the Mission to distinguish from Yoanna, a woman (Luke
viii. 3) ; but the Greek distinguished only by endings— \uivv i) s and Imiw o.
TRANSLITERATION : TECHNICAL WORDS 169
Mbide (or Amatoke ga mbide), which are used for beer.
Gonja, a kind for roasting and boiling.
A single tree, Etoke lya mbide, lya gonja, etc.
Very many names for different kinds of sweet potato.
Names for nearly all grasses, ferns and flowers, as well as trees and shrubs.
Sometimes when a wild plant bears any resemblance to a cultivated
one, the wild one takes the prefix Olu, e. g. : —
olulo resembles obulo.
olutungotungo resembles entungo, semsem.
Natural History.
A good many names for insects, but very deficient as compared with
the last. Probably no names for different kinds of moths and butter-
flies. Ants alone seem to have been carefully observed and named.
Names for birds and beasts in great variety ; a few names for fish found
in the lake, but no general name for ' fish.' Snakes also are distin-
guished by several names.
Medicine.
A great many names for parts of the body and different ailments
and deformities, as well as skin diseases. The different kinds of Njoka are
perhaps the most commonly heard; the principal and most useful are: —
enjoka enkalu, colicky pains, constipation,
enjoka embisi, dysentery or diarrhcea.
(or enjoka ezokudukana, or enjoka ensanusi.)
enjoka ensaja, gonorrhoea.
Besides which there is bronchial trouble or pneumonia, which may be
described as Olwoka olunyola mu kifuba muno. Luva ku meme neru-
nyola bweruti, etc.
Synonymous and Slang Words.
These are found in endless variety and are immensely interesting.
Want of time has prevented any extensive classification of these. But
the following, written down by a Muganda, may serve as examples —
In times of hunger. — Enjala webawo.
Omululu omulugube okuwuwugana
okululukana omutubo okuwuwutanya
Anger.
Aliko busungu antunulide oluso
aliko bukambwe antunulide ekisoso
ankanulide eriso antunulide eriso e'bi
Okusiiwa
okusisiwala amasavu
okusiika
okusinsimula
okusiya
okusisiriza
okusiiriza
Ways of walking. — amatambulire.
Okuva wano
okutambula
170 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
okwegyawo okwenyigiriza okutwala mu ngere
okwekanyuga okwesi'ka okwetwala
okwererembula okwesi'kula okwewawagula
okulya mu ngere okwesimba okweyasa
okwemalawo okwesindika okwatika
okumega ebigere ku 'taka okwesula okwewalakata
okwemeketa okutwala amagulu
Go in anger, okusukira — ye muntu agenda nobusungu.
When weak or ill, ye muntu atambula tigatalina manyi.
okulatalata okulembalernba okusoba
okulemba okunyegera okutalatala
When tired — ye muntu akoye.
atakyagya okutambulatambula
okwesindikiriza okuwaza
When fresh and vigorous — ye muntu atambula namanyi.
okwefumita ku 'taka.
okwewalabula.
Ways of thrashing — amakubire.
Nakukuba nakupiya nakutemerera
nakubatula nakusawa emigo nakutijula
nakufutiza nakusawula nakuwewula
nakwasa emigo nakusekula nakuwutula
nakumanyula
WORD ANALYSIS.
Roots. — It is convenient to divide these into —
i. The True Boot, or simplest possible form to which any word can
be traced. It may be either —
a. A monosyllable, e. g. sa, whence Ekisa and sasira.
b. A dissyllable. This is the most common.
e.g. guma, laba.
ii. A Derived Root, or form made from the true root by the addition
of some affix or prefix, by which the new form thus made behaves
exactly as the true root from which it was made, but with a new
meaning.
e. g. Komola, stop at a certain point, trim — from koma, stop.
vunama, bend down — from Vuna, break in two.
iii. A Modification, that is, some such derivation as the Causative, the
Prepositional, the ' kiriza ' or other form which is more in the
nature of a conjugation, being varied to suit the sense —
e. g. koleka, able to be done : kolera, do for : kola, do.
It differs from a Derived Root in being recognized by the people as a
form of the verb. No Muganda connects koma with Komola; but
every Muganda connects koleka and kolera with Kola.
Ending in ' a ' — The true ending of a root is probably ' a.' There-
NATURE OF A ROOT AND ITS CLOSING VOWEL 171
fore nouns or adjectives ending in 'a' express the simple idea of the
root, whether true or derived and of the modification, e.g. : —
ekisa, n. pity : sagira, v. pity.
koza, cause to do : omukoza, an overseer, who causes others to
do the work.
Ending in ' e.'
a. All the known participles in ' e ' express a passive state, e. g. omusibe,
one tied up against his will : omufumite, one wounded in battle.
b. Therefore it would be reasonable to expect that all nouns, whose
roots end in this way had this meaning. This is not yet clear,
but the following meanings are suggested : —
le ekire, that which is spread out (Vid. Vocabulary le).
zige enzige, that which is observed as a trail or mark — ziga.
mere emere, that which is grown— mera.
'de obu'de, that which is brought back in regular rotation —
'da.
Ending in ' i '.
a. From a Causative ( Vid. 'Participles of Causative,' p. 139) are
formed nouns like Omukozi, one who works ; Omuvubi, one who
catches fish.
b. Therefore it would be reasonable to suppose that nouns or adjec-
tives, whose roots end in ' i', had a similar idea of Active
state, e.g. : —
Lungi (Rt. lunga, season), a being good : bisi, a being raw :
bi, a being bad. But emviri, omukazi, olulimi are not yet
explainable.
Ensi — possibly the spreading out, expanse of land ( Vid.
Vocabulary sa).
Amadzi— water — may perhaps be a more primitive root and nojjncluded in this. It
occurs in this form in all Bantu languages : as Pi in the Nile Valley group ; as Mai
(Mei), ' waters of,' in Hebrew and Arabic, ' i' being the ending in every case.
Ending in ' 0 '.
a. From the prepositional form ' A place to do anything in ' (p. 140),
e'somero, e'komagiro.
b. From a root (probably including Derived Roots) it generally denotes
' the ultimate effect of what is denoted by the gerund,' e.g. : —
e'kubo, the ultimate effect of striking on the ground with the feet,
i. e. a path or track.
ekigainbo, the ultimate effect of speaking, a woVd.
ohitindo, the ultimate effect of bridging,- a bridge.
Endings in ' u.'
a. All the known participles in ' u' denote 'state' or 'condition,' e. g. : —
longofu, kovu, gomvu,
b. It may therefore be reasonably supposed that nouns, whose roots
end in • u ' also denote state.
ntu, existence : omuntu, human existence : ekintu, inanimate
existence, etc.
172 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
wamvu, condition of distance. Cf. wala.
lungu (e'dungu), (?) an uninhabited condition. Similarly e'sanyu,
e'salu, e'bavu, obusungu. But no explanation can be yet offered
of e'fumu.
Derived Roots — Their Formation.
i. By Affixes, a very common method. Such are —
La, probably Definitive, e. g. komola, stop at a point.
tambula, go either with an object or to a definite point (con-
nected with Zulu Hamba, go). .
Note that the 'a' final of the true root is replaced by a connecting vowel,
for euphony. This is a fairlv general principle in the use of affixes.
Ma, probably restrictive, 'gently,' 'cautiously.' Cf. ma, stint.
e. g. Vunaina, stoop down ; vuna. break in two.
lanama. stretch out the legs (not a violent action).
Aga, e. g. Lanama, wandaga.
fa, e. g. lenge'ja, senge'ja.
ana, e.g. vunana, sabana.
(?) Contract, for 'awana ' and connect with 'wala,' be, become ; or ' gana.'
fa, e. g. fnmita, do action of an ' e'fumu,' pierce.
fuluta, serengeta.
ka, e. g. sanyuka, be or become happy (e'sanyu).
Ka, possibly for ' Kala,' used in Toro and elsewhere as verb ' to be.'
wala, e. g. Bunguwala, become angry (obusungu) ; perhaps akin to
' kala.'
ba, e. g. witaba, from wita, call ; (?) call back.
dta, e. g. balata.
ii. Bv Prefixes. This method is not yet understood, but appears to
exist, e. g. ; —
ka as a prefix appears in some ten words.
Cf Ka-lambala, grow rigid as a corpse, with lambala, lie as if dead.
Probably also in Ka-la'kalira, ka-languka, ka-lanamye, ka-lang'anya,
ka-lamata, ka-luba.
ku may be a prefix in Ku-lembera.
se may be a prefix in Se-lengeta (serengeta).
iii. By Reduplication.
a. Of the whole Root. Generally the case when the root is a mono-
syllable or onomatopoeic,
sa, pity, sasira (sa sa ira).
vu, buzz, vuvuma.
b. Of the Root ivithout its final ' a.'
kun kum ula, shake. Root, kuma, reduplicated,
sun sum ala, be temporarily in a place : root, suma, appearing in
Sumuka, and possibly in Sumatuka and Sumika.
c. Of the first syllable of t lie Root
Bu bfika, blaze ; from Buka, jump, fly, etc.
Su suta, be very familiar with ; from Suta, praise.
FORMATION OF DERIVED ROOT'S: ACCENT 1 73
Some Nouns are Composite, e. g. : —
Suti gives ' sutama,' but only occurs itself in Ekyensuti, a bird's
tail.
Sambwe occurs in Ekyensambwe ; Sambula (sasambula), strip
bark off a tree, and as the noun Ekyensambwe.
TWO OTHER GENERAL PRINCIPLES IN ROOT FORMATION should be
noticed. They apply to all forms. The first two apply equally to true
and derived Roots ; and the third to all forms of Roots and Modifications,
i. Nasalization. — That is, the insertion of a nasal n, e.g. : —
e'bavu.a blister, is readily connected with a root baba, but this is
only found with the nasal ' n ' inserted ; viz. ba m bala, blister.
Probably Sa n sa, scatter, is from same root sa as sasana, but has a
nasal 'n ' inserted.
The occurrence of this n is frequent, but not easy to explain,
ii. Agglutination. — This seems rare.
e. g Guiu, leg; tumbu (tumbwe, calf of leg) — tumbugulu, fore-leg.
Perhaps Kulukumbi (olu) ; both parts, Zulu and Kumbi, are clearly
defined roots.
iii Length of Vowels. — Vowels are either —
a. Short ; e. g. : —
laba, see ; leka, leave ; mira, swallow ; kola, do ; gula, buy.
b. Medium, lengthened.
a. By receiving the Accent — as the Penult in most roots in which
the Penult is not a short vowel, e. g. : —
lala, be calm (ctr. lala, other) ; leVo, to-day (dr. olulere, a lace);
lima, cultivate {dr. omuhmu, work) ; t61a, accept ; siila, spend
the night.
This is ihe universal length of the accented Penult in Swahali, if Steere's system
of spelling be used.
j3. By being preceded by a nasalized Consonant, e. g. : —
gamba, say; gdnda, go; singa, excel; y6nka,suck; kiinta, blow.
y. By being preceded by a Consonant combined with w or y, e.g. —
twala, take ; kweka, hide ; x nyiga, press ; 1 nyola, twist ; kyu-
ka, turn.
c. Long, the result of contraction ; e.g. : —
yimbala (yimbawala), grow dim ; ziza (ziiza), hinder.2
There are perhaps exceptions in a few words ; e.g. kwata, grasp ; tyetnula, cut
lengthwise ; mp6bwa, I am given.
/3 and 7 can also result from the lengthening of a short vowel, e.g. — yakola —
yakolanga ; ekyalo for ekiyalo and all forms from ' y ' Stems with short Penult ;
unless the view be taken that these are contract-long vowels, in which case the
quality of the Vowel (ekyalo, okw6gera, etc.) must be the same as in the directly
contracted forms 'sota' (si-yota) ; 'bagala' (bayagala), etc.
1 'Ny' may be either the liquid 'n' combined with 4y,' as probably in these
instances.; or it may be ' y ' nasalized — as perhaps in the words nyika, dip ; enyama,
meat ; nyiga, plunder — accounting for the short vowel.
2 The difference between Medium-accented and Long contract Vowels is often very
difficult to determine and will probably only be finally decided by analysis and com-
174 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
The differences may be marked as above ; but in ordinary literature
the short mark will never be needed, and the medium only occasionally
where, as in the instances contrasted above (under a), some mistake
might be made.
ACCENT.
Usually on the Penultimate of the Root, as in the previous paragraph,
where the accented Vowels only have been marked, according to their
quality.
The effect of the accent on short vowels is to draw back something
of the sound of the following consonant, e.g. : —
laba, almost lab-ba ; leka, almost lek-ka.
The following cases should be noted : —
i. If there is any Modification of the Root which adds one or more
syllables to it — as in many modifications of the Verb —
a. The original accent of the Root is retained.
b. If this is impossible, the accent is shifted forward.
a. In the case of short vowels generally to the next syllable : —
kwata — kwatirira ; yakola — yakolanga.
/J. In other cases to the next syllable but one, e.g. : —
te'nda— tendereza ; giima — gumikiriza.
In cases of shifted accent, the original accent might perhaps be called a Secondary
Accent.
ii. If the root is of more than two syllables and contain a nasalized
consonant, accent accordingly, e. g. : —
serengeta, go down ; sansula, open out.
Hi. The Root is monosyllabic and
a. Enclitic ; e. g. ekisa, kindness ; eki'nya, a hole.
The Accent though not on the root returns to the Penult.
b. Accented. The word is oxytone, e.g. : —
omuti, a tree.
Words like omuntu are Paroxytone because of the nasal ' n.'
Enclitics.
These are Possessive Pronoun -o, thy, and -e, his and very
many Monosyllabic roots.
The presence of one of these may necessitate two accents follow-
ing each other, e.g. amate'kago.
But ekiiboly6, because the ' o ' follows the combination ' ly ' and
so becomes a medium vowel lengthened.
Intonation or Tone Accent.
Often on the • a ' final of Verbs ; also on the final vowel of the
words Era, naye ; and -ona, all.
In some cases it would seem as though the Tone Accent
exceeded in intensity the True Accent.
Monosyllabic Roots if enclitic can obviously not have a tone
accent on the last syllable.
— — — — - -■ -■■ -■■ - — - .. ■ .I,,. 1 — ... — — ■ — - ■ -■ — ' ^
parative study. The time available for the preparation of this book has made it quite
impossible to use these marks accurately and uniformly.
VOCABULARY
INTRODUCTION -EXPLANATORY REMARKS
To find any word in this Vocabulary, proceed as follows : — ■
i. For a Noun, Adjective, or Adverb —
Take off the Class Prefix and look for the word under the first
three or four letters of the part that is left. If that part be of
one syllable only, the word may appear in that form, or with
its vowel changed to ' a.' <?. g. Enai — root ' si,' — is found under
* sa,' this being the true Root.
When the third (or fourth) letter of the part left on removal of
the Class Prefix is 8, the word may be found with this 8
changed to t or k ; if this third letter be a z, the word may be
found with this z 'changed to 1 (or r), or b or j, if d or n pre-
cede the z, e. g. : —
omubadzi — badzi appears under Baja.
omukoza — koza „ „ Kola,
naza „ „ Naba.
omusizi — sizi „ „ Siga.
omwetise — e'tise „ „ Ti'ka.
Note this last, as bein;; reflexive.
Special Cases.
a. The Class Prefix appears as mw, lw, bw, ky, or k. These are
found by adding y to the part that remains after taking off
any one of the above combinations of letters, (. g. : — ■
Omwoyo — yoyo ; ekyalo— yalo ; akana— yana
Very rarely, as in Omwetise above, the part may come from a
Reflexive Verb.
b. The Class Prefix appears as e'd or end. These are found by
adding 1 to the part left after taking off the e'd or end, e . g. : —
endagala— lagala.
e'dogo — logo— loga.
c. The Class Prefix appears as e'g, or egw. The root is given by
175
176 ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
taking off the e'g, and, if a w does not follow, add One
e.g. :—
e 'gugwe — wugwe.
e'gwanga — wanga.
d. Compound prefixes are Namu, nama, ekyen, owolu, and perhaps a
few others,
ii. For a Verb.
Think what is the Infinitive, and take off the Infinitive sign
Oku.
If the Infinitive begin Ok-.v, then add y to what follows and
remove the Okw, e. g. okwala — yala.
If the Infinitive begin Okwe, and the Verb is Reflexive, take off
the Okwe, e. g. okwebaka — baka; okwebaza — baza appearing
under Bala.
The endings KA and LA are sometimes interchangeable — KA being the
passive, and LA the active ending. It has not been found possible to keep
to one form in giving these.
Explanation of Abbreviations.
i. Unless a ' Modification ' has a special meaning, it will not be
given, e. g. Kolera is a Modification of Kola, and would
naturally mean ' do for ' It has no special meaning, and there-
fore nothing is said about it.
If however the Modification is in very common use, it is indicated by
its ending, in square brackets. The meaning is a natural one accord-
ing to law and not given, e. g. : —
Sanyuka, v. be glad [sa, c]
which means that the Causative is Sanyusa, cause to be glad.
ii. A Modified form of a stem is also given in square brackets, e. g. : —
Kwata, v. take hold [kute]
kute being the Mod. form from which to make the Present Perfect,
iii. Variant forms of a word, or a Variant Class Prefix with no
special difference of meaning is given by round brackets. Thus —
Lumonde, n. i. sweet potato (lumonge)
lumonge being frequently heard.
Zikiza (en), n. darkness (eki)
The form ekizikiza is also used commonly.
iv. The Class Prefixes are given in round brackets, as in the last
instance. In the case of the li — ma Class, the plural is given
thus — (e* ; ama) or (e' ;) if there is no plural,
v. Miscellaneous Abbreviations.
A hyphen is used to denote the omission of the first letter of the
Root in any combination : e. g. : —
Yangu (m-), adv. quickly
The hyphen shows that .the y of yangu is omitted when joined to
this m. The Adverb is therefore Mangu.
Wugwe (e'g- ; ama), n. a lung
The *g ' takes the place of the ' w,' so that the Sing, is E'gugwe.
ABBREVIATIONS 177
Yalo (ek), n. a plantain-garden •
The singular is Ekyalo, being really for Eki yalo.
Lubare ( — , ba), n. false god
The Singular is Lubare, without change, the Plur. is Balubare.
Galo (nama ; zin.), n. tongs
The Sing, is Namagalo ; Plur. Zinamagalo.
Wali (ka) — kawali, n. i. small-pox
The 'ka' is not used here as a Class Prefix, but has made a per-
sonified noun Kawali.
Kuraa, v. keep, [mi, «.]
There is a noun Omukumi, a keeper, — it being understood that the
Prefix in all these cases is Omu.
Kolobola, v. t. scratch.
[ka, v. I.] The Verb Intransitive is Koloboka, be scratched.
Lebera, v. i. be loose, hanging down. [vu,//.]
There is a Participle Lebevu, which means by rule, ' The state of
being loose.'
Ebaza, r. t. give thanks for
The verb is both Reflexive- and Transitive, /. e. it takes an Object.
Kunkumula, v. shake. ? kuma III, red.
The probable Root is Kuma, the third (III) given in the Vocabu-
lary and Reduplicated, thus, kum kum ula.
Loba, v. catch fish. ? Pick out.
'Pick out' is suggested as the Root idea which binds all the
forms together.
Sasana, v. scatter. ? sa (sansa), red.
The Root suggested is Sa, with the shade of meaning it takes in
'sansa' and reduplicated,
vi. No attempt is made to denote the Nasalizing of Roots, e. g. Sansa
above from Sa, reduplicated and nasalized — sa n sa.
vii. A Root is given in heavy face type, and if assumed, in italics.
The words so marked are not all true Roots. To attain this end would have made
the Vocabulary too long. It must then be understood as an Approximation : either
True Root, with final Vowel, not ' a ' or Derived Root, or some form of Derived
Root.
viii. Sometimes the meaning of the Root is not well known, or un-
suitable for this Vocabulary, and is omitted.
ix. Compound Adjectives are preceded by a hyphen ; thus — * -olu-
beryeberye,' first. The Preposition ' -a,' of, always precedes ; e.g. —
ekintu <?/£yoluberyeberye — si kintu kya luberyeberye.
Special Abbreviations.
A single dagger t indicates the word to be of foreign origin.
A double dagger I shows that the word, if not carefully pro-
nounced, will sound like something improper.
An asterisk * shows that various idiomatic uses of the word are
to be found under Special Uses of Verbs, p. 153.
Sometimes a metaphorical meaning is given after a semicolon ;
and if the direct meaning is obvious, this is indicated by a dash; e.g.
Kusa, c. ekusa, r. — ; go as empty as you came.
M
i78
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
n. noun
v. verb
adj. adjective
adv. adverb
int. interjection
conj. conjunction
pron. pronoun
//. participle
n.i. noun invariable or person-
ified noun
p. prepositional form of Verb
c. causative form of Verb
v.i. verb intransitive
v.t. verb transitive
v.t.r takes a double object
r. reflexive
rec. reciprocative
r.t. reflexive and transitive
rv. reversive
k. capable form in ' ka '
k.c. form in 'kiriza' (kereza)
k.p. form in ' kirira ' (kerera)
p2. doubly prepositional
p.c. causative form of prepositional
on. onomatopoetic, made from the
sound
LUGANDA-ENGLISH
Aa, int. no
Abange, int. to call attention, you fellows
there
Ai, int. of entreaty followed by name
Anti, int. of emphasis ; why, to be sure
Ate, adv. again, moreover
Awo, conj. so
B
Ba, v.i. be. [bera, /.] [bade]
berera (olu), n.
-oluberera, everlasting
beryeberye (olu), n.
-oluberyeberye, first
Ba (olu), n. the lower jaw
'Ba, v.t2. steal from
anzibye ekitabo
'Ba, n. husband 1
Biba, int. sir ; often please, kindly
Babe (e'), n.
emere ewunya e'babe, has a nasty
taste
babira, v. blacken earthenware ; smoke
bark-cloth
babula, v. smoke plantain-leaves ; singe
Badala, v. be rude, [ira, /. be rude to]
Baga, v. lift and put in position, only in
baga eki (olu, se) sizi ; baga esubi
bagaja, v. lift with effort
bagala,
ebagala, r. ride as a horse, mule, etc.
bagula, v. hoist long load by lowering
the head (ebagula)
Baga (em), ;/. a feast
baguka, v.
nebabaguka mu kuimba, broke out
into singing
Baga, v. flay ; make incision ; operate
bagulula, v. cut deeply
Baja, v.t. work with an axe
baja omuti ; baja entebe
badzi (em), n. an axe
badzi (omu), «. a carpenter
bajula, v. split firewood with hands
Bajagala, v. belch (ebajagala)
Baka, v. catch in hand. ? vacancy of
hand
baka (omu), n. a representative
ebaka, r . sleep
Bakira, adv. lately, on that occasion
bakira nkola, on that occasion, lately
I was doing
Bakuli, n. basin (European)t bakuli eno,
etc.
Bala. v. count
bala (omu), n. drum-beat
Bala, (e' ; ama), n. spot, colour
balabala (ebi1), «.
-ebibalabala, spotted
bala, v. produce fruit, not plantains.
1 Baze, my husband ; balo (or bawo), thy h. ; bawe(or ba) herh.; bafe, our h. ; bamwe,
your h. ; bababwe (or babwe), their h. Plur. [Babaze], babafe, [babalo (babawo) ], etc.
'ba (Lusoga iba, also a verb, be husband to) ; the 'b suggests that this is not the same
as ba in sebo, baba, abanlu.
There is a coincidence with the first syllable of the Semitic Baal (lord, master) and
no wide difference of meaning.
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISH
179
bala, (em), /;. kind
balabe (em), n. pimple
Bala,
cbala, v. only
webale, int. Well done
ebaza, c. say ' Webale' ; thank
Balabala, v. stroll up and down
Balagaki, v. smart
Balala, v. burn mouth, as hot spices
Halama, rid. Bali
Balanga, //./.
agude mu balanga, has gone stark jnad
ebalankanya, r. pretend ignorance, mad-
ness
Balasasa (em), n. viper. ? balagala
Halasi (em), n. horset
Balata, v. jest
Balebale (em), n.
ejinja eryembalebale, very hard stone
Bali (e* : ama), n. ('bali)
ku mabali, at side of (ku 'bali)
balama (olu), 11. shore, edge of lake
halama, v. go along the edge, side
ebalama, r. abstain from
baliga, v. walk with toes turned out
Balugu, ti.i. a kind of yam
Baluka, v. be chipped
balula, v.t. — ; flog
Baluka, v. scream, yell
Rama, v. be fierce, of a cow
Bamba. Cf. Bavu
bambula, v. blister, peel off. [ka, v.i.\
bambulukuka, v. be peeled off
bambaga, v. walk painfully
Bamba, v. peg out a skin to dry
bambo (olu), «. a peg for that purpose
bambulula, v. take out pegs from a skin
BambaJa, v. be perverse, [vu, pt.\
Bamvu (e' : ama), n. large dug out ? ba-
mba I
bamvu (eki), n. a wooden trough (em)
Banda (e' ; ama), n. bamboo
Bandala, v. lie on one's stomach
Bandi, pron. other people's
Banduka, v.i. go off with a pop
bandula v.t. — ; flog
banduso (em-), n. the trip of a snare
Banga, v.t. cut a space ; mortice
bangamu amanyo, make crutch to
post
banga (e' ; ama), n. space ; interval
bauga (olu), n. seat in canoe
Banga (e' ; ama), n. precipice
Bango (e' ; ama), n. a hump on cow ; or
on man
Bangula, v.t. sharpen a razor ; train dog
to hunt
bangulula, rv. take off the edge
Banja, v. exact a debt, press for payment
amanze nyo, he press*"*! me hard
banja (e' ; ama), n. a debt
ba nebanja erya, owe to
banja (eki), n. a building-site
Banula, v. have large udder, as cow
Banyi (olu), n. scaffolding
Basitola, n. a pistol revolver t
basitola yange, eno, etc.
Bata (em), n. a duck
batabata, v. waddle with legs apart
Batika, v. put ' mpafu ' in water to cook ;
hold in the cheek as water, a stone, etc.
Batiza, v. baptize. t [batizisa, c. and/.]
Batu (eki), v. palm of hand. ? batika
batu (olu), n. a handful
Bavu (e' ; ama), «. a blister. Cf. Bamba
Bawo (olu), n. a board.!
Raya (eki), n. a papyrus boat
Baza, Vid. Bala
Be (eki), n. a fox, a jackal
Beba, v. importune
Bebera, v. bleat
Bebera, v. walk with effort
Bebetala, v. be flattened, squashed out
bebetaza, c. flatten out
Bega (ama), ». back of men or animals
kuba amabega ku, turn the back upon
ku mabega ga, behind
begabega (eki), n. shoulder
Bega, v. help food
begulula, v. divide food into portions
Beja (ka) — kabeja, king's second wife
beja — mbeja (omu), a princess
Bejagala, v. — bajagala, belch
Bejerera, v. slander. ? beja
Bemba, v. skin over, of a sore
bembereza, v. neglect a sore
bembeka, v. piu side by side
bembula, v. separate carefully two ad-
hering surfaces (bembulula)
Bemula, v. throw down heavily
Bendobendo (aka), n. roll of reeds at edge
of roof
Bene, pron. other peoples
Benga, v. whel (bengula)
bengo (olu), n. nether grindstone
bengo (aka), n. enlarged spleen
benguka, v.i. hate, dislike
Bepo, adv. it may be, it may do
Bepo ewuwo ? what may be at your
home?
Bera, v. help, [bede]
bereka, k. carry two separate things one
on the other.
berekulula, rv. take one thing off an-
other
berula, rv. throw sideways, in wrestling
Bere (e' ; ama), n. breast, udder
Bere (obu), n. canary-seed
Berenge (em), n. dried cob of Indian corn
Besabesa, v. keep company. ? beka =
weka
jangu ombesebese
i8o
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Betegera, v. run slowly
Betenta, v. crush, pound
betenteka, v. be crushed, [fu, //]
Beyabeya, v. run about aimlessly
Bi, adj. bad
bi (aka), «. danger.
Bibi (eki), n. garden-plot ; mound for
potatoes
bibi (em), «. border, marches
bibira, v. make a dam of earth
bibiro (olu), «. the dam so made
Bide (em), n. bananas for beer-making
Bidzi (em), n. a wild hog
Bigita, v. bother, ' nag '
Bigula, v. lever up as potatoes with a stick
Bigya, v. frown; go bad.
Bi'ka, n. cover*
bi'ko (olu), it, the caul
bikirira, p2. cover up carefully
ebikirira, r. wrap oneself quite up
bi'kula, rv. uncover; find place in book,
[ka, v.i.\
Bika, v. bring news of a man's death
Bika, v. lay eggs
Bimba, v. foam
Bimbi (olu), n. made up bed in garden
Bina, v. collect together ; frown
bina (eki), «. a crowd
binika, v. overload
binula, v. in building, prolong the roof
over the door
Bindabinda, v. threaten rain
egulu libinzebinze
bindi (em-), n. tobacco-pipe,
bindula,
ebindula, r. be overcast of sky
Binika, «. kettle f binika yange, eno,
etc.
Binzari, n. curry t binzari eno, etc.
Bira (eki), n. forest. ? disappearing
ebirira, r. slip away
biririra, v. be sodden of food ; be soaked
with perspiration
biro (em), n. running
embiro ze zamu'ta
biro (m), adv.
duka mbiro, run at full speed
biriga, v. play game with sticks (biliga)
birigo (em), n. one of the sticks
birizi (em), n. the side
birizi (olu), «. a rib
Bira, v. dive ; sink out of sight
'birira, v. creep up behind
Biri, adj. two
biri (ebi), n. two hundred
Biri (omu), n. the body: thickness, sub-
stance of anything
biri (olu), n. the king's enclosure
Bisi, adj. in its natural state.
bisi (omu), n. sweet plantain-juice
omubisi gwcnjuki, honey
Biza, v. parboil. ? bira
biriza, /. (biziza)
Bo (eki), n. stem of leaf of a palm
'Bo (eki), h. a basket
Boba, v. throb
omutwe gumboba, my head throbs.
Boba, v. be thoroughly codked ; of per-
sons, be comfortable (b5bera)
Bogo (em), n. a buffalo
bogo (e'), n. angry words
bogola, v. speak roughly ; bark
Boja, v. peck of birds; bite of snakes
Bola, v. drive out of the ' butaka '
ebolereza, r. disown
ebolereze (omw), n. one disowned
Bola, Lusoga, rot
bolerera, v. be overripe
Bologa, v. groan as animal being slaugh-
tered
Bomba, v. escape from captivity
bombye (omu), n. a runaway
ebombabomba, r. look sheepish
Bona, Lusoga, see
bona (ka ; baka), n. a priest
bonero (aka), «. a sign
boneka, v. be new, of moon
bonomu (ki), n.i. shooting-star
ebonanya, r. choose out = eroboza
Bonabona, v. be afflicted, suffer
bonerera, v. repent
bonereza, c. punish
Bonda (e'), n. dregs in beer, lees
bondera, v, stay perfectly still as one
meditating escape
bondevu, //. doing above habitually ;
gentle
Bonga, v. spin a top, — bonga enje
bongola, v. chip, knock off
bongota, v. be drowsy, nod
Bongo (e'), «.
amata ga 'bongo, curdled milk
Botola, v. give way, wear through, [ka,
v.t.]
Bowa, v. distrain for debt
bowo,
omwana wa- bowo, a freeman
Boya, v. have swimming Head from drink ;
be distracted
aboya, omwenge gumuboyt.dza
boyana, v. rush about frantically
Bozi (em), n. conversation
leta embozi, gossip
tula mu mbozi, sit gossiping
Bu (olu), n. a row of posts in a house
Bubi (na ; zina), n. a spider
bubi (olu), n. scum on stagnant water ;
cream
Bubuka, v. blaze ; be very painful, of
sore. ? buka
Bubula, v. on. have eaten too much
Buga, v. desire intensely, yearn
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISH
181
Buga (eki), n. where the king lives
buga (em), n. where a chief lives
Bu'ga (e*), n. vegetable leaf, small, reddish
Bugo (olu), n. a bark-cloth
Bugubugu (em), n. wrinkle on cheek
Bugubugu (em), n.
tunula embugubugu, pass restless
night
Buga, 'splutter splutter '
bugubugu si muliro, prov.
buguma, v. be warm, [mya, c. make
warm
bugumu (e'), n. oppressive foul air
bugumu (olu), n. warmth
Bugutanya, v. attack from different direc-
tions ; distract
Bu'jabu'ja, v. of a child learning to talk
(bumbu'ja)
Buka, v. fly, jump
busabusa, v. hesitate
Bukuli (em), n. a club
Bukuta, v. rustle
bukutu (ebi), n. as sign of mourning
Bula, v. t. be lost to
ekitabo kimbuze, I cannot find the
book
Bula, v. purpose
bulira, v. tell, preach
buliriza, v. make careful enquiry
biiza, c.t2. ask about
Bulubuta, v. wander about as if in doubt
of road
Bulugi, ;/. a bugle. ? buguli transposed
Bulula, v. be first to see
bulukuka, v. ripen as fruit
'Bulukuka, v. come to surface of water
Bumba, v. mould clay. Cf. wumba
bumba (e'), ;/. clay
bumbulula, rv. crumble
bumbulukuka, v.i. ? be crumbled
bumbiro (olu), n. a fire-pan
Bumba (eki), n. the liver
Bumbuga, v. make inarticulate sounds as
one dumb
bumbuja, v. of child learning to talk
? bu'ja
bumbudzi ( — ; ba), «. bumble-bee
Buna, v. spread
buno (eki), n. gums, palate
bunira,/. be shut, of the mouth
bunira, close your mouth
buniza, c. close as a wound
Bunda, v. crouch in grass to hide,
bundala, v. crouch for a spring as cat
bundula, v. upset, [ka, v.i.]
bundukirira, /. topple as if about to
upset ; limp
Bungeta, v. have no home
Bungo (olu), n. dung-hill
Bungulula
ebungulula, r. go round, =etolola
Bunwe, n.i. thigH-bone
Bunza, v. hawk about for sale
bunzabunza, v. torment
Buto (olu), n. the abdomen ; womb
ba lubuto lwa gundi, be with child by
Butu (em), «.
kuba engoma embutu, beat drum wi'.h
hands
Butula, v. raise a rash, (bubutula)
butuka, v. break out of rash, (bubutuka)
Butula, v. lift a heavy thing
ebutukira, r. get up
butulira, v. give a heavy present to
Buyabuya, v. talk nonsense
Buzi (em), n. a goat
Bwa (e' ; ama), n. a sore
bwa (em), n. a dog
Bwa'gu, adv. empty-handed
Bwagula, v. eat ravenously
Bwala,
ebwalabwala, v. cringe
Bwama, v. crouch down in hiding
Bwatuka, v. thunder
Bweta, n. a box t bweta yange eno, etc.
Bwino, n.i. ink t
Bya (eki), «. a native bowl
Byala, v. plant potato-slips, — byala olu-
monde
C
Caka (aka), n. locust in young stage
Coca, v. press hard in pursuit
Cwano (aka), n. an uproar, riot
Cyu (obu), n. floating dregs in beer
D
'Da l (e' ;) n. age
e'da ne'da lyona, for all time
nalwa 'da ki, I met with delay, 'after
a bit'
da (e' ;) adv. long ago
'Da, v. go or come back 1
'da (ama), u. return journeys
amagenda nama'da, both going and
reluming
'de (obu), n. time of day
obude butuse ; obude butuse oku-
fumba
'de (eki), «. a bell
'do (omu) «. weeds. ? returning
'du (omu), n. a man-slave
'du (obu) n. slavery
'dira, /. take, for use
'diriza v. slacken
' Possibly not da but la, stretch out, lie still (as in Lala, in most Bantu languages); so
Extent of time. This la may also appear as le in ekire (that which is stretched out), and
as lo in ekiro.
182
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
'dizo (obu), ;/. answer to a charge ;
'return ' time, in herding
obudizo bwembuzi butuse
'ding'ana, v. go to and fro
ding'anya, c. send to and fro
Dabiriza, v. patch, mend up
Daga, v. be homeless
'Dala, adv. completely ; now, rather than
later
Dala (e' ; ama), n. piece of scaffolding
Di, int. adv. when? ? li
Diba, v. fall into disuse
dibya, c. annul as a law
Dinda (e' ; ama), n. a wooden harmonicon
Dini (e), «. religion.! dini yange, etc.
Dodoma, v. speak with base voice
Du, adv. full to the brim
amadzi mwegali mangi? Du
Dubi (e' ;) //. deep water
Dudu (ama), n. ordeal. Cf. Lulu
Duduma, v. on. thunden Cf. Dodoma
Dudumo (e' ; ama), n. a wheel t
'Dugala, v. i. be black
dugavij, pt. black, dark-coloured
'Duka, v.t. run from, [ira, p. run to]
'dukira, v. come and fetch
'dukana, v. run fast — dukanako ; have
diarrhoea, or dysentery
'dukano (eki), n. diarrhoea ; eki'dukano
ekyomusai, dysentery
Dula, v. deride
Duma, v. give word of command, interpret
duma emundu, do gun-drill
Dumbi (e* ;), n. the lesser rains. ? dubi
Dumu (omu), n. a gun-barrel ; a European
jug
Dyo (e ;), n. ? lya
omukono ogwa 'dyo, right hand
Dzamu (e), n. watch, sentry-go t
edzamu yange, etc. Cf. Manzamu
Dii (ama), it. water
dzi (otu), «. a little drop of water
dzi (olu ; enzi), n. a well
Dzukulu (omu), n. grandson or grand-
father
E
Era, conj. besides, and
Era'de, salutation, are you well 1
Eri, adv. at that place : used as prep, to,
from
Esi, int. of surprise, (ess)
F
"Fa, v. die ; come to nothing
fa (ogu)» «. skeleton
fu, //. dead ; out of repair
•fu (omu), n. a dead person
1 La'de may be modified form of Lala,—
all well ? Thjs is only a greeting of intimate
efisa, r.c. pretend to be dead
fiirirwa, v. be bereaved
mfiridwa omwana.I have lost my child
Fafagana, v.i.ht spoilt
Fana (em), n. tape-worm
Fr.nana, v.t. be like, resemble
fananyi (eki), ;;. likeness, picture, etc.
Fataki, «. gun-cap. t fataki eno, etc.
Fe, pron. we
-afe, poss. pron. our
Fefeta, v. snuff
Feta, v. be stunted in growth
feteka,
efeteka, r. find a seat where you can
Fetete (ebi), «. nicotine in pipe ; wax in
the ear. ? feta
Feza (e), n. silver, t efeza yange, etc.
Fi'ka, v.t. be over and above a total
Fo (eki) «. spot, place. ? fa
Fu (olu), n. mist. ? fa
Fuba, v. exert oneself; work hard
Fuba (eki), n, chest ; (measure) two yards
fuba (olu), n. bronchitis
Fubeto (omu), n. side-post of door
Fubutuka, v. dash, (fubitika). ? fuba I
efubutuka, r. dart in, as a thief
Fudu (em), n. tortoise
Fufu (em), n. dust. Cf. Vu
Fufugala, v. have point turned, as pen-nib
Fuga,,z\r. catch slaves or animals ; tame ;
rule
fuza, c. search for and kill hidden fugitives
fuzi (omu), «. an orphan. (omwana
mufuzi)
Faka, v.i. be made, become
fula, v.t. make to become ; turn upside
down
efula, r. — ; stand on head
fusi (em). ? changeableness. Hence
obunamfusi, n. hypocrisy
efusa, r. pretend to be
Fuka, v.t. pour; micturate, polite
fukirira, /. water a garden
fukulula, v. decant liquids
fukumula, v. shake things out of a bag ;
speak one's mind
fukama, v. micturate, vulgar
fukamira, /. kneel
Fuko (omu), n. a quiver
fuko (eki), n. crowdedness
fukula, v. throw up earth, of burrowing
things
efukula, r. move stomach in dancing
Fukula, v. stir up mud
Fukuta, v. blow the bellows. J/".Emvubu,
? fuku, on. = vu vu
Fulube (olu), n. crowd, lot of things
Fulukwa (eki), n. deserted place or house
Enyumba era'de, is the house quiet ? /. e. Is
friends.
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
I»3
Fuluma, v. go out
Fulungu (e' ; ama), //. blackbird with red
tail
Fuliita, v. snore
Fuma, v. tell beast stories
fumo (em), n. idle tale
fumu (omu), n. a diviner
Fumba, v. cook
fumbiro (e' ;), n. kitclien
fumbiro (omu), 11. cook
fumbo (omu), n. a married person
fumbirwa, v. get married, of woman
njagala okufumbirwa omusaja oyo
fumbiriganwa, rec. be married
Fumbikiriza, v. wash away by flood
Fumfugu (e' ; ama), n. clod of earth
Fumn (e' ; ama), ;/. a spear
fumu (eki), «. iron spud for digging holes
fumita, v.t. pierce
fumite (omu), ;/. a wounded man
Fumuka, v.t. be blown about as dust.
[la, A] ? fuma
Fumvu (eki), >i. prairie mound
Funa, v. obtain
Funda, adj. narrow. ? screwed up
fundika, v. tie a knot
fundukulula, v. untie a knot
fundikiriza, v. fill the mouth ftdl of food
Funga, v. tie up, as clothes for work
funga omukiia, put tail between legs
efungiza, r. tie up one's clothes for work
fungo (eki), n. a hinge
Funtula, v. strike with fist. ? funa
Funya, v. clench the fist ; fold clothes.
? funa
funyiro (olu), n. fold, crease in cloth
efunya, r. gather up legs or arms
Fuso (eki), n. wad for gun
Fata (ama), n. oil
Futuka, v. break out, of a rash
Fuwa, v.t. blow, [ya, c]
Fuzi (em), n. lamp-wick
G
'Ga (omu), n. a marsh. ? expanse
'ga (olu), n. a cane
'gi (olu), ft. a door
'gala, v. shut the door, — 'galawo
e'gala, r. shut oneself in
'galanda (omu), n. the youngest child
'gavu,//. 'gavu wamatu, deaf ; 'gavu
wamaso, blind
'gula, rv. open door, — 'gulawo
'gula emindi, unstop a pipe-stem
Gaba, v.t. distribute
gabanguzi (omu), n. a liberal man
gabe (omu), n. leader of an expedition
gabo (omu),.«. portion
gabo (en),/, a shield
gabogabo, (e'), «.
omwezi ogwe'gabogabo, full moon
gabula, v. make distribution
Gabe (e' ; ama), n. small animal
amaga ngaegabe ekasukeakambe,/;w.
Gabe (en), n. small drum beaten with
hands
Gabunga ( — ; ba), n. chief who controls
canoes
Gaga, v.
emere egaze, the food is spoilt
Gaga, v. walk with proud air
gaga (eki), «. piece of food flattened
out ; broad hem ; anything flat and
broad
Ga'ga, adj. rich
ga'ga (omu), «. a rich man
ga'ga (obu), n. wealth
ga'ga wala, v.t. become rich, [za, <.]
Gaju, adj. red, of animals
Gala, ? spread out
galo (olu), n. finger
galo (nama ; zin.), n. tongs
egalika, lie on its back, of shells in
gambling ; ' pitch and toss
galamira, v. lie down
galamira obugazi, lie on one's back
galanjuka, v. fall head over heels
galangaja (ma), adv. in confusion
Gala (eki), n. stock of gun
Galagala (omu), n. king's page
Galata, v. be dull and heavy after eating
Gali (olu), n. tray for winnowing
Gali (e), n. cart, =sw. garif egali eno
Galubindi, n. telescope, glasses, etc.t
galubindi yange, etc.
Galwa (e'), n. caulking for canoe ? 'gala
Gamba, v.t. say to
gambo (eki), ;/. word
egamba, r. pretend to be
Gamba (e' ; ama), ;/. scale offish
Gana (e' ; ama), n. flock, herd
Gana, v. say no
egana, r. deny from oneself, deny a
charge
eganiriza, r. refuse, of oneself
Ganda (omu), n. brother
ganda (omu), «.' a bundle
Gandala, v. take a siesta
gandalo (e'), n.
obude 'gandalo, siesta time
Gango (eki), ft. guest-house
Ganja, v. be in favour [zi, ».]
Ganja (eki), n. a hoof
Ganya, v. consent to. * ? gana
Ganzi (en), n. thirst delirium
Ganzika, v. put side by side. ? ganja II
Ga'ta, v. join, compensate.* [si, «.]
ga'sa, c. be profitable to
ga'to (?n), n. shoe, sandal
Gati (omu), n. bread t
Gavu (omu), n. smoke for fumigating ; the
wood so used
1 84
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Gaya, v. despise
gayirira
egairira, r. beseech
Gaya, v. chew
Gayala, v. be idle = nanya [vu, //.]
gayavu, pt. idle
gayaza, c.
egayazagayaza, r. trifle
Gazi, adj. wide
gazi (obu), n. width
gaziwa, v.i. be wide, [ya, c]
Ge (omu), n. head-band
Gege (en), n. a kind of fish
Gegenya, v. mimic
Geja, v. grow fat
gevu, //. fat
Gemu, (e*; ama), n. bracelet, or anklet ;
wristband of coat
Gemula, v. bring food, [zi, «.]
Gen da, v . go
gendo (olu), «. journey
genda (ama), n. goings
amagenda nama'da
egenza, c.r. go unbidden where one
likes
egenzagenza, c.r. pretend to be going
egendera, /. r. be clean gone
egendereza, r. be circumspect, careful
Genge (omu), u. .leper
genge (ebi), n. leprosy
Genyi, adj. foreign
genyi (omu), n. a visitor, guest
genyi (obu), «. guest present
Gera, v.t. measure, compare, tell a pro-
verb
geri (en), n. kind, sort
gero (olu), it. proverb, story
gero (e' ; ama), n. a ' wonder '
gerera, /2.
gerera ekintu ku, compare a thing
with
geza, c. try by comparison
egeza, r. esp.
egezamu, try on clothes, try a load
gezi, adj. clever, men only
gezi (ama), n. wisdom, wits
-amagezi, clever, ingenious
geresa, v. propound a riddle, tell a
story
Gere (eki), n. foot
gere (aka), «. sore between the toes
Gere, adz:
ekirabo gere, an out-and-out present
nyuweza geregere, made quite fast
Geregeza, v, have sores on corner of
mouth
geregeze (en), «. the sores
Gerenge, n.i. red earth for paint
Geya,
egeya, r. speak evil of self ; take counsel
together
geye (en), it. colubus monkey
Gezi (en), ;/. current
amadzi gengezi, whirlpool
Gi (e' ; ama), n. an egg. ? 'ga
Gigi (e' ; ama), n. a curtain. ? 'ga
Gimbi (ama). «. spicules on reed grass
Gimu, adj. fertile
gimuka, v. grow well
Gindi, pron. such and such a place
Ginga,
eginga, r. play the clown
Ging'irima (olu), n. mane of horse
Gira, v. act, do, behave*
Giri (en), n. wart-hog
Go (en), n. leopard
Goba, v.t. drive away, [era, /. drive
into
Goba, V. make a profit, — gobamu ensimbi
goba (ama), «. profits
goba (aka), ». a ' win ' in games
gobo (bu), adv.
mira bugobo, swallow whole, gulp
goberera, p2. go to meet or fetch ;
follow
Goga,
egoga, r. heave, feel sick
Gogo (eki), «. fresh skin of plantain-tree
Gogo (omu), «. collar ; pair
Gogojana, v. get up with difficulty
Gogola, v. dredge. ?golo I
Gogwa (ebi), «. flax foe making rope.
(obu)
Gole (omu), ». bride
gole (obu), ii. marriage-rite
Golo (en), n. a cannibal
Golo (obu) it. snuff
Goloba, v. close in, of day
Golola, v. stretch out straight
egolola, r. be at ease
golokoka, v. i. get up ; be straight
golokofu, //. straight
Goloma, v. speak reservedly, languidly
golomerera, p2. = preceding
Golomola, v. launch a canoe
golomolo (aka), ii. narrow neck of land
Golongonya,
egolong'onya, r. wriggle as a snake
Goma (en), n. drum ; chieftainship
bestowed by drum from king, —
olide engoma
goma, v. show off, as braves
gomo (ama), «. folds of fat on body
gogoma, v. sound flat
Goma, v. bend and break, as weak post
or spear-shaft
Gomba,
egomba, r.t. long for
Gomba, (ebi), ii. dried bananas
Gomba, v. do plaited reed-work. ? twist
gomba eniuli, gomba ekisakati
gombe (en), «. horn trumpet
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISII
I85
[gwisa, r.j
gombera, p. cross the legs
gombeza, c. tangle
gombolola, rv. disentangle
Gondt, v. be soft ; obey ; of powder, be fine
obude bugonze, the weather has im-
proved
gomvu, //. soft
gonza, c.
egonza, r. fawn
Gongo (omu), n. cow or goat that has
bome
Gongo (omu), n. the back
gongo (eki), ;/. the backbone
gong'onyo (omu), n. mid-rib of plan-
tain-leaf
Gonja, n.i. plantain, kind of
gonja (omu), n. a single ' gonja '
Gonjo (omu), n. fishing-net
Gono'moka, v. have ' magomo,' be ex-
ceeding fat ; be overfull
gono'mola, v. t. — ; pour out with a rush
Gonya (- ; ba), n. crocodile. Also
egonya zino, etc
Goya, v. stir together
goyo (omu), n. mash of potatoes and
beans
Goye (olu), n. string ; cloth
Gu (e'), Vid. Wu (e?g-)
Gu (e' ; ama), n. half-ripe 'mpafu'
Gu (eki), n. a trap
Gubi (aka), «. a quail
Gugu (omu), it. mat and bedding tied up
for journey
gugu, (eki), «. pillow
Guguba, v. flatly refuse
Gugumula,
egugumula, r. be startled
Guka, v. go right through to
guka mu lugudo, arrive in the road
Gula, v. buy*
guza, c. sell to
gulana, rec, effect an exchange
gule (en), «. ornamented head-dress
Gtilo (e';), 11. the time for about two hours
before sunset. ? closing in time,
'gula
olwe'gulo, adv. in the afternoon
Gulu (e' ; ), n. the sky
wa'gulu, adv. above
gulu (en), ;/. place above
ku ngulu, up there ; on the top
guluma ' Full root form always yi
eguluma, r. give oneself airs I (olu), n. side.1 ? yi (yiwa)
gulumira,/. be high, [vu, pt. high] I ( = yi), pt. of Gya. II. Esp. (Omulwade)
egulumiza, c.r. exalt oneself mui, extremely ill
1 Has two. plurals, viz. Empi (as though from root wi), whence kuba emp*, strike
the sides, *'. e. box the ears, and Enjui (as though from root yui), whence the expression
enjui zona, on all sides.
I is probably the root yi found in yiwa ; second form yuwa ; this may explain tie
reduplication yuyi, whence enjui.
For confusion of root, cf. witaba, fr. wita, sometimes itaba as anjitabye.
Gulu (oku ; ama)), 11. the leg
guluka, v. gallop
Gnma (omu), «. a wooden spear-shaft,
iron-shod and used to walk with
guma, v. be courageous
guma omwoyo, be brave
gumu, pt. hard ; substantial, of cloth
gumikiriza, k.c. bear patiently
Gumala, v. be fooled
Gumba, adj. barren
gumba (e* ; ama), n. bone
Guna (eki), n. sore on the head
gunya, c. knead, massage the body
Gunda, v. dash, thrown down violently
Guvamanti, «. government t guvamanti
eno, etc.
Guwa (omu), n. rope
Guya,
eguya, r. conciliate by presents
Gw (e). Vid. W (eg)
Gwa, v. fall. [gude].
gwo (eki), n. a throw in wrestling
kuba ekigwo, throw one's opponent
gwa-njuba (obu), n. the west
'Gwa, v. come to an end, be finished.
Cf. [wede] wera
'gwerera, p.z. grow dim, of a light
'gwe (bu) — bu'gwe, n.i. outermost
fence which encloses all
Gwa (eki), «. enclosure for lubare
Gwa (eri ; ama), n. a thorn, (jwa)
Gwagwa, adj. filthy
gwagwa (obu), n. filthiness
Gwama, int.
Gwana, v.i. be expedient
gwanira, p. be expedient for
Gya, v. take away, [gyide ; nziya,
take away]
esp. gyako, gyawo, and gyamu
egya, r. run ; — egyawo, start
Gya, v. be cooked ; be on fire
[ide ; mpide, I am burnt]
Gya (olu, emp-), n. a court-yard
Gya (obu), n. envy.
gya (omu), «. a fellow wife
Gya (e'; ama), n. a native adze
Gye (e';), ;/. a host. Vid. Ye
Gyo (olu), n. large piece of broken pot
I
1 86
ELEMENTS OE LUGANDA
Iga, v. learn
igiriza, v. teach
igiriza (omu), w. teacher
igulula, rv. leave off learning
I'ga, v. hunt.
idzi (omu), ». a hunter
i'go (omu), //. what is got by hunting
i'gana, v. throng
i'ganya, rec. c. persecute
i'gayigana, v. force one's way through a
crowd
Ima, v. take up a position
imirira, /;. stand, fza, <.]
ima (omu), n. one who acts as security
eimirira, p~.r. give security for [za, c. ]
imuka, v.i. stand up
imusa, c. raise up
Imba, v. sing
imba (olu), n. a song
Imba, v. tie up with a noose, as a goat
imbula, rv. unloose as a goat
Imbala, v. grow dim with age, of eyes
Impi, full form of Mpi, short, [nyimpi]
impawala, v. become short, [za, c]
Inga, v. i. be much— wgl full form of Ngi*
enkuba einze, the rain is heavier
omulimu guinze, what a great lot of
work, etc.
ingirizi (ej), ;/.
ampade kya jingirizi . . . more
than enough
ingira, /. enter, [za, c]
inza, c. have the ability to do.
Ita, v. i. pass, (wita)
Ita, v: t. call, (wita)
itaba, v. answer when called, (witaba)
anjitabye
J
Ja, v. come [dze]. Cf. 'da, dza
jangu, imp. come
Jabiriza, v. talk fast
Jaga, ? patchy
jagi (obu), n.
embuzi ya bujagi, with black and
white.spots
jagali (eki), n. skin made of pieces sewn
together
jagalala, v. cultivate in odd patches
Jaga, ? excitement
jagalala, v. be on qui vive, as sentry; be
seditious, [za, c]
jaganya, v. dance for joy
jaguza, v. exult, shout for joy
Jagana, v. scoff
Jaja(-; ba), «. grandfather, ancestor
Janja (aka), n. malice
Janjaba, v.. look after, nurse, esp. the sick
Janjala, v. be all over a place*
janjalo (ebi), n. beans
Je (en), n. for spinning, — bonga enje
Jebera, v. be soaked with w-ater. (jeba)
- Jegere (olu), //. a chain
Jema, v. rebel
jemula, rv. subdue
jemulukuka, v.i, surrender, — bajemulu-
kuse
I Jenjeba, v. be weak [vu, //.]
jenjeza, c. make weak
' Jerera,
ejerera, r. get better in ordeal (madudu),
be acquitted
Jigi (obu), n.
luma bujigi, grind the teeth
jigija, <■. be self-contained
Jijira, v. bite violently
Jira, v. ?gy'ra (fya): on'y m
jira esubi, pull up grass for thatch
Jiribwa (e'; ama), ;/. smith's vice t
Jo, adv. yesterday, to-morrow
Joba, v. be wetted. (jobana)
Joga, v. bully
Jolonga, v. be contemptuous
j Jonajona, -■. be downcast
I Jonjo (aka), n. secretion from eyes
I 'Jonkera, v. sob. [njijonkede]
I Jowo, «. woollen cloth ; flannelt
i Jugo (omu), //. small bell ornament
I Jugo (eki), 11. end of spear, or pen-nil)
Jugumira, -'. shiver
Jujubula, v. eat voraciously
Jujumuka, v. look old for age : say you can
do what is beyond you
Jiika, v. scold
ejusa, r. be sorry for
jukirira, /j, find fault with
'Jukira, v. remember, [njijukide]. CJ.
'jula
'Jukiza, c. remind
'Jula, v. be filled with ; be dished up
ekibya kijude amata
'juza, c. till with, — ju^a ekibya amadzi
'julula, iv. annul a law; make to migrate
'julukuka, v. move house ; be annulled;
change one's mind
Jula, v. ajula okufa*
julira, v. appeal to ; give evidence for
julizi (omu), «. one who calls in a
witness
julirwa (omu), n. one who has seen an
event
Jumba (olu), n.
enkoko ya lujumba . . . with red
feathers
Jumbi (aka), n. kilt of strips of bark-cloth
Jumula,
ejumula, r. be very angry
Juna, v. help
Junga, v. rebuke
Juzi, adv. day before yesterday. ?'jula
Juwa (omu), n. nephew
Jwa (ama), ft. thorns, = amagwa
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
I87
K
Ea, int. in salutations.
ka — ka ; kanyo — kanyo; kage — kage
ka (mu), n. only as
muka gundi, so and so's wife
muka mwana, daughter-in-law
ka (eki), n. a clan
ka (e'; ), n. home
ewafe e'ka, at our own home
tugenda 'ka, we are going home
Ka (omu), «. smoke
'Ka, v. go down ['se]
'sa, c. put down
'sa (obu), n. cow-dung
'kira, /. be best
'kira-vi (e'), «. a boil on knee
'kiriza, p2.t. say yes
Kaba (obu), n. profligacy
kaba (omu), n. a profligate
kabakaba, adj. sharp, knowing
Kaba, v. cry, mourn; sing, birds; howl,
animals
Kabaka (- ; ba), n. king.1
kabaka (obwa), «. kingdom
Kabala, v. clear out roots
Kabona, Vid. Bona
Kabotongo, n. i. syphilis
Kabeja, Vid. Beja
Kabuga, v. set grass in a wall
kabugo, (ebi), n. reeds as first cut, with
all leaves, etc. left on
Kade, adjr worn out ; old
kade (omu), «. an old man ; elder
abakade bange, my parents
kadiwa, v. become old. [ya, c]
Kadu (- ; ba), «. a hump-back.
kadulubare (- ; ba), «. king's chief-wife
Kadzi, adv. perhaps
Kafece, n. i. blood-pudding
Kaga, v. lower head for a charge
Kago (omu) n.
'ta omukago, make blood brotherhood
Kaja (ama), n. swelling of the legs or arms
Kajo (eki), n. sugar-cane
kajo (e'; ),«.
e'kajo lyenjovu, kind of palm
Kajumbe (en), n. old thatch
Kakabiriza, v. compel ; endure patiently
ekakabiriza, . screw up courage
Kakampa (eki), n. crust formed on sore
? kampa
Kakana. v. be mild ; ' go down,' pain,
inflammation
kakamu, pt. humble
ekakamula, r. rise with effort, as
half-slaughtered cow
Kakano, adv. now
Kakanyala, v. i. become hard, [za, c]
kakanyavu, //. hard
1 Cf. Kaba-role, capital of Toro ; Kaba-rega,
( = Kaba-rondo) the country east of Busoga,
Kakata, v. be settled, [sa, c. ; vu, //. ]
ekakasa, r. play the man
Kakati, adv. this instant
Kakatika, v. make sham anythings
Kako(bmu), n. head-dress for oracle-giving
Kala, v. i. get dry
kalo (omu), n. piece of dried meat
kalu, pt. dry
kalu (olu), n. dry land
kalirira. pt. dry up as water
Kala'kalira (en), «.
-enkala'kalira, sure fast
Kalakata, v. scrape. Cf. walakata
Kalama, v. be very hot, of the sun
Kalamata (en), n. extreme thirst
Kalambala, z*. grow rigid as a corpse
Kalamu (e), n. pencil, pen*
kalamu enkalu, lead-pencil
kalamu ya jinja, slate-pencil
Kalamuka, v. be hoarse
Kalanamye (e), n. meat dead of itself
Kalang'anya, v. overwhelm with words
Kalanguka, v. be capable, [fu, //.]
Kale, int.
Kali (en), n. urine
Kalidali, ;/. i. mustard
Kaliriza, v. affirm confidently. ? kala
ekaliriza, r.
ekaliriza amaso, stare at — okumwe-
kaliriza amaso
Kaluba, v. be hard
kalubo, adj. hard
kalubirira, p*. be a difficulty to
Kalwekalwe,
omusota ogwa kalwekalwe, a venom-
ous snake
Kama (omu), n. lord, master
Kama, v. squeeze out as pus.
milk cow
ekamirira, r. drinkjjeer incessantly
Kamala, v. do thoroughly = zimula ; do
carelessly
Kamba 'ga, v. be heavy of eyes with
sleep
Kainbakamba, v. be convalescent
Kambi (eki), n. chewed sugar-cane
kambula, v. suck juice out
Kambula, v. plunder
kambwe, adj. fierce
Kampa (en), «. native putties'; socks
Kamulali, n. i. cayenne pepper
Kamwana,
ekamwana, r. be very angry
Kanaga (en), n. shrub with hard wood
Kanda (e' ;), «. a noose for snaring wild-
boar
Kande (eki), n, a neglected piece of culti-
vation
kandula, v. clear of weeds
late king of Bunyoro ; Kavi-rondo
Lttima,
1 88
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ekandula, r. go off in a rage, without
listening
Kandwa, n. shrub with hard wood, but
not thorny like ' enkanaga '
Kanga (bu), adv. = bukanu
tunula bukanga, look fierce
kanga, v. t. threaten
kanga (omu), n. extortioner
ekanga, r. start with alarm
Kanga (en), tt. an open-work basket
Kangabiriza,
ekangabiriza, r. hide guilt by words
Kangalala, v. stand on tip-toe
Kangaluka, v. i. be high, of a price, or of
the sun
omuwendogukangaluse; enjubaekan-
galuse, about II a.m. [la, v. /.]
Kangavula, v. rebuke
Kanisa (e), n. a churcht
Kanja (en), n. grounds in beer
Kankamuka, ?•. cease, of rain or illness.
? kanya
kankamula, v. t.
ekankamula, r. shake its wing (fowl);
shake off water (dog) ; get well
Kankana, v. shake
Kansa, v. bid high
Kansi (ama), n. scissorsf
Kantoloze, n. i. giddiness
kantiriza, v. hypnotize, soothe, as by
gently rubbing a furious bull be-
hind the ear
Kantuntunu, n. i. a mask. Aho Kantuntu-
nu kano, etc.
Kanu (bu), adv.
lunula bukanu, look fierce by show-
ing whites of eyes
kanula. v. show whites of eyes
Kanya, v. be heavy of rain
Kanya,
ekanya, r, grumble
'Kanya, v.
'kanya ebigambo, discuss matters
e'kanya, r. recognize by careful
scrutiny
Kanyanya (olu), n. wrinkles (not on face)
Kanyuga, v. hurl
Kanzu (e), n. ' smock ' reaching to the feett
Kapa, adj. lean
Kapa (e), n. a tame cat t
Kasi (en), n. a paddle
Kasikolindo, n. i. fowl-droppings
Kasoka, conj. since, (kasokede)
Kasofi, n. i. Indian corn
Kasuka, v. throw a stone, spear, etc.
Kata, v. press down, as food in a pot.
ekata, r. reach down to
kata (en), n. pad for head ; centre
ring in a round house
katiriza, v. lean upon
kato (olu), «. a native stiletto.
Katonda, ( — ; ba), n. God. ? tonda
Katuka, v. ferment, [fu, pt.\
Kaumpuli, n.i. plague ; any severe illness
Kawa, v. be bitter, be salt
Kawali, n.i. small-pox. Vid. Wala
Kawawa, n.i. a biting fly
Kaya (omu), ;/. a diver
Kayana, v. make a noise
mukayanira ki ?
kayu (e'), ». ill-temper
kayukira, v. speak angrily to
Kayi (eki), n. piece of broken pot
kayi (aka), «. a ladle
Kaza, v. pronounce correctly
Kaza-lugya (en), n. a house-sparrow
Kazi, adj. female
kazi (omu), «. a woman
Kebe (ama), n. calves' ' mumps '
Kebera, v. scrutinize
Kebuka, v. look back
kebuka enyuma
Keje (en), n. small fish, esp. dried
Keka,
ekeka, ;-. fear
Keka (omu), n. a mat
Kekema, v. on. cackle
Ke'kera, v. speak in a falsetto ; creak of
a falling house
eke'keza, r. pretend not to be able to do
Kekereza, v. use sparingly
Kema, z\ sigh or grunt on exertion
Kema, v. test, tempt
kemereza, v. question closely
Kemba (omu), «. pay for smith's work or
for divination
Kendeza, v. diminish
Kenena, v. be a dandy ; get thin
kenene (olu), ;/. wild raspberry
Kenenula, v. strain
Ke'nenya, v. search diligently
Kengera, v. examine any object from a
distance
ekengera, v. avoid from fear
Kenkula, v. be inferior (beer)
Kenya, v. grumble, [kenye]
kenyera (en), n. convalescence
Kera, Vid. Kya
Kere (eki), n. a frog
Kereketa, v. melt, of fat only
Kerenda (e' ; ama), n. lump of salt or
similar substance
Kerebwe (en), «. a squirrel
Kero (en), n. nozzle of bellows
Kesula (e'), n. poison taken internally
Keta, v. pall of food
Ke'ta, v. spy out
Kewa, v. be scarce, esp. of water going
down
keya, c. make scarce
keyerera, /2. catch the breath
omwoyo gukeyerede
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
189
Ki, pron. what
Kibonomu. Vid. bona
Kika, v. put sideways
kika (obu), n. side as opposed to end
kikiro (omu), n. a cross-beam
Kika, v. attend court
kiko (olu), «. levee, council
kikira, v. pay respects to
kikira kabaka, omwami, etc.
Kikulwa, n.i. red earth
Xima, v. fetch.
kima (en), n. a small monkey
Kimba, v. lower head to charge; be rude
kimbula,z>./. be rude to (kimbulaabantu)
Kimbala ( — ; ba), n. pelican
Kina, v. abound, to a person
ebintu byange binkina
Kina, v.t. be sarcastic to
kino (eki), n. sarcasm
Kindo (olu), n. a seam
Kindu (olu), n. wild-date palm
Kingi (en), n. boundary
Kira (omu), n. tail of animals
'Kira, 'kiriza. Vid. 'ka
Kira, v.
abankira, those who are senior to me,
who have a choice before me
kiza, c. get advantage over
kizo (en), n. advantage
kira-vi (e'), n. boil on knee
Kisa (omu), n. good luck. ? kika II
Xisa, v.t2. hide from
okumukisa ekintu
kiso (en), n. a secret
Kitange, n. my father 1
Kiya, v. hate
kiiriza, v. want to pick a quarrel with
Kiya (en), n. shaven patch in front
mwa enkiya, shave in that way
Kiza. Vid. kira
Ko (omu), n. a single piece 2
Ko (e'), «• filth on the person
Ko (obu), n. dowry paid for wife
kodomi (omu), ti. brother-in-law (or
omuko)
Koba, v.
ekoba, v. conspire, good or evil
ekobereza, v. accuse another to clear
oneself
kobana, v. bespeak
kobojanya, v. accuse face to face
Kobe (omu), n. a creeper which bears
kobe (e' ; ama), n. a chestnut-like fruit
Kobe (en), n. an ape. (PI. amakobe)
Kobyokobyo (en), n. small lake bird, white
Kodo, adj. miserly
kodowala, v. i. be miserly
Kofira (en), n. hat, cap t
Kofu (en), «. guinea-fowl
Ko'ga, v. get thin
ko'vu, //. thin
Kojange, n. my uncle3
Koko (en), n. the domestic fowl
koko (se ; base), n. cuckoo
kokolima, v. crow as a cock
Ko'ko (eki), «. a riddle
ko'kola, v. propound riddle, puzzle
Kokola (olu), n. the elbow ; a mantis
Kokolo, n.i. cancer
Kokowe (e* ; ama), «. large-leaved fig-
tree. ? kowe
Kola, v. do, make, [za, c. ; zi, «.]
koza (omu), n. an overseer
Kola, v. weed, — kolamu omudo
kola (olu), n. uninhabited land
Koleza, v. light a lamp, torch, etc.
Koligo (eki), n. slave-stick
Kolima, v.t. curse
Kolo (eki), n. root ; root-end of anything
Koloba,
ekolobya, c.r. make a detour
kolobola, v.t. scratch, [ka, v.i.]
ekolobola, r. be very angry
koloboza, v. draw a line
koloboze (olu), «. a line
Kolo-konda (eki), n. bit of broken knife-
blade
Kolokoto (en), n.
wera enkolokoto, shew their loyalty
Kolola, v. cough
Kolondola, v. clear the throat
Koma (olu), «. wild palm when cut down
Koma, v. end, cease
komawo, return ; komako, touch
komekereza, i.e. make to reach to very
end
komerero (en), «. end as opp. to be-
ginning
komola, v. trim ; cut out clothes
'Koma, v.
'komera, /. fence in
'komera (olu). n. a fence
'komerera, p%. hammer in
Komaga, v. beat a bark-cloth
Koma-mawanga (e' ; ama), ;/. pome-
granate
Komba, v. lick
Kome (eki), n. cold season after rains.
[? koma II
Komi (en), «. bonfire, (eki)
1 Kitawo, thy father ; kitawe, his f. ; kitafe, our f. ; kitamwe, your f. ; kitabwe,
their f. Plus, bakitafe, bakitamwe, bakitabwe.
2 Thus, a single sheet of paper, omuko gumu ; a single coil of wire ; a quire of
folded paper.
3 Or Koja wange ; kojawo, thy uncle ; kojawe, his uncle.
190
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
komera, v. heap up rubbish for bonfire
owemu akomera, prov.
Korao (eki), n. brass or copper
ekikomo ekyamadzi, brass
ekikomo ekya bweru, copper
Komola. Vid. koma
Komola, v. take a large piece
Kompe (en), ;/. socket of eye
Kompe (eki), it. foreign cup or mug t
Komvuba, v. waste away from sickness
Kona, v. refuse to answer ; be underdone, .
of fbod
kokonya, v. tantalize
Kona, v. rap, knock
konero (e ; ama), it. for beating ' ensu-
mwa ' on
Kona (en), ;/. something hard, smooth and
round ; e.g. back of head ; large
cowry-shell ; large vulture, from its
head
kuba omuntu enkona, turn one's back
on a man
Konda (omu), it. handle. ? projecting
konde (eki), n. the fist
kondo (eki), ;;. a prop
kondere (e' ; ama), «. trumpet made of
calabash
Konga, v. sniff with nose uplifted (of
animals). ? sticking up
konge (en), «. a stump ; moss
kongoba, v.
kongoja, v. hop
kongola, v. strip vegetable leaves off
stalks ; Indian corn off cob, etc.
ekongola, r. be left alone ; go as
empty as you came
wekongode, I shan't give it you
kongoteza, v.t. blunt, [vu, pt.\
kong'ontera, v.i. be blunted
kongovule(aka), n. theankle-bone.ankle
Kongola, v. make faces at ; take from a
man the spoil which he has brought
Konja, v. caulk
Konko (olu), n. a ravine, nullah
Kono (omu), it. arm, hand. ? kona
kono (e' ; ), it.
omukono ogwa 'kono, left arm
kono (aka), it. consumption. Cf. kom-
vuba
konona, v. be dwarfed, badly grown
Kontola, v. click with tongue
Konyi (en), n. euphorbia
Kota, v. stoop, (kotakota)
ekota, r. stoop, be round-shouldered
kota (en), n. bunch of plantains
Kota,
kosa, c. knock a sore place
kokota, v. scrape
Kovu (e' ; ama), it. a snail
Kovu (en), n. a scar
Kowa, v. be tired, [ya, <-.]
koyesa, .'./. weary, make tired
kowu (obu), it. fatigue
kulika obukowu
Kowe (eki), n. eyelid
temya ekikowe, wink
kowekowe (olu), ;/. eyelash
'Kowe (eki), it. a sigh
'sa eki'kowe, heave a sigh
Kowola, v.t. shout for any one, — kowola
omuntu
Koza, 7\ dip in relish
Kozimba, ?'. be paralyzed
Ku (en), n. firewood, (olu)
Kuba, v. beat, strike *
ekuba, >: go off, as a gun
kuba (en), «. rain
enkuba etukubye
kubo (e' ; ama), n. path trodden down
ekubaganya, r. ' raise the wind '
kubirira /.,• ^eat on ground to scare
birds or a beast
kubiriza, v.
kubiriza ensonga, sum up a case
Kuba, v. rub, smooth over
ekubira, r. be restless in fever
Kubagiza, v. comfort a bereaved person
Kuba-mpanga (aka), «. kind of hawk
Kubenda, v. crawl (of children). ? kuba
enda
Kubwa, prep, for sake of
Kudala, v.i. laugh to scorn, [ira, v. t.\
Kudumu (ebi), n. dregs of ' mubisi '
Kudzi (eki), ;/. long hair of goat
Kufu (omu), 11. chain ornament, watch-
chain
kufu (en), «. a tumour
Kufuli, ;;. padlock. t X kufuli eno, etc.
Ku'gira, v. hem
ku'giro (olu), n. a hem
Kuku (obu), n. mildew
kuku (eki), n. a skin disease
kukula, v. get, go mouldy
Kukunala, v.i. project as potatoes out of
ground ; bones in lean person or
animal (kukunuka)
Kukunyi (olu), ;/. a flea
Kola, v. grow to maturity
kulu, adj. full grown
kulu (omu), elder, head-man
kulu (ama), it. meaning
Kula (e' ; ama), it. valuables
Kula (en), ;/. a rhinoceros
kuza, c.
ekuza, r. exalt oneself
Kula, v. pull out, nails, teeth, etc.
kuli (en), n. bunch of feathers on canoe
Kulembera, v. go first, guide
Kulika, v. well done, — mukulike
kulisa, c. say ' kulika ' to
Kulira, v. smooth earthenware
ekulira, r. be stunted in growth, [vu,//.]
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISH
191
Kuluba (e' ; ama), ». any swelling or un-
evenness
kulubana, v. have dirt on it as mat.
[ya, c.1
Kulukumbi (olu), n. ridge, sharp edge
olukulukumbi lwenyindo, bridge of nose
Kulukunya, v.t. roll in dirt
ekulukunya, r. roll as animal
Kulukuta, v. flow
Kulula, v. draw, drag. Cf. Kuluma
ekulula, r. creep, crawl
Kuluma, Zulu, speak. ? swelling. ? move-
ment of jaws
ekuluma, r.
ekulumo (obw), ;/.
lya obwekulumo, chew the cud
kulumuka, v.t. be gathered, clouds
kulumulula, v.t. clouds gather in swell-
ing masses
egulu likulumulude ebire
ekulumulula, r. clouds, be gathered as
above; of a cat, bristle its tail
kulumbala, :•. cat, arch its back
kulumbuka, v. have indigestion with feeling
of swelling ; = kulumuka
Kulunga, v. = kulungirira. ? heaping-up
ekulunga, v. be round, spherical
kulungirira, /.,. make round ; invent
kulungirira ebigambo, put on old-
fashioned airs
ekulungirira, r. be round, [vu, //.]
kulung'utanya, v. heap up, as goods for
removal
Kuluze (en), n. king's store
Kulwa, prep, for sake of
Kul we (aka), n. tadpole
Kuma, v. light a fire, — kuma omuliro
Kuma, v. keep
Kuma, v. heap up
kiimi (e'; ama), ;/. ten. (ama, olu, eki)
kumu (en), n. a heap, any amount of
Kumba, v. ? heaping-up
kumbi (en), ;/. a hoe
kukumba, v. sweep up in hands
ekukumba, r. be assembled
kukumbiririza, pv c. kukumba
Kundi (e' ; ama), n. navel ; boss of shield '
Kundu'ga, v.
emere ekundu'ze, . . is badly cooked
Kundula, v. gather up all that comes to
hand
Kundulu (en), ;/. string-cap made in Bu-
soga
Kunga, v.
kungo (eki), it. assessment
ekikungo kyente, tax on cows
kungu (omu), n. a chief
kungula, v. reap
kungula (ama), ;/. harvest
kung'ana, v. be assembled
kung'&nya, c. collect together
kung'anyiza, p. collect in a place
kungiriza, v. make exclamations, oh!
oh!
Kunguvula, v. wish dead, curse
kunguvu, n.i. whydah bird
Kunizo (aka), ;/. a noose
Kunkumula, v. shake. ? kuma III. red.
kunkumuka (aka), ;/. a crumb
Kunku (en), n.
ente ya nkunku, hornless cow
Kunta, v. blow, of wind
kunta (eki), 11. a blanket
Kununkiriza, v.' stretch to reach a thing
Kunya, v. rub ; dress a skin by rubbing
with a stone ; strip of possessions
kunyu (omu), ;/. kind of fig-tree
kunyula, v. pull cooked meat to pieces
Kusense (olu), n. measles
Kusu (en), n. a parrot, (eki)
Kuta (ebi), n. peelings, (eki)
kutama, v. bow the head
kutu (omu), «. a strait
kutula, v.t. snap in two. [kac/. whence
akutuse, he has departed this life]
kutuko (eki), ;/.
okufa okwekikutuko, sudden death
'Kuta, v. be satisfied with food
Kuta, v. rub. ? kuwuta
kuta ebigere, go fast
kutira, /. give strict orders to
kiisa, c. deceive
kiisa (omu), //. a hypocrite
kiisa (obu), 11. deceit
ekusa, r.
ekusa kubire, ' set Thames on fire '
kusi (olu), ;/. red clay. ? for rubbing
on
Kutankira, v. finish off to last drop
Kuwutanya, v. do a thing without letting
a person know ; assassinate with
pretended friendship (kuwuwutan-
ya). ? kuta
Kuya, Kavirondo, beat
kuyo (en), ;/. hockey
Kwa (en), ;;. tick
'Kwale (na ; bana), n. a dwarf
Kwakula, v. snatch away, grab
kwakwaba, -■. plunder hurriedly,
[ira, /. 1
Kwana, v. make friends — ayagala oku-
kwana nawe
kwano (omu), n. friend ; friendship
kwanya, c.
kwanya olubimbi, smooth the plot
ekwanya, r. make oneself ready
Kwanga (en), n. smell of foul water in
beer
Kwanzi (obu), ;;. seed-beads, (aka)
Kwata, v.t. grasp, seize, catch, [kute] *
ekwata, r. take for one's own
kwaso (eki), ;/. a pin ; book-marker
192
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
kwatirira, p.t support, uphold
kwatana, v. fight
Kwawa (en), «. armpit
Kwaya, v. rustle, (kwakwaya)
Kwe (olu), n. guile
Kwebera, v.
kwebera mu kituli, crawl through a hole
Kwefca v.tv hide from
okumukweka ekintu
Kwekwe (omu), ft. trail made by dragging
anything along the ground
kwekwesa, v. drag behind one
kwekweta, v. scout 1
Kwenyakwenya, v. allure. ? kwekwe
Kwero (emi), n. sticks of a house-frame
which go in the ground
Kya, v. dawn ; clear up, of rain, [kede]
kya (en), «. dawn ; adv. to-morrow
morning
kera, /. be early
kera okufumba, cook in good time
kesa, c.
kesaobude, be up with first streak of dawn
Kyai, n.i. tea. (cai)
Kyala, v. pay a visit, [ira, /.]
kyala (omu), n. woman of position, lady
Kyama, v. go astray, go wrong, [mya, c]
kyamu,//. crooked
Kyapa, n. typef ekyapa, eno, etc.
kuba ekyapa, print, typewrite
Kyawa, v. not to want, [ya, c]
Kyefula, n.i. nuisance
kyefula wenkuba eno
Kytmvu, n.i. ? yemvu
-a kyemvu, yellow
Kyimba, v. =kimba
Kyuka, v.i. be turned
kyusa, c. turn
kyufu (omu), n. a proselyte
Laba, v. see, find *
obalaba, give them my compliments
eraba, r. — ; go their way — berabye
weraba, farewell. Cf. obalaba
labo (ekir-), n. a present
labira, /. find for, provide
omundabira, give him my compli-
ments
erabira, r. forget
labirwamu (end-), n. looking-glass
labirira, /2- oversee
labirirwa, be late, be delayed
labika, v.i. be found
labe (omu), n. an enemy
1 Because the larger expedition comes in their trail.
■ Olttlagala, one plantain-leaf ; amalagala, leaves in general, though more espe-
cially potato-slips (ga lumonge, may or may not b<» added) ; ekiragala, a single leaf (not
plantain), rarely heard.
s I usoga, Lambala, lie down ; Torrend, "Comparative Grammar' (p. 12), gives Angola,
lambarala and Lower Congo, lavalala, both = lie down.
labula, v. warn
Laga, v. shew
lagana, rcc. make an agreement
lagira, p. give orders, directions to
otulagire ekubo, shew us the right road
lagiro (ekir-), n. an order
lagirira, />2. shew the way to do
jangu ondagirire oniulimu guno
lagiririza, p^c.
nakulagiriza e'dagala, I shall send
medicine for you
lagalaganya, v. procrastinate
lagula, v. foretell
lagajala, v. be absent-minded
Lagala (end-), ». plantain-leaves -
lagala, (e'd-), «. medicine
lagala (ekir), n. a drag-net
Lago(obu), n. throat, front of neck. ? laga
yogera obulago bunene, speak in a
loud voice
lago (end-), n. water-ree"d
Laka,
eraka, r. love exceedingly
lakira, p. choke, with food or drink
lakasira, v. he parched with thirst
Lakalaka, v. be thirsty
lakira, v. gasp
Lala, adj. other, of another sort or lot
Lala, r. become calm. ? lie down
lalo (ama), n. where any dead is buried
lalo (ekir-), n. where Raima live with
their cows
lalira, /. get stuck
lalika, v. make an appointment with
eralikirira, r. be anxious about
Lalama, v. throw head back, (lalambala)
Lali (end-), n. ? lala
owendali, man with a squint
Lain, adj. mad
lalu (e'd-), n. madness
laluka, v. be mad
eralusa, r. pretend to be mad
Lama, v.i. be preserved
lamu, pt. sound ; in good health
lamuka, v. revive
lama'ga, v. do a day's march
Lama, v. give dying directions
Lamba, v. make a mark. ? stretch out 3
lamba, adj. whole, without division
lambo (omu), 11. a corpse
lambala, v. lie as if dead
lambika, v. go straight ahead
lambikiriza, i.e. stretch out the legs
lambula, v. visit, inspect land
lambulula, ;/. comb out, as hair
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
193
lalambala, v. =lalama, throw head back
Lamula, v. judge ; name a price
lamula [e'd-), n.
omugo 'damula, the Katikiro's sceptre
Lamula, v. milk. Cf. kama, kamula
Lamusa, v. salute. ? lama (lamuka)
Lamu (omu), n. brother or sister-in-law
Lamwa (omu), n. kernel
Lana,
lanya, c. pay first visit to king
lanama, v. stretch out the legs
lanamiro (emir-), /;. foot of bed
lanamula, v. stretch out at full length
eranamula, r. stretch out the legs
Landa, v run about, as a creeper ; spread
as fire
landula, r<r. pluck up a creeper
(landulula, landulukuka, landukirira)
landiza, <•. write long straggling letters ;
start a lot of work and not finish
landaga, v. be long-winded; go long
marches
tolandaga bigambo, speak briefly
landa'girira, p2. go roaming about
Langa, v.t. lay to charge of
onanze ki? what have I done wrong?
Langa, v. twist
langa (e'd-; ama), ;/. a lily
langulula, r.v. untwist
langaja, v. loiter about
langaja (ekir-), ;/. a dummy
oli kirangaja, towereza
Langa, v. give public notice about
langa (omu), //. cry of men, birds, and
animals
langira (omu), u. a prince
langiriza, p.2.c. shout after
langula, r.v. refuse to answer
Langala, v. stand in presence of superiors.
? langa I
Lasa, v. blab about. Esp. lasalasa
lalasa, v. gossip
lasira, v.
omutwe gundasira, my head throbs
Lata. ? bend over
lasa, c. commence a roof by bending the
reeds to the frame ; shoot arrows ;
flick with finger and thumb
lato (ekir-), n. a sheath, bent over knife
La'tala'ta, v. dawdle about
Lawa, v. castrate
lawe (omu), n. a eunuch
lawo (omu), «. wooden spoon
Lawa, v. sound the alarm, of drums
laya, c.
laya mu kamwa, cast this in his teeth
laira, /. affirm stoutly, swear
lairo (ekir-), «. affirmation ; oath
lairira, p2- swear by
Le (ekir-), n. cloud. ? la (lala)
Leba (olu), n. bath made of plantain-leaf
lebera, v. get loose, [vu, />/. ; za, c.\
lebeta, v. hang loosely down
Lega, v. taste
legama, v. lie in pools
legeya (end-), «. weaver-bird
legete (aka), n. a shell's worth, esp. of
tobacco
Lega, v. stretch out tight
lega engoma, stretch a drum
erega, r. be strained : be clear, sky ;
have chordee
Leka, v. leave alone
lesa, ,-.
eresa, /-. neresklza ekintu okukiwa,
I have given it cheerfully of my
own accord
leku (end-), //. a small calabash
Lekana, v. shout
Lema, v. be too much for ; mix . fail *
lema, adj. crippled, lame
lemala, v. become lame
lemaza, c. maim
lemu (omu), //. a rubber-bearing vine
lemu (e'd- ; ama), «. a fruit with hard
rind
Lemba, v. stroll
lembe (e'd), n. freedom
-a 'dembe, free
lembe (emir-), «, peace ; duration of
king's reign
lembe (olu), n. listlessness
Lemba (ekir-), n. a turban, head-cloth
Lembeka, v. catch rain-water
Lenga, v. lenga amadzi, divine by water
lengera, v. look at a distant object
lengeja, v. gape as a bad-fitting joint ;
be unable to reach ground with feet
Lenga (aka), ;;. a tree-frog
Lenge (aka), n.
kwata akalenge, hold up the skirts for
walking
lenge (ekir-), n. ' corner ' of a cloth
Lenzi (omu), n. a boy
lenzi (obu), ;/.
omwana owobulenzi, a male child
Lera, v. bring up a child
lezi (omu), ;;. a nurse
Leie (olu), v. a lace
Lere (omu), n. ar flute, (end-)
Lerembula. ? lemba, red.
ererembula, r. break of itself
Lero, adv. to-day
Lerya (ekir-), n. chaff. ? le
Leta, v. bring
letereza, p2.c. start a hymn
eretereza, r. bring upon oneself
Levu (ekir-), «. beard. ? leba
levu (aka), ;/. the chin
Liba (e'd- ; ama), n. skin
Libuka, v. be notched
Liga (end-), n. sheep, (aka)
N
194
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Lima, ;*. cultivate, [isa. <".]
liniiro (en), //. garden, cultivated plot
limiriza, p^ c. cultivate for pay
Limba, v. lie
limba (obu), n. falsehood
-a bulimba, false
limbo (obu), >?. bird-lime
Limi, (olu), ;/. tongue, language
limi (ekir-), ;;. lisp
limi (nanui ; ban.), «. ant-bear
naniniibirye, a double-dealer
owenimi biri, a blab, gossip
Limu (omu), >t. work
limu (emir-), //. material or tools for work
Linda, v. wait
erinda, ;-. be cautious
okwerinda si buti, prov.
lindirira, p.,. wait for
Linga, Lusoga, look out
lingi/a, v. peep
Linimuka, v. whirr, as birds Hying ; hum,
as a crowd passing
Linya, v. go, climb up, ascend
linyirira, p.,. trample upon
Lira, 7\ --kal>a
liro (omu), ;/. fire
Lira (aka), ;/. umbilical cord
Lin (ekir-), //. native bedstead
Lita, v. ensnare
Liwa, v. pay
liyira, p. pay to
liyisa, c. make to pay
Lo (ekir-), ;;. night. ? la (lala)
lo (ebir-), u. times
lo (otu), n. sleep
lo (obu), «. small kind of millet '
Loba, ?'. catch fish. ? pick out
lobo (e'd- ; ama), n. a hook
lobola, v. pick out one's share
eroboza, r. choose for one; If.
lobozi (e'd- ; ama), ;/. sound, voice 2
Lobe (end-), n. worn in lieu of trowsers
lobera, v. hinder
Loga, 7'. bewitch
logo (omu), n. a wizard
logo (e'd- ;), >i. a charm
logojana, v. be delirious
Logoi (end-), ;/. donkey
Loka v. shoot, sprout
loko (end-), ;/. slip, shoot for trans-
planting
Lokaloka, v. throb as a frog ; gasp as a
fowl ; of men, desire intensely
Lokola, ?'./. save, [ka, v.i."\
Lokoli (e'd-), «. the trachea
Londa, v. choose
Londo (omu), //. vanilla
I.ondo (namu ; /in.), ;/. throne
Longo (omu), ;/. a twin
longo (na ; ban.), //. mother of twins
sabalongo, father of twins
Longosa, v.t. put to rights, [ka, v i. ]
longofu, //. clean
Longoti (omu), ;/. a mast f
Lopa, v. tell tales about
Losa (aka), ;/. smell
Lota, v. dream
loto (ekir-), n. a dream, (end-)
lotolola, 7'. interpret a dream
Lowa,
(lowo e'd-;) ;/. long for a thing — e'dowo
lyamadzi, etc. Cf. yoya
lowola,
lowoza, c. think, meditate
(lowozesa, cause to think ; lowo-
lereza, /. )
Lu (end), >/. young plantain-shoot
Luljare ( — ; ba), n. false god
I.ugube (omu), n. greediness
Luka, 7'. plait, esp. mats, and baskets
eruka, r. sky, be white and flecky
Lukwata < — ; ba), ;/. sea-serpent
Luli, adT. two days hence
Lulu, adj. greedy
Lulu (aka), «. ordeal by fire. Cf. Dudu
akalulu kaokya, you are guilty
lulu (end-), n. alarm
kuba endulu, raise the alarm
Lulwe (aka), n. gall-bladder
Lurna, v. bite, pain
lumika, v. bleed by cupping
lumiriza, p2.c. torture ; accuse as eye-
witness ; bring home charge t<>
lumata,
erumata, r. be silent in anger
luluma, v. haunt, only in
emizimu giruluma
Lumba, v. assault
lumba (en), n. hornet
Lumbi (e'd-), n. lesser rains
Lume, adj. male of animals
lume (sed- ; zis. ) //. a male, bull
Lumonde, n.i. sweet potato, (lumonge)
Lunda, v. herd
lundi (omu), ;/. a company
Lundi (omu), n. a time
omulundi ogwokusatu, ogwokuna, etc.
Lundulunduli (omu), n. shin
Lunga, v. season ; fill tobacco-pipe
lung'aniya, v. put straight, guide
lungi, adj. good
lungu (ekir-), n. an arrow-shaft
Lungu (e'd-), «, treeless uninhabited grass
land
1 Cf. ekirerya : the ground 'bulo' looks very much like chaff.
a Denoting any kind of sound : it 'picks out,' discriminates, what
man's voice ; lion's roar ; gun's report.
that sound is ;
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENCLISH
195
lunguja, v. be uncomfortable, of a bed ;
bother, of a child
Lungu (ekir-), n. a heap of weeds
Lunguka, v. be black and blue
Lungwana (omu), ;;. a coast man f
Luse'jera, n.i. Vid. se' jera
Lusi, adv. sometimes, — lusi na lusi
Lusu (ama), n. saliva
Luyi (ekir-), «. fierce anger
Luvu (omu), n, glutton. ? lulu I
Lwa, v: delay, [lude; Iwisa, <:]
I.wa (ama), ;/. beer made from millet
Lwa. Vid. 01 wa
Lwala, v. be ill. [lwade]
lwade (omu), ;;.. a sick person
lwade (obu), ;/. illness, (end)
erwaza, r. pretend to be ill
Lwana, v. fight, [lvvanyisa, c. ]
hvanyi (omu), n. a fighter
Lya, v. eat: [lide ; lira, /.] *
lyamu olukwe, betray
liro (e'd-), where food is eaten
lisa, v.t. feed
lirana, v. be adjacent
lirano (omu), n. neighbourhood
liranwa (omu), n. neighbour
lya (e'd), ;/.
'ta e'dya, win the heart.1
lya (end-), n.'1
wa ndya embi, an unsociable man
Lyango (omu), 11. doorway
Lyazamanya. v. defraud, treat high-
handedly
lyazamanyi (omu), ;/. a cheat, high-
handed fellow
Lyoka, aux. 'and then'; 'that I may'
Lyo'ka, v. adorn
Lyolyoma, v. accuse in secret ; backbite
M
'Ma, 71. refuse
Magamaga, v. look about cautiously
magalaza, v.
magalaza amatu, prick the ears
Makwanzi ( — ; ba), ;;. osprey
Mala, v. finish, [maze ; nializa, c.]*
emala, r. take for oneself entirely
maliriza, v.t. accomplish
Mala. v. plaster, smear
mala obusa
Malaika ( — ; ba), ;/. an angel f
Male (e), cat-fish
Malekebu (e), n. a ship t
Mambuluga (e), ;/. mumps
Mamira, v. sit on eggs
Mamu, int. in salutations
Mandwa (e), 11. one possessed
Manga, adv. over there
Manju, adv. back of house. ? nyumanju
Mansa, v. scatter, as seeds
mansula, v. sprinkle
Manya, v. know, be acquainted with
manyo (olu), ;/. knowledge, cleverness
manyira, /. get accustomed to
manyirira, /2.
simanyiride, I did it by mistake
Manya, v. or
manyula, v. pluck a fowl
nakumanyula 'no, ' I'll warm thee
Manzamu (e), ti. cartridge-belt
Masamasa, v. glitter
Masa'de,
emviii za masa'de, straight hair
Masuka, r. rebound
Mawa, n.i. very strong drink. ? malwa
Maya ( — ; ba), ;/. an ostrich
Mbe (olu), ;/. death
Mbeja (omu). Vid. Beja
Mbowa (omu), //. executioner
Mini, int. you there?
Mega, v.t. throw in wrestling
megana, rec. wrestle
megula, v. break off
Meka, adj. how many
Meketa, v. gnaw, either literally or of pain
Meme (e), n. sternal cartilage
Memetula, v. make a munching or
grinding noise
Menya, v.t. break *
emenya, r. give in utterly, make abject
subjection to
menye, pi. jointed, — ekiso kimenye, a
pocket-knife
menyeka, v.i. be broken, [fu,//.]
menyomenyo (eki), n. stiffness of limbs.
Mera, v. grow
meruka, v. be sprouted of fresh sown
seed
mererezi (eki), n. self-grown seeds
mere (e), n. mashed plantain-food
Mese (e), «. a rat
Meza (e), n. a table t
Miansa, v. flash of lightning
Mira, v. swallow
miro (omu), n. gullet ; the hollow inside
of any long stem
mizi (e), «. hollow in tusk of ivory
Mondo (e), n. serval
Monyere (olu), n. incessant rain or talk ;
adv. incessantly
Mpadwa [ — , ba), ;/. big strong man
Mpawo, adv. no, there is not
1 Of women, not men. Yata e'dya : takyavawo. She has settled down nicely, and
will not leave her husband.
- Bakutute mu ndya mbi, said to a little girl, who had apparently left her work to go
to a neighbour's = You ought not to have done so.
196
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Mpi, adj. short, (impi)
mpi (ku), adv. near
mpi (ka), adv.
kampi gano, now
Mpukumpuku (bi), n. a small brew of
beer
Mpu'tu
omuntu owempu'tu, a wilful man
Ha prep, in, inside
Mugoya ( — ; ba), n. a blindworm
Mugunya, v. nibble, eat with mouth shut
Mulekwa ( — ; ba), n. an orphan. ? leka
Mali (olu), n. a reed
muli (eki), n. a flower
mulisa, v.t. light with a torch
Mulugunya,
emulugunya, r. murmur
emulugunyiza, murmur at
Mulula,
emulula, r. slip away, esp. snakes
Mulungula, v. crumble
Mundu (e), n. a gun, rifle t for n-bundu^
Munya,
mumunyala, v. be at a loss what to say
emunyamunya, r. murmur
Munyenye (e), «. a firefly, a star. ? nye
Mwa, v. shave
mwano (aka), «. a razor
Mwa (aka), n. mouth
mwa (emi), n. lips
Mwenyumwenyu (aka), n. smile
omuntu wa kamwenyumwenyu, one
who is always smiling
Myu (ebi), n.
siba ebimyu, tie up cloth for work
N
'Na (mu ; ba), pre/, one of, man of
mu'na Budu, man of Kudu
mu'nagwanga, man of another nation,
stranger
mu'namwandu, one of the spoil, a
widow
mu'nafe, one of us ; mu'namwe, one of
you ; mu'nabwe, one of them.
PL ba'nabwe, etc.
mu'nange, my friend ; mu'no, thy fi rcnd ;
mu'ne, his friend. PL ba'nange,
etc.
'na (ki, etc.), one of. Vid. Table 9.
Na, conj. and. (ni) (ne)
nadzi klino, adv. in old time
na guno gujwa, adv. up to the present
nabaki, inter, of what sort, how
Na, or Nya, adj. four
Na, formative, mother, Mrs. Hence —
na-bubi ; na-'kwale ; namu-limi ; namu-
londo ; na-longo ; namu-ng'ona ;
na-nungu ; namu-nyi ; naka-were;
na-wolovu : naka-nyama
If aba, v. wash the body [za, c]
naba mu ngalo, wash the hands
Nabi ( — ; ba), 11. prophet t
Nabugira, n.i. mint
Nabula, v. be bruised, take skin off
Kafu, adj. weak ? naka (naku)
nafuwa, v. be weak [ya, c. ]
Naga, v. play a prelude, tune up
Nakanyama. Vid. Nyama
Naku (olu), n. day of 24 hours
Naku (e), n. trouble ? naka
nakuwala, v.i. be troubled. [za. c.~\
Namfusi (obu), n. hypocrisy Vid. Fuka.
Nampwa, n.i. swelling of the eye
Nana, v. be accustomed ; be well finished
nanya, v. be idle
enanya, ;-. be fastidious about
Nanagira, v. on. stammer.
Nanga (e), ;/. harp, hafmonium
Nangazi (e), n. hartebeest
Nanika, v. twist on wire bracelets. ? nana
nanula, rv. take off the same
Nankani (e), ». a what's its name
enankanya, v. be particular about
Nantiki, conj. whether
Nanu (olu), n. .trail of slug ; fiddlestring ot
sticky substance
Nanula, v. despise one's master
Naswi, n.i. little finger
Naye, conj. but
Nayiriza, v. encroach in cultivating
Ne = na, conj. and
Neda, adv. no
Nekaneka, v. be glossy
Nena, v. grind the teeth
nenero (aka), «. jaw-bone, cheek-bone
nenya, v. blame
enenya, v. blame oneself, repent
Newakubade, conj. neither, nor (newan-
kubade). Lit. and there would"
have been
Nga, conj. See Notes
Ng'ali (e), n. crested crane
Ng'amira (e), n. camel t
Ng'ang'a, n. on. hornbill
Ng'ano (e), n. wheat t
Ngereza, adj. English
Ngi, adj. many (ingi)
Ng'o (e), n. blossom of plantain
Ng'ola, v. despise
Ng'ona (naimu, ban.), /;. on. a crow
Ng'ong'onga, -'. on. low as a cow
Ng'onge (e), n. otter
Ng'unda (e), n. long-necked calabash
Ninga (e), n. native nail or peg
Niya, v. — nyiiwa [niyede]
Nkulisi (eki), n. space under bed
Nkumu (eki), n. i.humD
'No, int. intensive
Noba, v. run away, of wife
Noga, v. pick fruit
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
197
No'ga, v. be rightly seasoned ; season
no'ga (e), 11. lump for dipping in gravy
Nona, v. go to fetch anything from its
place
nonya, v. seek, look for
Noni (e), «. white chalk, or clay
Nonogana, v. irritate
Nsotoka, «.». cattle-plague
Ntu (omu), U. a person, man
ntu (eki), n. a thing, (aka ; ohu)
Ntuntunu (e), n. cape-gooseberry
ntuntunu (aka), n bandage for eyes ;
mask. Also kantuntunu ono, etc.
Nu (eki), 11. wooden mortar
Nukuta (erf, n. latter of the alphabet f
Nula, <•. break off growing corn-cobs
Nula, v. lengthen by extension, pull out
nulo (eki), ;/. the hoof
Numbu (e), ;/. root like English potato
to taste
Nana, v. suck as through a straw
Nungu (namu ; ban.), «. a porcupine
Nunula, -■. redeem
Nusu, n. half, t nusu ya, etc
Nwe (omu), ;/. a single. ?'na
gonja omunwe gumu, a single gonja
nwe (olu ; enyi), n. index ringer
nwe (obu), it. thigh
Nya formative Na. Hence Nyazala,
nyo-ko, etc.
nyabo, int. lady, Miss, Mrs.
Nya (eki), n. hole
nya (obu), n. pit, large hole
nya (omu), 11. a house-lizard
Nyaga. v. rob by force. [ge, //.]
nyago (omu), n. spoil
nyaga (olu), n. first of spoil ; spear-
shaft
Nyakiila, v. plunder
Nyale (omu), n. stain of smoke on roof
Nyama (e), n. meat
nyama (aka), n.
nakanyama, n.i. stiff pains, aches
Nyazala( — ; ba), n. mother-in-law. ?nya
zala
Nye (lu), adv. repeatedly
nyenya, v. shake
nyenya, int. scoffing to man in trouble.
•That's all right.' 'What you
deserve '
nyenyera, p.
amanyo gamunyeny'era, his teeth are
set on edge
nyenyegere (lu), adv. incessantly
nyenyuwa (olu), n. persistence
adv. persistently
1 'Nya or Na reduplicated. Nyoko, — the
other Bantu languages.
Other forms: Mange, my mother; nyafe,
their m. Plural forms, banyinafe, banyi
elude aunts on the mother's side.
Nyega, v. make a sound, of living things
nyefu, pt. fat, animals only
Nyegera, v. go to consult the lubare at
some distant place ; go 01 a pil-
grimage
Nyenyenkule (aka), ;/. house-cricket. ?r»ye
Nyere (aka), //. thin wire bracelet
nyere (olu), n.
Nyi (omu), n. pupil of eye %
nyi (namu ; l>an.), 11. kind of orchid ; of
wagtail ; of bean
Nyibanyiba, t. be on point of crying
Nyiga, v. press
nyigo (aka), n. narrow place in road
nyigiriza, /.,. squeeze
Nyfga, v. V)e offended, [za, c]
'Nyika, v. appoint work to. Cf. 'nyuka
Nyika t. dip, — 'nyika mu madzi
'nyikira, /. get soaked
nyinyikide amafuta
Nyikala, v. be vexed
Nyikira, v. persevere, work hard, [vu, pt. ]
Nyina, n. his mother1
nyoko, thy mother ; term of abuse
Nyindo (e), n. nose. ? nyi
nyindwa (ki), adv. nasally
Nyini ( — ; ba), n. owner, — nyini kintu
nyini (na ; bana), «. = preceding
nyini, adv. truly
Nyinyala,
enyinyala, r. screw up lips in disgust at
Nyinyimbwa. v. frown
Nyira (eki), n. a bat
nyirira, v. be shiny, [vu, //.]
nyiriri (olu), ;/. a row, line of men or
things ; a verse
Nyira (emi), n. ?nyi
nyiza eminyira, blow the nose
nyiza mu nyindo, = preceding
Nyo, adv. exceedingly
Nyo (omu), n. salt
'Nyo (olu ; enyi), 11. a. stretcher
'Nyogoga, v. be cold [vu, pt.]
Nyoka, v. smoke
Nyola, v. twist
enyola, r. turn one's head round
enyolanyola, r. clear oneself
Nyoma, v. despise
Nyonyogana, v. try again and again to do
a thing
Nyonyogera, v. tickle
'Nyuka, v. leave off work
e'nyula, r. leave off of one's own accord
Cf. 'nyika, ?nyi (nyini)
Nyukirira, v. deliquesce
Nyula, v. be fat, of meat and beasts
'ko' = thy, occurs in Swahili, Zulu, and
our m. ; nyamwe, your m., and nyabwe,
name, banyinabwe. These words also in-
198
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
'Nyula, v. draw up out of Mater
'nyulula, v. draw out copper-wire
Nyulukusa, v. soak, steep, [ka, v.i.]
Nyuma, v. be in time, as drums
nyumya, v. converse with
nyumiriza,
enyumiriza, r. boast
nyumikiriza. k.c. flatter
enyumikiriza, r. boast = enyumiriza
nyumu (eki), n. drinking-party
Nyuma, adv. behind
nyuma wa, prep, behind
Nyumungula, v. rinse
Nyunyunta, v. suck as a bite. Cf. Nuna
Nyunyuntula, v. leave a pleasant taste in
mouth
Nyusi (eki), n. core of a boil
Nyuwa, v. drink, [nyuwede]
nyuwanto (e), n. teat, udder
Nyuwa (olu), n. tendo Achillis
Nyuwa, v. go to stool, (nyiwa)
Nyuwegera, v. kiss
Nyuwera, v. be firm, [za, cj\
Nyuzi (eki), n. pith
Nywanyi (omu), n. friend
O
Oba, conj. either, or ; if
obanga, if, though
Olwa, /r<?/. because of ; — olwensonga eno,
olwebyo, lwa ki, for what reason ?
Owa, int. of surprise
1Pakasa, v. hire to do. [si, «.]
pakasa amadzi, hire any one to fetch
water
pakasa omulimu, hire people to do the
work
Pamba, n. cotton, cotton-wool. f (pamba
eno)
Pampagala, v.
epampagala, r. clap one's hands in vehe-
ment denial ; or in shaking off
bees
Panka, v. flatter
Papali (e' ; ama), papaw. f
Also papali eno, etc.
papali (omu), «. the papaw-tree
Papira, v. travel rapidly
2Papula (olu), ;/. paper
Patika,
epatika, r. venture on
Pekyu (eki), «. haste
Pera (omu), n. a guava-tree t
pera (e' ; ama), «. guava-fruit
Pesa (e' ; ama), n. a button \
Pilipili, fi.i. pepper
Pima, v. weigh f
1 Taken from Swahili ; Mpagazi.
Pipa (e' ; ama), n. a barrel t
Punga (omu), n. rice t
Puwa, n.i. steel t
R.
Radu, n. lightning.! (ladu)
Randa, n. carpenter's plane, f (landa)
Sa, v. grind, [sede]
Sa, adj. nothing but
sa (bu), adv. to no purpose
Sa (omu), n. top of branch, of pole.
? spreading out
si (en), n. surface of the land, land
su (obu), ;/. top of drum where beaten
sasira, v. spread grass in a house — sasi-
ra esubi
sasiro (ebi), //. rubbish
Sa (eki), n. kindness
sasira. v. pity
Sa, v. put down ; bear fruit, bananas and
plantains only. ? 'ka
'sako, count in — obuta'sako bakazi,
without counting the women
'sa (obu), n. cow-dung
e'sa r. trust ; be uninterrupted
Saba, v. ask for
sabiriza, p.2.c. beg as a beggar
Saba, v. smear
Sabala, v. go on board canoe, [za, <r.]
Sabana, v. stain all over
Sabawa, n. target, t
Sabika, v. wrap up
esabika, r. bandage oneself
sabukulula, rv. unwrap
Sabiro (e'; ama), n. collar-bone
Sabiti (e), v. Sunday ; a week t
Sabo (e' ; ama), n. lubare hut. ?saba
Sabuliza, v. talk fast. ? saba
Sabulukuka, v. be watered down
Sabuni, n.i. soap, f
Sadaka (e), «. sacrifice t
Saga, v. put flooring of sticks into canoe
Saga, v . jest
Sa'ga, v. drive away flies with fan ; col-
lect men by force for work
sa'gazi (ebi), n. growth of tall reed
grass
sa'gasa'gana, v. waver from side to
side
Sa'guka, v. spread, of a sore
Sai (omu), n. blood
Saja, adj. male
saja (omu), «. a man
Saka, v. lay in food, — saka emere
saka (eki), n. small cooking-pot. (en)
Also, ekisaka-ntamu
sakiro (eki), n. crop of a bird
2 ' Paper' {papuros), transliterated.
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-EXGLISH
199
Sala, v. cut with knife *
sala omusango, deckle a case
saliriza, p.,.c. pervert judgment
salira, /. prune plantains
sale (omu), n. trilxil mark made by cut-
ting
sale (en), //. cup made by half a gourd
salo (en), «. boundary of a garden
salu (e' ; ama), n. kind of grass which
causes itching
Sala, v. on. ring as metal ; frizzle as fat
Sala, v. pray set form, esp. Mohamedan +
sala (e), «. a set prayer; collect
Salaba (omu), n. cross!
Salamuka, v. become Mohamedan. fir.
Islam
Sale (omu), u. <guide
sale (aka), ;/. an arrow-head
Sakala, v. of throat in small-pox
Samala, v. [vu, />/.]
amanyo gasamade, the teeth protrude
amanyo amasamavu, protruding teeth
samalirira, p». gape with astonishment
Samamya (aka), 11. red insect like centi-
pede
Samba, :'. strike with 50k of f
esamba, r. avoid
samba (ekil, ;/. the ' sudd'
sambi (eki), n. thigh
sambirira, p2. trample on
samba (e' ; ama), //. irons
sauibagala. -'. have convulsions
sambeya, v.t. hurry up
Sambo (en), ;/. stubble, (eki) ? samba
sambula, v. take up stubble
sambula (eki), ;/. the time of year when
stubble is taken up
Sambwe fen), n.
ekyensambwe, bark peeled off and
used for tieing ; the shrub from
which it is peeled off
sasambula, v. peel bark off a tree
Sambya (en), ;/. tree with wood like
sycamore
Sami (e' ; ama), n. an eatable gnat
Samira, v. give the oracle
Sa'mula, v. sprinkle
esa'mula, r. shake earth from ; refuse
to take part in a plot
Samvu (omu), ;;. seven • (olu . . 700),
(en . . 70), (aka . . 7,000)
Samwasamwa, v be full of news
Sana, v.
sana omukeka, make a pattern in the
mat
Sana, v. drown. Esp. sanauo
Sanya, 11. i. wholesale destruction
Sana i.omu), n. time of daylight and
warmth
omusana gwase, the sun is hot
sana (e' ; ), great heat of sun
Sana, v. be fit. [ira, /. be fit for]
sanu (en), n. niceness, finish—
tekibula ensanu,
sanirira, p.L. treat well
esanirira, r. act for oneself
sanya, (•.
sanya olubimbi, smooth a plot = 'tanya
esanya, r. pretend friendship with ;
pretend not to have had a meal
esanyiriza, r. put on a fair appearance
when there is war in the heart
Sana, (aka), n. shrub, bark makes red
<lye for leather
S.ir.da (e' : ama), //. sticky juice, resin
Sanga (e' ; ama), ;/. tusk of ivory
Sanga je' ; I, ;/.
alwade kya sanga
Sanga, ?•. come upon person, find
sango (omu),1 ;/. judgment, penalty
for wrong-doing
omusango gumusinze, he was. in the
wnmg
asinze omusango, he was in the right,
innocent
sala omusango, decide a case
'dza omusango, do wrong ; commit a
crime
sangula, v. blot out
Sanika, v. cover, esp. for cooking
saniko (ebi), n. leaves in which cooked
food has been served up
sanikira, /. — sanikirako, cover over
with
sanikizo (eki), n. a cover
Sanja (e' ; ), ;/. withered plantain-leaves
Sanja-bavu (en), n. swollen glands in groin
Sansa, v. scatter. ? sa n 8a
sansa (en), 11. bleached palm-leaves for
mat making
sansa (eki), n. cover for cups made of
' nsansa '
sanso (e' ; ama), ;/. topmost branch
sansula, v. buist pod, beans ; open out,
mushrooms, etc.
sansulukuka, v. become unplaited as rope
Sansagula, "\ have convulsions
Sanula, v.t- melt; stir up a mob. [ka,
v.t.]
Sanyu (e' ;), n. joy
sanyuka, v. be glad, [sa, <\]
Sasamala, v. be in an uproar, [za, ..]
Sasana, v. i. be scattered. ? sa (sansa), red
Sasi (en), n. sparks. ? sa (sasira)
1 Omusango, — ' the effect of meeting a wrong ; ' either the crime itself, or the
judgment it brings ; an idea of fear,— the judgment for the wrong-doing — being the
prominent idea.
200
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Sasi (e'; ama), ;;. lead; bullet t
Sasi (en), n. a rattle
Sasira, sash a. Vid. Sa
Sasubuga,
esasubuga, r. mourn bitterly
Sasula, v. pay back a debt
sasula ebanja
Sata. v. separate as men searching
Sata (en), «. goat, cow, etc. that has only
borne once
satuwala, v.i. cease to bear
Sata, adj. three
Sa'tuka, v.i. be frayed, cloth, [la, v.t."\
8ava (e' ;), n.
ente ya 'sava, fatted cow
savu (ama), n. fat, of animals
savuwala, v.i. get fat. [za, r.]
Sawa, v. clear down jungle, — savva ensiko
sawe (eki), n. a clearing
Sawani (e), «. a plate t
Sawo (omu), «. a medicine-man
sawo (en), n. a bag
Saza (e' ; ama), n. province. ? sala
Saza, v. weld
Sazika, v.t. cover, as infant with baik-
cloth
Se, formative, father of; Mr. Hence se-
zala, sedume (lume), segwanga
(wanga)
sabalongo, father of twins
sebintu (owner of property), ' good sir '
sebitalo, owner of deformity, (ekitalo)
semwandu, one whose master has died,
sebo, Sir. ? father t>( men
Sebenga, v. consume as log in fire ; trot
sebengerera, p2. get thin
Sebera, be always . visiting — gundi ono
kisebezi
Sega (en), n. a vulture
sege (omu), ft. a wolf
Sega, v. be bereaved
Seguka, z>. move one's position
segulira, /. make room for
Segula, v. use indecent language
Se'jera, v. go on one leg
se'jeia(olu), n. a crowd of young locusts,
(aka)
Seka, v. laugh
seko (en), n. laughter
sekerera, fa. laugh at, mock
Seke (eki), //. wrist
seke (olu), n. drinking-stem
sekese (olu), ;;. a long bundle
sekese (omu), u. framework of house
Sekere (en), ;;. a louse
Seketa, v. backbite
Sekula, v. pound
sekuzo (omu). n. wooden pestle
Sekula (en), tu calabash with long narrow
neck
Semba v.
semba egye, make a reserve or cover-
ing force,
-sembe (eki), n. the diaphragm
sembera, /. go or come near
sembeza, c. welcome a guest
Sembesa, v. carry in front
Semeza, v. allay suspicion falsely in order
to entrap
Serrvyula, v. be lame
Sena, v. ladle, bale a boat
senero (omu), n. a brewer.
Sendasenda, v. lead astray morally
esendasenda, r. walk backwards
Sendekera, v. abate of sickness. ? senda
Seneka, v. leave goods in order to escape
unsuspected — asenese ebibye nata-
'da
seneko (omu), n. property so left
seneki (ki), adv. acting in above way
Senene (en), //. grasshopper
Senga, v. join a new master
senguka, ;-'. leave one's master for
another
senge (eki), n. partition, room
Sengawe ( — ; ba), n. his aunt on father's
side
sengange, my aunt ; sengawo, thy
aunt
Sengeja, v. filter
esengeja, r. settle on lees
Sengeka, v. put close side by side. ? senga
Senke (e' ;), /;. blindness of eye, cata-
ract
Senkenya, v. smoulder
Sensera, v. walk in a stooping position
Senso (eki), ;/. kilt of grass. Cf. Sansa
sensula, v. tear or shred in pieces
Senya, v. brush the teeth ; break wood
for fire, [senyedza]
Senyasenya, v. of negro hair, lose colour
from overgrowth
Senyenta, v. run at a jog-trot ; smooth
iron with hammer
senyi (olu), n. prairie
Senyiga, n.i. cold in head. ? se-nyiga
Senya (omu), ;/. sand
senyuka, v. be grey
senyufu, pt. grey
Sepewo, ;/. a pith hat.f French chapeau
8«ra, v. wander about, esp. at night ;
prowl
sera ebitoke, prowl about the plan-
tains
esera, r. bubble up, in boiling
seragana, rec. go backwards and for-
wards
sera (eki), n. wrinkle on neck
sera (obu), n. gruel
sera (omu), ;/. fulness ; full-grown
chicken
juia omusera, fill to the brim
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISH
201
seso (eki), n. a matting bag
seso (en), «.
juza enseso, fill full
sere'ja, v. of person who has to do all
work himself
sereba, v. be squandered
Sera (eki), n. a point of time, (aka)
Sera, v.t. charge teo much ; pay too much
Sereka, v. thatch, [si, «.] ? sera
serekerera, p^. fill in where thatch is
thin
serekulula, rv. take thatch off
Serengeta, v. go in a certain direction,
esp. on a slope downwards. ? sera
Serera, v. be slippery. ? sera
Serinyabi (eki), v. a cactus-like plant
Seruwali (e), n. trowsers f
Sesa, v. (Lusoga seta, draw near)
sesa omuliro, push the fire together
Sesema, v. vomit
Sesetuka, v. slip down
Setera, v. wave as grass-tufts ; be blurred
to the eyes,
ebiswa bisetede, . . . are covered witK
ants
seterera,/2. be indistinct, as bad writing
Setula, v. push along without lifting
Setwe (omu), n. a level place
Seyeya, v. glide as canoe on water
Si, adv. not
Si (en). Vid. Sa
Siba, v. tie ; secure a prisoner
sibe (omu), //. a prisoner
sibo (eki), n. where goats are tied up
sibikirira, />2. tether goats, etc. to grass
sibirira,/2. tie up lot of food for journey
Sibo (en), n. sandstone
sibosibo (eki), «. sandstone for potter's
clay
8iba, v. spend the day
siba enjala, go without food
sibula, v. dismiss, give leave to go
Sibula, v. cut down a tree and leave the
root, [ka, v.t.]
sibukira, p. sprout of tree-stump ; take
its rise in, of a river
sibuka (en), ;/. sucker of a tree
Siga, ?•. sow seed, [zi, «.]
sigo (en), ;/. seed ; kidneys
sige (eki), n. eyebrow
sige (en), n. wrinkles on forehead
Siga,
esiga, v.t. entrust oneself to
esigwa, adj. faithful
sigira, /. entrust a thing to
sigire (omu), n. a steward
sigala, v. be left
sfgama,
esigama, r. lean upon
Siga, (e' ; ama), v. cooking-stone
sigika, v. arrange the cooking-stones
siga (hu), adv.
tula busiga, sit for a long time.
Si'ga (e' ; ama), n. a scorpion
Siga, v. rub on grease, grease
siga amafuta, omuzigo, etc.
sige (omu), n. a boy or girl sent to serve
the king
Sika, v. be an heir to, inherit after death
sika (omu), n. an heir
siko (en), n. jungle, uncultivated land
sikiriza, v. overshadow
sikirize (eki), «. shade, shadow
Si'ka, v. pull off by jerks
esi'ka, r. stalk off — yesi'se nobusungu
si'kasi'kanya, v. devour greedily
si'kula, v. grab, snatch
Sika (e'; ama), n. anchor t
Sika, v. fry
Sika, v. load a canoe ; ship
sikulula, rv. unload
Sikma, v. cry out
Si'konda, v. have hiccough. ? si'ka
Sikya (en), n. back of neck, neck
Sima, v. dig
sima enyumba, break into a house
simu (en), n. a worn out hoe.
Siinagira, v. nod and wake up with a
start
Sima, v. be pleased with
simibwa, pass, be pleasing to
esima, be satisfied. Esp. nesimye, I
am pleased
sfmo (aka), n. something to please
Simatula. ? sumatula
esimatula, r. disengage oneself from
any one's grasp
Simba, v. set upright ; plant trees
simba (obu), n. being on end ; being
upright
simbo (e' ;), n. indifference
tambula e'simbo, walk with indif. ;
lya e'simbo, eat with indif.
esimbigiriza, r. refuse to budge
Simbagiriza,
esimbagiriza, r. walk with stick as old
man
Simbu (en), n. epileptic, fit
Simula, v. wipe
Sinda, v. groan
sindirira, p.2.
sindirira, emundu, load a gun
sindika, v. push
Sindukirira, z>.
ememe ensindukirira, I feel sick
Sindula, v. pull up tree, roots and all
Singa, v. be better than ; get the better
of
sinza, v. worship
sinzfra, v. be the chief point
kyetusinzi'rako kiruwa, what is our
chief point?
102
ELEMENTS OK LUGANDA
sinziro (eki), n. heel
Singa, v. pledge
singira, /. give pledge to
singo (omu), u. a pledge
Sing'ana, v. meet
Singisira, v. have swell on, of sea
Sinjo (en), ;/. a chisel
Sira (ama), «. pus
Sira, v. rub with water, as Indian ink ;
smooth a floor
Sira,
esira, r. be stunted in size
siri (omu), ;;. cultivated plot of ground
siri (en), n. mosquito
Sira, r. face danger with indifference
sira emuli, put reeds on
Siriba (en), n. wooden charm beads
Sirika, v. be silent. ? sira III.
sirise (ka), atlv. in a whisper
sirikiriro (aka), ;/. interval of silence
Sirimuka, v. run fast
Siring'anyi (olu), n. a worm
Siringita, v. roll = iringita
Siripi le), //. cock of gun t
Sirira, v. be consumed, scorched by fire,
sira II.
siriza, c. consume, scorch
siriza (aka), ;/. cinder
Sirwu (aka), ;/. a very large number; a
million
siriza. v. reach ' akasirivu '
Siru, adj. idiotic. ? sira III.
siru (omu), ;/. deaf or dumb person
sirusiru (omu), n. an idiot
sirusiru (obu), ;;. nonsense
siruwala, v. become foolish ; be con-
fused by contrary orders
Sisi, (omu), «. earthquake. ? shaking
sisi (en), n. fear, trembling
esisiwala, v. be startled ; wince, [za, c]
sisiwaza, c. startle
Sisisi, adv. pitch black, 'dugala sisisi
Sisimuka, v. awake
sisimuka (eki), u. watch of night
Sisinkana, v. come upon unexpectedly
Sisira, v. put up a temporary hut. ? rita
sisira (en), ;/. a temporary hut.
sisira (olu), ;/. collection of such huts ;
camp
sisiro (eki), ;/. where beer is brewed
Sisiriza, v. touch up anything damaged to
escape punishment
Sisitera, v. hush a baby ; bring to per-
fection
Sisiwala, <•. have had a good feed
Sita, v. make a fence
sitala, T>. trip, stumble
esitala, r. be tripped up. [za, c]
situka, rv. stand up
situla, v.t. lift up
(en), ii. little hard red berries
Situnkana, 7: be uneasy
Siwa, 7: rub as salt into meat
mwo (en), ;/. ferment for beer
Siwa, 7: be itchy
siwuka, f. be scabby
siwukirira, 7: be whitish-grey, as part
scratched
Siya, r. hiss
So, 1 on/', but, before a negative
'So, adv. intensive— ngoy.imbade 'so, how
7vcll you are dressi-d
alide obugenyi 'so, such a lot of pre-
sents
So (en 1, /!. upper grinding-stone ; knee-
cap
So (eki). 11. a foreign made knife t
ekiso ekimenye, a pocket-knife
Soba, v. make a mistake ; be too many,
too long, etc, on counting,
measuring *
Suba. 7'. pick one's steps
Sobola, -'. manage, [ka, v.i.] *
sobolola, v. decide a disputed point
Soga (en), «. castor-oil berries
sogasoga (omu), «. castor-oil plant
So'ga, z'. spear a wounded man
Sogola, 7: brew by crushing
So'gola, v. go into particulars ; cleat old
potatoes out of field
Soka, v. begin ; be fust
Sokasoka, :•. question with a view to get
something against one
Soke (en), //.
kuba ensoke, make wivtcr gurgle in
paddling
soke (mul — musoke, n.i. rainbow
Sokola, v. take out of a parcel wilhout
undoing it
esokola, r. trim one's nails, hair, etc. ;
birds, plume the feathers
Sokomola, v. pull things out of a box
Solo (omui, 11. tribute
solo (en), n. wild beast
Soloba, v. get out of line. Cf. Soba
solobija, 71. cut plantains with the ' luso-
lobyo '
solobyo (olu), ;/. knife on a long stick
Solo/a, v. collect or levy tribute. ? solo
Solo^ozi (en), small venomous ant
Solya (aka), //. movable framework of a
round-house ; roof, (olu)
Soma, :>. read
somesa, t. teach; conduct prayers
somera, <\ challenge
Soma (omu 1. //. tongue of land ; peninsula
somoka, v. cross over
somoko (omu), ;;. a ford
somola, ?'. remove little by little, as
thief
Somba, v. bring by handfuls, basket fuls,
etc.
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISII
203
somberera, v. bring up one thing after
another in speaking
somboja, v. go in a continuous stream
Somya, v. pride oneself
Somyo (obu), «. marrow. ? soma II.
Sona,
sonyi (en), n. shame
Sonda, v. contribute to a fund ; meditate
Sonda (en), n. a corner, angle
Songa, v. prod. Cf. So'ga
songola, v. make a point to. [vu, pt.~\
songezo (e' ; ama), n. a canine tooth
songezo (aka), n. the very end of a
branch
Sonjola, v. finish right off
Sonko (e' ; ama), v. a snail-shell
Sonona, v. walk like a chameleon
Songa, v. start a quarrel. ? poke in
esonsa, r. pick a quarrel
sonseka, v. slip in under
sonseka ekitabo mu lugoye
esonseka, r. =ebi'ka
Sonseka, v. sting as a burn
sonsomola, v. smart as an extensive burn
Sonyiwa, v. forgive
Soso (ki), adv.
tunulira kisoso, look away from,
squint
Sosola, v. pick and choose
Sosonkole (eki), ;;. eggshell
Sosotola, v. unwrap food for eating
Sota (omu), n. a snake
Soto (eki), n. caked mud on sole of foot, etc.
Sowa,
esoweka, r. wear several garments on
top of each other
sowera (en) n. house-fly
sowola, v. draw out of sheath ; cast-off
shoes ; cast young
Soya, v. prod.
Soza, v. make sucking noise with lips to
express contempt
Sozi (olu), n. a hill ; mountain
Su, adj. new, fresh— of beer, milk, and
food just cooked
Su (omu), n. an eatable rat
Su (eki), ;/. a bird's nest
Su (olu), n. smell, odour
Suba, v. escape being hit
Subi (e' ;) «. grass
Subi (e' ;) n. hope
siibira, v. hope for
subiza, c. promise
Subula, v. strip the bark off a ' mutuba '
Siibiila, v. sell at profit ; trade, [zi, «.]
Suferiya (e), «. metal cooking-pot t
Sui (eki), n. an elephant-trap
Suja (omu), n. fever
Suju (en), n. small vegetable marrow
Su'ka, v. step over
su'ko (ebi), «. soreness after shaving
'Suka, v.
obulwade bu'suse, I am better to-day
Siikira, v. froth like beer
Suku (olu), n. a plantain-garden
Sukusa (en), ;/. young plantain slip suit-
able for transplanting. ? suku
Sula, v. spend the night
sulo (eki), n. sleeping-place, camp
ebisulo bimeka, how many days
journey?
Sula (eki), n. salt in lumps
Sula, v. throw away, throw
sulika, v. turn upside down
esulika, r. stand on one's head ; slope,
lean
sulira, p. throw the cloth over the
shoulder
siilirira, v. leave an interval
Sulo (omu), //. dew. ? sula
sulo (en), ;/. spring, of water
Sulungutana, v. be restless as prisoner
seeking to escape
Sulumba, v. menstruate
Sumatuka, v. fall off
sumatuka mu mikono, fall out of the
hands
Sumba (omu), ;/. shepherd
Sumbi (en), n. small water-jar
Sumeno (omu), >/. sawt
Sumika, v. knot the cloth on shoulder
sumika ekifundikwa
Sumuka, v. go on further, grow
Sumulula, v. untie
sumuluzo (eki), n. a key
sumulukuka, v. be untied
Sumwa (eki), ;/. plantain-sponge
sumvva (e' ;), >i. sponge for washing
dead ; beer for a wake
Suna, v. pinch
Stmda, v. churn
Sunga, v. suck through a reed ; chaff
publicly
Sungu (obu), n. anger
sunguwala, v. be angry
Sunsula, v. comb the hair
sunsuli (eki), n. patch of hair left un-
shaven
Sunsumala, v. be temporarily in a place
Susa, v. shell out of pod or husk
susunku (ebi) 11. chaff
Suta,
sitama, v. sit on the haunches
sutamuka, rv. get up from that position
suti (en),
ekyensuti, tail of a fowl
Suta, v. praise
sustita, v. be very familiar with
susuto (olu), n. familiarity
Suwa (en), n. a water-jar
suwa (omu), n. a vein ; sinew
Suyaya, v. swagger
204
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
suyu (eki), n. sore on corner of mouth
8wa (eki), n. ant-hill
swa (en), ;/. white ant in flying stage
Swaga, v. spear fish in the water
swagu, int., congratulate on successful
hunt
swaguza, v. congratulate ' swagu,'
' swagu '
Swala, v. be a?hamed. [za, <.]
Swanta,
eswanta, r. smack lips over good food
Swaswa (en), «. large water-lizard.
Swaswata, v. smart ; patter
Swagiro (en), n. foot-fall
T
Ta, v. let go. [tadel
Ta (eki), n. a large calabash
Ta (olu), n. a span measure
Ta (obu), ». flour. ? sa I
Ta (ama), ;;. milk
'Ta, v. kill, fse; 'sa, c]
'ta aga naga. waver between two opinions
Taba, v. join
tabagana, rec. be reconciled
Taba (ebi), n rain-water standing in pools
Taba, n.i. tobacco
Tabala, v. go on an expedition. ? taba-
wala
tabalo (olu), an expedition, campaign
Tabangula, v. stir up the mud
tabanguka, v. be stirred up j get angry
ememe entabanguse, I want to be sick
Tabani (omu), n. a son. ? taba
Tabaza (e), n. lamp, candle t
Tabaza, v. wash ceremonially before
prayer
Tabi (e' ; ama), ft. bough, branch. ? taba
Tabika, v.i. be mixed up. ? taba
tabikiriza, v. put out intentionally in
singing, etc.
tabiza, c. put out in singing
Tabira, v. sprinkle water on forge fire
tabiro (en), n. a sprinkler
Tabo (e' ;), n. hole from which flying ants
come
Tabo (eki), «. a book t
Tabula, v. mix, stir up. [ka, v.i.) ? taba
etabula, r. become frothy as sea in storm
Tabwa (en), n. round ornament, knop
Tafu (omu), n. wrinkle on forehead
Tafula, v. search among a lot of things
Taga, cf. Swakili taka
etaga, r. need
Tagala, v. =tegana, be bothered
Taganjula, v. search under everything
Taga'la, v. stagger — of a drunken man
Tago (aka), u. the spleen
tago (en), n.
ejinja eryentago, black stone useful
for sharpening razors
Tagula, v. tear in pieces, of beasts
Tagya (en), n. hyena
Tai (aka), n. a swallow
Taira, taiza. Vid. Tawa
Taka (e' ;), «. soil
taka (obu), «. land inherited in per-
petuity and used as family burial
ground
taka (omu), n, owner of such land ;
country yokel
takawala, v. become a ' mutaka,' be a
rustic
Taka, v. announce a theft
takabana, v. search diligently to recover
anything lost
etakiriza, r. deny what you have not
been accused of
Takata, v. become warm inside
Takera (en), //.
gamba entakera, interrupt
Tako (e' ;), ;/. the buttock
ekyentako, wasp's sting
Takula, v. scratch as a hen. ? taka I
Ta'kuluza, v. force to relax grasp
Tala (omu), n. uncultivated land ; the
other side
omutala weno, this side ; omutala
weri, that side
tale (e' ;), n moor-land
tale (ama), //. iron ore
tale (aka), n a market
Tala, v. form battle-array,— egye litaze
eUJa, r. get ready for battle
tala ejoba, shave all round the head,
leaving the crown
tala enju (emikwero), set up skeleton of
house
tala e'zala, stake in gambling
tala (olu), something to sell for profit
talb (olu), n. a battle
goba mu lutalo, defeat
talo (eki), n. a freak of nature, wonder
talo (ki), adv. wonderful, extraordinary
Talaga (ama), ».
empagi ezamatalaga, uneven spaces
Talaga, v. besiege
Talage (obu), n. rust
Talama, v. sit with legs out to side
Talanga, v. stagger like a sick man
Talatala, v. stroll
Talika, v. dry meat over fire
Talisi (omu), n. postman t
Taliza, v. finish right off
Taluka, v, loose restraint of self
Tama (e' ; ama), n. cheek
Ta'ma, v. disgust
omulimu guno guntamye, I am tired
of this job
ntamidwa, I am tired, dissatisfied
with my place
Tamaga (en), «. light-coloured negro
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
205
Tambira, v. sacrifice
tambiro (e' ;), n. place of sacrifice
Tambo (omu), tt. spring, gun-Jock, etc.
Tambula, v. walk
tambulira ku gari, ride a bicycle
tambula (en), tt. gait
tambulire (ama), n. ways of walking
Tami'ra, v. get drunk, [vu, //.]
tamirukuka, v. get thoroughly drunk '
Tamu (en), tt. native cooking-pot
Tamvua (e' ;), n. thread of fringe
tamvua (ama), tt. a fringe
Tana, v. spread
tana (en), tt. hole to bury in, grave
Tanaka, v. be sick
Tanda, v. stride
tanda(omu), tt. ' width ' of barkcloth.etc.
tanda (eki), «. a bedstead
tanda (en), n. food for road. ? lasting
for journey
Tanda (e'), «. place of the departed
genda e'tanda
Tanda (e'), tt. ? tanda I
sula e'tanda, throw a thing carelessly
to one side, and forget about it
tandagirn, v. throw violently down
tandika, v. lay out, start work
tandika emeza, lay the table
tandika endogoi, saddle the ass
Tanga, v. be fined, pay fine
tanza, c. fine
tango (omu), it. a fine
Tanga (ebi),
embuzi yebitangatanga, with many
small black and white spots
langala, v. show, reflect light
tangalija, v. show light through
Tanta, v. be scattered
tanta (obu), tt. shuttle
Tanula, v. begin. ? tana
Tanyi (eki), n. human placenta. ? tana
Tan\ya, v. hurt by mistake, [tanidwa]
Tasa, v. separate combatants ; abort
Tatagana, v. be scattered. Cf. Tanta,
Sasana
Tavujana, v. speak indistinctly
Tawa, v. steer a canoe, — tawa eryato ;
circumcise ; be importunate
tawana, v. be busy
tawana'(emi), tt.
nina emitawana, I am very busy
taya, c.
etaya, r. be under no restrictions
taira, p. be bothered, [za, c.~\
taiza, c. surround a cover of game.
Tawuliro.(eki), tt. short small torch, fire-
brand
Tawuzi (en), tt. a paroquet
Te (en), n. cow, ox
Teba, v. aim
tebi (omu), tt. a marksman
tebereza, v. guess.
Tebe (en), n. a stool, chair
tebe (omu), «. chair-carrier
Tebe (eki), «. bog
Tebunkanya, v. dodge
Tega, v. bend spring of trap; trap ; lay
in wait for *
tega okutu, listen attentively
tego (omu), n. trap ; bow
tega omutego, set a trap
tegula, rv. take out of trap
tega (en), tt.
tema entega, hough
Tegana, v. bother. ? tega
Tegeka, v. make ready
etegeka, r. prepare oneself, be ready
tegula, v. put back what has been put ready
Teg^ra, v. understand. ? tega
tegeza, c. explain
tegevu, pt. sensible
tegereza, v. listen to
etegereza, r. see and fully understand
Teka, v. clear, of sky ; grow calm, of sea
tefu, pt. calm ; gentle
Teka, v. place ; make a law
teka (e' ; .ama), tt. a law
teka e'teka, make a law
tekulula, tv. unship
tekulula e'teka, annul a law
teko (omu), tt. heap put together for
counting
tekateka, v. make ready
etekateka, r. make oneself ready
Teketeke, adv.
nungi teketeke, first-class
Tekemuka, v. fear
Tekera, v. set fire to
Tema, v. cut with blows
tematema omutwe, gash the head
temya, c.
temya ekikowe, wink
temu (e'), n. violence, highway-robbery
temu (omu), ;/. highwayman
temula, v. assassinate
temera, p. put earth to roots of tree
temereza,
temereza ekikowe, blink
Tembe (e' ; ama), «. wild plantain-fruit
tembe (eki), tt. wild plantain-tree
Tembeta, v. cany in front of one. Cf.
Sembesa
Tenda. v. describe, speak of as good,
tendo (e'), tt. praise
tendereza, v. praise, commend
tendeka, v. initiate
tendekereza, v. give lessons in, to
children
1 According to some, 'get sober.
206
ELEMENTS OF LUC.ANDA
Tenga, n. wag the tail
tengera, t>. shake with fear. [za, c]
tengereia, /„. be afraid of falling,
nervous
tengereze (en), «, nervousness, ' funk '
tengesa, v.t. shake
tengetera, v. roll of a boat ; wobble as
compass-dial
tenge'ja, v. float without motion
Tengetenge, adv. half full
Tengu, adj. disol>edient
Tentegere (eki), it. first bar'k from 'mutuba'
Tera, v. attx. be on point of
Tere (omu), n. rations
Terebuka, v.t. slip. [la, v.t.']
Tere'ga, v. speak like a prince
Teceka, v. put by. ? tere
teresa, c. entrust to some one's care
Terera, v. surmise
Terera, v. balance itself; be level
terevu, //. level
tereza, c. make level
Tesa, v. take counsel, discuss. ? teka
tesa ebigambo, discuss the matter
teso (ekye), n. freedom from work,
leisure
Tetera, v. breathe heavily in illness
Tetenkereza, v. beguile
Teza, v. hurry up
Ti (n), conj. that. ? saying1
Ti (omu), n. a tree, piece of wood
ti (eki), «. small piece of wood ; es/>.
haft of knife
ti (ebi), «. circlet worn by young girls
Tiba, v. spoil
Tiba (olu), it. wooden cup
Tibwa (eki). Vid. Tya
Tiguka, v. play
Ti'ka. v. put load on head
eti'Ka, r. cany a load
eti'ka emikono, 'hands on head,' a
sign of grief
eti'se (omw), n. a porter
ti'ko (en), n. top of hill
ti'ko (aka), n. a mushroom
ti'kiro (eki), ;/. pointed top of native
house
ti'kula, rv. take off a load
Tikirira, v. be afraid to give one's mind
Tikula, v. turn everything upside down in
searching
Tima, v. mince. Cf. Tema
Tima (e'), n. malice
Tima (omu), ;/. heart
Timba, v. hang curtains
timba (eki), n. a curtain
Timba (— ; ba), it. python
Tinipa (e ;), n. leaves of the arum lily
Tinda, v. bridge. Cf. Tanda
tindo (olu), n. bridge, stairs, ladder, etc.
tindiro (eki), it. shelves
tindikira, -\ pile up, firewood
Tininya (aka), n. a very wee scrap
Tinkiza, v. like, love ; rejoice, exult
Tintima, «'. shake. ? tima
tintimirira, /•>. shake in ague
Tira, v. be well spread with leaves, of a
garden
Tirika, v. be squired
tirisa, i. squirt
Tirimbula, 7'. murder, [ka, v.i.]
Titi (obu), ;/. small beads
Titi (obu), it. on. chilliness
ba nobutiti, feel chilly
ti'tiia, 7'. shake with cold or fear
titiwala, :■. lie famished with cold
Titiri (ma), adv.
tula matitiri, sit on the haunches
Titiri (en), n. kind of quail
To, adj. not full grown
Toba. v. get wet
Tobeka, v. make patchwork, variegate
omukeka omutobeke, mat with col-
oured pattern
tobekera, v. be going grey of hair
Tobera, v. move the lips
Tobo (en), n. base of anything
Tofali (e' ; ama), n. a brick. t (sofali)
Togatoga, v. fiddle with
Togero (e' ; ama), n. large vessel for
brewing in
Togo (ebi), ;/. papyrus
To'go, n.i. heavy rains of March, April
and May
Togolola. v. take up filth with hands
Togonyola, ?j. squash, squeeze hard
Tojera, ?'. bud, of trees
Toke (e' ; ama), it. bunch of plantain
toke (eki), it. plantain-tree
Tokomoka, v. be engulphed,. destroyed
wholesale
Tokota, v. bubble in boiling
Tokoterera, v. mourn for silently ; keep
quietly silent
Tola, v. accept
tole (eki), ;/. lump. ? what is accepted
Toli (en), ;/.
kuba entoli, snap the fingers
Toloba, 7\ run without turning ; go in
pairs
tolobo'ja,
etolobo'ja, /•. quarrel
tolong'anya, r;. be clever at work,
repartee, etc.
Tolola,
etolola, r. go round, [za, <.]
1 In Zulu ' ti ' means 'say,' possibly it was originally adv. 'in the saying manner.
Possibly also the meaning of ' nti ' may go to connect -ti, -tyo, and -tya with this same root.
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
207
Tolontoka, v. penetrate right through
Toma, v. complain of unfair treatment ;
aim
tomo (en), 11.
wa ntomo, a good shot
tounera, /. charge, as a cow
tomeragana, rec. charge as in football
Tomi (ebi), n. mud on hoots
Tona, v. depict by marks ; make a
present
Tonda, v. create ; be conceived
Tondo (e' ; ama), ;/. drop of water ; rash
of small-pox
Tondobereza, v. turn about in mind
Tondoka, v. be cut in two ; die. [la, v.L]
Tongeza, v. keep up
Tongole (omu), n. a squire
tongole (eki), n. land of a 'mutongole'
Tongo (e' ;), a deserted spot, once in-
habited
'Tongolola, v. explain
Tongonya, v. finger. Cf. Toga
Tongotera, :■. look hopelessly at a
difficulty
Tono, adj. little
tono (aka), adv. a little
Tontogola, v.
tontogolo (en), 11. fruit of wild fig
Tontoma, v. say off pat
Tonya, v. leak ; fall of rain. ? tona
tonyeza, v. dot
tonyezi (olu), n. a shower
tonyezi (aka), ;;. a drop
tonyerera, /.2. drizzle incessantly
Tosi (e' ; ), ;/. mud. (ebi)
Totatota, v. cross words with
sija kutotatota nawe
Totola, v. drench, of rain
Totola, v. take a lot of plunder
Totoma, v. grumble loudly
Towaza, v. humble, esp.
etowaza, r. humble oneself, be humble
towolokoka, v. go down, of a swelling ;
rest — nkyatowolokoka
Tu (oku ; ama), n. an ear
tu (e' ; ), n. a wee packet of anything
Tuba (omu), n. a bark-cloth tree
tubatuba (en), n. strips of ' mutuba '
bark
olutubatuba, one strip
Tubatuba, v. be on the point of crying
Tubira, v. ' go in ' whilst crossing a ford
tutubika,
etutubika, ;-. sink
tububa, v. wade in water up to mouth
Tuga, v. strangle
tuga akatale, raise a disturbance in the
market
Tu'ga, v. knot
Tu'ga (en), n. a giraffe
Tugunda, adj. fruit-bearing
Tuja, v. throb
Tu'jo (en), n. drums at birth of twins
Tuju (omu), it. elephant-hunter
Tuka, v. reach a mark ; arrive ; be enough ;
be complete
etuka, r. become mature, mer only
tuko (en), ;/. due, proper time
tukiiira, p.2. be complete ; come right
through on a march, [za, r.]
Tukuma, v. be very hungry
Tukutuku, int. adv. denotiiig whiteness
tukula, v. be white, [vu, //. ; za, r. ]
Tula, 7'. be or become sharp, ftuze]
tula (obu), ;/. wild acid kind of tomato
Tula, v. sit. [tude]
'Tula, v. t. cause a relapse
'tuka, :\ i. have a relapse, — nzituse
'tulula, v- decant
'tulukuka, ;•. be decanted ; l>e quire
straight
Tuli (eki), n. aperture. ? tula II.
tulika, v. be burst
tulu (e' ;), ;/. a blind eye
tulu (omu), ;/. a blind man
Tulituli (eki), //. an inHamed spot ;
flea-bite
tulutulu (aka), n. — preceding
tulutulu (ama), //. reddening of sky at
dawn
enkya mu matulutulu
Tulinkirira,
etulinkirira, r. do on one's own responsi-
bility
Tulula, v. begin to show grey hairs
Tuma, v. heap up
tumo (en), n. a heap
Tuma, v. send
Tuma, v.
tuma erinya, give name to
mutume erinya, give him a name
Tumba (en), ;;. very round shoulders
Tumbi (e' ;), ;/. midnight
Tumbikana, v. be quarrelsome
Tumbira, v. rise to great height, [za, c]
Tumbu
tumbwe (en), «. calf of leg
tumbugulu (en), «. fore-leg
Tunda, v. sell.
tundu (eki), n. a part
tundula, v. lance an abscess ; esp. tundu-
la emvunza, extract jiggers [ka, v. *'.]
tundu'ga, v . throb
Tunga, v. sew
tungulula, j~v. unsew
Tungo (en), n. semsem
Tungulu (e' ; ama), n. a red acid fruit
Tungulu (eki), n. an onion t
'Tungulula, v. keep in line in marching ;
put a matter in the right light.
Tung'ununa, v. be sweet
Tuntu (e' ;), 11. mid-day
208
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Tuntugulu (eki), n. large straw for suck-
ing through
Tunuka (en), n. abscess, esp. on hand
Tunula, v. look
tunulira, /. look at
Tunumba (en), n. back of hill
Tutira, v. be distended
Tutuli (eki), ». a short thick bundle
tutuli (omu), 11. a hunchback
Tutumo (e' ;), n. fame
tutumuka, v. be renowned
Tutunuka, n. sprout of seeds. ? tunuka
Tutwa (ebi), n. tassel
Tuyo (en), n. perspiration
tuyana, v. perspire
Twa (obu), n. poison
Twakala, v. be very red, crimson.
Twala, v. take from one place to another
twalo (omu), n. a native load, esp. of
shells
Twala, v. govern
twale (ama), ;/. sphere of government
Twe (omu), «. head
twetwe (omu), n. head of bed
Twere (en), ». beer during fermentation
Tya, v. fear
tibwa (eki), «. glory
tisa, v. frighten
tisa (en), n. fear
Tyaba, v. gather dry sticks for firewood
Tyanka, v. bully
Tyemula, v. cut lengthwise
kintyemula ememe, it terrifies me
Tyetyemuka, v. laugh loudly ; be cut
lengthwise
Va, v. go out. [vude ; vibwa, pass.]
•isa, c.
visamu amagoba, make a profit *
vo (omu), n. strait between two islands
vanyuma (olu), adz<. afterwards. ? va-
nyuma
vanjuba (obu), n. the east. ? va-njuba
Va (em), «. vegetables
Vi (em), n. grey hairs. Cf. Vu
Viri (em), n. hair of head
viri (olu), n. a single hair
Vivi (e' ; ama), «. a knee
Vola, v. depreciate what you know to be
good
Vu (e' ;), n. ashes. ? grey state. Cf. Vi
Vu (eki), n. a gadfly
Vaba, v. catch fish
vuhi (omu), n. a fisherman
vuvuba, v. treat with a high hand
Vuba (em), n. native stocks
Viibika,
evubika, r. eat meat gluttonously
Vubo (em), ;/. hole for catching flying ants
in
Vubo (em), n. blacksmith's bellows
vubikiriza, v. sprinkle forge fire with
water, = tabira ; interrupt
Vubu (era). «. on. a hippopotamus
Vubuka, v. reach puberty
vubuka (omu), n. a youth
Vuga, v. sound, go off, as a gun
Vuga, v. paddle
Vuja, v. bring beer
Vule (omu), n. a teak-tree
Vuluga, v. mix
vulungutana, v. speak indistinctly
Vulumula, v. stare with wide-open eyes,
— vulumula amaso
vulumulira, /. stare at
Vuma, v. revile, speak rudely to
vumirira, p2. curse
Viima, v. hiss, whizz. ? vu, on.
vumira, /. low as cow for calf
vi'iviima, v. hum, buzz
viivumira (e' ;), n. a kind of bumble-bee
Vumula, v. sling. ? vuma
vumulo (em), n. a sling
Vumula, v. be an antidote to
Vumba, v. arrest, seize
avumba e'toke, he eats ravenously
vumbo (em), «. resin
vumbo (omu), n. lock of hair ; bunch 01
flowers ; bunch of tassel
vumbagira, v. grip with both arms ;
encircle ; enfold
Vumbera, v. refuse to burn. ? vumba
omuliro guvumbera
Vumbe (z ;), ;/. a savoury smell
Vumbika, v. put under tlie ashes
vumbula, . rv. take out of the ashes ;
discover
vumbula obulago, speak up
Vumvubika, v. swallow anything dis-
agreeable
evumvubika, r. go against great odds
Vuna, v. break
vunama, 7>. bend down
vunana, v. lay to charge of; avenge
omvunanira ki ? What have I done
wrong ?
Vunda, v. rot, go bad
Vnnika, v. turn upside down ? vuna
evunika, r. hide face on ground, or in
arms
vunula, rv. put right side up ; explain
to
evunulira, r. in wrestling, turn tables
on
'Vunuka, v.
'vunuka olusozi, get to other side of hill
'vunuko (enzi), n. other side of hill
mu nzivunuko, on the opposite side
Vunya, v. eat ravenously
vunyo (em), n. a maggot
Vunza (em), «. jigger t
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLISH
209
W
Wa, v. t2. give, [wade ; webwa, pass.]
wa (bu), adv. gratis
wera, /. give to, as bribe, pay, etc.
wera (emp-), n. gift for service ; pay
wereza, c. make a present to ; send to ;
serve
Wa (olu), n. whistle, — fuwa oluwa
Waba, v. go astray
Wabula, v. tell name of guest
Wabula, conj. except. Lit. there is mis-
sing
Wade, conj. nor
Wafu (omu), n. wild plum-tree
wafu (emp-), n. fruit of above
Waga, v. support
wagi (emp-), «. post of house
Wa'gala, v. sharpen
wa'gali (ama), ». hard edge ; obstinacy
mawa'gali nga 'kambe e 'ziba, prov.
Wagama, v. get stuck
Waganya, v. squeeze through
Wago, (olu), n. dried bladder
wago (emp-), n. hollow between two
hills
wagula, v. break through jungle
Wa'guka, v. grow tall
ewa'gula, r. separate oneself; become a
solitary
Waguka, v. have a surfeit, food or drink
Waka, v. be with young
wasa, c. marry, of man
wako (eg ; ama), ;/.
bamu egwako, be with young, sheep,
goats
wakula, rv. take honey from bees —
wakula enjuki
Wakana, v. argue. ? waka
Wakiri, conj. better (do)
Wala, adv. long way off
ewala, r. keep at a distance, avoid
Wala, v. scrape as skin, or bark, [waze]
walana, v. only as walana egwanga ku,
take vengeance on
walakata, v. scrape potatoes
walakate (eki), «. parched verdureless
place
Wala, ?'. have the small-pox. [wade]
wali (ka) — kawali, n.i. small-pox
Walata (eki), //. baldness. ? walakata
walata (einp-), n. a baldheaded person
Walaza, v. be exuberant ; promise not to
do
Wali, (eg), ;/. stubbornness
waliriza, v. compel to work
walula, v. drag, [kulula]
ewalula, r. crawl, as a man
waluka, v. have diarrhoea, ['dukana]
waluko (eki), n. diarrhoea, [eki'du-
kano]
ekiwaluko ekyomusai, dysentery
Walucoco (— ; ba), n. tall weak man
Walugungu ( — ; ba), n. full-grown man
not filled out
Wa'ma, int.
Wa'ma, v. try to raise the wind
Wamanta, v. grope after
wamatuka, v. rush. Cf. inhutuka — fuba
Wamba, v. appropriate ; take men as
prisoners in war
wambatira, v. embrace in arms
wambula, v. run off with
ensolo ewambude efumu lyange
Wampa, int. answer of servant to call
wampanya, v. invent lying excuses
Wamvu, adj. tall, long, etc.
wamvuwa, v. become tall, long, etc.
Wana, v. set, urge on
Wanda, v.
wanda amalusu, spit
wandula, v. spit out
wandagala, v. pelt of rain, bullets, etc.
wandagirira, v. drizzle of rain
Wandika, v. write f
Wanga, v. fix in handle, mortice, etc.
ewanga, r. be able for, venture on.
wangwa (obu), n. inherent nature
wangula, rn. take out of handle, etc.
wanga (eki), n. a skull
wanga (eg ; ama), «. a nation
wang'anguka, v. emigrate
Wanga, v. injure
wanga (eg), «.
walana egwanga ku, take vengeance
on
Wanga (emp), n. a cock-fowl
wanga (segjbas), n. a cock-bird
Wangala, v. live, last a long time, [za, c]
Wangi, int. answer of a servant
Wangiza, v. prop up. ? waga
Wangula, v. triumph over
Wanika, v. hang up ; raise the price of
wanika (eg ; ama), ;/. a store
wanula, v. unhang, take down
wanirira, p.z. keep from falling ; sell at
an exorbitant price
Wanjaga, v. throw blame on another ;
beseech
wanjagira, v. t. throw blame on another
Wankawanka, v. pant ; long for
wankawankira, /. long for a thing
Wankaki, n. i. main front-door in fence.
? wa- nkaki (kako)
Wansa, v. buy at an exorbitant price
Wansanso, n. i. main back-gate to fence,
? wa- nsanso
Wanuza, v. show what is right : correct
wanuliza, p.
Wanyi (olu), n. strychnia plant
Wanyisa, v. exchange
Wata, v. change one's place of living
O
210
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
wato (eki), n. flank, loin
Wata, <'. peel plantains
watula, v. drop its leaves
Watu, int.
mwana watu, my good friend
Wawagula, v. prune ; treat roughly.
? wagula
Wawala, v. sing, of ears
amatu gampawade
Wawatiro (eki), n. wing. ? wata
Wawo, i.e. wa awo
Muganda wawo, a true born Muganda
Wau (olu), ;/. sand-paper leaf; scraper
used by potters
wawula, v. polish, rub smooth
emuli empawule, polished reeds
Waya, v.
wayira, /. put in a patch ; splice
ewayirira, ;\ attribute words falsely ;
give invented message
wayiriza, p^.c. slander
Waya, v.
wa'yira, /. marry, of a woman
Waza, v. rouse oneself ; compel
Weba, r.
mpebye, I have forgotten it
webula, v. treat with disrespect
W6ba, v. oscillate
webuka, v.i. be diminished, [la, v.t.]
We jawe'ja, v. pant, be out of breath
we'jera, v. speak incessantly ; breathe
hard in illness
Weka, v. carry on back, as a child
Wema, v. eat rice, beans, etc., without
using the hands
Wema, n. a tent t wema eno, etc.
Wemba, v. take a present as propitia-
tion
Wementa, v. finish off every scrap
Wemuka, v.i. act shamelessly
wemula, v.t. speak obscenely
Wenda, (eki), n. stern of canoe. ? cleaving
wenda (olu), ;/. a track made by beating
down the jungle
wendo (eki), «. human sacrifice
wendula, rv. call in help
Wendo (omu), n. a number, value. ? wera
Wenja, v. search for a lost thing
Wenjula, v.
emundu empenjule, a brcachloader
Wenyera, v. be lame
Wera, v. reach a number ; brandish a
weapon in token of loyalty, [za, c. ]
? gwa
ensinibi ziweze : enaku ziwera meka?
Wera, v. forbid
werera, /. tell a man what to say ; set
dogs, etc., on
werekera, v. escort on way
Wesa, v. work in metal, forge. ? weta
wesi i^omu), n. a smith
Weta, ■'. bend
eweta, r. warp
Wevuma, v. pant
Wewa, v. winnow
wewa olubuto, draw in the stomach
wewa (eki), «. winnowing-tray
Wewera, v. be smooth
Wiringisa, v.t. roll [ta, T.i.]
Wita, V. pass (' W only sounded after ' n 'i
wisa, c. cause to pass ; practise habits
isa wuzi mu mpiso, thread a needle
wisa (emp-), n. habits, custom
witirira, /,■ be advanced in age, time,
etc.
7fitiriza, c. make progress
Wita, ('. Call ('W only sounded after ' n ')
witaba, v. answer when called (yitaba)
ewitabya, r. answer without being
called ; echo.
Wo (eki), n. abscess
Woba. v. cry dolefully. ? wowe, on.
wobe (eki), n. lamentation
kuba ekiwobe, lament
Wodzi, adv. perhaps
Wogoka, v. be sprained
wogola, v. t. break off
wogole (emp-), n. plantains cooked in
their skins
fumba empogole
Wojolo (eki), n. a butterfly
Wola, v. borrow what is to be returned in
value
ewola, r. borrow for oneself
Wola, v. grow cold
woliij pt. cold, of food
wolera, v. abate, of pain. ? wolerera
Wola,
woloma, v. low as a cow
woza, c. plead
wolereza,/2. intercede for
wolerera, p2. be attentive
wologoma (emp-), n. a lion
Wolera, v. avenge, [za, c]
Woma, v. prop, up ; plaster
ewoma, r. dodge a spear
Woma, v. be good [eza, c.\
womerera, />,. be sweet
Womba, v. ? wrap up (wumba)
wombo (olu), n. leaf for cooking in
womvu (eki), n. a valley
wombeka,
wombefu, //. humble
ewombeka, r. be humble
Wona, v.i. be cured
wonya, c. cure
Wonga, v. make an offering to
wongera, /. make offering to
Wonzi, (— ; ba), n. kind of kite
Wotera, v. look sad
Wotoka, v. t. be withered, [fu, pt.}
wotokerera, /,. begin to wither
VOCABULARY— LUGANDA-ENGLISH
211
Wowogana, v. cry, 'wowe'; lament
Wowoja, v. squeeze into as small a compass
as possible. ? wojolc
Wowongola, v. hollow out
wowongole (eki), n. anything hollowed
out, or emptied ; an empty-headed
man
Wowota, v. hush a baby [era, v. /.]
Woyawoya, v. soothe
Wdza, v. levy a due
woza (emp-), the due levied
Wuba, v. slip from memory
nawubirwa buwubirwa, I did it by
mistake
wubyawubya, c. make a feint
Wuba, v. swing
Wubala, v. look sad
Wuge (olu), «. verdigris
wugwe (eg- ; ama), n. a lung
Wugulu (eki), n. an owl
Wugusa.
ewugusa, r. pretend not to know
Wuja (ma), adv.
laba mawuja, glance sideways
Wu'ja, v. fan
Wuju, n.i. native marrow
Wukira, v. swell
Wula(ama), n. creeper used for tying (eg-)
Wula, v. thresh ; make distant raid on
wulula, pull grains off cob, beads off
thread, etc.
Wula, Pwolalll.
wufu, //. guka mu luwufu, of two
people arriving unexpectedly at the
same point on a road
wulira, v. hear ; perceive by smell
wuliru (emp-), n. orifice of ear ; nostril ;
note (hole) on a flute
wuliriza, p,.c. listen to
wulikika, /•. be audible
wuluguma, v. roar
wulunguta, v. rumble
Wulu'tuka, v. slip-of a noose.
Wumba, v . wrap up for cooking. ? womba
Wumba, v. be worm-eaten
wumbu (emp-), n. dust from worm-eaten
wood
Wumula, v. bore a hole.
Wumula, v. rest
Wuna, v. 011. hoot
wunya,
ewunya, r. be astonished; say wo o o .
wunikirira, p3. be astonished in silence,
[za, c]
Wanda, v. sew beads in pattern.
wundulula, rv. unsew. [wundulukuka,
v. ».]
Wundu (eki). n. a wound *
Wungera, v. close in, of the day
obude buwungede
1 Strikingly like
Wungula, v. t. cross over a ferry, [ka, v. i. ]
Wungutuka, v. have a deceptive appear-
ance.
Wunjula, v. turn sideways
wunzika, v. incline to one side
ewunzika, r. be on slant
Wunya, v. i. smell, have a smell
wunyiriza, v.t. smell
Wu'ta, v. leave potato or yam too long
in the ground ; be in second child-
hood
wu'ta (eki), n. a potato or yam so left
Wuta, v. drink with a sucking sound
Wu'tula, v. thrash
Wuwo (aka), n. tad of snake
Wuwutanya, v. eat as when a thing is very
hot to mouth
Wuzi, «. z'. thread, cotton
Wuzuma, v. hunt for what is visible
Yaba, v.
yabya, c. pull down ; remove old work
yabya olumbe, finish mourning
eyabya, r. be free, ' on his own hook ';
find room, — seyabya, I have no.
room: = eyabiza
yabika, v.t. be destroyed, [fu, pt. ]
yabiza, c.
eyabiza, r.t. have full confidence in
yabirira, p2. be thin, transparent, as
bark-cloth, [vu. //.]
yabula, v.t. go to other side
yabula olusozi,
yabulukuka, v.i. be dispersed — of
meeting
Yaga (omu), «. storm
Yaga,
eyaga, r. scratch itself with foot as
animal
yagula, v. scratch itchy place
Yaga,
yagiriza, p.c. sooth
yagala, v. want, love
yagagala, v. be spread out
Ya'ga, v. cry for grief
Yagi (omu), n. tomato-plant
yagi (enj-), n. tomato-fruit
yagi (ek), n. grain-store
Yai (ek), w. dry plantain-bark
yai (enj-), n. bhang
Yaka, v. burn brightly ; be hot
omusana gwase ; omuliro gwaka
yakayakana, v. shine, glitter
Yaka,
eyaka, r. walk fast, [sa, c]
Yako (olw-). n. a trench
Yala, v. spread
yala (omw-), n. mid-stream
yala (olw-), n. nail, of hand or foot
a transliteration.
212
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
yala (ek), n. thumb
yalo (ek), n. a plantain-garden
yalo (omw-), n. a landing-place
yazi (olw-), n. rock as spread out
yaliri (e'j- ;), «.
okuwebwa e'jaliri oku-, be wholly
given to
bamuwade e'jaliri
yalula, v. be unspread
Yalula, v. hatch eggs
Tama (ek), n. a secret
adv. secretly ; -akyama, secret
eyama v. make a vow
eyamo (obw), n. a vow
Yamba, v. help. ? stick to
yambi (e'j- ;), n. a kind of fish
yambala, v. put on clothes
yambula, rv. put off clothes
Yambuka, v. go up
Yana, v. be homeless
Yana, v. make a loud piercing noise.
? make evident
enjovu eyana ; emundu eyanye
yanya, c. flower, as Indian corn, etc.
yana (omw-), n. child, chicken, kid,
etc.
yana (en), n. a calf
yana (ek), v. a calf-elephant
yana (ak-), n. a very wee mite
yanika, n. put out in sun ; expose a
wrong-doer
yanula, rv. take out of sun
yanukula, v. respond when spoken to
Yanda (er ;), n. a hot cinder
yanda (am-), n. charcoal
yanda (ek), n. drought
yanda (bw-), adv.
simba obwanda, keep up one's posi-
tion permanently
yandayanda, v. be spent, in running
Yanga (e'j ;), n. watery eyes
Yanga,
yangu, pt. light ; not difficult
yangu (m-), adv. quickly.
amangwago (amangu ago), this in-
stant
yangu wa, v.i. be quick, [ya, c.~\
yanguyako, hurry up
yangwe (ek), n. a loofah
yanguririza, p2.c. do hastily
yanga'nga, v. dare, make light to do.
For yangayanga
yanza, c.
yanza emikono, feel about with
hands
eyanza, r. give thanks
yanzi (e'j- ; ), n, cicala, cricket
Yanja (en), a stretch of water
yanjo (ek), «. an untanned hide
yanjala, v. cover a large area
amadzi gayanjala. ? yanjawala
yanjala, v. spread out
eyanjala, r. stand astride
yanjula, v. announce a visitor
yanjulula, v. unfold as leaves ; unearth
what is hidden
yanjuluza, c. unfold
yanjulukuka, v.i. be unfolded ; melt
Yanzi (ek), n. a wooden milk-pot.
Yasi (ek), n. a cartridge
Yata, v. deflower
yato (er), n. a canoe, (obw-)
yasa, c. split firewood
yasama, v. open, as mouth
yatika, v.i. be split, [fu, //.]
yatika (olw-), n. a crack
yatu (lw-), adv. openly
mu Iwatu, openly
yatikirira, p?. be famous, (yatukirira)
yatula, v. make known
Yawa, v. pluck leaves for vegetables
yawula, v.t. separate, [ka, v.i.]
yawukana, rec. be separated from each
other
yawulula, v. diminish a too heavy load
Yayn (omu), n. on. a wild cat
yayuwa, v. yawn
yayuyo (ek), n. a yawn
Ye (olu), w. a vast host
ye (eg ;), n. a host, army
Yegulula, v. shake and threaten to fall
eyegulula, r. shift ; to allow another
space to pass
yegulukuka v.i. be shaken
Yejo (ek), n. insolence
gira ekyejo, act insolently
Yekanya, v. urge on dogs, hunters
Yembe (e'j- ; ama), n. a horn ; a clay
charm. ? hooklike
Yenda, v.i. commit adultery, [zi, «.]
yenda ku (or ne), c. ad. with
Yendo (olw), n. a ladle
Yenga, v. make a decoction of medicine,
by kneading with hands
yenge (omw-), «. native beer from ba-
nanas
yemvn (er ; am-), «. a ripe banana
yengera, v. get ripe
yengera (ek) n. time of plenty
yengerera, /2. be at forging heat, iron ;
be ripe, as a boil
yengetuka, v. droop with the sun
Yengo (e'j-; ama), n. a wave. ? yenga
(yengetuka)
Yenja, v. totter as a drunkard
yenje (en), n. a moth, cockroach
yenje (e'j- ; ama), n. kind of cricket
yenje (ma),
enkoko ya mayenje, speckled fowl
yenjebuka, v. be weak from illness
yenjera, v. float on water
Yenkana, v. be equal
VOCABULARY — LUGANDA-ENGLI3H
213
ayenkana wa ? how tall is he ?
yenkanenkana, v. be alike as to size ;
be abreast
yenkanyiyenkanyi (ek), adv. alike,
abreast
Yenyi (ek), n. forehead
Vera, v. be luxuriant ; grow well, flowers
Yera, v. sweep. ? ya
yeyo (olw-), «. a broom
yere, pt.
enyama enjere, raw meat
enyanja enjere, islandless sea
yerere, adj. with nothing in it
yerere (bw-), adv. in vain
yakola obwerere, he worked naked
yerero (ek), n. clear place under a tree ;
shallow in a river
yeru, //. clear of trees, colour, etc.
olusozi olweru, a treeless hilt
ente enjeru, white cow
yeru (bw-), adv. outside ; esp. ebweru
(e locative)
yerula, v. clean up rubbish — mweru-
lawo ; bring to light ; clear, sky
eyerula, v. come out of hiding, re-
tirement, etc.
Yerende (ak-), n. lump of salt
Yeya (ek), n. dry season. ? ya (yera)
Yeyendere (ek), n. voluntary act
yeyendere (ek) adv. voluntarily
Yeyereza, v. continually harp on a matter
Yi (eki), n. a handful
yiwa, v. pour away, [yiyej (yuwa)
yira (Ki-), pr. n. the Nile
yiriro (eki-), n. rapids
Yiba (e'j- • ama), n. a dove
Yima (aka), «. a hare
Yini (omu-), n. a hoe-handle
Yinja (e'j- ; aina), n. a stone
Yinula, v.
eyinula, r. be rash ; attempt what is
beyond one
Yiya, v. extemporize, invent
yiya amagezi, suggest a way
Yoba (e'j- ; ama), n. a crest
Yobera, v. be spiritless
yobera (ek), n. ennui
Yogayoga, int. well done
yozayoza, c. congratulate
yogo (olu), n. din of applause
yogana, v. make a din
yogera, v. say
yogera(enj-), n. pronunciation, accent
yogerera wagulu, shout
yogereza, v. ask in marriage
yogerereza, v. reconcile
Yrgi (obw-), n. edge of a knife
Yoka (olw- ; enj), n. that which causes
most internal complaints
Yokya, v. be hot ; roast
yokyo (olw-), n. tattoo-mark made by fire
yokereza, v. set fire to
Yola (olu), n. pattern on a native pot
yola, v. make that pattern ; carve
Yola, v. collect and remove with hands
yole (enj), n.
enjole zesubi, 'handfuls' of grass
yoleka, v. i. be reviewed, army. ? be
mustered
yolesa, c. show
Yomba, v. find fault with, quarrel
yombo (olu), n. dissension
Yombo (ek), «. a foreign boatt
Yonda, v. round, finish off, only in
yonda emifubeio, tie reeds of side*
posts
yondo (ek), n. large bay, gulf
Yondo (en), n. a hammer
Yongera, v. increase
eyongera, v. i. be increased
Yongo (obw-), n. brains
Yongobera, v. be weak, illness ; droop.
trees
Yonona, v. dirty, as a bird ; spoil
yononeka, v. i. be spoiled
yonyi (en), n. a bird
kanyonyi, a little bird
Yonja. v. adorn, embellish
yonjo (ek), n. a coop
Yonka, v. suck, [sa, c]
akyayonka (ayonka), of child, he is.
quite well
Yonzira (ek), n. offering
Yoaa, v. rest
yosawo enkya, wait over to-morrow
yosana, v. bargain
Yota, v. warm oneself
yota (enj), «. thunderbolt
yotc (ek), n. place to warm at ; a fire
yoteia, v. fumigate
yotereza, «.. fumigate
yoterezo (ek), n. framework for hold-
ing barkcloth to be fumigated
Yovu (enj-), n. elephant ; weevil
Yoya, v. long for
Yoyo (omw-), n. heart, spirit. ? flutter
yoyo (ek), n. the darter bird
Yoza, v. wash clothes, [zi, «.] ? yola
yoleza ku sanduku, wash on a box
Yuba (enj-), ;/. sun. ? coming out
yubwe (eki), n. cast off snake-skin
yubula, v. strip off
yubuluza, v. peel midriff off plantain
leaf
Yuga, v. swim
yugana, v. shake
yuguma, v. shake
Yuki (enj-), n. a bee
Yula,
yuza, c. rend
yulika, v. i. be rent
Yulubuza = yubuluza
214
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Yuma (ek), n. iron ; metal, glass ; machine
Yunga, v. join ; catch
yungu (eki), n. kitchen
yungula, v. choose out the l>est ; draw
off best of ' mubisi '
yunguhtkuka, v. i. be boiled to shreds;
be watered to nothing
Yunja, v.
yunja amatoke, gather plantains
Yunja (ki), adv.
tunulira kiyunja, look askance
Yuwa, = yiwa, pour
yuwako esubi, spread grass for tying
Yuya, v. shake
Za (eki), «. hair of pubes
Zabu, n. gold.t zabu eno, etc.
Zaburi, tt. psalm ; book of Psalms, t Za-
buri eno, etc.
Zala, v. bear, generate ; produce, [zade |
zade (omu), n. parent ; near elder rela-
tive
zade (e' ;), n. descendants
za]wa (en), «. homeborn, native
zala, tt. i. gambling, game
zala ono mulungi : ebitono bizala
ebingi
zalibwa (ama), n. birthday
zaliro (e' ,-), ;/. birthplace
zalisa (omu), //. midwife
zalana, rec.
nzalanwa naye, he and I are of same
parentage
zaliranwa (obu), >i. nature got at birth
Zama, -<•. l>e quenched, =zikira
Zanya, v. play
zanyo (omu), tt. a game
zanyikiriza, I;, c. force into play ; tan-
talize
Zana (omu), .v. a female slave
Zawa, v. be lost, disappear
zaya, c. lose
zawula, rv. find, discover, [ka, v.i.]
Ze (omu), ;/. a bad habit
Zi (omu), ;/. a small root
gundi alina emizi, so and so is cool,
intrepid
zi (emi), tt. dung, (ama)
zizi (eki), tt. on a ceiling
zizi (olu), ;/. on a partition, fence, etc.
zizi (se), ;/. top roll of reeds on a fence
zizi (omu), tt. a weal
zizika, v. put a log to prevent earth
falling, etc.
ziziko (omu), n. the log so put
Ziba, v. be stopped up
obude buzibye, the day is over
ziba (obu), tt. mid-lake
zibe (omu), tt. blind or deaf person
omuzibe wamatu, wamaso
zibo (omu), u. border of a country
zibya, c.
zibya obude, go on till quite dark
zibira, p. come to the rescue, defend
zibirira, /2. close eyes while awake
obude butuzibiride, we are belated
zibikira, ■:■. cork up
zibikiriza, /•. c. restrain from tears, etc. ;
forbear towards
zibu, //. hard, difficult
ekigambo ekizihu ; omulimu muzibu
zibula, ;-'. unstop, [ka, T.i.]
zibikula, n<. uncork, [ka, v. i. ]
Zibawo (eki), ;/. a waistcoat t
Ziga, v. paint on
ziga (e' ; ama), «. a tear
zigo (omu), n. fat, butter
zigo (mu), — muzigo, n. i. cloudiness
without rain
zigizigi, ad7'. intensive of blackness
ekute zigizigi, it is pitch dark
zigula, rv, brighten, polish, metals
Ziga, v. observe the trail of animals
zige (en), n. locust
zigo (eki), n. circle within which a
hunted ben.st is known to be
ziga (namu) ;), ;/. a wooden ring, hoop
Zigaga, v. l>e dirty ; be inhospitable
zigamira, /. treat with inhospitality —
yanzigamide
Zigaja,
amabere ga zigaja, full grown but do
not hang down
Zigeye,
emviri za zigeye, long straight hair
Zika, <•. go out of cultivation — ekyalo
kizise
ziku (en), n. stricture, gonorrhoea
ziku (omu), n. one who has ' enziku '
zikira, v. go out. [za, c.~\
zikiza (en), «. darkness, (eki)
zikirira, /. be ruined, poverty-stricken
zikiriza, <\ destroy
Zika, 7>. bury, cover with earth. ? ziya
zikula, n1. dig up, unbury
Zima , v. kidnap a person
zimirira, /.2. be lost to sight, as things
laid aside ; or as canoe on horizon
zimu (omu), tt. evil spirit
zimu (aka), tt. little spirit, applied to
rheumatic pains
zimulula, rv. exorcise
Zima (ma), adv. exactly so, truly
zima (ama), n. (in trans.) truth = obuta-
limba
zimula, v. treat or do magnificently *
Zimba, v. swell ; a limb to feel tense, hot
and uncomfortable^, — okugulu ku-
nzimbye
zimba (eki), tt. an abscess
zimbulukuka, v. ferment as yeast
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
215
ozimbulukuse ? is the aching pain
better?
Zimba, v. build. ? grow in size
zimba (en), n. style of building
zimbulula, rv. take clown work badly done
zimbululawo = temawo
Zimu (eki), 11. a buckle
Zimiila, v. elevate the eyebrows in con-
tempt ; take offence at — anzimude
Zina, v. dance
zinyisa, c. keep on the alert
basuze batuzinyisa
zina (e' ; ama), n. a dance
Zinda, v. take by surprise
zinda ebyalo, when a debt is unpaid,
etc.
zindo (eki), ;/. a royal raid
zindukiriza, v. surprise with intent, as
in hunting
Zindala, v. become deaf. ? zinda
amatu gazindade
zindalo (onm), ;/. a funnel
Zinga, v. fold. ? encircle
zinga engoye, enkata, etc.
zingazinga, v. fold badly ; tangle
zinga (eki), n. an island ; honeycomb
zinge (mu ; bamu), n. king of birds
zingira, /. grip in wrestling
zingiza, c. surround
zingirira, /2: wind, twist
zingirira wuzi, twist up thread
zingoje (omu), «. middle leaf of plantain
zinzikirira, v.i. =baga, start 'bizizi'
zingulula, rv. untwist
zizingirira, v. do work roughly
ozizingiride buzizingirizi ; si kukola
okwo
zing'ama, v. be stunted in growth
zing'amu (omu), ;/. stunted clump
oli muzing'amu, a term of great abuse
Zinzibala, v. be a silent spectator
Zira, v. look down upon ; refuse as in-
significant
zirira, p.x. tum up nose at
zirula, v. reconcile, compensate
zizizizi (omu), ;/. one who habitually
despises what is given to him
Zira, ? not, not to be, do
zira (wa), conj. except, wabula
zira (omu), //. sacred animal which
members of that clan must not eat
ziza, c. forbid as unlawful
zizo (omu), n. the thing so forbidden
Zira, adj. brave
Zira (omu), ;/. hail
kubaomuzira, raise a sound of 'ye, ye
ye ' (joy)
Zira (en), ;/. a span
Ziro (en), n. soot
Ziru (omu). //. a tree
ziru (en), ;/. the fruit of same
Zito, adj. heavy
zitowa, v.i. be heavy, [ya, r. ]
zitowerera, /2. be burdened heavily
zitowereza, v.t. burden heavily
Ziya,
ziira, p. be overcrowded, of plants
ziivu, //. blocked up, crowded
ziza, c. hinder, (ziiza)
Zuka, ? zula, reappearance
zukira, /. awake out of unconsciousness
zukuka, v. be awake
zukusa, c. awake
Zula, v. find a lost thing. ? zawa
zuka, v.i. be found
Zunjja, v.i. stagger ; switch through air,
as a stick
omutwe gunzunze, my head swims
zunza, c.
zunza omugo, swish a rod through the
air to and fro
zung'ana./Yc go backwards and forwards
ozung'ana na ki ?
zung'anya, c. =tawana, be busied
zungulula, v. go round
ekisakate kizungulude enju
ENGLISH-LUGANDA •
The pages quoted refer mostly to those on which an Exercise occurs containing a sentence illustra-
tive of the use of the word.
Ability (to have a. for), v. inza
Able (to be), v. Seep. 119, 'can'
About, prep, ku, p. 104
,, adv. nga
Above, adv. engulu
Abscess, «. ekizimba
Abundant, adj. ngi
Abuse, v. vuma
Accept, v. tola
Accompany, v. werekera ; besabesa
Accomplished (to be), v. malirira
Account of (on), prep, olwa, kubwa
Accuse, v. lopa
,, (publicly), wemukiriza
,, (another), ekobereza
I Ache, v. luma
2l6
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Ache, n. (stiff paios), nakanyama
Acquire, v. fiina
,, (chieftainship), lya obwami
,, (royal chieftainship), lya cngoma
,, (land), lya ensi
Adjoin, v. lirana
Admiration (to cause), v. sanyusa, simya
Admire = to cause admiration
Adultery (to commit), v. yenda
Advice, n. use verb advise
Advise, v. wa amagezi
Adze, v. baja
Affair, n. ekigambo
Afraid (to be), v. tya
After, adv. (of place), enyuma
,, (of time), oluvanyuma, e'da
Afternoon (in the), olwegulo, egulo
Again, adv. ate, nate
(to say), v. 'damu
Agree to, v. kiriza
Agreement, n. endagano
,, (to make an), r. lagana enda-
gano
Ague, it. omusuja
Alarm, n. endulu
,, (to raise an), v. kuba endulu
All, adj. ona
Allow, v. ganya
Alone, adv. bwomu, p. 152
,, (to go), v. tambula omu, genda
omu
Ancle, ;/. akakongovule
And, conj. ne (ni); na; after neg., era
Angry (to be), v. sunguwala
Animal (wild), ;/. ensolo
Annoy, v. teganya
Annoyed (to be), v. nyiga
Annul, v. julula
Another, adj. lala
Answer, v. 'damu
,, (when called), witaba
Ant (white), n. enkuyege
,, (biting), ;/. ensanafu
,, (flying), n. enswa
Ant-hill, n. ekiswa
Anxious (to be), v. eralikirira
Aperture, n. ekituli
Appear, ?'. labika
,, (as an eruption), butuka
Appease, v. woyawoya
Appoint, v. sawo, tekawo
Appointment (to make), V. lalika
Approach, v. sembera
Appropriate, v. twala ebitali bibyo
Argue, v. wakana
Arise, v. imuka
Arm, n. omukono
Arm-pit, ;/. enkwawa
Army, n. egye
Arrange, v. longosa
ts. 'rive, v. tuka
Arrow, n. akasale
As, conj. nga, nga . . . bwe
Ascend, v. linya, yambuka
Ashamed (to be), v. kwatibwa ensonyi
Ashes, n. e'vu
Ask, v. (request), saba
,, (in marriage), yogereza
,, (question), buza
Asleep (to be), v. ebaka
Assemble, v. kungana
At, prep, (place), e
At noon, adv. mu tuntu
At once, adv. amangwago, kakati
At the side, prep, ku 'ball lya, ku ma-
'bali ga [wa]
Attack, v. lumba
Aunt, n. sengawo (thy a.), sengange (my
a.)> etc.
Avoid, v. ewala
Awake (to be), v. golokoka
Awaken, v. golokosa
Away, v. (get), 'duka
,, (go), va
,, (take), gyawo, gyako, gyamu
,, (throw), sula
,, (empty), yuwa
Away, adv. (far) wala
Axe, ;/. embadzi
B
Bachelor, n. omuwulu
Back, n. omugongo
Backbone, n. ekigongo
Bad, adj. bi
Badly, adv. bubi
Bag, «. ensawo
Baggage, ;/. emigugu
Bale (of cloth), n. omutwalo
Ball, «, omupira
Bandage, v. sabika
,, «. olugoye olusiba, enkampa
Bare, adj. yeru
Bargain, v. lamula
Bark, v. (like a dog), bogola
Bark-cloth, n. olubugo
Bark -cloth mallet, n. ensamu
Basin, n. bakuli
Bask, v. (in the sun), yota omusana
Basket, ;/. ekibo
Bat, n. (animal), eking'iro
Be, aux. v. ba
Beads, n. (small), obukwanzi, obutiti
,, n. (large), obuvuma
Bear, v. zala
,, (patiently), gumikiriza
Beard, n. ekirevu
Beast, n. (wild), ensolo [ing'
Beat, v. kuba. See p. 1 70 ' Ways of thrash-
,, (earth for floor), samba
,, (on the ground)/ kubirira
Because, conj. kubanga
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
217
Become, v. fuka
Bedstead, n. ekitanda
Bee, n. enjuki
Beer, n. omwenge
Begin, v. soka, tandika
Behind, adv. enyuma
, , prep, nyuma wa
Belch, v. bejagala, kuba mpiyi
Believe, v. = think, suppose, p. 133
Bell, n. ekide
Belong to, beramu, p. 56
Belly, n. olubuto
Bend down, v. vunama
Bereaved (to be), v. firwa
Betray, v. lyamu olukwe
Better (be), v. (of illness), su'ka. [bususeko]
11 (get), wona
Between, prep, wakati mu
Bhang, n. enjai
Bind, v. siba
Binding, n. (on a reed wall), oluzizi
Bird, ft. enyonyi
Birdlime, «. obulimbo
Birth (to give birth to), v. zala
Bite, v. luma
Black (to be), v. 'dugala
Black, adj. 'dugavu
Blame, v. nyenya, vunana
Blanket, v. ekikunta
Blaze, v. (gently, as a fire), yaka
,, (furiously), bubuka
Bless, v. saba omukisa
Blessing, n. omukisa
Blind-man, v. omuzibe wamaso; omutulu
Block, v. ziba, p. 97
Blood, >?. omusai
Blot out, v. sangula
Blow, v. (gently), fuwa
,, (as a storm), kunta
,, (bellows), fukuta
,, ffire), kuma omuliro
,, (out a light), zikiza
„ (nose), nyiza mu nyindo, nyiza emi-
nyira
Boar, ft. (wild), embidzi
Boast, v. enyumiriza
Boat, 11. ekyombo
Body, n. omubiri
Boil, v. (cook), fumba
,, (bubble gently), tokota
,, (bubble furiously), esera
Bone, n. e'gumba
Book, n. ekitabo
Boot, n. engato
Boot-lace, n. olulere, olukoba
Bore, v. (a hole), wumula
Bother, v. teganya, luma, p. 104
Bottle, n. ecupa
Bottom, it. (of a vessel), entobo
Bough, ;/. e'tabi
Boundary, ;/. ensalo
Bowels, n. ebyenda
Bowl, n. (small wooden), akatiba
,, (larger wooden), olutiba
,, (earthenware), ekibya
,, (European), bakuli
Box, n. esanduku
Boy, n. omulenzi
Brains, n. obwongo
Branch, n. e tabi
Brass, n. ekikomo
Brave, adj. zira
Bray, v. (of donkey), kaba
Bread, n. omugate
Break, v. menya; yasa
,, (anything brittle), yasa
,, (an egg), kona
,, (violently), vuna
,, (in two), menyamu
Breast, n. e'bere
Breath, «. omuka
Breathe, v. sa omuka
Bride, n. omugole
Bridegroom, w, [awasa omugole], omusaja
Bridge, n. olutindo
Bridle, tt. olukoba
Bring, v. leta
„ 'material), somba
„ (3n), ingiza
Broad, adj. gazi
Broken (to be), v. menyeka ; kutuka
,, (anything brittle), yatika
„ (in two), menyekamu
Brother, n. (one of the clan), owoluganda
,, (of a brother), omuganda
,, (of a sister), mwanyina
Build, v. zimba
,, (a boat), siba eryato
Bull, n. ente ya sedume, sedume
Bullet, 11. e'sasi
Bundle, n. omuganda
,, (long), olusekese
,, (of bedding), omugugu
,, (of shells, etc. ), omutwalo
Burn, v. (brightly as a fire), yaka
,, (as food), sirira
Burn, (to be), v. gya
Burst, v. yulika
Bury, v. zika
But, con;', naye, wabula
Butter, n. omuzigo
Butter-milk, n. amasunda
Butterfly, ;/. ekiwojolo
Button, 11. e'pesa
Buy, v. gula
„ (back), nunula
Cage, n. ekiguli
Calabash, n. (large), ekita
,, (smaller), endeku
Calf, ;/. enyana
218
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Calf (of leg), entumbwe
Call, v. tuma, wita
Calm (to be), teka
Camel, «. engamira
Camp, «. ekisulo
,, (encampment), ensisira
Campaign, n. olutabalo
,, (to make), tabala
Can, v. See p. 119
Candle, n. etabaza
Cane, n. (stick), oluga
,, (sugar-), ekikajo
Cannon, ;/. omuzinga
Canoe, n. eryato
Cap, //. enkofira
,, (gun), fataki
Capital, «. (town), ekibuga
Captive, 11. omusibe
Capture, v. kwata
,, (by surprise), zinda
Care (take care of), v. kuma
Careful (to be), v. egendereza
Carefully (handle), v. kwata mpola
Carpenter, n. omubadzi
Carry, v. etika
(off), nyaga
,, (on back), as a child) weka
Cait, n. egari
Cartridge-belt, n. emanzamu
Case, n. (matter), ebigambo, ensonga
,, (criminal), omusango
,, (box), esanduku
,, (small tin), ekibweta, bweta
Cat, «. (wild), omuyayu
,, (tame), ekapa
Catch, v, kwata
,, (slaves, animals, etc.), fuga
,, (of rain), kuba, p. loo
,, (rain in a vessel), lembeka
,, (fire), gya mu muliro
Cave, n. empuku
Cease, v. koma, ycsa
Certain (to make), v. etegereza
Certainly, adv. mazima
Chair, «. entebe
Change, v. kyusa
,, (appearance), efula
Charge, v. kutira
,, (accuse), lumiriza
,, (as a bull), tomera
Charred (to be), v. sirira
Cheat, v. lyazamanya
Check, v. ziiza
Cheek, n. e'tama
Chest, 11. ekifuba
Chew, v. gaya
,, (the cud), lya obwekulumo
Chief, n. omwami, omukungu
Chiefs residence, n. embuga
Child, n. omwana
,, (in arms), omwana omuwere
Child (little), akana
,, (male), omwana owobulenzi
,, (female), omwana owobuwala
Chisel, //. ensinjo
Choose, v. sima
,, (pick out), londamu, eroboza
Church, ;/. ekanisa
Churn, v. sunda
Circumcise, v. komola
City, ;/. use name of place
Clan, n. ekika
Clean, adj. lungi, longofu
,, v. naza
,, (to be), v. tukula
Clever, adj. -amagezi
Cleverness, ;/. amagezi
Climb, v. linya
Cling, v. kwata ku
Clock, n. esawa
Close, v. (stop up), ziba
,, (as a door), 'galawo
,, (eyes whilst awake), zibirira
Clothes, n. engoye
Cloud, //. ekire
Coast, 11. empwanyi
Coat, ;/. ekizibawo
Cob, //. (of corn), omunuwa
Cockroach, n. enyenje
Coffee, //. (bean), emwanyi
,, (roasted), kawa
Cold, adj. wolu
,, //. (in the head), senyiga
Collect, v. (as tribute), soloza
,, (as earth, ashes, etc.), yola
Comb, v. sansula (emviri)
Come, v. ja
,, (in), ingira
,, (back), komawo
,, (near), sembera
,, (off), va ku
,, (off as an event), bawo
,, (out), fuluma, va mu
,, (to an end), konia, gwa (gwa-wo,-
ko, -mu)
,, (upon), sanga
,, (to hand), labika
,, (to one's senses), e'damu
,, (upon suddenly), zindukiriza
Command, v. lagira
Commandment, n. eteka
Company, n. ekibina
Compel, v. waliriza
Complain, v. ekanya
Complete (to be), v. tukirira
,, 7'. mala, kamala, maliriza
Completely fast (to be), v. nyuwerera
Conceal, v. kweka, kisa
Condemn, v. sala omusango
Conduct (on the way), v. werekera
Confess, v. yatula
Conquer, v. goba ; wangula
VOCABULARY— ENGLISH-LUGANDA
219
Consent, v. kiriza ; ganya
Consult with, v. tesa na
Contract a debt, v. lya e'banja
Converse, v. nyumya
Convulsions (to have), v. sansagala
Coo, v. kaba
Cook, v. fumba
,, «. omufumbiro
Cooked (to be), «. gya
Cooking-place, ». ekiyungu
Cooking-pot, «., (earthen, large), entamu
,, ,, (smaller), kasaka entamu,
kasaka
Cooking-stone, n. e'siga
Cool (to be), v. (of things), nyogoga
,, (of men), ba nemizi
Cord, n. omuguwa
Corner, n. ensonda
Corpse, n. omulambo
Cost, n. omuwendo
Cotton, n. (thread), wuzi
,, (wool), pamba
Cough, v. kolola
Council, n. olukiko
Count, v. bala
Courageous (to be), v. guma
Cousin, n. owoluganda
Cover, n. ekisanikizo
,, (small mat work), ekisansa
,, v. bika
,, (food in pot), sanika
,, (as bandage), sabika
Cow, n. ente
Cowdung, n. obusa
Cowrie, n. ensimbi
Crack, n. olwatika
Cracked (to be), v. yatika
Cramp (to have), v. sanyalala
Crane, n. (golden-crested), eng'ali
Crawl, v. (as a child), yavula
,, (as a man), ewalula, ekulula
,, (as a snail), kulula
Cream, n. olububi livamata
Create, v. tonda
Crest, «. e'joba
Croak, v. kaba
Crooked (to be), v. kyarna
Cross, v. (a river), somoka
,, (in a boat, etc.), wungula
Crow, n. namung'ona
Crowd, n. ekibina
Crumb, n. akakunkumuka
Crush, v. betenta
Cry, v. kaba
Cultivate, v. lima
Cup, 11. ekikompe
Cure, v. wonya
Curse, v. kolima, vumirira
Curtain, n. e'gigi
Cut, v. sala
,, (with axe), tema
Cut (hair), mwa
D
Daily, adv. bulijo
Dance, v. zina
Danger, n. akabi
Dare, v. yang'anga
Darkness, n. enzikiza
Date-palm, n. olukindu
,, (fruit), empirivuma
Daughter, «. omwana
Dawn, v. kya
Day, n. olunaku
,, before yesterday, lwa biri
,, after to-morrow, lwa biri
Day (by), adv. omusana
Day and night, emisana nekiro
Days (a few days ago), adv. juzi
Daylight, n. omusana
Dead man, n. omufu
Deaf man, n. omuzibe wamatu
Deal in, v. tunda
Debt, «. e'banja
Decay, v. vunda
Deceitful, adv. -enkwe ; (-a nkwe)
Deceive, v. limbalimba
Decide, v. tesa
Defeat, v. goba
Defraud, v. lyazamanya
Delay, v. lwa
Delight, v. sanyusa
Delighted (to be), v. sima nyo
Dense (to be), v. (as darkness), kwata
Depart, v. genda
Deride, v. dula
Derive, v. gyamu
Descend, v. 'ka
Deserted place, n. ekifulukwa
Deserve, v. sana
Desire, v. egomba
Despise, v. nyoma, gaya
Destroy, v. lya, p. too ; mala, p. 64 ; ziki-
riza
Destroy (a house), yabya
Destroyed (to be, of house), v. yabika
Detour (to make a), n. ekolobya
Dew, n. omusulo
Diarrhoea (to have), v. 'dukana
Die, v. fa
Different, adj. lala
Difficult, adj. zibu
Dig, v. (as a hole), sima
„ (up), simbula
Diminished (to be), v. webuka
Dip, v. nyi'ka
Direct, v. lagira
Dirty, adj. bi
Dirty (to become), v. yononeka
Disapprove, v. neg. form of ' kiriza '
Discuss, v. tesa
Disentangle, v. zingulula
220
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Disgusted with (to be), v. tamwa
Dismiss, v. sibula
Disposition, n. omwoyo
Dispute, n. empaka
Distribute, v. gaba
Divide, v. yawulamu
Do, v. gira, kola
,, (energetically), nyikira
,, (oyer again), 'diramu
Doctor, n. omusawo
Dog, «. embwa
Donkey, n. endogoi
Door, n. olu'gi
Doorway, n. omulyango
Doubt, v. busabusa
Dove, n. e'jiba
Dowry, n. (marriage), obuko
Doze, v. bongota
Drain off, v. (as water), gcnda
Draw, v. (water), sena
,, (out), sowola
,, (along ground), kulula
„ (to a close) wungera
Dream, v. lota
Dream, n, endoto
Dress, v. yambala
„ (finely), yonja
,, (wounds), nyiga
Drink, v. nyuwa
Drive, v. (out), goba mu
„ (into), gobera mu
„ (away), goba
,, (cows, etc), goba
Drizzle incessantly, v. tonyerera
Drop, v. gwa
,, (off), sumatuka
Drown, v. sana mu madzi
Drum, n. eng*oma
Drum-beat, n. omubala
Drunk (to be), v . tamfra
Dry, adj. kalu
Dry {to become), v. kala
,, (up), kalirira
Duck, n, embata
Dumb person, n. omusiru
Dung (cow), n. obusa
During, prep, mu
Dust, n. emfufu
Dusier, n. ekiwero, ekitambala
Dwarf, n. munakwale
Dwarfs (tribe), n. Bambati
Dye, v. nyi'ka mu 'dagu/a
Dysentery, n. eki'dukano ekyomusai •
,, (to have), v. 'dukana
E
Each, adj. buli
Eagle, n. erapungu
Ear, n. okutu
Early (to be), v. kera
Early start (to make), v. kera mu makya
Earnest, adj. nyikivu
Earth, n. e taka
Earthquake, ft. omusisi
East, n. Ebuvanjuba
Easy, adj. yangu
Eat, v. lya
Eating (place for), «. e'diro
Echo, v. ewitabya
Edge, n. (of a tool), obwogi
,, (side), e'bali
,, (sharp), olukulukumbi
Educate, v. igiriza
Egg. «• e'gi
Eggshell, n. ekisosonkole
Egypt, n. Misiri
Eight, adj. munana
Elbow, n. o'.ukokola
Elephant, ft. enjovu
Elsewhere, adv. awalala
Embrace, v. gwa mu kifuba
Empty, adj. yerere
Empty (away), v. yuwa
Encamp, v. sisira
Enclose, v. etoloza, zingiza
Enclosure, ft. ekisakate
Encounter, v. sanga
Encroach, v. (in cultivating), nayiriza
End, v. komererawo, tukiriza
End (to come to an), v. gwawo; julukuka,
P- 99
Endeavour, v. nyikira
Endure, v. gumikiriza
Enemy, n. omulabe
Engaged (to be), v. ba nemirimu ; tawana
„ (in marriage), yogerezebwa
English, adj. ngereza
Enlarge, v. gaziya
Enough (to be), v. mala, p. ioo
,, (to be long, etc.), tuka, p. 103
„ (strong), adj. gumu
,, (not strong e. ), adj. nafu, p. no
Enquire, v. buza
Enrage, v. sunguwaza
Enslave, v. fuga ; fula omudu
Entangle, v. zingazinga
Enter, v. ingira
Entice, v. sendasenda
Entire, adj. lamba
Entirely, adv. dala
Entrance, «. (in a fence) empitiro
,, (in a house), ebifugi
Entrap, v. tega
Entreat, v. egairira
Entrust, v. (oneself), esiga
Envy, n. obugya
Equal (to be), v. enkanenkana
Erect, v. (a house), zimba enju
,, (a post), simba empagi
Escape, v. (from prison), bomba
,, (from danger), wona
VOCABULARY— ENGLISH-LUGANDA
221
Europe, «. Bulaya
European, «. Omuzungu
Even (to make), v. sanyiza
Evening, «. ekiro
Evening (in the), adv, olwegulb, akawu-
ngezi
Every, adj. buli
Every-day, adv. bulijo
Every moment, adv. buli kasera
Evil (to do), v . soba ; dza omusango
Evil, adj. bi
Exact, adj. tukirivu
Exalt, v. (oneself), egulumiza
Examine, v. kebera
Example, ». ekyokulabirako
Excavate, v. simba mu 'taka
Exceed, v. su'kirira ; singa
Exceedingly, adv. nyo nyini
Excel, v. kira
Except, adv. wabula, wazira
Exchange, v. wanyisa, gulana
Exclaim, v. (in an undertone), kungiriza
Excuse, «. ensong^
Exert, v. (oneself), fuba
Exist, v. bererawo
Expect, v. subira
Expel, v. goba
Expensive (to be), v. twala wala
Experience, n. olumanyo
,, (have e. in), manya, manyi-
sibwa
Explain, v. tegeza
Eye, n. eriso
,, (of a needle), empami
Eyebrow, ;/. ekisige
Eyelash, n. olukowekowe
Face, n. use mu maso
Fade, v. yongobera
Fail, v. 'gwa
,, (be too much for), lema
Faint, v. zirika
Fall, v. gwa
,, (backwards), gwa obugazi
,, (forwards), evunika
,, (sideways), gwa ku 'bali
,, (of rain), tonya
,, (slope, as roof), esulika
Famine, n. enjala
Famous (to be), v. yatikirira
Fan, v. wuja
Far, adv., wala
Fast, adv. mangu, mbiro
,, v. siba enjala
Fat, n. amafuta, omuzigo
„ adj. gevii
,, (of animals), -amasavu
Fat (to be), v. geja ; gonomoka
Father, n. kitange (my father); kitawo
(thy father) ; kitawe (his father)
Fatigue, «. obukowu
,, v. koyesa
Fatigued (to be), v. kowa
Fault (to find), v. yomba
Fear, v. tya, ekeka
,, n. entisa
Feast, n. embaga
,, (marriage), embaga eyobugole
,, v. lya embaga
Feather, n. ekyoya
Feed, v. lisa
Feel, v. komako, kwatako
,, (sick), [ememe ewsindukirira]
Fellow, n. omusaja, omuntu
Female, adj. kazi
,, (of animals), lusi
Fence, n. ekisakate, olukomera
Fertile, adj. gimu
Fetch, v. kima ; 'dukira
Fever, n. omusuja
Few days back, adv. juzi
Fibre (plantain), n. ebyai
,, (single piece), ekyai
Fierce, adj. kambwe
Fight, v. lwana ; kwatana
Fill, v. juza
Filter, v. sengeja
Filthiness, v. obugwagwa
,, (on person), e'ko
Find, v. laba ; vumbula
,, (fault), yomba, vunana
Fine, n. omutango
,, v. tanza
Finger, n. olugalo
,, (little), enaswi
,, (first), olunwe
Finish, v. mala
,, (completely), maliriza
,, (up), malamu
Finished (to be), v. 'gwa
Fire, v. omuliro
Fire, v. (a gun), kuba emundu
„ (a house), yokereza
,, (to make a), v. kuma omuliro
Firefly, n. emunyenye
Fireplace, n. ekyoto
Firewood, n. enku
Firm, adj. nyuwevu
,, (to be), v. nyuwera
Fish, v. vuba
Fist, «. ekikonde
Fit, v. tuka
,, n. (epileptic), ensimbu
Fits (to have), sansagula
,, (to have epileptic), gwa mu nsimbu
Five, adj. tano
Flame, «. olulimi olwomuliro
Flash, v. (as lightning), miansa
Flat, adi. yagagavu ; -ekigaga (-a kigaga)
222
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Flatter, v. panka
Flax, n. obugogwa
Flea, «. olukukunyi
Flee, v. (run away), 'duka
Flesh, n. (hving), omubiri
,, (dead), enyama
Fling, v. (down), tandagira
Float, v. yenjera
Flood, ;;. omujuzo
,, (water running into house, etc.),
omukoka
,, (water standing in pools), ebitaba
Flour, n. obuta
Flow, v. (of water), kulukuta
Flower, n. ekimuli
Flute, n. endere
Fly, r. buka
Fly, n. ensowera
Foam, v. e'jovu
Fog, v. olufu
Fold, v. zinga
Follow, v. goberera
Folly, n. obuwemu
Fond of (to be), v. yagalo nyo
Food, ;/. emere
Foot, it. ekigere
Footmarks, n. ebigere
Forbid, v. gana
Force, n. amanyi
Ford, v. somoka
Forearm, n. omukono
Forehead, n. ekyenyi
Foreign, adj. genyi
Foreleg, n. omukono
Forest, n. ekibira
Forge, v. (iron), wesa
Forget, v. erabira
Forgive, v. sonyiwa
Forsake, v. leka
Fort, n. eki'go
Found (to be), n. labika
Fountain, n. ensulo
Four, adj. nya (na)
Fowl, n. enkoko
Framework, n. ornusekese
Free, adj. -e'dembe (-a 'dembe)
Frequently, adv. emirundi mingi
Fresh, adj. (of eggs), lungi
,, (of milk), ga kakano
Friday, n. Lwa-mukaga
Friend, n. orrrukwano
,, (my), munange
Fright, n. entisa
Frighten, v. tisa
Frog, n. ekikere
Fruit, n. ekibala
Fry, v. sika
Full (to be), v. jula
Full-grown, adj. kulu
Funnel, n. omubinikiro
Gain, v. (a case), singa omusango
Gains, n. amagoba
Gamble, v. kubae'zala
Gape, v. lengeja
,, (wi'.h astonishment), samalirira
Garden, n. ekyalo
,, (over-ran), ekikande
Gate, ;/. (front), wankaki
,, (back), wansanso
Gather, v. (of people), kung'ann
,, (of clouds), bindabinda
,, (up), londa
,, (up skirts), kwata akalenge
,, (vegetables), noga emva
,, (plantain-fruit), yunja amatoke
Gaze, v. ekaliriza amaso
Gentle (to be), v. kwata mpola
,, adj. kakamu
Gently, adv. mpola
Germinate, v. (of seeds), meruka
Get, v. webwa, funa
(in), gya, p. ioo
(up), golokoka ; imuka
(away), vawo
(off"), vako
(out), vamu
(drunk), tamira
(fat), geja
(hot), buguma
(ready), etekateka
(well), wona
Giddiness, n. kantoloze
Gift, n. ekirabo
Giraffe, n. entuga
Girl, n. omuwala
Give, v. wa
,, (as present), wereza
,, (judgment), sala omusango
,, (thanks), eyanza
Gizzard, n. ekisakiro
Glad (to be), v. sanyuka
Glare at, v. tunula bukanu
Glass, ;/. use ekyuma
,, (tumbler), ekikompe (' be hurt,''
not known)
,, (looking), endabirwamu
Glisten, v. tukula ; masamasa
Gnaw, v. meketa
Go, v. genda, ita, p. 103 ; nyonyola, p. 103
,, (in front), kulembera
, , (round), etolola
,, (back), 'dayo
,, (down), serengeta, 'ka
,, (out), va
„ (in), ingira
,, (up), linya, yam buka
,, (backwards and forwards), 'ding'ana
,, (right out of sight), zimirira
,, (wrong), kyama
VOCABULARY— ENGLISH-LUGANDA
223
Go (out, as fire), zikirira
,, (to ruin, as garden), zika
Goat, ;/. embuzi
God, «. Katonda
Gold, 11. ezabu
Good, adj. lungi
Goods, ;/. ebintu
Goodness, 11. obulungi
Gooseberries, ;/. (Cape), entuntunu
Gospel, 71. enjiri
Govern, v. twala
Government, ;/. guvamanti
Grandchild, n. omudzukulu
Grandfather, 11. omudzukulu
(great), jaja
Grant, v. wa
Grass, n. e'subi
Grave, n. entana
Grease, ;/. amafuta
Great, adj. (size), nene
„ (quality), ngi
,. (age), kulu
,, (quantity of), ngi
Greatness, it. obukulu
Greedy, adj. lulu
Greet, v. lamusa
Grey, adj. senyefu
Grief, it. enaku
,, (great), obwinike
Grind, v. (corn), sa
Grindstone for corn, 11. (upper), enso
,, (lower), olubengo
Groin, ;/. embalakaso
Grope, v. (with the hands), wamanta
Grovel, v. ekulukunya
Grow, v. (of plants) mera
,, (mature), kula
,, (fat), geja
„ (lean), ko'ga
„ (old), kadiwa
,, (sprout, trees), loka
Grudge, v. 'ma
Grumble, v. emulugunya ; ekanya
Guard, v. kuma
Guava, it. (tree), omupera
,, (fruit), e'pera
Guide, v. kulembera
,, ;/. omusale
Guile, 11. olukwe
Guinea-fowl, n. enkofu
Gum, it. (of tree) amasanda
,, (of the mouth), akabuno
Gun, 11. emundu
Gunpowder, n. obuganga
H
Habit, 11. empisa
,, (bad), omuze
Haft, ;/. (of spear), olunyago
,, (of knife), ekiti
Hail, n. omuzira
Hair, n, emviri
,, (a single), oluviri
,, (of animal), ebyoya
Hairs (grey), it. emvi
Hammer, n. enyondo
Hand, ;/. omukono
Handle, n. (of axe), ekiti
,, (of hoe), omuini
,, (of saucepan), omukonda
Hang, v. (up), wanika
,, (over), bunduka
,, (down), lebeta
,, (in the sun), yanika
,, (oneself), etuga
Happy (to be), v. sanyuka
Harbour, n. omwalo
Hard (to be), v. kakanyala
,, (to be h. and unyielding), kaluba
Hard, adj. (and yielding), gumu
,, (and unyielding), kalubo
,, (of men), kakanyavu
Harm, «. akabi
Harmonium, n. enanga
Harp, n. enanga
,, v. (continually on a matter),
yeyereza
Hasten, v. yanguiza
Hat, n. enkofira
Hatch, v. (as chickens), yalula
Hate, v. kyawa
Have enough food, v. 'kuta
Hawk, n. kakuba-mpanga
He, pron. ye
Head, n. omutwe
,, (of bed), omutwetwe
,, (of corn), akavumbo
Heal, v.t. wonya
,, v.i. wona
Health, n. obulamu
Healthy, adj. lamu
Heap, v. kuma
,, (rubbish for bonfire), 'komera
,, n. enkumu
,, (of weeds), ekirungu
Hear, v. wulira
Heart, n. omutima
„ (seat of affections), omwoyo
Heartily, adv. nyo
Heat, n. e'bugumu
Heavy (to be), v. zitowa, zitowerera
Hedge, n. olukomera
Heel, «. ekisinziro
Height, ». obuwamvu, obugulumivru
Heir, n. omusika
Help, v. bera
„ (food), bega
Hem, n. oluku'giro
Hemp, n. obugogwa
Hen, n. enkoko
Herd, it. lunda
Here, adv. wano ; -wo
224
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Hesitate, e-.busabusa
Hide, v. kweka
Hide, n. e'diba
High, adj. wamvu
Hill, ft. olusozi
Hinder, v. zlza
Hippopotamus, n. emvubu
Hit, v. kuba
Hoax, v. saga
Hoe, ft. enkumbi
Hoe, v. lima
Hog, n. embidzi
Hold, v. kwata
„ (a market), kuba akatale
,, (as a bag), gyamu, p. ioo
Hole, ft. ekinya
,, (to bury in), entana
Hollow out, v. baiamu
Home (at), adv. e ka
Honest (to be), v. ba mwesigwa
Honey, n. omubisi gwenjuki
Honour, tt. ekitibwa
Hoof, n. ekinulo
Hook, n. e'dobo
Hook, v. kwasa e'dobo
Hop, v. (frog), buka
,, (person), kongo'ja
Hope, v. subira
Hope, n. e'subi
Horn, «. e'jembe
Hornet, n. enumba
Horse, n. embalasi
Hot (to make), v. bugumya
,, (to be), v. yokya
,, (as sun), yaka
House, ft. enyumba ; enju
How many ? adv. meka
Hubbub (to raise), v. kayana
Hug, v. vumbagira
Humble, adj. wombefu
Humbug, v. balata
Hump, ft. e'bango
Humpback, n. omututuli ; kadu
Hundred, adj. ekikumi
Hunger (to be), v. lumwa enjala
Hungry, ft. enjala
Hunt, v. i'ga
Hurl, v. kasuka
Hurry, v. yanguwa
Hurt, v. luma
Husband, «. 'ba (her h.), 'baze {my h. ),
'balo(M^h.)
Hut, n. enju
,, (temporary), ensisira
Hyaena, «. empisi
Idiot, «. omusirusiru
Idle (to be), v. nanya ; gayala
Idleness, «. obugayavu
If, conj. obanga
Ignorance, n. obutamanya
111 (to be), v. lwala
Illness, n. obulwade
Immediately, adv. amangwago
Impudence, «. ekyejo
Impudent (to be), v. gira ekyejo
In, adv. mu
Incessantly, adv. obutayosa
Increase, v. yongera
Indian corn, n. kasoli
Industrious, adj. nyikivu
Infant, «. omwana omuwere
Infirm, adj. nafu
Inform, v. bulira
Inheritance, n. obutaka
Ink, n. bwino
Inquire, v. buza
Insect, n. (small), akawuka
Inside, adv. munda
Insignificant, adj. tono
Insolence, n. ekyejo
Insult, v. vuma
Intellect, n. amagezi
Intercede, v. wolereza
Interpret, v. kyusa ebigambo
Interrupt, v. gamba ntakera
Interval, n. e'banga
Interval (to leave an), v. sulirira
Invalid, «. omulwade
Invent, v. yiya amagezi
,, (a message), etulinkirira
Invite, v. ita
Iron, «. ekyuma
Island, n. ekizinga
Itch, v. siwa
Itch, ft. obuwere
Ivory, n. amasanga
,, (a single tusk), e'sanga
Jackal, n. ekibe
Jammed (to be), v. wagama
Jaw, ft. olnba
Jealousy, n. obugya
Jerk, v. si'ka
Join, v. yunga
Joint, n. enyingo
Journey, «. olugendo
Joy, n. e'sanyu
Judge, v. sala omusango ; lamula
Judge, ft. omulamuzi
Jug, «. omudumu
Jump, v. buka
Jungle, n. ensiko ; ebisagazi
K
Keep, v. kuma
,, (put away), tereka
,, (back), 'ma
,, (hinder), lobera ; zlza
VOCABU LAR Y— ENGLISW-LUGAN DA
225
Keep (the mouth open), yasamirira
,, (a guilty silence), tokoterera
Kernel, n. omulanwa
Kettle, n. ebinika
Key, n. ekisumuluzo
Kick, v. samba
Kidney, n. ensigo
Kill, v. 'ta
Kind, adj. -ekisa (-a kisa)
Kind, n. engeri
Kindle, v. (a fire), kuma (kumamu)
omuliro
Kindness, «. ekisa
King, n. kabaka
Kingdom, n. obwakabaka
Kiss, v. nyu'wegera
Kitchen, n. ekiyungu
Kite, n. (bird), akamunyi
Knee, n. e'vivi
Knee-cap, n. enso
Kneel, v. fukamira
Knife, «. akambe
,, (European), ekiso
„ (pocket), ekiso ekinienye
Knock, v. kona
,, (strike), kuba
Knot, n. (in thread), ekifundiko
,, (in wood), eki'ko
Know, v. (by experience), manya
,, (by intuition), tegera
Labour, n. omulimu
Labour-pains, n. ebisa
Lace, n. olulere
Lad, «. omuvubuka ; omulenzi
Ladder, n. olutindo
Ladle, v. sena
,, n. (small), akakai
,, (large), olwendo
Lady, n. omukyala
Lake, n. enyanja
Lamb, n. omwana gwendiga (wendiga)
Lame (to be), v. wenyera
,, (to become) lemala
Lame, adj. lema
Lament, v. kabirjra
Lamp, n. etabaza
Lamp-wick, n. emfuzi
Land, n. ensi
Landing-place, n. omwalo
Language, n. olulimi
Languid (to be), v. yongobera ; yobera
Lantern, n. etabaza
Lap, v. (as cat), komba
Large, adj. nene
Largeness, n. obunene
Last, v. lwawo
,, (live long), wangala
Last (to be), v. komererawo
Late (to be), v. labirirwa
Later on, adv. e'da
Laugh, v. seka
Laughter, ». enseko
Launch, v. golomola
Law, n. e'teka
Lay, v. (eggs), bika amagi
,, (table), tandika emeza
,, (mat), yala
Lazy (to be), gayala ; nanya
Lazy fellow, n. omugayavu
Lead, «. (bullet), e'sasi
Lead, v. (astray), kyamya
,, (guide), lung'amya
,, (j recede), kulembera
Leaf, n. ekiragala
,, (plaintain), olulagala
,, (for cooking in), luwumbo
,, (of a book), olupapula
Leaves, n. amalagala
,, (plantain), endagala
Leak, v. tonya
Lean, v. (over), bunduka
,, (upon), esigama
Lean (to be), v. ko'ga
Lean, adj. (meat), kapa
,, (thin), kovu
Leap, v. buka
Learn, v. iga
Leather, n. e'diba
,, (untanned), ekyanjo
Leave, v. leka ; va ku
,, (off), lekerawo
,, (off work), nyuka
,, (go out of)» vamu
„ (an interval), sulirira
Leave (to give), v. ganya
Left (to be), v. sigalaTiw
,, (over), fi'ka, fi'kawo
Left-hand, «. omukono ogwa 'kono
Leg, «. okugulu
Lend, v. (what is to be returned), yazika
,, (what is to be repaid), wola
Length, ti. obuwamvu
Leopard, n. engo
Lessen, v. webula ; kendeza
Letter, «. ebaruwa
„ (of alphabet), enukuta
I>evel, v. tereza
Lice, n. ensekere
Lick, v. kombako
Lid, n. ekisanikizo
Lie, v. limba
,, (down), galamira
„ (in wait for), tega
Life, ». use obulamu
Lift, v. situla
Light, n. (of sun), omusana
Light, adj. yangu
Light, v. (a candle), koleza
„ (a fire), kuma
Lightning, n. radu
226
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Like, v. sima
Like (to he), v. fanana
Likeness, n. ekifananyi
Lily, ;/. e'danga
Limb, ;/. ekitundu
Limp, z>. wenyera
Line, it. olunyiriri
Lion, it. empologoma
Lips, it. emimwa
Lisp, v. yogera ekirimi
Listen, v. wulira ; tega amatu
Little, adj. tono
Little, adv. katono
Live, v. bera, p. 56
,, (long), wangala
Liver, n. ekibumba
Lizard, n. omunya
Load, ;;. omutwalo
Lock up, v. siba
Locust, it. enzige
Log, ;/. (of wood), e'ti
Loins, //. ebiwato
Loiter, v. lemba ; latalata
Long, adj. wamvu
Long enough (to be), v. tuka obuwamvu
Long ago, adv. e'da
Look, v. (see), laha
,, (at), tunulira
,, (for), nonya
,, (at distant object), lengcra
Looking-glass, it. endabirwamu
Loosen, -•, 'diriza
,, (hold), ta
,, (a knot), fundukulula
Lose, v. say — it is lost to me, kimhwze
, , — it is fallen from me,
kingudeko
,, (hope), gwamu omwoyo
Lost (to be), v. bula
Lot, //. akalulu
Louse, ;/. lusekere
Love, v. yagala
Low, adj. mpi
Lower, r-. 'sa
Lump, ;/. (clod), ekifumfugu
Lung, ;/. e'gugwe
Lust, v. taluka
M
Mad, adj. lain
Maggot, u. emvunyu
Maiden, //. omuwala
Maize, n. (Indian corn), kasoli
Make. tj. kola
,, (full), juza
,, (level), tere/a
,, (niat), luka
,. (profits), visarou amagoba
,, (a point to), songola
,, (a temporary hut), sisira
,, (room for), segulira
Make (bullets), fumba
,, (canoes), siba
,, (an arrangement with), lagana
,, (appointment with), lalika
,, (a vow), eyama
,, (reach end), komekereza
,, (a law), teka e'teka
,, (a present of), wereza
,, (an ' embuga '), kuba embuga
,, (a market), kuba akatale
,, (a fire), kuma omuliro
,, (haste), yanguwa, yanguyako
,, (war),tabala
Male, adj. (men), saja
,, (animals), lume
Man, n. omusaja ; omuntu
,, (slave), omu'du
,, (old), omukade
,, (brave), omuzira
Mane, n. oluging'irima
Manner, it. engeri
,, (habit) empisa
Many, adj. ngi
Market, it. akatale
Married people, n. abafumbo
Marrow, ;/. obusomyo
,, (vegetable), wuju ; ensuju
Marry, v. (of man), wasa
,, (of woman), fumbirwa
Marvel, v. ewunya
Master, n. omwami
Masticate, v. mugunya
Mat, ;/. omukeka
,, (coarse) ekiwempe
Match, n. ekiberiti
Materials (for work), n. emirimu
Matter, ;/. (affair), ekigambo ; ensonga
,, (pus), amasira
Mature, adj. kulu
Mean, adj. kodo
Measles, ;/. Iuk\isense
Measure, v. gera
Meat, ;/. enyama
,, (dead of itself), kalanamye
,, pieces of raw), ebifi
Medic ne, ;/. e'dagala
Meditate, v. fumitiriza, lowoza
Meek, adj. tefu
Meet, v. sanga ; sisinkana
Melt, v. sanfila
Melted (to be), sanuka
Mercy (to have m. on), v. kwatirwa ekisa
Messenger, n. omubaka
Metal, ;;. ekyuma
Mid-day, >/. e'tuntu
Middle, adv. wakati
Midnight, it. e'tumbi
Miilnight (at), adv. mu tumbi
Midwife, it. omuzalisa
Might, ;/. amanyi
Mild (to be), v. kakana
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
227
Mildew, u. obukuku
Milk, v. lamula
Milk, ;/. amata
,, (butter), amasunde
,, (new), amasununu
Millipede, n. e'gongolo
Mimic, v. gegenya
Mince, v. tematemamu
Mingle, v. tabula
Minister, :i. omuwereza
Minister, v. wereza
Minute, «. dakika
Miracle, ;/. ekyamagero
Mirror, //. endabirwamu
Miscarr, , v. tasa
Mischief, u. e'tima
Mislead, v. kyamya
Mist, 11. olufu
Mistake, v. (I did it by m.), simanyiride ;
nawubirwa buwubirwa
,, I mistook it, mbade sikiraba
bulungi
Mistress, n. omugole
Mix, 7'. tabula
Moan, v. sinda
,, (animal), bologa
Mock, v. sekerera
Modest (to be), v. kwatibwa ensonyi
Moment, ;/. akasera
Monday, «. Baraza ; Lwa-kubiri
Monkey, n. enkima
,, (large), enkobe
Month, ;/. omwezi
Moon, 11. omwezi
Moor, n. e'tale
Morning (in the), adv. enkya
Mosque, ft. omuzigiti
Mosquito, 11. ensiri
Moth, n. enyenje
Mother, ft. nyina (his m.), nyabwe
(their m.)> mange (my m. ), nyoko
thy m.), nyafe (our m.)
Mouldy (to be), v. kwatibwa obukuku
Mound, 11. ekifumvu
Mountain, n. olusozi
Mourn, v. kuba ebiwobe ; kabirira
Mouth, ;/. akamwa
Move, v. genda
Much, adj. ngi
Mud, n. e'tosi ; ebitosi
,, (caked), ebitomi
Mule, v. enyumbu
Multiply, v. (increase), zala, eyongera
Multitude, n. ekibina
Mumps, n. mambuluga
Munch, v. gaya
Murmur, v. emulugunya
Mushrooms, n. obutiko
Mute (to be), v. sirikiri; awo
Mutter, v. vulungutana
Muzzle, v. siba akamwa
Mystery, ;/. ekyama
N
Nail, n. (finger), olwala
,, (wooden pin), eninga
,, (foreign iron), omusomari
Name, n. erinya
Name, v. tuma erinya
Narrow, adj. funda
Narrow (to be), v. funda
Narrow-place, n. akanyigo
Nasty (to be), v. wunya
Nation, n. e'gwanga
Near, adv. kumpi
Neck, «. ensikya ; ensingo
Necklace, n. akajegere
Need, v. e'taga
Needle, «. empiso
Neglect, v. (work), leka ; va ku
Neighbour, n. omuliranwa
Nest, n. ekisu
Net, n. ekitimba
New, adj. gya
News, n. ebigambo
,, (What's the news?) amagambo
byemuwulide
Nice (to be), v. woma
Nice, adj. lungi
Nicely, adv. bulungi
Night, ft. ekiro
Nine, adj. mwenda
Nipple, v. enyuwanto
,, (of gun), eriso
No, adv. aa ; neda
Nod, v. simagira ; bongota
Noise (to make\ n. (talking), yogana
,, (buzzing, etc. ), vuvuma
Noon (at), adv. mu 'tuntu
Nose, «. enyindo
Notch, v. balula ; banga
Notice (to give public), v. langa
Nourish, v. lisa
Now, adv. kakano, kakati
Number, v. bala
Number, n. omuwendo
Nurse, v. janjaba
,, (as a child), lera
Nut, n. (hard), enje
„ (ground), empande
O
Oar, n. enkasi
Oatb, n. ekirairo
Obedient, adj. mugomvu
Object, v. gana
Obstinate, adj. -mawa'gaH
Odour, n. (pleasant), akawowo
Offend, v. nyiza
Offended (to be), v. nyiga
Offer, v. wonga
,, (human sacrifice), tambira
228
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Offering, n. ekyonzira
Oil, n. amafuta
Old, adj. kade
Old age, n., use itirira (obukade)
Old man, n. omukade
On, prep, ku
Once, adv. omulundi gumu
One, adj. mo ; mu
Onion, n. ekitungulu
Open, v. (door), gula
,, (box), sumulula
,, (book), bikula
,, (mouth), yasama
Openly, adv. mu lwatu
Opposite, adv. , use yoleka
,, (to be), lirana ; yoleka
,, (to put), liranya
Oppress, v. joga
,, (with heat), bugumiriza
Oppressor, n. omulyazamanyi
Order, «. ekiragiro; e'teka
,, (to put in), v. longosa
Order, v. lagira ; gamba
Orphan, n. omulekwa
Ostrich, n. emaya
Other, adj. lala
Otherwise, adv. bulala
Otter, n. eng'onge
Outcry, n. endulu
Outside, adv. ebweru
Overcome, v. wangula
Overflow, v. yanjala
Overseer, «. omukoza
Overshadow, v. sikiriza
Overthrow, v. (throw down), sula ; (de-
stroy), zikiriza
Overturn, v. galanjula ; fula
Owl, n. ekiwugulu
Owner, n. nanyini
Ox, n. ente ya sedume, sedume
Pad, n. (for head), enkata
Paddle, n. enkasi
„ v. vuga
Pain, v. luma
,, (gnawing), meketa
Palm, n. (of hand), ekibatu
,, (tree), olukindu
,, (tree, for cutting), olukoma
Papaw, n. (tree), omupapale
,, (fruit), e'papale
Paper, «. olupapula
Papyrus, «. ebitogo
,, (a single stalk), ekitogo
Parcel, n. (of coofced food), omuwumbo
,, (of goods'), omutwalo
,, (of goods, small), e'tu
Pardon, v. sonyiwa
Pare, n. (nails), sokola
,, (potatoes, etc.), wata
Parrot, ;/. enkusu
Part, n. ekitundu
Part, v. yawula
Partition, n. ekisenge
Pass, v. i. ita
Pass, v. t. isa
,, (through), ita mu, isa mu
Path, ;/. e'kubo
Patient (to be), v. gumikiriza
Pawn, v. singa
Pay, v. liwa ; wayo
,, (debt), sasula
,, (for goods, marriage dowry, etc.), lcta
ensitpbi
Pay, n. empera
,, (for smith's work and divination),
omukemba
Peace, n. emirembe
,, (to make), v. tabaganya
Peasant, n. omukopi
Peel, v. wdta
Peelings, n. ebikuta ; ebiwata
Peep, v. Iingiza.
Peg, n. olubambo
,, (for clothes), omuti
Perfume, n. kalifuwa
Perhaps, adv. mpodzi
Perish, v. fa
Perplexed (to be), v. siruwala ; lemwa
Persecute, v. i'ganya
Perspire, v. tuyana
Perspiration, n. entuyo
Pick, v. (up), londa
,, (flowers), menya ebimuli
,, (vegetables), noga emva,
Picture, n. ekifananyi
Piece, «. ekitole
,, (single), use sing, of warty nouns,
ekyuma, ekyai, etc.
Pierce, v. fumita
Pillow, n. ekigugu
Pills, n. obutole
Pin, n. ekikwaso
Pinch, v. suna
Pipe, n. (tobacco), emindi
Pistol, n. basitola
Pit, n. obunya
Pitch dark, adv. zigizigi
Pith, n. ekinyuzi
Pity, v. sasira
Place, «., use prefix via.; ekifo
,, (for eating), e'dfro
,, (for reading in, etc.) use the forms
e'somero, etc.
Plague, n. kawumpuli
Plait, v. (as stcing), langa
,, (as mat, basket), luka
Plan, v. tesa
Plane, n. eranda
Plant, v. simba
Plantain, n. (tree), ekitoke
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
229
Plantain (fruit), e'toke
,, (roasting kind), gonja
Plaster, v. mala
Plate, n. esawani
Play, v. zanya
,, (a harp), kuba enanga
Plead, v. woza
Please, v. sanyusa
Pleased (to be), v. sima
Pledge, m. omusingo
Plot, v. (of cultivated ground), oniusiri
Plot, v. ekoba
Pluck, v. (fruit), noga
,, (fowl), manya
,, (snatch), kwakula
Plunder, v. nyaga
Point (to make a p. to), v. songola
Poison, h. obutwa
Pole, «. omuti
Polish, v. wawula
Pomegranate, n. e'koma-mawanga
Pool, n. ekidiba
Poor, adj. yavu.
Porcupine, n. namunungu
Porridge, n. obusera
Portion, «. omugabo
Possible (to be), v. inzika
Post, ;/. empagi
Pot, n. (cooking), entamu
,, (water), ensuwa
Potato, n. (sweet), lumonde
,, (English), lumonde mulaya
Potsherd, n. ekikayi
(large), olugyo
Potter, n. omubumbi
,, (clan in Mengo), abajona
Pound, v. sekula
Pour, v. fuka
,, (decant), fukulula
,, (away), yuwa
Praise, 1: tendereza
Pray, v. saba
Preach, v. bulira
Pregnant, v. (to be), ba olubuto
,, (goats, etc.), bamu e'gwako
Prepare, v. tekateka ; tegeka
Prescribe, v. Iagirira
Present, n. ekirabo
Present (to be), v. bawo
Presently, adv. e'dako
Press, v. nyiga
,, (squeeze hard), nyigiriza
Pretend, v. egamba
, , (to be ill, etc. ), use reflective form,
erwaza, etc.
Prevaricate, v. tomerera
Price, n. omuwendo
Pride, n. amalala
Priest, 11. kabona
Prince, n. omulangira
Princess, n. omumbeja
Print, v. kuba ekyapa
Prisoner, n. omusibe
Privately, adv. mu kyama
Profit, n. amagoba
Profit (to trade for), v. .subula
Profitable for (to be), v. gasa
Promise, v. subiza
Promontory, n. ekikono
Pronounce, v. yatula
Prop, n. enkondo.
Prop up, v. (a house), wangiza
Pull, v. walula, kulula
,, (with jerks), si'ka
,, (out, as tooth), kula
,, (up by roots), simbulula
Pus, n, amasira
Push, v. sindika
,, (a person), sindikiriza
Put, v. teka
,, (back), dzayo
,, (sideways), kika
,, (away), tereka
„ (out, a light), zikiza
,, (down), sa wansi
,, (up, curtains), timba
,, (to flight), goba
,, (to rights), longosa
,, (in its handle), wanga
,, (in, as post), simba
Puzzle, v. buza
Puzzle (to propound a), v. ko'kola.
Quail, n. akagubi
Quantity of, adj. ngi
Quarrel, v. yomba
Question, v. buza
,, (closely), bulirlza
,, (to ask), v. buza ekigambo
Quick (to be), v. yanguwa
Quickly, adv. mangu
,, (at a run), mbiro
,, (to do), v. yanguyako; yanguwa
okukola
Quiet (to become), v. sirika
Quietly, adv. mpola
Quiver, «. omufuko
R
Rag, ft- ekiwero
Rage, v. (storm), kunla
„ (anger), jumula; kwatibwa obusungu
obungi
Raid, v. tabala
Rain, n. enkuba
Rain, v. tonya
Rainbow, n. musoke
Raise, v. imusa
,, (an alarm), kuba endulu
Rat, n. emese
Raw, adj. bisi
230
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Razor, n. akamwano
Reach, v. tuka
Read, v. soma
Really, adv. -e nyini
Reason, n. ensonga
Rebel, v. jema
Rebound, v. masuka
Receive, v. webwa
,, (guest present), lya obugenyi
„ (royal chieftain-ship), lya engoma
Reckon, v. bala
Reconcile, v. yogerereza
Recover, v. wona
Red, adj. myufu
,, (of cows), -alukunyu
Red clay, //. lukusi
Reed, //. olurauli
Reed grass, ;/. endago
Refuse, rr. gana
Rejoice, v. sanyuka ; jaguza
Relate, v. bulira
Release, v. ta
Remain, v. sigalawo
Remember, v. jukira
Remind, v. jukiza
Remove, v. gynwo
,, (to a new master), senguka
,, (migrate), wang'anguka
Rend, v. yuza
Renewed (to be), v. (persons), e'damu
,, (things), 'diramu
Repair, v. dabiiiza
Repeal, v. (a law), tekulula
Repeat, v. 'damu
Reprove, v. bulirira ; nenya
Request, v. egairira
Rescue, v. wonya
Resemble, v. fanana nga
Resent, v. (take offence), nyiga
Resin, ;/. anvisanda
Resist, v. (hinder), ma
,, (fight), hvana na
,, (gainsay), gana, (gana ebigambo)
,, (manage), sobola, (okumusobola)
Rest, v. wumula
Restore, v. dzayo
Restrain, v. (from), zibikiriza
Restraint (to lose), v. taluka
Retain, -'. ba na
Return, v. (home), komawo
,, (go back), 'dayo
Revenge, v. walana egwanga
Reward, n. empera
Rheumatism, v., use akaziniu
Rhinoceros, n. enkula
Rib, n. olubirizi
Rice, n. omupunga
Rich, ;/. gaga
Riches, n. obugaga
Riddle, ;/. ekiko'ko
Ride, v. ebagala
Ridge, «. olukulukumbi
Ridicule, v. sekerera
Right, adj. lungi, p. 104
Rind, n. ebikuta
Ring, v. (as metal), sala
„ (a bell), vuga
Ring, tt. empeta
,, (pad for head), enkata
Ripe, adj. yengevu
Ripe (to get), v. yengera
Rise, v. imuka ; golokoka
,, (wind), bawc, p. 104
,, (as sun), vayo
,, (in rebellion), jema
,, (as river), sibuka
,, (as yeast), zimbulukuka
River, ft. omu'ga
Road, n. (large), olugudo
,, (small path), e'kubo
Roam, v. (persons), egenza
Roar, v. wuluguma
Roast, i'. yokya
Rob, v. nyaga
Robber, n. omutemu ; omunyazi
Rock, n. olwazi
,, (movable), ejinja
Rod, n. omu'go
Roll, v. yiringisa (wiringisa)
,, (up), zinga
Roof, ;/. akasolya
RooiHi, ;/. ekisenge
,, (space), e'banga
,, (to be r. for), gya mu
Root, ;/. (large), ekikolo
,, (thin, straggling), omuzi
Rope, n. omuguwa
Rot, v. vunda
Round, adj. ekulungirivu
Round (to be), v. ekulungirira
Round (to go), v. (encircle), etolola
,, (make detour), ekolobya
Rub, v. kuta
,, (wipe, a^ plates), simula
,, (clean, as knives), zigula
,, (with sand, etc.), wavvula
Rubbish, ;/. (of old cooking-leaves), ebi-
saniko
,, (of bits of grass), ebisubi
,, (as old spread grass), ebisasiro
Run, :•. (away), 'duka
,, (fast), 'dukanako, 'duka mbiro
,, (out, leak), genda
,, (out fast, as water), kultikuta
,, (out, come to end), gwawo
Rush, -•'. fubutuka
Rust, ;/. obutalage
Rustle, r. kwakwaya
Sabbath, ;/. Sabiti
! Sack, it. ensawo
VOCABULARY— ENGLISH-LUGANDA
231
Sad (to look), wiibala
Saddle, it. e'tandiko
,, (and cloth), amatandiko
Saddle, v. tandika ; 'sako amatandiko
Sail, n. e'tanga
Sake of (for), prep, kubwa ; kulwa
Salt, 11. omunyo
Salute, v. lamusa
Salvation, it. obulokozi
Sand, n. omusenyu
Sandal, n. engato
Sandstone, it. ensibo
Sap, n. amadzi (agomu muti)
Satisfied (to be), v. 'kuta
Saucepan, n. esuferiya
Save, v. wonya ; lokola
Saviour, n. Omulokozi
Saw, n. omusumeno
Sawdust, 11. obuntu
Say, v. yogera
,, (farewell), sibula
Scab, n. ekikakampa
Scabbard, 11. ekirato
Scaffolding, 11. olubanyi
,, (wood for), amadala
,, (single piece of), e'dala
Scar, it. enkovu
Scatter, v. sasanya
Scattered (to he), v. sasana
Scent, it. kalifuwa
Scissors, ;/. makansi.
Scold, v. juka
,, (find fault), yomba
Scorch, v. siriza
Scorn, v. nyoma bunyomi
Scorpion, n. e'siga
Scrape, v. (as hoe), kalakata
,, (as wood, to reduce thickness), wala
Scratch, v. (the body), yagula
,, (as dog), eyaga
,, (as hen), takula
Scream, v. baluka
Scum, 11. olububi
Sea, 11. eny .nja
Seam, 11. , use awayungibwa, awatungibwa
Search, v. nonya
Season, 11. omwaka
Seat, 11. en*ebe
,, (of c.uioe), olubanga
Secret, n. ekyama
Secretly, adv. mu kyama
Section, ;/. ekitundu
,, (of wall for making), ekituli
Sediment, 11. (in beer), e'bonda
See, v. laba
Seed, n. ensigo
,, (offspring), e'zade
Seek, v. nonya
Seem, v. fanana
Seem -to-be, v. -li nga
Seen (to be), v. labika
Seize, v. kwata
Select, v. (pick out), londamu
,, (choose), sima
Self, pron. mwene ; -eka ; -e nyini
Sell, v. tunda ; guza
Semsem, «. entungo
Send, v. (a present), wereza
,, (messenger), tuma; sindika
,, (away), goba
,, (back), dzayo
Separate, v. yawula
Serpent, n. omusota
Servant, «. (male), omusaja ; omu'du
,, (boy), omulenzi
,, (female), omukazi ; omuzana
,, (girl), omuwala
Serve, v. wereza
,, (food), bega
,, (up from kitchen), jula; julula
Set, v. teka
,, (upright), simba
,, (aside), tereka
,, (a limb), yunga
,, (a table), tandika
„ (as sun), gwa
,, (out on journey), situla
Settle, v. (as dispute), malawo
,, (as beer), sengedza e'bonda
Seven, adj. musamvu
Sew, v. tunga
Shade, 11. ekisikirize
Shadow, 11. ekisikirize
Shaft, 11. (of spear) olunyago ; omuti
Shake, v. nenya
,, v. i. yugana, yuguma
,, (out), kunkumula
,, (back as dog), kunkumula
,, (shiver), kanakana ; tekemuka
Shame, 11. ensonyi
Shame, v. kwasa ensonyi ; swaza
Share, v. sa ekimu
Sharpen, v. wagala
Shave, v. mwa
Shaving, n. (chip), ekibajo
Sheath, n. ekirato
Shed, n. (smith's), e'sasa
Sheep, «. endiga
Shell, 11. (cowry), ensimbi
,, (snail), e'sonko
)> (egg)> ekisosonkole
Shepherd, n. omusumba
Shew, v. yolesa ; laga
Shield, 11. engabo
Shine, v. (as sun), yaka
,, (as mirror), masamasa
Ship, 11. malikebu
Shiver, v. jugumira ; kankana
Shoe, it. engato
Shoot, z: kuba emundu
,, (aim), teba emundu
Shooling-star, it. kibonomu
232
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Short, adj. mpi
Shorten, v. salako ; impawaza
Shoulder, ;/. e'bega
Shoulder (the), ;/. ekibegabega
Shout, v. lekana
,, (for joy), kuba olube ; kuba emizira
Show, v. laga
Shriek, v. baliika
Shut, v. (box), siba
,, (mouth), buniza akamwa ; bunira
„ (door), 'gala
Sick (to be), v. lwala
,, (vomit), sesema
Sickness, it. endwade ; obuhvade
Side, n. pbukika ; olui
,, (of things), e'bali
i, (ofman), embirizi
,, (on this), ku 'bali eno
,, (on this s. , of land), ku mutala weno
,, (on that s., of land), ku mutala weri
Sides (on both), n. erui nerui
,, (on all), enjui zona
Sift, v. wewa
Sigh, n. ekikowe
Sigh, v. sa ekikowe
Sign, «. akabonero
Sign (to make a), v. wenya
Silent (to become), v. sirika
Sin, ;/., use ebibi
Sin, v. soba amateka ; use kola ebibi ; yo-
nona
Since, conj. kasoka
Sing, v. imba
,, (birds), kaba
Singe, v. sirira
Sink, v. (persons), 'bira ; etutubika
,, (things), 'ka mu madzi
Sir, n. sebo
Sister, n. (of a sister), omuganda
,, (of a brother), mwanyina
Sit, v. tula
„ (on haunches), sutama
Site, n. (for building), ekibanja
Six, adj. mukaga
Size, n. obunene
,, (fair, etc.), use form- neneko, etc.
Skeleton, tt. ogufa
Skim, v. (milk), gyako olububi
,, (as canoe on water) seyeya
Skin, n. e'diba
,, (on the body), omubiri
Skin, v. baga
Skull, n. ekiwanga
Sky, tt. e'gulu
Slack, adj. lebevu
Slacken, v. 'diriza
,, (speed), ta ku bigere
Slander, v. vuma
Slave, n. (man), omu'du
,, (woman), omuzana
Sleep, v. ebaka
Sleep, (spend the night), sul.i
,, n. otulo
Sling, v. vumula
Sling, n. emvumulo
Slip, v. (down), sesetuka
Slippery (to be), v. serera
Slope, v. esulika
Slow (to be), v. Iwa
Slowly, adv. mpola
Small, adj. tono
Small-pox, //. kawali
,, (to have), v. wala
Smear, v. (the body), siga
,, (a floor, etc.), mala
Smell, v.i. wunya
,, v.t. wunyiriza
Smell, u. akalosa, olusu
Smile, v. mwenyamwenya
Smith, n. omuwesi
Smoke, n. omu'ka
Smoke, v. (plantain-leaves), babula
,, (tobacco), nyuwa taba
Smooth (to be), v. nyirira; wewera
Snail, n. e'kovu
Snake, n. omusota
Snake-poiscn, n. obusagwa
Snap, v. menyeka; kutuka
,, (the fingers), kuba ntoli
Snare, «. omutego
Snare, v. tega
Snatch, v. kwakula
Sneeze, v. yasimula
Sniff, v. wunyiriza
Snore, v. fuluta
So-and-so, n. gundi
Soap, n. sabuni
Soak, if. nyuluknsa
Soaked (to be), v. 'nyikira
Sob, v. 'jonkera
Sodden (to be), v. bisiwala
Soft, adj. gomvu
Soft (to be), v. gonda
Son, n. omutabani; omwana
Soon, adv. mangu
Soot, n. enziro
Soothe, v. yagiriza
Sore, n. e'bwa
Sort, tt. engeri
Sound, fi. e'dobozi
Sound, adj. lamu
Sound, v. vuga
Sour milk, n. amabongo; amakwafu
Sow, v. siga
Space, n. e'banga
,, (of time), akasera
Spark, n. ensasi
Sparrow, tt. enkazalugya
Speak, v. yogera
,, (out, clearly), yalula
,, (reluctantly), golomerera
Spear, ;/. e'fumu
VOCABULARY— ENGLISH-LUGANDA
233
Spear-shaft, it. olunyago
Speckled, adj. (as hen), -amayenje (-a ma-
yenje)
Spider, n. nabubi
Spill, v. yuwa
Spilt (to be), v. yika
Spine, «. ekigongo
Spirit, it. omuzimu; ormvoyo
Spit, v. wanda amalusu
Spittle, n. amalusu
Split (to be), v. yatika
,, v. (firewood), yasa enku
Spoil, v. yonona
Spoilt (to be), v. yononeka
Sprained (to be), v. wogoka
Spread, v. buna
,, (as a creeper), landa
,, (as a mat), yala, yalira
,, (out) yanjuluza
Spring, n. (of water), ensulo; oludzi
,, (of trap), emanduso
,, (steel), omutambo
Sprinkle, v. mansula
Sprout, v. (trees), loka
,, (seeds), meruka
Spy, v. ke'ta
,, n. omuke'si
Squander, v. serebya
Squeeze, v. nyigiriza
Squint, v. tunulira kisoso
Squire, n. omutongole
Stab, v. fumita
Stagger, v. zungazunga
Stain, it. e'bala
Stain, v. (spoil), yonona
Stake, v. (gamble), tala e'zala
Stake, n. (post), omuti
Stalk, n. omuti
Stamp upon, v. sambirira
Stand, v. imirira
Star, it. emunyenye
Stare, v. ekaliriza amaso
,, (gape), esamalirira
Start, v. (with fear), ekanga
,, (on journey), situla
Startle, v. kanga
State, ;/. (by birth), obuzaliranwa
,, (by nature), obuwangwa
Steal, v. 'ba
Steer, v. goba; tawa
Stem, ;/. (long hollow), oluseke
Stem, ;/. (of canoe), obulumba
Steward, it, omusigere
Stick, v. (together), gata mu kimu
,, (as spear), fumita
Stick, ;/. omuti; omugo
,, (long iron, shod for walking), omu-
wunda
Still (to be), v. tula butuzi
,, (as meditating escape), bondera
Sting, v. (insects), luma
Sting (nettle), yokya
Sting, ;;. (of wasp), ekyentako
Stink, v. wunya bubi
Stir, v. tabula
,, (up, as a mob), sasamaza
Stocks, n. emvuba
Stomach, ;;. olubuto
Stone, n. e'jinja
,, (upper-grinding), enso
,, (lower-grinding), olubengo
Stoop, t. kotakota
,, (down), vunama
Stop, v. koma
,, (up), ziba
Store, v. tereka; wanika
,, ;/. egwanika
Storm, ;/. omuyaga, ekibuyaga.
Story, it. olugero
,, (idle), emfumo
,, (lie), use limba
Straight, adj. golokofu
,, (to be), -'. golokoka
Strain, v. lega
,, (liquids), senge'ja
Stranger, ;/. omugenyi
,, (passer-by), omuise
Strangle, v. tuga
Stray, v. kyama
Stream, «. omu'ga
Strength, n. amanyi
Stretch out, v. golola
Strife, ;;. empaka
Strike, r\ kuba
String, ;;. wuzi; olugoye
Striped, adj. -engudo (-a ngudo)
Strong, adj. -amanyi
,, (durable), gumu
Struggle, v. lwana
Stumble, v. esitala
Stump, ;/. ekikonge ; enkonge
Submit, v. jemulukuka
Substance, ;/. omubiri
Suck, v. (at breast), yonka
,, (through reed, etc.), nuna
Suffice, v. mala
Sugar-cane, n. ekikajo
Summit, n. entiko
Sun, ;/. enjuba
,, (light), omusana
Sunday, ;/. Sabiti
Superfluous (to be), v. su'kirira
Surpass, :■. singa
Surprise, v. (in hunting, etc.), zindukiriza
Surround, v. etolola
,, (game), zingiza
Survey, :'. (look at from a distance), len-
gera
,, (inspect new property), lambula
Suspend, r. (hang up), wanika
,, (from office, etc ),gyako. obwami
Swallow, v. mira
234
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Swallow, n. akatai
Swamp, n. omu'ga
Swear, v. lairira
Sweat, v. tuyana
Sweat, u. entuyo
Sweep, v. yera
,, (through, as wind), itamu
Sweet, adj. womerevu
Sweet, (to be), v. nyunyuntula; womerera
Sweet potato, n. lumonde
Swell, v. zimba
Swim, v. wtiga
Swindle, v. lyazamanya
Swing, v. wuba
Swollen glands, n. ensanjabavu
Swollen limbs, «. amakaja
Sword, ft. ekitala
Syringe, n. ebumba
Syrup, n. omubisi
Table, ;;. emeza
Tail, n. (animal), omukira
,, (bird), ekyensuti
,, (snake), akawuwo
Take, v. (from one place to another), twala
,, (by force), nyaga
,, (a dislike to), kyawa
,. (off), gyako
,, (off, clothes), yambula
.. {oat), gyamu
,, (out, as tooth), kiila
,, (care), egendereza
,, (a walk), tambulako
,, (as a present), tola
,, (medicine), rnira
,, (food), lya
,, (by surprise), zinda
,, (things home), dzayo e'ka
,, (men home), tusa e'ka
,, (away), gyawo
,, (care of), kuma
„ (hold), kwata
,, (pains), nyikira
Talk, v. yogera
,, (converse), nyumya
,, (loudly, of a single person), kuba
amatama
,, (loudly, of several people), yogana
Tall, adj. wamvu
Tangle, v. zingazinga
Taste, v. legako, lyako
Tax, n. (tribute), omusolo
,, (due), ekikungo
Tax, v. soloza
Tea, n. kyai (cai)
Teach, v. igiriza
Tear, v. yuza
,, (in two), yuzamu
Tear, n. e'ziga
Tease, v. teganya
Telescope, n. galubiudi
Tell, v. bulira, gamba
Temple, n. e'sabo
,, (Jewish), yekalu
Tempt, v. sendasenda
„ (try), kema
Ten, n. e'kumi
Tent, «. ewema
Terrify, v. tlsa
Testament, n. endagano
Thank, v. ebaza
Thank you, int. webale, mwebale
Thanks (to give), v. eyanza
That, conj. titi
Thatch, n. e'subi
Thatch, v. sereka
There, adv. eri
Thick, adj. -omubiri omunene ; -a mubiri
munene
Thicken, v. (as porridge), kwata
Thickness, n. (substance), omubiri
Thief, n. omu'bi
Thigh, n. ekisambi
Thin, adj. kovu
Thing, ;/. ekhitu
Think, v. (meditate), lowoza
(I think so, etc.), p. 152
Thirst, n. enyonta •
Thorn, n. erigwa
Though, conj, songa, p. 143 = although
Thousand, «. olukumi
Thread, v. (shells), tunga
Threads, n. wuzi
Threaten, v. kanga
,, (of rain), bindabinda
Throat, n. omumiro
Throb, v. boba
Throw, v. (away), sula
,, (water away), yuwa
,, (spear), kasuka
,, (wrestling), mega
,, (down violently), tandagira
Thumb, n. ekinkumu
Thunder, v. duduma
Thunderbolt, n. enjota
Tie, v. (a knot), fundika
,, (up) siba
Tighten, v. lega
Time, n. omulundi
,, (of day), obude
Time (a long t. ago), adr<. e'da
Tin, n. (small), ekikopo
,, (small box), ekibweta
Tire, v. koyesa
Tired (to be), v. kowa
To, prep, eri
Tobacco, «. taba
To-day, adv. lero
Toe, n. ekigere, akagere
„ (big), 'gere 'saja
,, Hittle), naswi
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
235
Together, adv. awamu
To-morrow, adv. jo
To-morrow morning, adv. enkya
Tongs, n. namagalo
Tongue, n. olulimi
Tooth, n. erinyo
Top (of hill), «. entiko
Top (on the), adv. kungulu
Torch, ;/. omumuli
Torn, adj. yabifu
Tortoise, adj. emfudu
Toss, v. sula
Touch, v. kwatako ; komako
Town, 11., use ekibuga
Track, n. (trail), ebigere
,, (path), ebisindi
,, (not become a path), olwenda
Trade, v. subula
Trader, n. omusubuzi
Trample upon, v. linyirira
Translate, v. kyusa ebigambo
Trap, v. tega
Trap, n. omutego
Travel, v. tambula
Tread, v. linya
Treaty, ;/. endagano
Treaty (to make), v. lagana endagano
Tree, «. omuti
Tremble, v. kankana
Trench, ;/. olusalosalo : olwako
Tribe, n. ekika
Tribute, 11. omusolo
Trim, v. komola
Trouble, ;/. enaku ; obwinike
Trouble (to have), v. laba enaku
Trouble, v. (bother), teganya
Trough, n. ekibamvu
Trousers, n. eseruwali
Trumpet, n. eng'onibe
Trunk, 11. (headless corpse), ekiwududu
,, (box), esanduku ; ebweta
Truth, 11. amazima ; use neg. o/~limba
Try, v. (by comparison), geza
,, (on clothes, a load, etc.), gezamu
,, (to do), nyikira okukola
,, (test), kema
,, (to remember), lowolereza
,, (by ordeal), kuba akalulu
Tuesday, ;/. Lwa kusoma ; Lwa-ku-
satu
Tuft, n. e'joba
Tumble, v. gwa
Turban, ;/. ekiremba
Turn, v. kyusa
,, (upside down), fula
,, (sour, as milk), kwata
,, (out), goba, fulumya
,, (right side up), vunula
., (a screw), nyola
., (back), koma ; 'da
,, (head over heels), galanjuka
Turn (on its side), wunzika
Turn, n. oluwalo
Turned (to be), v. kyuka
., (upside down), vunika
Turns (by), adv. mpalo
Tusk, ;/. e'sanga
Twice, adv. emirundi ebiri
Twig, n. akati
Twin, 11. omulongo
Twist, v. nyola
,, (as ' byai'), langa
,, (thread), zingirira
Two, adj. biri
U
Udder, ;/. e'bere
Ulcer, n. e'bwa
Umbrella, «. mwavuli
L'nbaked, adj. bisi
Uncleanness, n. obugwagwa
Uncork, v. zibikula
Uncover, v. bikula
Uncultivated land, n. e'tale
Under, prep, wansi wa
,, (a tree, etc.), mu mutt
Understand, v. tegera
Unfasten, v. sumulula
Unfold, v. (as cloth), yanjuluza
Unloose, v. (as goat), yimbula
Unpick, f. tungulula
Unripe, adj. bisi
Unthatch, v. serekulula
Unthread, v. (as shells), tungulula
Untie, r'. sumulula
,, (a knot), fundukulula
Unwrap, v. wumbulula
,, (food for eating), sosotola
Upon, prep, ku
Upset, v. yisa ; galanjula
Use, v. twalako
Useless, adj. bi
Vain (in), adv. busa
Valley, ;/. ekiwomvu ; eki'ko
Value, «. omuwendo
Vralue, v. (appraise) lamula
,, ' (prize) yagala nyo
Vanish, v. zimirira
Vast, adj. nene nyo ; ' lu' prejix
Vengeance (to take v. on), v. walana
egwanga ku
Very, adv. nyo
Very nice (to be), v. womerera
Vex, r. nyiza
Vexed (to be), v. nyiga
Vice, ;/. empisa embi
,, (smith's), jiribwa
Violence, //. amanyi
236
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Visible (to be), v. labika
Visit, v. (a friend), kyala
Visit (a garden), lambula
Voice, w. e'dobozi
Void (to make), v. dibya
Void (to become), v. julukuka
Vomit, v. sesema
Vow, v. eyama
Vow, n. obweyamo
Vulture, n. ensega
W
Waddle (as duck), v. batabata
Wages, n. empera
,, (to smith), omukemba
Wail, v. kuba ekiwobe
Waistcoat, n. ekizibawo
Wait, v. linda ; lindirira
,, (upon), wereza
,, (a bit), berawo; gira otulawo
,, (for), linda ; lindirira
Walk, v. tambula
,, (go for a walk), tambulatambulako
,, (over), lambula
,, (carefully), egendereza
Wall, n. ekisenge
Wander, v. kyama
Want, v. yagala ; etaga
War, ;/. entalo
,, (single engagement), olutalo
War (to go to), v. tabala
Warm, i'. bugumya
,, (the body), yota omuliro
Warmth, n. e'bugumu
Warn, v. labula
Wash, v. (clothes), yoza ; kuba
,, (person), naba
,, (things or another person), naza
,, (the hands), naba mu ngalo
Watch, ;/. esawa
Watch, v. kuma
Watch-chain, n. omukufti
Water, it. amadzi
,, (stretch of), enyanja
Water-pot, ;/. ensuwa
Water, v. (a garden), fukirira
Waterfall, n. ekiiriro
Wave, it. e'jengo
Wax, 11. (in ear), ebifetete
Way, /;. (path), e'kubo
,, (custom), empisa
We, pron. tu
Weak, adj. nafu
Wealth, n. obugaga
Weaned (to be), v. va ku mabere
Wear, v. (clothes), yambala
Wedding-feast, ;/. obugole ; embaga eyo-
bugole
Weed, v. kola omu'do
Weeds, ;/. omu'do
Weep, v. kaba amaziga
Weigh, v. pima
Well, n. oludzi
Well, adv. bulungi
Well, int. kale
Wet (to be), v. toba
Wet season, n. e'togo
Wheat, n. eng'ano
Wheel, n. (a bicycle), sindika egari
Wheel, n. namuziga
When, adv. di?
Where, adv. wa?
White, adj. yeru
White (to be), v. tukula
White, adv. (dazzling), tukutuku
Whole, adj. lamba
Wide, adj. gazi
Widen, v. gaziya
Widow, ;/. 'namwandu ; mu'namwandu
Width, ;/. obugazi
Wife, n. muka guitdi ; omukazi ; omu-
kyala
Wind, ;/. empewo
Wind, v. (a watch), nyola
,, (thread, etc.), zinga
Window, n. ekituli ; dirisa
Wing, ;/. ekiwawatiro
Wink, v. temya ekikowe
Wipe, v. simula
Wire, ;/. (thin), obunyere
Wisdom, 11. amagezi
Witchcraft, «. e'dogo
Wither, v. wotoka
Witness, «. omujulirwa
Witness (to call in), juliza
Witness,. v. julira
Wizard, 11. omvilogo
Woman, 11. omukazi
,, (slave), omuzana
Wonder, ;/. e'gero
Wool, ;/. ebyoya, p. roi
Word, //. ekigambo
Work, v. kola (omulimu)
Work, ;/. omulimu
Workman, 11. omukozi
Worm, ;/. olusiring'anyi
Worm-eaten (to be), v. wumba
Worn out, adj. kade
Worship, v, sinza
Wound, ;/. ekiwundu
Wounded, adj. fumite
Wrap up, v. wumba
,, (as parcel), siba
Wrist, n. akakongovule
Write, v. wandika
Wrong, adj. bi
Yam, ;/. balugu
Yawn, v. yayuya
VOCABULARY — ENGLISH-LUGANDA
237
Ye,/wi. mu
Year, n. omwaka
Yeast, n. ekizimbulukusa
Yell, v. yana
Yes, adv. yee ; wewawo
Yes (to say), v. kiriza
Yesterday, adv. jo
Yolk (of egg), n. enjuba lye'gi
Yonder, adv. wali ; emanga
You, pron. mwe
Young, adj. to
Youth, iii omuvubuka
Zebra, «. entulege
KEY TO EXERCISES
The Class Prefix, p. 18.
A fireplace, iron, a bowl, green plantain-
bark, a plantain - tree, a bunchlet, dry
plantain-fibre (one piece of), a calabash
(gourd), sugar-cane (one piece of).
a. Ebyoto, ebyuma, ebibya, ebigogo,
ebitoke, ebiwago, ebyai, ebita, ebikajfi.
/'. Ndaga ekibya. Leta ekyai. Genda
ononye ebyai. Saba ebibya. Nonya
ekyuma. Ebyuma biruwa ? Genda osabe
ebita. Leta ekikajo. Ndaga ebitoke.
Leta ekigogo. Nonya ekiwago.
ki Class, with Adjectives, p. 18.
Ebibya ebinene. Ekibya kinene. Ekyo-
to kitono. Ebita biwamvu. Ekyai kimpi.
Genda ononye ekikajo ekirungi. Genda
ononye ekiwago. Ndaga ebyuma ebi-
wamvu. Leta ebibya ebibi. Ebikajo
biwamvu.
ki Class, with Demonstratives, p. 19.
Ebibya bino ebiwamvu. Ekita ekyo
kiwamvu. Ebyoto biri ebirungi. Ekyuma
kiri kiwamvu. Ekyai kino kibi. Ebiwago
ebyo. Ebyai bino birungi. Ekigogo kiri
kimpi. Ekitabo kino kiwamvu. Ebiwago
biri ebinene. Ebiwago bino binene. Ebi-
bya bino ebitono bibi. Ekyai kino eki-
wamvu kirungi. Ekibya ekyo kyeru (kitu-
kuvu). I^eta ebita biri ebinene. Genda
ononye ekikajo kiri ekinene. Ndaga ebi-
tabo ebyo ebinene. Genda olete ebikajo
biri ebitono.
ki Class, with Possessives, p. 20.
Ekibya kyange. Ekyumakye. Ekikajo
kyafe. Ebitabo byafe. Ekikajo kyafe.
Ekigerekyo. Ekiwagokye. Ebibyabye.
Ebyuma byabwe. Genda olete ekitabo
kyange. Genda osabe ekitakye. Ekita-
bokye kirungi. Ebitabo byabwe bibi.
Ndaga ebita byamwe. EkyotOKye kitono.
Ekiwago kyange kinene. Ekyumakye
kitono. Nonya ekitakyo. Saba ebyuma
byabwe. Ebintubye birungi.
ki Class, with Possessives [coitt.),
p. 21.
Ekikajo kiri kyani ? Kikye. Ekiwago
ekyo kyani? Kyafe. Ebyuma biri
byani? Bya kabaka. Ebita bino byani ?
Bibyo. Ekitabo kyange kino. Ekitabo
kiri si kikyo. Ekiwago ekyo si kikye.
Ekikajo kino kikye ? Ekyuma kiri kikyo
(kyamwe) ? Ekibyakye kiri ekirungi.
Ekitakyo kimpi ; ekyange kiwamvu. Ebi-
tabobye birungi ; ebibyo (ebyamwe) bibi.
Ebyoto byafe binene ; ebyabwe bitono.
Ebibya byange bibi ; ebya kabaka bitono ;
ebibyo birungi. Ekiwagokye kiri kinene.
Ekintu ekyo kikye ; kiri kyafe.
\i Class, with Possessives {cont.),
p. 21.
Ekibya kyange kiri ekirungi. Ekika-
jokye kiri kiwamvu. Ekikajo kino ki-
wamvu kikye. Ebitoke biri ebiwamvu bya
kabaka. Ebitoke ebyo ebya kabaka bi-
wamvu. Ebita byamwe (byo) biri ebibi
binene. Ekikajo kiri ekimpi kikyo. Ebi-
tabo biri ebyeru (ebitukuvu) bibye. Ebyai
bino byange. Ekitoke kino kyange ; ebyai
byakyo birungi. Ebitoke bino bya ka-
baka ; ebyai byabyo bibye. Ebitokebye
bino ; ebiwago byabyo ; ekigogo kyabyo
(ebigogo byabyo) ; ebyai byabyo. Ekita
kiri kitono ; ekyange kinene.
ki Class, with Numerals, p. 22.
Ebyai bisatu. Ekitoke kimu. Ebita
bina. Ebyuma bibiri. Ebintu biri bisatu
bibye. Ebibyabye bino ebina. Ebita
byabwe biri ebibiri ; Ebikajobyo ebyo
ebitano. Ekitoke kino ekinene kyange.
Ebitabo ebibiri bya kabaka binene. Leta
ekiwago kimu. Ebibya ebitano bitono.
238
KEY TO EXERCISES
239
EI>yoto byange bisatu birungi. Genda
olete ebikajo ebisatu. Genda ononye
ebyuma bibiri. Ndaga ebigogo ebina
ebimpi. Leta ebikajobyo ebyo ebiwamvu.
Ebitoke ebitano ebiwamvu bya kabaka.
Ebit'a byamwe bibiri bimpi. Ebyuma
ebibiri byafe. Ekigere kyange kino ki-
nene. Ebibya biri bisatu bibi.
Supplementary, p. 23.
Ebitoke biri bisatu. Ebikajo biwamvu
biri bitano. Ekibya kino kiwamvu nyo.
Ebikajo biri bimpi nyo. Genda olete
ebibya nebita. Genda ononye ebigogo
nebyai. Ndaga ebibya byonsatule. Ebi-
toke nebikajo byombi birungi nyo. Leta
ebyuma ebibiri, byombi biwamvu nyo.
Leta ebitabo byonsatule. Ebyoto ebyo
bitono nyo. Ebintu bino ebitano biwamvu
nyo. Ekyoto kino ekiwamvu kirungi nyo.
Ebikajo biri bitano biwamvu.
The Verb, p. 24.
Ebikerebiri bibiri bibiika nyo. Ebitoke
bya kabaka bikula nyo. Ebyuma byonsa-
tule biri ran kibya kyange. Ebitabo
byombi biri ku kiwagokyo. Ekisolo kya
kabaka kigenda mangu, ekyange kigenda
mpola. Ebiwago biri mu bigogo. Ebi-
kajo bitano biwamvu nyo biri ku kisolo-
kyo. Ndaga ebiwago. Biri ku kitoke
(ekyo)1 ekiwamvu. Genda olete ebitabo
ebitono ; biri mu kibya ekyeru. Ebitoke
nebikajo bikula. Ebisolo bitambula, era
bikula.
Verb (cont.), p. 25.
Ebikajo bino si biwamvu. Ebita bino
si bibi. Ekitoke kino tekikula bulungi.
Ebisolo bino binatambula mangu lero.
Ebiwago tebiri ku kitoke ekyo. Ebitabo
biri ebiwamvu si bya kabaka. Ebikajo
bino birikula bulungi. Ebitoke byange
tebikula bulungi. Ebiwago tebiri mu bi-
gogo. Ebitabo ebyo tebiri mu kibya
ekyeru (ekitukuvu). Ekisolo kya kabaka
teKigenda (tekitambula) nyo. Ekibya kino
si kinene nyo.
Veri; (coiit.), p. 26.
Ekitoke kyagala okugwa. Ekibya kija
kugwa. Ebitoke byagala okugwa. Ebi-
solo bwebirimala (bwebinamala) okuta-
nibula. Njagala okulaba ebyai. Njagala
okusoka wano. Njagala okumala okukuba I
ekyuma. Ekyuma kija kugwa ku kibya.
Njagala okusoka okukuba ekyuma. Eki- |
1 This Demonstrative takes the place of the
that article is emphatic.
2 Better Ekitabo kyasaba, siri nakyo.
3 For the way to express the article ' the,
sentence: e.g. Ekitabo siri nakyo. Ekitabo s
wago kyagala okugwa. Ekyuma bweki-
soka okwokya.
Personal Subject and Object, p. 26.
a. Ndaba, Ndeta, ngwa, ngenda, okuba,
osala okwata, asula, etc.
/'. Nkulaba, tukukuba, etc.
c. Nkiraba. Babiraba. Akikuba. Tu-
namulaba. Banatulaba. Tunakisula. Oli-
kikwata. Obalaba. Nabireta. Onotulaba.
{not Onatulaba) (olitulaba). Alindeta
lanandeta). Munakisala. Njagala oku-
kikwata.
d. Sigwa. Tokwata (temukwata). Ta-
laba. Takiraba. Tabalaba. Tebamu-
laba. Tetukikwata. Tebagenda kuja.
Taja kugenda. Tayagala kukikuba. Sija
kubisula. Tokisala. Sikukuba. Taku-
wata.
ki Class, with Relative, p. 27.
Ebikajo ebirikula. Ekyuma kyetukuba.
Ekiwago kiri kyebalaba kiri mu kibya.
Ebitabo ebisatu byetunaleta. Leta ebitabo
byebagenda okusula. Kwata ebitabo ebya-
gala okugwa. Ebyai ebiva ku kitoke.
Ekita ekyagala okugwa. Ekiwago kikino
ekyagala okuvunda. Ebitoke biruwa bye-
bagenda kusala ? Ndaga ebyuma byayagala
okutwala. Sirina kitabo kyasaba.2 Eki-
tabo ekigenda okugwa. Ekitoke ekigenda
okugwa. Ebitabo biri bibiri byebagenda
okuleta byeru.
Yerh, I'res. Perf. and Far Past,
p. 27.
a. Nakwata, twasula, basala, etc.
b. Tugenze, agude, badze, etc.
c. Tebagenze, tadze, etc.
d. Ekibya kigude. Ebikere bigenze.
Ebitoke bikuze. Tusabye ekitabo. Ebi-
toke byenalaba. Ekyuma ekyagwa. Ebyai
bivunae. Ebiwago biii bibiri byetwalaba.
Batute ekitabo ekirungi kyeyagula. Ebyai
biruwa byebasula? Ekitabo" kiruwa kye-
yayagala okusaba. Ebikere tebigenze.
Tetwalaba kitabo. Tebatwala ekibya.
Sisude ekitabo. Ebitoke tebigude. Ebi-
toke tebyagwa. Sikute kibya. Tetusabye
kitabo. Ebyai tebivunze. Tebatwala
biwago. Teyakuba kyuma. Ekyuma
takikubye. Ebiwago tabitute.
Miscellaneous, p. 28.
b. Twalaba ebibya byona. Ebitoke
byona e'oyagwa. Leta ekyuma kyoka.
English definite article in some cases where
see p. 73 : viz. put the object first in the
ikirabve, etc.
240
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Ebyai bitya (biri bitya) ? bivunze ? Ebi-
byabimeka? Ekigogokiri kitya? kigude?
Ebitoke bigenze bwebiti. Ebyuma bin
bimeka? Ndaga ebyuma byona. Ebtta
byona birungi. Ebita biri bitya? Ebintu
biri bitya? Ebyoto bimeka? Ekyoto
kiri kimu kyoka. Ebitoke byona bikuze.
mu- mi Class, p. 29.
a. A head, value (price), hoe-handle,
body (thickness of anything), snake, stick,
tail, arm, friend (friendship), work, a
doorway.
b. A river, month (moon), year, fire.
Plurals. Emitwe, emiwendo (very rare),
emiini, emibiri, emisota, emigo, emikira,
emikono, emikwano, emirimu,1 emiryango.
Emiga, emiezi, emiaka, (none).
mu— mi Class, Adjective and
Numeral, p. 29.
Omulimu omutono. Omutwe omunene.
Omulyango mutono. Omulyango omu-
tono. Omubiri mutono. Genda ononye
omwini omumpi. Ndaga omuga (ogwo)
munene. Omugo muwamvu. Leta omuti
omuwamvu. Omukwano mubi. Emiga
esatu. Emiga esatu eminene. Emiaka
ena. Emiezi ebiri. Oroukira gumu mu-
wamva. Emikira ebiri mimpi. Emiryango
ebiri eminene (emigazi). Emikira emimpi
giri ebiri. Emiini giri ena. Gwe mutwe
mutono. Gwe mukwano. Omukwano
ogwo si mulungi.
mu— mi Class, Demonstrative, p. 30.
a. Agukute, bagisala, etc.
b. Omutwe guli. Emikwano gino.
Omuga ogwo. Emiaka gino. Emigo
giri. Emiti egyo. Omuwendo guno.
Emirimu giri. Omukono guno. Omu-
lyango guli. Omwini guno. Emikira
gino. Omubiri guli. Emiti giri 'kumi.
Omutwe guno omunene. Emiryango gino
emitono. Omukiragunoomulungi. Omu-
go guli omuwamvu. Omukono guno mu-
mpi. Omuwendo ogwo munene. Omuti
guno muwamvu. Emiini giri ebiri.
Omulimu guno munene. Omusota guli
gugenda mangu nyo. Emikira giri emi-
wamvu. Emisota gino emitono Emiga
giri eminene. Emiti gino esatu emimpi.
Emiini egyo etano. Emiryango gino ebiri
eminene (emigazi).
mu— mi Class, Possessives, p. 30.
a. Omutwe gwange. Omukonogwe.
Omukwanogwo. Omulyango gwafe.
Omwinigwe. Omubirigwo. Emiezigye.
1 Means " Materials for work," more
Omugogwo. Omulimugwe. Omukwano
gwa kabaka. Emiini gyafe. Omukono-
gwo. Emikono gyamwe (gyo). Emibiri
gyabwe. Omulimugwo (gwamwe). Omu-
gogwe muwamvu. Omulimu gwafe mu-
lungi. Genda olete omwini gwange.
Omulimugwo guli mubi. Omutwegwo
mutono. Omulimu gwabwe munene.
Omuliro gwange. Omukwanogwe.
c. Omugo gwani ? Gwange. Omu-
kwano guno gwani ? Gwabwe. Omwini
guligugwo? Aa, si gwange. Omugogwo
mumpi, ogwange muwamvu. Omulimu
gwange muzibu, ogugwo gwangu. Omu-
limu guno gwani? Gwabwe. Omutwe
guno gwani? Gugwe. Emikono giri
gyani? Gigyo (gyamwe). Ekyuma, omu-
wendo gwakyo. Omusota, omubiri gwa-
gwo munene. Ebisolo emitwe gyabyo,
emikira gyabyo, emikono gyabyo. Eki-
toke, omwaka gwakyo. Omugo guli si
gugwo. Omusota guno si gugwe. Omwini
ogwo si gugwe. Omwini, ekyuma kyagwo.
Ebita, omuwendo gwabyo.
mu— mi Class, Relative, p. 31.
Omulimu gweyakola. Omulimu gwa-
koze. Omugo ogugude. Omwaka ogwa-
gwako. Omukono gweyakuba. Emiini
gyebalireta (gyebanaleta). Omusota ogwa-
fa. Emiga gyetulisomoka (gyetunaso-
moka). Omuliro ogwaka nyo. Omutwe
ogulabika. Omuwendo oguli munene.
Emitwe gyetulabye. Omuwendo gwetu-
wade. Omuliro gwasabye. Omubirigwe
ogutukula nyo. Omugo gwange gwalute.
Omuwendo gwayagala okusaba. Omuliro
ogugenda okwaka. Omuga ogukulukuta
nyo.
mu— mi Class, Miscellaneous, p. 32.
Emiga emeka? Emiini giri gitya?
Ekikere, omutwe gwakyo guli gutya?
Omukono bweguti. Omwezi gwona.
Emisota bwegiti. Omwaka guno gwoka.
Omuliro gugude gwona. Emisota gya-
genda bwegiti. Emisota gyona gyafa.
Emirimu gyafe gyona givunze. Omulya-
ngo gutya? Gufunda nyo. Emikwano
gyange. Omukira gwoka gwasigala (gwe
gwasigala). Emiga gyona giri esatu gyoka.
Kola emiryango bwegiti. Emiryango ba-
gikola mifunda (bagifunza) bwebatyo.
Emiaka gyona.
Nouns, p. 42.
Omulenzi nomuwala. Ekigambo ne-
kikolo. Omusomi nomubaka. Ekigambo
nekibya. Omudu nomuzana. Ekidiba
nekinya. Ekibira nekikolo. Omusomi
often than " Several pieces of work."
KEY TO EXERCISES
24I
nomulenzi. Ekinya nekibya. Omukazi
nomuwala. Ekigere nekinya. Ekikolo
nomuwala. Ekibya nomukazi. Oinulenzi
nekigere. Omubaka nekibina. Ekibira
nekidiba. Omubumbi nekikayi. Ekibya
nomubumbi. Omuzana nomuwala. Omu-
saja nomukazi. Omubaka nomubumbi.
Ekibina nekinya. Omukazi nomubumbi.
Omusaja nomudu. Omusaja nekibira.
Ekibya nekikayi. Omusomi nomuwala.
Ekikolo nekinya.
Nouns, Plural, p. 43.
a. Ahasaja, abakazi, abasomi1, abalenzi,
abawala, ababaka, abadu, abazana, aba-
bunibi.
Ehibina, ebibira, ebibya, ebidiba, ebi-
gambo, ebigere, ebikayi, ebikolo, ebinya.
b. Abasaja nabakazi. Ebibya nebikayi.
Ebibina nebigambo. Ebikolo nebinya.
Abasomi nabalenzi. Ababaka nekibina.
Omubumbi nebibya. Ekibira nebinja.
Abasaja nebintu. Abalenzi nabawala.
Omubaka nabadu. Ebigere nebinya.
Omusaja nabasomi. Abawala nekibya.
Abazana nekikolo. Omubaka nebigambo.
Ebigere nomulenzi. Ebikayi nomukazi.
Abasomi nekibina.
Adjectives, p. 44.
Omuwala omulungi. Omulenzi omuto.
Ebigambo ebigya. Abadu ababi. Eki-
kayi ekinene. Abasomi abampi. Ebigere
ebitono (ebimpi). Omukazi omukade.
Abalenzi abakulu. Ekikolo ekimpi. Eki-
kayi ekibi. Abantu (abasaja) ababi. Aba-
bumbi abalungi. Ekibya ekibi. Ekigere
ekitono (ekimpi). Ebigamboebizibu. Eki-
bira ekinene. Ebintu ebikade. Omukazi
omuzira. Ebinya ebyerere. Abasomi aba-
kulu. Ekibina ekinene. Ebidiba ebitono.
Ababaka abakade. Omubaka omukulu.
Ebidiba ebikalu. Omuwala omunene.
Ekibya ekibisi. Omukazi omuwamvu.
Abantu abampi. Ekibya ekigya. Ebintu
ebikalu. Ekibira ekitono. Ekigere eki-
ramu. Ebikolo ebigumu. Ekinya ekigazi.
Ekikolo ekibisi. Ekinya ekiwamvu.
Ekikayi ekigumu. Omulenzi omulamu.
Initial Vowel, p. 46.
Abasomi balungi. Abasomi ababi be
balenzi. Ekibya kitono. Kibya ki?
Omuwala wani ? Omusaja wani ? Kibira
ki ? Si babaka. Si basomi balungi. Mu
kinya. Ku 'kikolo. Mu badu. Ku bi-
kolo. Mu basaja. Omubaka si mukade.
Mu bidiba. Kino
Mu balenzi. Ku
Omuwala si muto.
kiki? Si kirungi.
bigambo. Mu bazana. Kye kibina mu
kibira. Be balenzi mu kidiba. Kye kinya
mu kikolo. Ye mudu wa mubaka. Bye
bigambo bya mubaka. Kye kikayi kya
mubumbi.
Place, p. 47.
Ekibira kiniwa. Wali (wa wali). Kwa-
ta bu bikolo. Ndaga ebikayi; biri mu
kinya muli. Nonya omuntu mu kibira
omwo. Ekikayi kiri ewamwe. Ekigere
kiruwa? Genda osabe ekibya ; kiri ewa-
mwe, mu basaja. Nonya awo : kiri okwo.
Genda mu kibira, ononye omulenzi. Kiri
ku kikolo kuli. Kiri ewafe. Genda wo-
musaja omumpi, osabe ekikayi ; kiri ewu-
we. Genda olete omuwala omuto nyo.
Mu kinya muli. Ku kikayi kuno. Ku
kigere okwo. Ekibya kiruwa? kiri wali.
Ekidiba kiruwa? kiri mu kibira. Ebi-
gambo byani? Bya balenzi. Omuwala
wani ? \Va musomi asula ewafe. Ebigere
byani ? Bya bawala. Ku balenzi ababi.
Ekibya kiri mu balenzi bato. Abasomi
abakulu. Omulenzi omumpi. Ekidiba
ekinene. Omudu omuzira. Ekikayi eki-
kalu. Nonya ekikolo ekigomvu. Leta
ku hibya ebitono. Biri muli. Ndaga
omukazi omugenyi. Abakazi abagenyi ;
bali wali. Genda womusaja, olete ekikayi.
Genda mu kibira, ononye omuwala.
ki Class, Adjectives, p. 48.
Ekibajo kimpi. Ekibanja kirungi.
Ekisakatekibi. Ekibya ekiramu kiruwa?
Ndaga ekiwundu ekinene.1 Ekitabo eki-
rungi kiruwa? Genda osabe ekikwaso
ekirungi. Genda ononye ebifananyi ebi-
tono.1 Leta ekibya ekiramu. Leta eki-
tundu ekimpi. Si kiramu. Genda ononye
ekikusu ekito. Genda osabe ekibanja.
Ekinya ekiwamvu kiruwa? Ekigo
ekigya kiruwa? Ekisakate ekikade ki-
ruwa? Ekisenge kimpi. Ebisakate bigya.
Ekiwero kibi? Ebiwempe ebigumu bi
ruwa? Ebibatubigumu, si binene. Genda
osabe ekisaniko ekirungi. I^ca ekibo
ekigumu. Ebifumvu ebikalu biruwa ?
Ekiwomvu ekitono kiruwa? Awalungi
wa?
ki Class, Demonstrative, p. 49.
Ekikondekino. Ekisikirize ekyo. Ebi-
wundu bino. Ebifumvu biri. Ndaga eki-
konge kiri ekikade. Genda olete ekibo
ekyo. Ekigo kino kikade nyo. Wali
wagazi, wano wafunda.' Saba ebiwempe
biri ebimpi. Ebikere bino bito. Ebibo
biri byerere. Ebiwomvu bino biwamvu
nyo. Kwata ekikusu kino. Genda osabe
For the way to denote English definite Article ' the ' when emphatic, see p.
73-
Q
242
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ebiwero biri ebinene. Ebiwero biruwa?
Biri ku kitanda kiri ekitono. Ebikwaso
biri ebiwamvu biruwa? Biri mu kisani-
kizo kiri (muli). Ekiwundu kino ki-
nene ; biri bitono. Ndaga ebikajo biri
ebikalubo. Biri bikalubo, bino bigomvu.
Leta ebitogo biri ebimpi. Ekitundu kino
kikade. Ebifananyi bino birungi nyo : biri
si birungi. Ekikusu kino kitono. Ebire
l>ino binene. Genda mu kifulukwa muli
olete ebikayi. Genda ononye ebiwempe
ku kitanda kiri ekinene. Ebikwaso ebi-
inpi biri mu kisansa muli ekitono. Genda
mu bizinga, ogule ebibya biri.
ki Class, Subject and Object, p. 49.
Ekikusu kitambula nyo : nkirabye.
Bigenda marigu nyo. Kigenda kugwa.
Tunakizimba. Babigyawo. Bagenze.
Babisude. Banabireta (balibireta). Ki-
nagwa (kija kugwa). Binagwa. Balibi-
kwata (banabikwata). Babireka. Ebikere
bibuka. Ekikajo kiwoma. Ekiwundu
kino kiwunya. Ekisenge kiri kyesulise.
Ekisakate kino kibunduse. Ekizikiza
kikute. Ekikonge kikuba abantu.
ki Class, Numerals and Adjectives,
p. 50.
Ebibya mukaga. Ebifumvu 'kumi.
Ebifo munana. Ebitabo mukaga. Ebi-
sanikizo mwenda. Ebisakate musamvu.
Ebita munana. Ebyoya 'kumi. Ebitabo
binene mwenda. Ekitibwa kingi. Ekisa
kingi. Ebibya bimeka ? ebiswa bimeka ?
'Kumi. Ebisakate bimeka ? Ebiro mukaga
ebiramba. Basula ebisasiro bingi. Nja-
gala ebitundu ebiwamvu mukaga. Bakola
ebitanda ebirungi bina. F.bifulukwa ebi-
nene mwenda. Ebiwero bino musamvu
bibi. Ebizinga biri ebyeru. Ebibira
bisatu ebinene. Ebika biri mukaga.
ki Class, Possessive, p. 50.
Ekikajo kyange. Ekitabokye. Eki-
tuli kyabwe. hkiwempekyo kiwamvu.
Ekiwundukye kinene. Ebitabo byabwe
birungi ny>. Ndaga ekikusukye. Ekyoto
kyabwe kitono. Ekita kino kyani?
Kyange. Ebibya ebitano ebitono byani ?
Biri ku kisenge. Ekyejo kyabwe kingi.
Genda ononye ekirato kyange kiri eki-
rungi. Ekikusu kiri si kikyo. Ebyalo
bino byani ? Byafe. Ekikusukye, na-
laba ekigere kyakyo ; ebiwawatiro byakyo
bitono ; ekisa kyakyo kinene. Balireta
(banaleta) ebitabo byabwe. Ebitabo,
ebitundu byabyo. Baleta ekikusu mu
kiguli kyakyo. F.kikusukyo, nakiraba
nekiwundu kyakyo. Ekikandc kyange
kitono, ekikyo kinene. Ekisakate
ekisikirize kyakyo kirungi. Ekisakye
kingi. Twalaba ekikusukyo ; ebyoya
l>yakyo bito. Ekitandakyo kirnpi, ekya-
nge kiwamvu, ekikye kifunda nyo. Ba-
leta ekibo ekirungi nekisanikizo kyakyo
ekinene. Ebizinga nebiswa byabyo.
ki Class, Relative, p. 50.
Kye kikusu ekikaba. Ebitogo bye-
twasala. Ekiguli kyeyakola. Ekisakate
ekirigwa. Kye kisenge ekyagala okugwa.
Ekisansa kyenjagala. Ebitabo biri ebi-
rungi byebajula. Ekibanja ekiri mu
kibira. Leta ekital>o kyetwagula. Kwata
ebitabo ebigenda okugwa. Ebikere
ebikaba. Ekyejo ekyamugoba. Ekigo
kyebagenda okugula. Ebimuli byebaleta.
Ebisaniko byebagyawo. Ekituli ekileta
omusana. Ebisakate ebirungi bisatu
ebyagwa. Ekifo kyebalivamu (kyebali-
reka). Ekitundu kyenaleka mu kibya
muli. Ekirabo kyebalese ewafe. Ekyoto
kyebagenda okukola kitono. Letaebyuma
ebikola ekiguli. Saba ekiwero ekisimula
ebintu. Ekibya kiruwa kyewasula ?
ki Class, Miscellaneous, p. 51.
Leta wano ebibajo byona. Kola eki-
sakate kimu kyoka. Saba ebisansa byo-
mbi. Nonya ebibo byonsatule. Ebi-
tabo bitya ? Ebitabo byagenda okugula.
Ekisakate kigenda bwekiti. Ebikere
bibuka bwebiti. Sula ebisasiro (ebisaniko)
byona mu kinya muli. Ekirevukye
kiwamvu. Kyenkana wa? Kyenkana
bwekiti. Ebikere bimeka? Twalaba
ebikere mwenda ebitono nebibiri ebine-
ne. Yagwa ku kyenyikye (Better ya-
gwa nekuba — struck himself— ek\eT\\\).
Ekyenyi kitya ? Ekyenyi kye nyini.
Ebimuli bitya? Ebimuli bje nyini.
Ebitabo byange byona byagwa mu
kinya muli. Ekikusukye kikaba bwe-
kiti. Ekikusu ekyakaba bwekityo kya-
fa. Ekigo kino kitono nyo ; bakikola
bwekityo. Ebisakate bino biwamvu ;
babikola bwel>ityo. Ebikere byakaba
bwebityo ekiro kyona. Ekinya kino
kyerere ; nakiraba. Ekikusukye kigen/e :
nkirabye mu bitoke. Kinonya kukibanja.
Kiri wano ku kisakate. Ekirato kiri
ekirungi kiruwa kyenakuwa. Ekirato
kyange kiri, nakireka ewamwe mu kisenge.
Onolaba ebikwaso bingi mu kibo kyange.
Mu kiwomvu nalaba ebimuli biri byeba-
leta jo. Ebisaniko biri byona ebiri mu
kyoto, liisula mu kinya kyetwasima mu
kikande. Gyawo ebiwempebyo (byamwe)
KEY TO EXERCISES
243
bino byona.
Ekisa kitya ?
Leta ebyange tubyalirewo.1
Ekisakye kingi.
Supplementary', p. 53.
Nina ebifananyi bibiii. Yalina ebi-
kusu bisatu. Balina ekisakate ekirungi.
Ebisakate byebaii nabyo birungi. Eki-
talx) kyange kyali ku mukeka. Ebibya
byali bibiri. Waliwo ekibanja ekirungi
rau kibira. Mu kibya mulimu ekikwaso ?
Mu bisaniko mulimu ebimuli. Ekituli
kiruwa kyenkola? Mulimu ekiswa.
Talina kiwundu. Tolina kituli? Talina
kirevu. Ekigo kyali mu kiwomvu.
Waliwo ekyoto kimu mu kigo. Mulina
ebikuta? Au, tetulina. Olese ekibya ?
Yee, ndi nakyo. Olina ekikusu ? Yee,
nina ebibiri. Alina ekirevu? Aa, talina.
Balese ekiwempe ? Aa, tebalese kintu.
Agenda kukola ekisenge ? Yee, alikikola.
Ebiswa byali mwenda. Ekikajo kyali mu
kisenge. Ekizinga ekyo kyali mu nyanja
ya kabaka.
Supplementary, i., p. 53.
Nina ebitabo birungi, biri bina. Tulina
ebisakate bibi : biri mukaga, B.ileta
ebirabo bitono, byali bibiii. Alina ebikusu
ebito, biri bisatu. Balina ebisenge bikade ;
biri bitano. Ebiguli ebifunda mukaga.
Twalaba ebibira ebi.'ono, byali bisatu.
Ebidiba ebinene mwenda. Ebikere ebi-
tono bina. Bakwata ebikusu ebito ; byali
munana. Olina ebisansa ebikade, biri
bibiri. Alina ebibya ebiramu biri bina.
Bagula ebibamvu ebigya musamvu. Ebi-
womvu ebinene bisatu. Olina ebiwempe
ebivungi, biii bibiri. Ebinya ebigazi bina.
Ebisakate ebikade bisatu. Ebiwero ebi-
kalu mwenda. Nina ebiwero ebiramu
bibiri.
Supplementary, ii. , p. 54.
Yalina ebikusu bibiri birungi. Olina
(mulina) ebisakate bisatu bimpi. Ebigo
mukaga bigumu. Ebyoto mwenda bitono.
Ebitanda bina bibi. Ekitundu kimu
kirungi. Ebibo bitano bigya. Ebibira
bitano binene. Ebiswa 'kumi bitono.
Ebikolo musamvu bigumu. Ebidiba
bibiri bikalu. Ebimuli munana birungi.
Ebinya bibiri bigazi. Ebiswa mwenda
binene. Abawala mukaga bato. Tulina
ebiguli bina bimpi. Olina ebiwundu
bibiri binene. Nina ebigere ebitono
bibiri. Alina ebifananyi ebirungi bina.
Baleta ebita bitano birungi. Balaba
ebikere bina bito. Bakola ebitanda
bibiri birungi.
mu — mi Class, Subject and Object,
P- 54-
Omusota gugenda. Omugauda gu-
genda okugwa. Omuliro, ngulese. Emi-
rambo, ngirabye. Emiga gijude (amadzi).
Omugongo gukutuse. Omuka mungi.
Emisota, nagiraba mu kibira. Emikufu
gyagwa. Omuti guja kuloka. Omuse-
kese tuligukola. Emisota girifa. Omudo
tunagusula. Emirimu gidze. Emiryango,
'maze okugigera. Eminya gyagenda
mangu. Omugo gunagwa. Emiti bali-
gireta. Omulamwa bagulaba. Omu-
wendo mungi. Emiryango gifunda,
Omusingo bagukiriza. Omulimu 'maze
okugukola.
mu — mi Class, Demonstrative anm>
Adjective, p. 55.
Oinunya guno. Omupunga guli.
Omuti ogwo. Emikono giri. Emiti
gino. Emifuko giri. Emirere giri mi-
rungi. Omuliro guno mubi. Omudumu
guli guluwa? Omudumu guguno ku
kisenge. Leta wano omubinikiro guli.
Omubala omulala guguno. Omudo guno
mungi. Emikufu gigino. Emiganda
gino miwamvu. Omukono guli mumpi.
Emitwe giri mitono. Ndabye emitwe
giri eminene. Emirimu gino. Omupunga
guguno. Omuliro guguli. Omudumu
ogwo. Omunya guno omutono. Emi-
pera gino mimpi. Omukufu guno mu-
wamvu. Omuganda guli omumpi bagu-
siba bubi. Omusolo guguno. Baguletr
jo. Emisota giri. Omuka ogwo. Eki-
tundu kiri ekinene. Omugo guno rau-
wamvu ; guli mumpi. Mu muga muli
mulimu ebitogo? Aa, temuli. Mu mu-
solo guli mulimu (bagutademu) emiini.
Waliwo emisota (Emisota gyegiri) mu
muga guno. Aja kusiga omupunga mu
musiri muli.
mu — mi Class, Numeral and Adjec-
tive, p. 55.
Emiga esatu. Omukira gumu. Eminya
mukaga. Emipera munana. Omudo
mungi. Emiganda emeka? 'Kumi.
Emikufu emeka ? Ebiri. Leta emiwu-
mbo giri eminene. Ndaga emipera omu-
nana. Twasomoka emiga ena Emi-
dumu gino ebiri. Emigo giri emimpi
esatu. Leta emirere giri emirungi ebiri.
Enkya tunasomoka emiga etano ; esatu
migazi, ebiri mifunda, naye girimu amadzi
mangi. Emisiri ebiri mirungi. Yalwala.
omusuja emirundi emeka ? Emirundi
1 Lit.—' That we may spread them in this place.'
244
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Omugabo gweyampa (gweyangabira).
Omutwalo ogwagwa mu muga. Genda osa-
be omukufu gwenaleka ku kitanda. Nonya
emiramwa gyetwasula mu kinya muli.
Leta omutwalo gwebagenda okutwala.
mu — mi Class, Miscellaneous, p. 56.
Tunasomoka (tulisomoka) omuga gumu
gwoka. Emiga gyona girimu (giberamu)
am'adzi mangi. Emiti gyenkana wa obu-
wamvu? Omubisi gwali mu mudumu
muli. Emiga gyetwasomoka gyali ebiri
gyoka ; gumu gwali mugazi nyo. Emi-
reregitya? Emirere gyebaleta jo. Omu-
biri gwona. Gyawo omudo gwona.
Omulimu guno gwona mulungi ; bagu-
kola bwegutyo. Omugongogwe gwona.
Omusingo gutya? Omusingo gwe nyini.
Leta omudumu gwoka. Omusekese ya-
gukola bwegutyo. Leta emikufu gyona.
Ndaga omugongo gwona. Yasaba omu-
solo gwona emirundi esatu. Genda ononye
emiramwa gyona. Leta omupunga gwona.
Akola emiryango gyoka. Omulyango bwe-
guti. Emiga emeka? Emiti gyona gye-
baleta gibuze. Omukira gwoka gulabika.
Omukira gutya ? Omukira gwe nyini.
Balya omuwumbo gwona. Ndaga emikono
gyombi. Emipera gyona gyenasimba.
Ebikeie byabako1 (byaliko) emit we bwe-
giti. Abasaja bakola omulimu guno
gwona.
Supplementary, Comparisons, p. 58.
Ku bimuli, ebimu birungi, ebimu si
birungi. Eminya egimu miwamvu,
egimu mimpi. Omulere guno gwe gumu
na guli. Omulimu guno gwe gumu
nog wo.2 Ebiwero byange bye bimu
nebibyo. Emiryango gyabwe gyenkana
obugazi. Emitwe gino gyenkana obu-
nene. Omusota guno gwe gumu na guli.
Emisota gino gyombi (ebiri) gyenkana
obuwamvu. Omuga guno gwenkana na
guli gwetwasomoka jo (okuberamu
amadzi mangi), naye ogwa jo gwasinga
obugazi. Omugabogwo gwe gumu no-
gwange ; naye ogugwe gusinga egyafe
gyombi. Ekitibwakye kisinga ekyange.
Ku bifumvu byona bina, kino kisinga
obuwamvu (obugulumivu) ; kiri kisinga
okuba kimpi.a Omubinikiro guno gwe gu-
mu na guli. Omubinikiro guli gusinga obu-
gazi guli gwetwakola jo. Omutwalo guno.
gusinga okuzitowa.3 Balaba ebigo : ebimu
bigumu nyo, ebirala si bigumu. Ndaga
ebiwempe ; ebimu bikade, naye bingi
bigya. Ekitanda kyange kisinga ekikyo
1 Lit. — Had upon them, — the head being not a mere possession but an integral part.
J Also, Omulimu guno nogwogumu : Ebiwero byange nebibyo bimu, and so throughout.
3 Notice Inf. preferred to ' obu ' in some cases.
ebiri. Omusota yagukuba emirundi
emeka. Emirundi ena. Emiti gino giri
etano. Bakola emibinikiro ebiri migazi.
Yaleta emiranwa esatu. Emirere girf
giri ena. Emigo abiri miwamvu. Emiti
mwenda ; ena miwamvu, etano mimpi.
Leta ebitundu bisatu biwamvu. Wamu-
laba emirundi emeka ? Emirundi ena.
mu— mi Class, Possessive, p. 56.
Omufukogwe. Omupunga gwabwe.
Omugongogwo. Emigo gyabwe. Emi-
kufugyo Emireregye. Emiperagye emi-
nene. Omupunga gwange mungi. Emi-
konogyo emiwamvu. Omutwe gwange
mutono, ogugwo inunene. Emitigye
miwamvu : egyange mimpi. Omuwumbo
gunogwani? "Gwange. Omugo ogwo gwa-
ni ? Gwabwe. Omugongo guli gwani ?
Gugwe. Genda ononye omulere gwange.
Omulere gwange mulungi ; ogugwo mubi.
Emipera gyabwe miwamvu nyo, egyafe
mimpi. Leta omusingogwe. Munange,
omusingogwo mutono. Omuwumbo guli
gwafe. Omuganda guno gwabwe. Omu-
binikirogwe guno. Omusota, omutwe gwa-
gwo nomugongo gwagwo. Ebikusu, ebi-
wawatiro byabyo nebyensuti byabyo nemi-
twe gyabyo. Omunya, omukira gwagwo
nebigere byagwo. Emipera, ebikolo bya-
gyo. Twalaba ebizinga nemiga gyabyo.
Omubisi guno gwani ? Gwamwe (gugwo) ?
Aa, gwabwe. Omul'ro gwange mulungi,
ogugwo si mulungi. Emiti nebikolo bya-
gyo (emizi gyagyo). Omukufu gwange
guli si mulungi. Nalaba omusota guli ;
omugongo gwagwo gwakutuse. Or u-
ganda gwange nemiti gyagwo. Omuli-
mugwe nebituli byagwo. Omusekese
guli gwani ? Gwange. Laba omulyango
gwagwo.
mu — mi Class, Relative, p. 56.
Omukaogulinya. Omulere gwenakola.
Emirambo gyetwalaba. Omusota ogwa-
genda mbiro. Omuwumbo gweyaleta.
Emikono egiingira wane. Omusolo
gwebalisoloza. Omuliro oguja kwaka
mangu. Emibala gyebagala okuiga.
Omudo gwebagenda okulima. Omu-
gaga gyensibye ku mutwe. Omulimu
gwenamuwa (gwenamugabira) okukola.
Emipera egirabise. Ndaga omusekese
gwakola. Emiga gyetwasomoka. Omu-
suja ogwamuvamu. Emiti egikola ekiguli
kyange. Ekikusu, ebyoya ebibera mu kye-
nsuti kyakyo. Emisota egibera mu muga.
Omudo ogubera mu musiri gwange.
KEY TO EXERCISES
245
obugazi, naye ekikye kisinga obuwamvu ;
hino byona hyenkana. Omubisi guno
niubi, leta ogusinga obuhingi. Ekisansa
kino kitonu ; leta ekisinga obugazi.
Ebitundu biri bitono : nonya ebisinga
obuwamvu (obunene). Omuwendo gwe-
kikusu kino kye kinm na kiri kyetwagula
jo ; naye ekikusu kino kisinga obulungi :
ebiwawatiro byakyo bisinga obunene,
ebyoya byakyo bisinga okukula ; ekyensuti
kyakyo kisinga obuwamvu. Emiti gino
gyombi, omubiri gwagyo gumu. Omu-
gogwo nogwange gwali ku muti gumu.
Supplementary, Miscellaneous,
P- 59-
Okutambula nokugwa nokugolokoka.
Okugula nokutunda era nokusula. Oku-
kola nokugyawo era nokuleta. Bakola,
baleka, era basula. Balya, banyuwa,
bagolokoka era bagenda, mangu. Ekiku-
sukye kitototo, ekyange kikadekade,
ekikyo kikade dala. Ebintu ebimu
bimpi, ebirala biwamvuwamvu. Ku
miti ebimu bituse obuwamvu, ebirala
bimpi, ebirala bya mubiri munene.
Emiga% gino migazigazi. Ebisenge bi-
neneko. Ebitabo bimpimpi, era binene.
Emitwe gyona bitonotono, era nebigere.
Omulyango guno gweyasala mufunda-
funda. Ekiwundukye kineneko. Ebi-
fananyi bino birungirungi. Omukufu
guli mumpimpi. Ebita bino bitonotono :
leta ebirala. Natunda ebirala byona jo.
Emiti emiraJa gyona miinpimpi. Genda
mangu. Banfdeta ekikusu enkya. Banaja
lero. Tambnla mpola. Mpodzi tuliraba
(tunilaba) ekikere olwegulo.
St'PPI.EMENTARY, NUMERALS, p. 60.
Ebibo abiri mu bina. Emiti asatu
mwesatu. Ebigambo ana mu bina.
Einigo 'kumi nena. Eminya abiri mu
gumu. Ebikere 'kumi nebitano. Emi-
pera ana mu mwenda. Ebituli 'kumi
nebi«;atu. Ebiro ana. Ebiwero abiri mu
bina. Ebitabo asatu mu mukaga. Ebi-
sansa ana mu nuinana. Emirainbo asatu
mu mwenda. Emisota 'kumi nomwenda.
Ebisakate abiri. Ebiguli asatu mu kimu.
Ebitundu ana mu bisatu. Emiganda
atano. Ebizinga abiri mu bibiri. Ebifo
asatu. Ebikolo abiri mu mwenda. Ebika
asatu mu bina. Emikufu ana mwesatu.
Emikira abiri mwebiri : emirundi 'kumi
nesatu. Ebikusu abiri mu bisatu. Emi-
gabo asatu mwebiri. Emikono 'kumi
nomukaga. Emiti abiri mwesatu. Ebintu
ana mu bibiri. Ebiro asatu mu munana.
Ebikere ana mu kimu. Ebiwero abiri.
Numerals after 50, p. 61.
Bibiri mwasatu mu bina. Bina mu
nkaga mu bitano. Lukumi mwabiri mu
bina. Lusamvu mwasatu mu bibiri.
Lwenda mwana mu bitano. Enkumi nya
mu bisatu mwabiri mu kimu. Lukumi mu
bibiri mwasatu mu bina. Kakumi mu
bina mwasatu mu kimu. Blikumi bubiri
mu nkumi tano mu lukaga mwatano
mu kimu. Lwenda mu kinana mu bina.
Lusamvu mwana mu bibiri. Lwenda mu
mukaga. Lunana mu bina. Bitano mu
musamvu. Lukumi mu bisatu. Lukumi
mu bibiri mwasatu. Lukumi mwana mu
bitano. Enkumi tano mu nkaga. Kanana
mu nsamvu mu musamvu. Lwenda mu
nsamvu mu mukaga.
Kikumi mu nkaga mwena. Bibiri
mwasatu mu musamvu. Lwenda mwana
mwesatu. Lunana mu nsamvu mwebiri.
Lwenda mu kinana mu gumu. Lukumi
mu nkaga mwena. Lukumi mu bitano
mwasatu mwebiri. Lukumi mu lunana
mu kyenda mu rnukaga. Lusamvu
mwasatu mwebiri. Lukumi mu lwenda
mwana mu mukaga. Enkumi bin mu
lunana mwana mu gumu. Kanana mu
lusamvu mwasatu mwebiri. Bina mwa-
tano mu munana. Lunana mu kyenda
mwebiri. Bina mu nsamvu. Bitano mu
musamvu. Lunana mu nkaga mwebiri.
Lwenda mu nsamvu mwesatu. Enkumi
nya mu nkaga. Kanana mu nsamvu
mwesatu. Enkumi tano mu mukaga.
Modified Form in 'DE,'p. 62.
Bede, kyade, sede.
Komode, lamude, gayade, kakanyade,
kunkumude, sekude, situde, songode,
sowodc, tabude, tambude, tukude, vutvude,
yagade.
Bulide, kulembede, lagide, nyikidc,
saside, sembede, serede, siside, tamide,
tegede.
Segulide, tunulide.
Nsitude omuganda. Bagayade. 'Mu-
gambye lero. Tulamude bulungi. Ose-
kude omupunga. Atulagira omulimu
bulijo. Bagenda okukyala. Tusongode-
omuti guno. Anyikide okukola omulimu
guli. Batabude. Atamide omwenge.
Asembede kumpi. Ekifumvu kiri kitu-
knla nyo. Bakyade. Tusiside wano.
Tumusaside. Batamira omwenge bulijo.
Tubakulembede. Leta ekitundu ckikaka-
nyade. Omupunga, tugusekula. Ekita-
lakye akisowode mu kirato kyakyo. Ote-
gede? Batugambye ku kikusu ; twagala
okukiraba. Otunulide (mutunulide) ki ?
246
ELEMENTS OE LUG AN DA
Batusera. Ekirabo ekitubede okugenda.
Mutubera bulijo. Batubede nyo. Ota-
bude emfufu mu mubi>i. Tutabude oinu-
nyo mu muzigo. Wano wasererera nyo.
Mutusegulide? Wali watukula nyo. Ba-
nyikide okukola ekigo kino. Basongode
emiti gyona. Tutambude mangu. Ba-
kyala olwegulo. Ategede ebigambo
byange.
Modified Form in ' ze,' p. 63.
Kaze, koze, kuze, maze, meze, mize,
saze.
Beze, lanze, linze, nyaze, size, sinze,
tunze, vuze, vuze, zinze.
Ebidiba bik'aze. Onyize? Ekikusu
kimaze ebyai byona. Banyaze omupunga.
Asize omuzigo ku mubirigwe. Omugo
gumbuze. Bagenze. Nguze ebikusu bi-
biri. Ebiwero bikaze. Omuti gukuze.
Basize omupunga mu musiri gwabwe.
Okukola ekitanda ye asinze. Ekitanda-
kye kisinze ekyange. Mbaze ebizinga
byona. Tumize obutole. Batunze (Ba-
maze okutunda) omupunga gwona. Eki-
kusu kimize ekikwaso. Nsaze ekituli
wano. Tubeze emere. Bavuze nyo. Ba-
baze emiti gyona. Otunze ebiwero? a-
'nyaze ekikajo. Omu'ga gukaze. Atunze
ebitabo bingi. Ebitogo b.kuze ate. A-
'nyize ekiwundu. Osize e'losi ku bitabo
byange. Omusota gubuze ate. Akoze
ekiguli. Babaze emirambo kumi nebiri.
Tuguze omu'go guli. Omu'do gukuze.
Otemye ebitogo ? Ekikusu kibuze. Ekide
kivuze
Uses of Pres. Pfrf., p. 65.
Mukoze ! Munyikide ! Baguze ! Mu-
vuze ! Amaze okusala ekituli. Tumaze
okusula ebisaniko. Kyanyaze kiki? Ebi-
tabo otunzeko bimeka ? Ebikusu olese
(mulese) bimeka? Ekituli okisaze wa?
Amaze okugenda. Okyade ! (otulabye !)
Bamaze okutunga ebiwero. Kyasize kiki ?
Ebikwaso aleseko bimeka ? (Nga) asaze !
Omuti nga gukuze! Kyakoze kiki?
(Nga) otambude (Mutambude) ! Ekiwero
nga kikakanyade. Nga obeze bulungi !
Ekivuze kiki? Ebiwero bimaze okukala?
Amaze okukomola ekitabo kyange. Aki-
komode ! Bamaze okubasegulira. Omu-
zigo gumaze okusanuka. Ebigenze biki ?
Atunze ('so)1 ! Bamaze okusitula omuti.
Omaze okukola ekitanda. Tumaze oku-
somoka omu'ga. Otubede ! Nga ala-
mude ! 'Maze okubala ebizinga byona.
Ekisinga kiruwa? Ebintu ebikuze biru-
wa?
Modified Form in 'ye,' p. 65.
Bunye, gabye, gobye, kakanye, ka-
nkanye, kimye, kolimye, komye, kya-
mye, laganye, limye, limbye, lumye,
lwanye, nyomye, sabye, sambye, sasanye,
simye, simye, sibye, simbye, somye, temye,
tuyanye, vumye, vunamye, zibye, zimbye.
Tulimyewano. Asabye enkumbi. Ba-
gobye ebikere. Ekyalo kye'manyi (nze).
Byafumbye biki? Batemye emiti munana.
Osimbye ebitoke ebirungi mu musirigwo.
N komye wano. Tukyamye mu Tcubo.
Ansambye. Balimye ekyalo kyona. Kya-
nyomye kiki? Azibye ekituli. Tulinye
ku kiswa. Tukung'anye. Ekikugobye
kiki? aninyeko ekigere. Agabye ebirabo
bingi. Nga mulwanyi ! Nga balimbye !
Ekyalo kiri nkimanyi. Mulimye! Atu-
vumye ! Byagabye biki ? Tusimye ebi-
Tiya munana. Tusabye omupera emi-
rundi mingi. Anyomye (Azize) ekirabo
kyange. Ekifananyi ekyo tukimanyi.
Kye'manyi kiki? Tutemye omuti guli.
Bamulimbye. Ebikuta babisombye ? Oga-
bye ebikajo? Aa, naye babisabye. Osi-
mye ? Yee, nsimye nyo.
Modified Form in ' se,' p. 66.
Fise, fuse, fuse, fumisc, golokose, ka-
suse, kise, kulukuse, kwese, kyuse, lese,
lese, menyese, sanuse, sanyuse, sese, sere-
ngese, sindise, sirise, sose, somuse, terese,
tuse, vunise, zise, zirise.
Atuse. Tulese ekikande kiri. Ebintu
byafe bivunise. Ofuse amadzi mu kibya
kiri? Ebintu bisigadewo bimeka? Afu-
mise ekisakate nomugogwe. Ekikusu
kibuse. Nsanyuse. Bakwese omusolo
mu muti muli. Tusanyuse okubalaba.
Omugo gwange gumenyese. Asirise.
Nsose lero okusoma. Osese. Nga ba-
lese ! Nga osanyuse ! Omusota ogufu-
mi.se? Omuga guno gukukkuta nyo.
Ekimenyese kiki? Alese (avude ku) mu-
limugwe. Ekiwero ok ikwese wa? Kya-
kwese kiki ? Atcrese ebibye. Tulese
omusolo. Byolese(byemulese)biki? Kyo-
kasuse kiki ? Bakise emiti gyona. Base-
rengese eri. Ekikyuse kiki? Baterese
omupunga mungi. Ekibuse kiki? Ebi-
kwaso bino bisigadewo. Omuti guno
gukyuse (guvunise). Akwese omulere
gwange. Ebibye abiterese wa ? Emikufu
gituse lero. Bazise (Bamaze okuzika)
emirambo. Ndese ekikusu.
Modified Form in 'edza,'p. 67.
Busidza, gasidza, juzidza, kolezedza,
1 ' so ' is sometimes used as above.
KEY TO EXERCISES
247
lowozedza, nazidza, nonyedza, nyumyidza,
solozedza, subizidza, tegezedza, terezedza,
tesedza, yozedza, yuzidza, zizidza.
Aimusidza omutwe. Banonyedza eki-
]>ya. Tutesedza okuzimba wano. 'Nazi-
dza nyoekihya. Nga banyumyidza ! Eki-
rabo kimugasidza nyo. Tujuzidza ekibya
omupunga. Okolezedza etabaza ? Nga
otutegezedza ! Otuzlzidza. Abanyenyedza.
Tugambe byolowozedza. Babusidzabusi-
dza. Oyuzidza ekitabo kyange. Ekimu-
zizidzakiki? Basolozedza omusolo. Tu-
wozedza nyo. Bayozedza ebiwero Kyo-
buzidza kiki ? Baterezedza (baniaze oku-
tereza) ekibanja. Batesedza batya? Oi-
musidza omukono. Kyowozedza kiki?
Atusubizidza. Kyosubizidza kiki? Eki-
kuzlzidza kiki ?
Other Modified Forms, p. 68.
Bafuye emirere. Tuvude mu kinya.
Akiridza okukola omulimu. Ekikusu ki-
fude. Batide. Nkute omuti. Tulude
nyo. Munyuwede mwena ku mwenge.
Ntute ebikwaso byoija. Kyatide kiki?
(Atide ki ?). Omusolo gudze. Ebitoke
bigedze nyo. Omusckese gugude. Balide
oniuwuml)o gwona. Wano wasivva. Eki-
senge kigude. Atute omupunga gwona.
Okute. Ndude. Omupunga guide. Atu-
weiezedza bulungi. Ekikusukye kigedze.
Ebisakate bigude. Tukute ekisenge.
Bamukyaye. Nga mubadze bulungi ! Nga
ofude ! Bamaze okulya. Tumaze okubala.
Near Future, p. 68.
Tunagenda. Tunalya. Tunagoloko-
ka. Banalwa. Anabuza ekigambo. Tu-
nabategeza. Anaja. Emikufu ginaja lero.
Tunakoma wnno. Banatya. Onotr.we-
reza bulungi? Onokola lero ekisenge
kino ? Yee, tunaleta emuli nebyai. Ana-
babuzii ki? Kyonosiga kiki? Ekiguli
kyehunaniata lero. Omulere gwonofuwa.
Onotulimba. (Jnoserengeta wa ? Omuti
gunakyulta., gunagwa. Onosanyuka oku-
mulaba. Ekikusu kinabuka, naye tuna-
kikwata. Tunalekaemigugugyafe. Omu-
suja gunamukwata. Ono'ta oinusota?
Yee, 'nagu'ta. Lero tunalambula ekifu-
lukwa ; tunabala ebitoke byakyo. Bana-
kweka omupunga. Enkya tunalaba ebi-
zinga. Banaluka ebiwempe bitano. Na-
lima ekikande.
Imj'Erative and Subjunctive, p. 69.
Muwa ekitabokye agende. Sala ebyoya
bya kiku'su kiremeokubuka. Alime wano?
Katukole ekiguli. Leta ekitabokyo osome.
Sekula omupunga mangu, tufumbe. Go-
lokoka olye. Mulete ebyai, tuzibe ekituli.
Bagamba okuleta emiti tukole ekyoto.
Tugende tulabe ku kabaka. Basule ebi-
saniko ebyo? Nsale wano? Ekisakate
kireka kigwe. Mumulekealyeekikajokye.
Kuma omuliro mungi omusuja guleme
okunkwata. Ka'nonye omulere gwange.
Muje tulange ebyai. Kamale omulimu
guno. Katumale okufumba. Kamale
okuleta ekitundu kiri. Mugobe ekikere
kiri. Tusindike? Basibula bagende.
Bagamba nti balete ebitabo.
Far Future, p. 69.
Balireta emiti mingi. Ndireta ebibya.
Alija. Omusola gulimuluma. Ekisenge
kiri kirigwa. Tulisimba "ebitoke. Bali-
saba omukeka. Mulisoka okuzimbaeki'go
e'da. Olisima ekiswa kino ? Alinyumya
ekiro kyona. Ebibya l^irimenyeka. Bali-
seka nyo. Tulibaziza. Balinyaga ebintu-
bvo bvona. Ekitanda kvanire, alikikola
e da. Ekiraboekyo kiiimugasa. Tulitesa
ebyalo l;yona. Omugo gwange gulisinga
ogugwo. Tuliiga emibala gyona. Olite-
reza ekibanja kyona. Yee. • Ndisoka
okusima wano. Oliita mu kiwomvu eki-
wamvu. Emiti gin tegirigwa. Ekyuma
kiiikukuba.
Far Past, p. 70.
Ekisakate kyagwa. Twasomoka omn-
'ga. Omusota gwamuluma. Twasula
ebisasiro. Ekyalo kyazika 'da. Ekikusu
bakisala ebyoya. Ba'ta omusota ; bazika
omulambogwagwo. Balwananyo. Emiti
mingi gyasigalawo. Basirika. Ebibya
l^yamenyeka. Baliseka nyo. Baleta eki-
rabo ekirungi. Twadzayoekibo. Basoka
'da okutereza ekibanja. Omu'ga gwakulu-
kutanyo. Ekitabo kyange kyagya omliro.
Walaba ebizinga byona? Yee, nabiraba.
Wasima ekiswa ? Yee, twakisima. Wako-
la ekisenge ? Yee, twakikola. \Vatunga
ekiwero kiri? Yee nakitunga. Balya
omuwumbo gwona gwetwagula. Mwavu-
ga ! Ebiwero bibiri byabula 'da. Basa-
nyuka okutulaba. Omusolo wagukweka
wa? Twagukweka mu kinya muli. Ba-
kwata ekisenge. Bakola ebyoto bisatu.
Twasomoka emi'ga ebiri. Baleta ebikusu
bina okubitunda.
Affixes of Relation, p. 72.
Alinyiga ebiwundu byabwe (alibanyiga
elJiwundu). Serengeta (muserengete) awo.
Musokewanogyetuli. Mu kinya akwesemu
ekitabokye? Omuti, gutemako. Mukitabo
kyeyasoma, yagyamu ebigambo bingi.
Leta entebe tugituleko. Njagala okuku-
buzako. Emi'ga girimu ebikere. Ebikere
biri mu mi'ga. Ekidiba kirimu amadzi.
243
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Gyako ebimuli bino ku meza. Mu kibya
ofusemu omubisi ? Mu ki'go wagendamu ?
Ku kiswaolinyeko? Vamugyako ekitabo.
Yamulinyako ekigere. Ekyuma kyamu-
fumita omukono. Twalaba ebirabobye
byona : yatuwako. Ku miti agileseko
emeka? aguzeko emeka? Aguzeko mu-
samvu. Gyamu e'tosi mu kinya muno.
Gyako cmukonogwo ku kitabo kyange.
Mu musiri mweyalima, yasigamu omupu-
nga. Gyako ekisanikizo. ' Ebiwawatiro
osazekoekitundu? Ekiwero kiri ekikade,
kisalamu. Lima wali mu kikande kiri
(nuili). Somako (musomeko). Omusota
agutemyeko omutwe.
mu— ba Class, Surjkct and Object,
P- 73-
Omukopi amulabye. Omulenzi amu-
gambye. Omuwesi tumuwade ekyuma.
Omusawo tumugambye okuja. Abakazi
'maze okubabuza. Abasubuzi twagala
okubalaba. Abawala balimye. Abasaja
bagenze. Omugenyi atuse. Omujulirwa
mubuza (mubuliriza). Omuzibe awulide
ebigambo byafe byona. Omusibe ya'duka.
Abakesi babakwata. Omugaga atuwade
ekirabo. Omuwala alese ebimuli. Omu-
lenzi akoze ekiguli. Omusiru bamulese
mu 'kubo. Abakozi basaze ebituli bibiri.
Bamugoba. Omusigire tumunonye. Omu
badzi amaze okubajaomuti guli. Omusibe
abombye. Ababaka babiri badze (batuse).
Omumbeja, bagenze okumulaba. Omu-
sawo adze. Omwana ali mu kikande.
ma— ba Class, Demonstrative, p. 74.
Omudu oli. Abasil>e bali. Abalenzi
bano. Omufumbiro ono. Omusiru oyo.
Abalongo bali. Omuganzi ono. Nalaba
omukazi oli jo. Abalenzi bali batuse
enkya. Omusibe ono Omumbeja ono
ye mukazi mulungi. Omuwesi ye wuno.
Gamba omulenzi oyo. Abakopi babano ;
tunababuza. Omufu oli, wamulaba wa ?
twagenda okulaba abalongo bali. Omu-
wala ono ayagala ebikajo. Abakazi bano
balimye wano. Abadzukulu babano.
Omunttv ono asoma. Omugenyi ono
atuse. Omusika ono avumye abakopi
bano. Abasubuzi bano balese ebintu
bingiko. Omulenzi ono mumpi. Omu-
kazi oli muwamvu. Omuliranwa oyo ye
muntu mubi. Omuntu oli mupaga? Aba-
genyi bali bajulirwa ? Bakute abakesi
bali ? Omusigire ye wuli. Omubaka
atuse? Abadu babano. Omugole ono.
Abazana bali. Abakozi bano bamaze
omulimu gwewabawa. Omufumbno ono
ye musaja mulungi. Omukyala ono alina
ekisa king'. Omutongole oli ye mukade
nyo. Omuvubuka ono muzibe (wamatu).
Omubadzi ono ye wamagezi. Omuwesi oli
mugenyi.
ma— ba Class, Adjective aso
Numeral, p. 75.
Abakazi bana. Abalenzi basatu. Aba-
wala munana. Bakute abakesi bangi.
Omuml>eja omu omukulu. Abalogo l>a-
biri babi. Ku basibe omu abombye. Ba-
leka abafu babiri mu kibira. Baleta aba-
lwade 'kumi nabatano. Alina abalenzi
bana. Tulabye abakazi bali abiri mu
babiri. Abasaja 'kumi na bana nabakazi
'kumi na babiri basoma enjiri. Ababaka
babiri badze. Abalenzi basatu. Abakozi
'kumi na bana. Twalaba abagenyi batano.
Balese abajulirwa mukaga. Basatu ba-
kade ; omu mulenzi ; omu mukazi. Aba-
ke'si (abo) babiri baluwa? Abasubuzi abo
basatu bagenze. Omufumbiro omu mu-
lungi asinga abalenzi basatu. Ku bakopi
bali bana omu agenze, naye basatu batya
(okugenda). Alina (Yazala) abana batano.
Babiri I>akuze : omu mwana muwere.
Waliwo omuwesi omu wano mulungi.
Ababadri babiri babera mu kisakate muli.
Tulabye abalenzi basatu nabawala bana.
Ku bambeja, babiri bawamvu ; omu mu-
wamvuvramvu ; babiri banene. Abakazi
babiri balima ekyalo kyange. Omuwala
omu ababera. Baleta abasibe basatu.
mu— ba Class, Possessive, p. 76.
Omulenzi wa mulangira. Omusibewe.
Aliakozi babwe. Omusika wafe. Aba-
kopi bomusigere. Omubaka womugaga.
Omubadzi wange. Abaliranwa bafe ba-
kade. Abawalabe bawamvu, abewamwe
bato. Tusanyuse okulaba omugenyi wafe.
Abadzukulube balungi nyo. Omufumbiro
wabwe yagendajuzi. Ndabye abalenzibe.
Abakopibe nomusigere wabwe. Abako-
zibo banyikide nyo (balwanyi). Omusibe
wafe abombye. Omuwala wafe oli. O-
mugolewe atuse. Abajulirwa babwe ba-
genze. Omulenzi wafe ye muvubuka dala.
Omudu wani ono ? Wabwe. Omwana
oli wani ? Wafe. Omwanawo asinga
owange obukulu. Abaliranwa babwe be
baganzi bomugaga. Abanabe bana, ababo
babiri. Abantu bano bani ? Bewafe.
Omulogo owewamwe. Abambejaabe-
wuwe. Omulwadewo oli. Omubakawe
ono. Omugenyi ava ewabwe. Abana
1 If referring to the feathers in the wing of a bird— say, Ebyoya obisaze ? Ekiwawatiro is
e w ing itself, not the feathers on it. Ebiwawatiro obisazeko = Have you cut off the wings?
the wing
KEY TO EXERCISES
249
abobulenzi ba kabaka be balangira, naba-
nabe abobuwala be bambeja. Kitawe yali
mwami owewamwe. Omusawo oweno
asinga amagezi oli owewamwe.
mu— ba Class, Relative, p. 77.
Abakazi abalima mu kyalo kyafe. Al>a-
lenzi benalaba. Abawala benagamba oku-
ja. Abakopi ababera mu byalo. Omu-
ntu aluwa asaze ekituli kino? Omuntu
gwagambye okuja. Omusiru gwebasil>a
mu nyumba. Abagenyi abavude ewala.
Abalongo beyazala jo. Omuwesi alese
ekyuma kino. Abana abalese ebimuli
bino. Abalabe abanyaga ebyafe balabise.
Omubadzi eyatema omuti guli adze. O-
mulabewe gweyavunana. Alnlenzi be-
twalaba. Omugaga atuwade ekikusu.
Omulogo kabaka gweyagoba. Omusubuzi
eyawebwa omugaga ekyalo. .Omuntu
gwenakuba. Omuwesi aja wano bulijo.
Omumbeja eyaleta omuwala ono omuto.
Omufumbiro eyaleta ekibya kiri. Omu-
genyi eyasula ewafe. Omukade gwetulaba
bulijo. Omumbeja eyaja jo. Abaliranwa
bafe betwagala, era betuwade ekirabo.
Abalabe bebawangula. Omugole gwatute
ewuwe (e'ka). Omusawo eyawonya om-
wana wafe. Omuwesi gwetwawa ekyuma
kino. Omusigere giveyasawo omwami.
Abalenzi ababera ewuwc. Abasomi be-
naigiriza. Omubadzi gwenagamba okuja.
Omusibe gwebata. Omwana gweyabeka.
mu — ba Class, Miscellaneous, p. 78.
Abakozi bona badze. Ekiguli kiri, na-
kikola nzeka. Abakyala batya ? Tugende
fena. Mugolokoke mwena. Buli uiuntu
alina omukeka (buli na nyini mukeka).
Balese abasibe boka. Balinde (balindirire)
bona. Avuga yeka. Abalangira batya ?
Abalangira be nyini, abana ba kabaka.
Mwena mulange ebyai. Olizimba weka ?
Abakopi yabalagira bwatyo. Omukozi
asaze ekitulikye bwatyo. Fena tukusaside.
Ayenkana wa ? Bwati. Akusinga obu-
wamvu, naye omulenziwe asinze bona.
Abawala bona be'manyi babera boka mu
kisakate. Basoma bona. Kima ekikusu
weka. Fena tutambula bwetutyo. Om-
wana ono ainza okutambula yeka. Aba-
liranwa bafe bona balukaemikeka gyabwe
bo. Tukoze ebisakate byafe fe. Omu-
genyi alese omukekagwe ye. Abakyala
bona batuse. Bagamba nti Omugole
adze. Abasubuzi bakola ebisakate byabwe
bo.
Personified Nouns, p. 78.
Kyai ono. Sabuni oli-. Kawa wafe.
Tabawe. Lumonde wange. Balugu ono
awoma. Wuju oli avunze. Leta kasoli
yena. Sabuni ye wuno. Malamu sabuni
yena. Omukoka atute kasoli gwetwasiga.
Gonja ye wuno ; mufumbe. Kaumpuli
yamu'ta. Tulifumba kasoli wafe ono jo.
Senyiga amukute. Balugu amulese kaka-
no. Kyai ye wuno ; mufumba kakano.
Fumba lumonde eminwe esatu. Vokya
kasoli eminwe ena. Otute bwino wange ?
Aa, ntute owange. Bwino oyo wamugula
(wamugya) wa? Ali mulungi nyo. Aba-
subuzi bamutunda. naye gwatunda Omu-
zungu asinga. Sabuni gwetulese agula
atya ? Taba eyali mu musirigwe, tumu-
guze yena. Kasoli gwebaiuwade. Lu-
monde wafe yena mutono. Owewabwe era
ye mutono : naye owuwe munene. Se-
nyiga yamukwata naye awouye. Kawali
amukute. Omuyagaeyakunta jo yamenya
ebitoke byafe byona. Namirembeye wuli,
mulabye (mulaba) : Nakasero ye wuli :
twagendayo juzi. Rubaga omulabye ? ye
wuli. Yee, 'mulabye ('mulaba.)
Narrative Tensk, Positive, p. 79.
Naja. Nebagenda. Nebaleta ekikusu,
ekikusu nekibuka. Nafumba omupunga.
Omuyaga nakunta, ekisakate nekigwa.
Netusomoka emi'ga esatu negaberamu
amadzi mangi ekitabo nekingwako neba-
kirabanel>akimpa. Omubadzi nabaja na-
tema omuti nengugera rlakola ebiguli
bibiri nekibamvu kimu nembireta nembi-
gula. Omumbeja naja nagamba nti Olide
ekikajo kyange kyona nosula nomukeka
gwange nomenya nekitandakye. Fumba
omupunga noguleta. Omukade oli ye
mulogo ; mumukwate, mumusibe mumu-
lete eri omwami ; nebamuleta eri omwami
omwami nawulira ebigambo nasala omu-
sango nagamba nti Omuntu ono, 'muma-
nyi ne'mugoba mu kyalokye. Omulenzi
yakuba omusota negugenda negubula.
Omubadzi anaja naleta ebibye nakola
ekiguli. Neng'enda neng'amba nti Jangu,
omale omulimugwo nokolaekisenge nosala
ebituli ; nagamba nti Kanjije ne'mala
omulimugwo nagumala. Netugamba nti
Otubuiire buli kigambo nebatubulira buli
kigambo netutegera netugamba nti Kale
mukole bwemuti mulete ebibya bisatu,
mubisule mu kinya muli. Bava mu kyalo
ekyo nekizika nekifuka ensiko. Ebyu-
ma byabera bubi nebigwa nebimukuba
ekigere nalwala ekigere omwezi omu-
lamba. Emiti negikula negileta ekisiki-
rize kingi ; netugitulamu netugitenda.
Negative Tenses, not Relative, p. 80.
Tebakola bibya. Ekyuma tekyagwa.
Omusota tegugenze. Abasubuzi teba-
2^0
ELEMENTS OF LUCANDA
genda kuja. Taje. Sija kugenda. Aba-
lenzibe tebatuiula kikusu. Tebadze.
Tetugenda kukuvako (tetunakuvangako)
Bagamba nti Temugenda. Leta ebikwaso
bireme okubula. Tonaza kitundu kino
kyoka, naye onaze ebitundu byona. Ta-
legede. Tetwabasaba. Tetwasanyuka
nyo okubalaba ? Abakazi tebamanya ku-
vuga. Omusigere teyamanya mubaka wa
mwamiwe. Omusolo tegutuse. Simanyi
kukola ekitanda. Kwata ekitabo kyange
kireme okugwa. Tebasembere (tebalise-
inbera) kunipi. Omulyango tegufunze ;
omukonogwe mumpi, tegutuka. Tetusale
kituli wano? Ekyuma takikube ? Mu-
gyako omu'go gull, aleme okukuba om wa-
il a. Iniuka tuleme okukulinyako. Sala
ebyoya byekikusu kireme okubfika. Omu-
kopi oli tamanyi kukola ekisenge. Muta-
nibule mpola, ebitogo bireme okutuzlza.
Mukweke ebitabo byona omwami aleme
okutegera nti tusoma. Baganyi okukola.
Tebalikola. Taja kutunda omukufugwe.
< fnmliro guganyi okwaka. Aganyi oku-
sula ebisaniko. Tetuja kulima o.mudo.
Ekisanikizo kiganyi okutuka. Ebibo bino
tebiniale. Ekisakate kino tekigenda ku-
lwawo. Togenda kulaba ebikere mu
mu'ga guli.
Negative Tense with Relative, p. 81.
Ekikusu ekitagwa. Omwami ataja.
Oniubadzi ataleta omuti. Omuntu ataleta
ekikusu. Omutunzi atatunga lmlungi.
Omusolo gwataleta. Ebiwero byatakuba.
Ebisasiro byatasula. Ebikuta byatasomba.
Omuti gwebatatema. Ebibya byesinaba
kugula. Omunyo gwenalcka, bagulese ?
Ekikusu kyesasala ebyoya kibuse. Omu-
punga gwotofumbye enkya, tunagulya
musana. Omuwala wafe gwetutalabye
enkya akomyewo. Ekyalo kycliatalima
kizise. Abawala bebatagamba badze
okusoma. Bagamba okukola omulimu
gwebatanakola. Balese ebyoya byebagana
okugula. Alese ekitabo kyetwagana oku-
gula. Fe abatamumanya. Omugenyi
gwctutamanya. Abale'nzi abatamusima.
Abakesi bebatalaba. Omuzibe atamanya
abawala bafe. 01e>e ekyuma ekitatuka.
Ekitabo kiri kyesimanyi kusoma. Omu-
punga gwesatereka guvunze. Empera
gyotoleta. Emiga emiwamvu gyetutainza
kusomoka.
Narrative Tense with Negative,
p. 82.
Natalya. Notogenda. Natafumba.
Nemutatema muti guli. Notoleta ebiwero
byafc. Nataleta ekyanzikye. Natakwata
kikusu kiri. Nesimulaba, Omuleregwe
negulalabika. Kawali natamukwata.
Bwinowe natalabika. Ekisakate nekita-
gwa. Nehataleta muti nogumu. Netu-
tasanga mukwanogwo. Anridzi agomu
muga negutagenda. Nebatayogera kiga-
mbo nekimu. Nototegera. Abakazi 11a-
batafumba gonja. Ebitogo nebitatuziza.
Netutagwa mu kinya muli. Omukyufu
negutabula. Abakopi nebatalanga ebyai
biri. Natanyiga. Ebituli nebitasalibwa.
Netutalaba kituli nekimu. Omusana ne-
gugana kuita. Notolalm muntu nomu.
Kaumpuli natatuka eri. Emikira ne-
gitalabika. Omunyo negutanyagibwa.
Omuwendo negutatuka. Emisota negita-
bula. Ekisenge nekitatukaengulu. Ebi-
tabo nebitatundibwa. Ekikusu nekita-
tambula. Netutatuka ku kizinga kiri.
Ebiwundu neljitatuluma. Ebire nebita-
tonya. Natalya kikajo kya mune (muli-
ranwawe).
■■Still' ani> 'Not Yet' Tense, p. 83.
Si'nalaba kigerekye. Tukyalya. Tu-
kyakola kitulikye. Ebikere bikyakaba.
Takyalwala. Abalenzi teba'naba kuleta
ebitogo. Omuwala ta'naba kutwala eki-
bya. Ekisakate kigude ? Teki'naba.
Balese ekikusu? Teba'naba. Olabye
ekitabo kyange ? Si'nakiraba, nkyanonya.
Omuzigo tegu'naba kusaniika. Abakopi
tebakyanyikiranga. Abalenzi bali babiri
teba'naba kutubera. Si'naiga mubala
ogwo (guli). Omukagukyali mu kisenge.
Emirambo gikyali mu muga. Tegi'naba
kuzikibwa. Omulyango tegukyafunda.
Omusuja tegukyamukwata. Ekyuma
tekikyaokya. Emiga gikyali miwamvu.
Emisota giri ebiri tegi'nagenda. Ebitabo
bikyagula omuwendo munene? Aa, bi-
gula niutono. Ekiwundu kino kikyali
kigazi (kinene). Abawala bafe tebakya-
somanga. Omulenzi wange ta'naba kuleta
ekitabo. Ebyalo bino bikyali birungi.
Tebi'nn/.ika. Abakazi abewamwe teba'na-
ba kulima omu'do guli. Amaze kutunda?
Ta'naba. To'naba kukunkumula. Emi-
keka to'naba kugikunkumula. Ebiwero
bikyah bibisi. Tebi'nakala. Ofumbyeki?
Si'naba kufumba. Abawala teba'nagolo-
koka. Ekibya kikyali kiramu. Te-
ki'naba kumenyeka. Teba'naba kukuma
omuliro. Takyatya kikusu. Abasomi
tebakyaja. Si'naba kuvamu. Omwami
ta'naba kutuwa ekirabo. Tukyalindirira
ewuwe. Obutalima. Obutategera. Obu-
tatambula. Obulavuga. Obutasaba.
Obutagula. Obutalimba. Obutamanya.
Obutakola. Obutasasira. Ulmtayogera.
KEY TO EXERCISES
2U
li— ma Class, Subject, p. 85.
Efumu ligude. Efumu erigude. Eri-
gwa erimufumise ekigere. Amayiba gaka-
ba mu muti. Amayiba agakaba mu muti.
Amasasi gaita wano. Amasasi agaise.
Amayengo gakuba eryato. Evivi linuma.
Evivi eryanuma. Amafutagagenze. Ama-
langaagalabikaku'tale. Esanyu litukute.
Amafumu agamasamasa. E'tosi erituku-
bye. Amatabi gagwa mu'kubo negakala,
Eryato linatutwala enkya. Amato aga-
genda okututwala enkya. Esubi lidze.
Amata gaja kukwata. Erisolye ligenda
okulwala. Amagi gamenyese. E'dalu
eryamukwata. Eryato libuze. ; Amasabo
agagwa. Amakaja agamuluma. Amadzi
agakulukuta wano. Ebwa erikuluma.
li — ma Class, Demonstrative, p. 86.
Amagi gano. Egigi liri. E'diba lino.
Amagero gali. E'dobo lino. E'banga
lino. Amayembe gali. Eryato lino.
Amanyo ago. Amakubo gano. Amanya
gano. E'jiba liri. E'tabi eryo. Ebwa-
lino. E'sonko eryo. Amatabi ago agagude.
E'sanga lino. Erinyo liri livudemu.
Amaso gali. Amato gano gakute. E'tu-
ntu lyafanana ekiro. Gyawo amagwa
gali agaziba e'kubo. Amanya gagano.
Erinyo lirino. Ebanja liri liwede. Ama-
banga ago agalabika. Amasiga gano.
E'bwa lye'nyiga. E'vu eryo. Amasanga
gagano. Ekubo lino likyama nyo. Ama-
yembe gano gatukula. E'kubo lino lise-
rera. E'tabi lino liiiroka. Amayiba gano
gakaba mu tuntu. Amanya gano. E'taka
lirino. Nalaba e'kovu eryo. Amafumu
gagano. Amasabo gano gagude. Ama-
gumba gali gasasanyizibwa. Leta amadala
gali. Samba e'taka eryo. Amadzi ga-
gano.
li— ma Class, Adjective (Plur.) and
Numeral, p. 87.
Amagi malungi. Amato mabi. Amaso
manene. Amanyo matono. Amasonko
makalubo. Amanya mampi. Amagumba
magomvu. Amanyo gano amalungi.
Amafumu gali amawamvu. Amata gano
amakalu. Amanya gano amagya. Amadzi
gano amabisi. E'dobozi limu. Amakovu
asatu. Amakovu gali asatu. Amagi
atano. Amagi gano atano. Amabanga
asatu. Amabanga 'kumi. Amabanga
'kumi nasatu. Amabanga ago e'kumi
nasatu. Amagi gali amalungi, gali 'kumi
nasatu. Amakubo ameka ? ana. Ama-
yinja amakumi abiri amalungi. Amato
abiri mu ana amalungi. Amalobozi gano
amanene. Amagumba atano. Amasonko
makalubo. Amagumba atano amakalubo.
Amanya gali atano amazibu. Amalanga
'kumi nomunana. Amasasi gano e'kumi
nomunana mabi. Amanya mazibu gali
ameka ? Amayinja gano abiri manene
nyo. Ago ana matono nyo. Leta ama-
yinja atano maneneko. Amagwa ago
gamfumise. Amayembe gali abiri mawa-
mvu. Amayengo asatu manene gaja ne-
gamenya amato gafe amalungi. E'tabi
lino liriko amagwa mangi. Alina amaba-
nja ameka ? Alina amabanja abiri manene.
Amagi ana mabi. Atano malungi. Ama-
to gano abiri magya. Amatoke gano
amato.
li— ma Class, Object, p. 87.
E'banja tulisasude. E'diba liri naligula.
Amabanga tugajuzidza e'taka. E'dobo
nalivaba jo. Amata ngalese. E'kubo
tuliririma. Amasanga teba'nagaleta. A-
mayinjageyakasuka (-sula). E'subi tunali-
j gula. E'taka lyebasombye. Amagoba
I getwagobamu. Amaziga geyakaba. E'sa-
nga lyenalaba. Amasiga gendese. Ama-
sasi genafumba. Erigwa lyenagya mu
kigerc kyange. E'jiba lyenakwata. E'vu
lyosude. Amasabo gebazimbye. Amanya
galese omusomesa ono. Amadala abako-
pi gebaleta jo, banagasiba enkya. Amagi
genguze ogafumbe enkya. Amafuta, 'maze
okugafuka mu tabaza. Amagigi omwami
gatimbye, twagagula. Amato, gebasiba
Abasese, gadze. Nagalaba. E'gi liri
lyenguze 'bi. Erinya lyebakutuma lyali
'dungi. Amalobo gewagula twagatereka
mu gwanika. Egigi lyatimbye naligya
mu gwanika.
li— ma Class, Possessives, p. 88.
Edobozirye. Amavivi gabwe. Amazi-
gago. Amasasi gange. Amatogo. Esa-
nyu lyange. Erisolyo. Amagigi gabwe.
Amafumu gomuvubuka. Amanyo gange.
Amasiga gafe. E'sanga lyange. E'dalu-
lye. Erinyolyo. Egwanikalye. E'dobozi
lyabwe. Amafumugo. Egwanga Iyabwe.
E'dala lyafe. Esanyu lyomuntu oli.
Esubi lyomulenzi wange. Amasabo ga-
bakopi. Abakazi namabwa gabwe. Ama-
banja gafe. Amanya gamwe. Amafumu
gabwe. Ejinjalye. Egigi lyomwami
ligude ku 'bali lyekitanda. Ku 'bali
lye'kubo. Ku 'bah lye'sabo. Omutiguli
namatabi gagwo. Eryato namabanga
galyo. E'kovu ne'sonko lyalyo. Omuliro
ne'vu lyagwo. Ekisenge namagigi gakyo.
Omuliro ne'bugumu lyagwo. Omusota
namanyo gagwo. Ekikusu neriso lyakyo.
Omuti namasanda gagwo. E'banjalye
'dene, eryange 'tono. E'sanga line lyani ?
252
ELEMENTS OF LUG AN DA
Lyange. E'dagala eryo lyani? Liryo? Eri-
nya lyani ? Lya mukazi oli. E'dobozi lyani ?
Lirye. Eryatolye. Amatoge mawamvu,
agafe mampi. Amatoke gamwe si makulu.
Agage malungi. E'fumu ndirese, era
nomuti gwalyo. Amanya gabwe amagya.
Amatoge abiri amagya. Amatogo asatu
gali magya. E'sabo lyabwe liri. Anu-
fumu gano amawamvu. Amagigigo gali
inagazi nyo, agange mafunda. E'sabo
nomuzimbi gwalyo. E'diba lino lyani ?
Eryange.
li— ma Class Negatives, p. 89.
Esubi lino terimala. Amafumn teba-
gntunda. E'banjalye ta'naba kulisasula.
Eryato lino terigenda niangu. Ekubo
lino terituke ? Aniagwa tegagenda kuziba
ekubo. Amagumba tegasanuka. Ama-
yiba tegakaba ekiro. Erinyo terija kugula
omuwendo munene. Amadzi tega'nakala.
Efumu liri teritema niiti. Ejinja lyesa-
menya. E'dagala lyebata'naba kumala.
E'taka eritagwa. Amaziga gatakaba.
Amata gotolese galirudawa ? Natwala ku
mafuta gatatunda. Baguze amafumn mu-
samvu. Balese amafumu uiusamvu, naye
tcba'naba kugatundako. Balese e'sanga
limu, naye sija kuligula. Nateka ejinja
wano ; terigwe. Artiagi negatamenyeka.
Amagwa negatatufumita ebigere. Amadzi
negatakulukuta. Efumu natalikasuka.
E'sabn neritagya muliro. E'taka eryo
terimale. Amalanga tegakyalabika wano.
Erigwa eryatamfumita omukono. E'kovu
teryagenda ku kitabo kyange ; lyagenda
ku kitabokye. Amagigi agatatimbibwa.
Amalanga agatalabika ku 'tale E'vu
erita'naba. kuyolebwa.
li— ma Class, Miscellaneous, p. 90.
Leta amagumba gona. Amagumba
gatya? Amagumba gekikusu kyetwazika,
Kyusa amabegago bwegati. Nonya e'je-
nil.e erifanana lino. Banjul u ma erinya
bweiityo. Balaba e'labi bwerityo. Ba-
lese amatoke goka. Basangayo amagw
goka. Mu 'kubo temulinui kintu wabula
e'tosi lyoka. Teyalaba eryato nerinnT.
Eryato litya? Eryato lye nyini lyetwa-
saba. Amato gali ameka? gafanana gatya ?
Liri erisinga olmnene lyenkana wa ? F.ri-
singa obunene lirimu amabanga 'kumi
nabiri. Bagamba okuleta amato abiri
amanene agalimu amabanga 'kumi natano.
K'clala lino terituke. Nonya e'dala erisi-
nga obuwamvu. Erinya lyange lisinga
eriryo. Amanyo gabwe gafanana gatya?
bwegati ? Bagasongola nyo ; agafe tetu-
gasongola nyo. E'toke lyafe lino lisinga
nyo ei yamwe, Lyenkana namatoke gamwe
abiri awamu. Egwanga lyafe lisinga
eriryo okubamu abantu abangi ? Bawera
bat) a? Amakovu gano gasinga obunene
^ali getwalaba jo. Genkana wa? bwe-
gati ? Tunalwana tutya namato agenka-
nidawo ? tunakola tutya amabwa agenka-
nidawo. Ku magwa gano erisinga obu-
wamvu liruwa ? Eryo lyentade ku meza
lye lisinga obuwamvu. Ksanyulye lisinga
eryange. Lisinga litya ? Ansinze oku-
visamu amagoba manene. C)kuzimba
evivilye lye lisinga eriryo. Amayembe
gano genkana obuwamvu. Amakovu ago
genkana. Aniayengo gali gasinga gona
gendabye. Akusinzc (gwe) okusomba
e'taka. Okumenya amalanga nkusinze
(gwe). Amakubo gona genkana, gona
gabamu etosi. E'tuntu ne'tumbi si kiga-
mbo kimu. Amafumuge gona manafu.
Njagala nange amagumu abiri. Ku magi
gali asatii goka malungi. Njagala e'subi
lyoka. Njagala e'subi limu na liri lye
mwaleta jo. Kale, katulete. Ku magigi
gona sirabye malala agasinga obugazi.
Conjunctions, nga, p. 92.
E'da bagulanga amatoke bulijo. Ba-
gula amatoke bulijo. Tunabaianga ama-
goba (buli lunaku obutayosawo). Eryato
terikyabula. E'vu banaliyolanga buli
nkya. Wano webatabula e'dagala. Ta-
kyanyikiranga. Omwami takyatambula-
ngako olwegulo. Amagumba tegasanu-
kanga. Tagwangamu e'subi (omwoyo).
E'dobozirye terimubulanga. Erisolye te-
rikyalabanga. Tebasongolanga amanyo.
Amayengo gasitula eryato emirundi
emingi. Omuntu eyatunganga amagigi.
Abawala abatakyatuberanga kufumba
amatoke. Abawala lano balimanga e'da
buli nkya era ne buli Iwa gnlo. Erisolye
linvade nave terimulumanga. Omukazi
ono anatuberanga bulijo. Tebakyatami-
ranga. Tosasiranga bantu ? Abantu aba -
mu tebaja kutegera. Abasomi bano ba-
nalabikanga buli nkya. Ebiwero teba-
kyabiyozanga. Ebitabo tebigabibwanga-
Tetuja kuviunaouuikadeoli. Tetulyanga
l.ikere. Omukufu tegwaja, Buli nkya
Mira olumonde nomufumba. Abalenzi
abatunganga e'da bagenze. Amadzi ago-
mu muga guli tegakalanga.
Participles, p. 93.
Namusanga (nga) aimba. Ndabye
omusota nga gulya. Mpulide nti omuga
tegulimu amadzi mangi. Nategera nti
abambeja tebakolanga mulimu. ( >banga
a'dayo, ombulire. Ekikajo, obanga kirose,
KEY TO EXERCISES
253
kirungi. Nganyikira, alimala jo. Nsanze
ekitabo kyange nga kigude. Ekitabo nga
kirungi. Ekikusu kyatuwade nga kirungi.
Ngotambula omusana gwona, olituka
olwegulo. Togera kisenge, nze ngasi'naba
kutuka. Obanga tomubulira, anakusasira
atya ? oyagala okwebaka nga to'naba ku-
kola enju. Oyagala okuzinga engoye
ngoto'naba kuziyoza. Genda olabe nga
bamaze okulanga ebyai. Tobega mere
nga tetu'naba kutula. Omulere gwolese,
nga mulungi. Munange, ngohvade.
Ngosiga kasoli kakano, olimulya emiezi
nga giise satu. Twatuka netusanga ekisa-
kate nga kigude. Omuzigo nga gusanuse
gulete eno. Tofumba mupunga nga to'na-
ba kugunaza. Toteka ebintu ebirala mu
gwanika nga to'naba kuliyeramu. Sija
kugula ekitabo ngasi'nabakukiraba. Nga
tulinda wano, tunalaba kabaka nabasibe
babiri nga baita. Omusota guli nga gu-
luma. Obanga okwekaekitabokyo wano,
tewabewo muntu (yena) anakiraba, songa
anyikira nyo okukinonya. Nga musirise,
nabaigiriza. Ebikere nga bibiika. Ngo-
tambula awo, amagwa ganakufumita ebi-
gere. , Olabye abavubuka nga bakasuka
amafumu gabwe ? Yee, tulabye omulenzi
wa Kabaka ngakasuka erirye. Bajuzidza
omudumu amata nga teba'naba kugulo-
mgosa. Teba'namanya, amala bwegayo-
neneka bwegatyo?
How, just as, p. 94.
Wandika nga bwempandise. Abakopi
obagambe okusala ekituli nga bwenkisaze.
Tomanyi kukisala. Ebanjalye tomanyi
bweriri. Amato gabwe, tomanyi bwegali
malungi. Ekitabo kyange tomanyi bwe-
kikutuse. Amagwa ago tomanyi bwega-
fumita. Ekikusu kiri kitambula nga
omulenzi wange bwatambula. Akaba
nga ekikere (bwekikaba). Omwami oli
ayambala nga kabaka (bwayambala).
Omuwalawe ayagala okwambala nga
omumbeja bwayambala. Kino kiki ? ki-
fanana nga omunya, Kifanana nga omu-
nyo, naye tekiwoma. Ekirabo kino kifa-
nana (kiring'anga — kye kimu na) kiri
kyenamuwa. Ebitabo biri byombi bifa-
nana. Kuba engoma, nga taze bwenkuba.
Baja omuti okufanana guno. Bazimba
nga fe bwetwazimba. Batukole nga bwe-
bagala. Ejinja liri, lisitula nga omuntu
owamanyi (bwalisitula). Lima nga omu-
kazi (bwalima). Tambula nga kabaka
(bwatambula). Abawala bafe bakola nga
bali abewamwe bwebakola. Kyabuka nga
e'jiba bweribuka. Kiri ng'anga 'jinja.
Bakomola ebirevu byabwe nga Abamisiri
bwebabikomola. Amata gano nga ma-
lungi.
When, until, etc., p. 95.
Bwetulisekula omupunga ate, tulisoka
okufukamu amadzi. Omuzigo bwegusa-
nuka, gufuke mu kibya kiri. Lwebasula
ebisaniko mu kinya kiri, ombulire. Tula-
wo, omale (okutusa lwonomala) okubala
amagi. Gamba abasaja bali babiri okutu-
kulembera, tutuke (batutuse) ku mbuga.
Buli lwotambula ekiro, twala omugo.
Buli lwosoma, yatula ebigambo byona
bulungi. Linda, mbale ('male okubala)
amagi. Is awe ogule amagi, nange nagula
amatoke. Nange nazimba ; gwe nonya
e'subi eryokusereka (erinasereka). Bwe-
tunamala okusala ekituli, omusana mungi
gunaingira. Buli lwebabega emere, otuite.
Buli Iwebalina amata, otuwerezeko. Na-
tula wano, omale (okutusa lwonomala), ku-
lya ekikajo ekyo. Bwenkyama mu 'kubo,
ombulira (ontegeza). Abakede buli lwe-
balwana, balwanyisa amafumu. Abasu-
buzi buli lwebaita wano, baleta ebikusu.
'Nindirira, 'male okulima kwange (obulimi
bwange — oku'nyuka). Yola ebisaniko (ebi-
sasiro) bino byona nobisula ; nange nasaba
akambe. Bwenamala okuleta akambe,
tunasala ekituli (edirisa) kino. Amata
bwegagya, fumba amagi asatu. Buli lwo-
fumba ebijanjalo, tosako kisanikizo. Ndi-
rinda mu kibuga okutusa lwolimala oku-
kung'anya omusolo.
Place, p. 97.
Wano wensekula omupunga. Yang'a-
mba nti Genda gyebali nagenda gyebali.
Amadzi wegali (mwegali ?) Bali balamu ?
Buli awalabika ejinja (buli werirabika).
Genda wali, ebisasiro webiri bingi. Biyo-
la nobisula mu kinya muno. Buli wetu-
tambula, tusanga abasomi. Buli wentu-
nula ndaba enzige. Jangu wano gyendi.
Genda womwami, omubuze nti Ogenda
kuzimba wa. Omulenzi na'da nagamba
nti Omwami agenda kuzimba wali awatu-
kula. To'jukira wetwalengera jo netu-
gamba nti Wali we walungi wa kuzimba.
Waliwo ekibira kumpi. Awali ejinja liri
e'dene we wasinga okunonya amayinja
agokuzimba. Mu 'diro muli omubegebwa
(awabegebwa) emere, onolaba omugo
gwange ; gulete tugende tutambule. Wano
wetusima we wewazika ekikusu mu mwaka,
guli oguise. Abakazi obagambe okulima
wenabalagira jo okulima. Sikiriza gwe
okuzimba. Tolinya awasigibwa ensigo.
Buli awazibibwa e'kubo, tema ebisagazi.
Waliwo omugaga ngabera wali (ngasula
muli). Tewalabika 'banga lya kusula.
254
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
Tewagwa kintu nekimu. Tewatemebwa
omuti nogumu. Wali wolaba emiti giri
emiwamvu.
N Class, Subject, p. 99.
Endagano ejulukuse. Endeku emenye-
se. Enkuyege zalya omuti guli. Embwa
zagala oku'duka. Engo eride endiga.
Enjovu eyalinya ku 'subi. Enyumba eza-
gwa. Ensiri ezatuluma. Ensiko etatuz-
Iza. Enjala etuluma. Enkuyege ziride
ekiwero kyange kino. Engo eyaja ekiro
tekomyewo. Enkonge emukubye ekigere.
Empagi enegwa. Ensiri zituse. Endiga
zikyamye. Nkubye ensiri (ebade) enumye.
Engoma evuga bulungi. Enyonta emu-
lunia. Embadzi entemye ekigere. E-
nkovu zigenze. Ensuwa tegyemu. Emese
ziride ekitabo kyange. Enkuba etukubye.
Enkusu eyabuka. Endabirwamu eyagwa.
Leta entebe ebade emenyese. Endere
zituse ? Ensawo enegyamu ebintu biri
byona ? Endogoi enetutwala. Ente ezi-
siba ku 'tale. Ensege ezirya emirambo.
Enzige ezirya lumonde wafe.
N Class, Demonstrative and
Numeral, p. 100.
Ente eno. Endiga eri. Embwa zino.
Embuzi ezo. Enso eyo. Embaga eno.
Ensuwa eri. Enjuki ziri. Enkasi zino.
Emere eno. Enkofu ezo. Enyondo eyo.
Emese ziri. Enkuyege zino ziride ekitabo
kyange. Embogo biri. Embadzi emu.
Ndeseenkumbi satu. Ensonga eri temala.
Njagala ensinjo nya. Mugamba nti En-
songa ziri (weziri) tano. Ensimbi bina
mwatano mu satu. Ensimbi bitano mwa-
na mu mukaga. Ensimbi lukumi mu
lusamvu mwatano mu biri. Endabirwamu
yange yamala kugwa nemenyeka. Yagula
ensamu bin nampako emu. Alina ente
kumi nesatu, era ne nyana tano. Nakuwa
ku nsiko eno. Abawade endiga satu ne-
mbuzi emu. Emfufu eno etuluma amaso.
Asabye empiso satu. Kale muwa (muwa-
ko) emu. Ku kikajokye yasalako enyingo
satu. Batemye empagi biri. Nagula
enkumbi ziri zombi. Akubye enkofu zino
nya. Bavuza enkasi zino musamvu. E-
mbadzieno tetema. Enswa zizino, zibuse.
Entamu ziziri biri. Ensega ziziri. Entamu
ye ino. Ensoga ye ino. Enkasi zizino.
Engo ye eri.
N Class, Possessives, p. 101.
Enkofiraye, Enkoko zabwe. Enkasi
zamwe. Ensamu yange. Enyumba yange.
Empisa zabwe. Ensuwayo. Engaboye.
Emindiye. Endigayo. Enkumbi yomu-
kazi. Empiso yomugenyi. Enyumba yo-
mulwade. Ensawo yomusawo. Enjai
yomukopi. Ensuwa yomulenzi. Anyuwa
enjai ; so talya ku mere (era alese emere
okugiryako). Enkata zabakozi. Ente ya-
mulangira. Ente za musaja oli. Leta
emindi yange. Goba enzige. mu kyalo.
Zimba enyumba wano. Teka empisoze
ziri mu kibya (ekyo) ekitono. Siga ensigo
zafe zino mu nimiro. Embalasi ne nyi-
niyo. Ensega nomutwe gwayo. Engo
nebigere byayo. Empologoma nemikira
gyazo. Ente namayembe gazo. Endiga
nebyoya byazo. Engoma yange esinga
eyiyo : naye eyomwami esinga ezo zombi.
Empisa zafe zisinga ezizo (ezamwe). Em-
badziye esinga eyiyo. Enso yafe eno
esinga eri ya mumbeja. Jangu, omalewo
empaka zafe. Empiso zabwe zisinga ezafe.
Atute emere yange. Ndese entebeye.
Batute (bamugyeko) ensuwaye nebamuwa
eyafe (eyange), Ndabye enjovu satu ;
amasanga gazo nga malungi. Muwaempe-
laye. Twala embalasi yange emuga buli
lwa gulo (noginyuwesa). Muwa emperaye,
ye mpeta yange eri.
N Class, Object and Relative
Object, p. 102.
Empagi tunazitema enkya. Emere agi-
ride. Embwa bazigoba. Ente Abaima
bazirunda bulijo. Empeta tulinayo ; naye
tetuja kugitunda. Ensawo eyo nagitunga.
Enjovu twazigoberera jo cmusana gwona.
Enyumba gyeyazimba. Engabo zebaleta.
Ensega zetwagoba. Ensolo gyeyakuba
emundu. Enkumu zokumye. Empolo-
goma gyetwawulide ekiro. Empiso zengu-
ze. Emindi gyomenye (gyoyasidza). Ensa-
nafu nzirabye. Ensanafu ezaingira (ezaingi-
de) ekiro naziokya (naziokyedza) omuliro.
Entebe gyenaleta. Ensiko abakazi gyebali-
mye. Embagagyetulide. Embalasi Katikiro
gyeyagula. Enjovu gyebakuba (gyebaku-
bye) jo yafa (yafude) ekiro ; bagikuba ebi-
wundu bisatu. Ensuwa zetujuzidza. Engo
tugifumise. Enkoko ziri biri zeyaleka.
Enaku zebalaba. Endabirwamu eri, ngi-
guze ensimbi kumi netano. Embadzi ene-
gula enkoko esatu. Emere gyotolide
(gyolese) enkya, embwa zigiride.
N Class, Miscellaneous, p. 103.
Ingiza (gobera) embuzi zona mu nju eno.
Endogoi tunagisiba yoka. Leta entebe
emu yoka. Ensalo eita wa? Eita bweti.
Entamu ziri zafanana zitya ? Zafanana
bweziti. Enyindo etya? Enyindo ye
nyini. Empologoma esoka okuwuluguma
bweti nerioka egira bweti. Basiba enkata
mukaga nga eno (bwebati). Entebe yange
eno efanananga (ering'anga) eyiyo. Enso-
KEY TO EXERCISES
255
lo yafanana etya? Ensonga zolese
ziri zitya ? Ensonga zendese zinyonyola
bweziti. Kale, kanziwulire zona. Engo-
nia eyenkana wa ? eyenkana bweti.
Enkuba etonye nyo wano (einze wano
okutonya). Engabo eno esinga eri gye-
wagula jo (obulungi bwayo). Engabo
zona zifanana bwezityo. Enjovu zona zi-
'duse. Enkumbi nemiini gyazo, mbirese
byona. Kale, tusoke (tutandike) okulima
wano. Bull nyumba eberamu (esulamu)
enkukunyi. Elite zafe zona zivamu amata
enaku zino. Aterese enkasi zona mu nyu-
mba. Empiso zona nzifumise mu nsawo
yange. Bamaze okulya emere yona (erne-
re yona bagimaze — bamaze okugirya).
Banyuwa enjai yoka. Nina enkumbi yoka.
Sirina muini. Katusome endagano yoka.
Tuleme okusoma (tetusome) ebigambo
ebirala (ebitali bya mu ndagano).
N Class, Negative, p. 103.
Empeta eno tetuka. Embadzi eno teba-
gitunda? endogoi yange tetambula mangu.
Engo te'netwala mbuzi. Enswa tezinaba
kubiika. Embuzi eno te'naba kuzala.
Enzige tezatuka ewafe. Enkumbi omu-
kazi gyatagula jo, nagigula kakano.
Empeta elatuka (etagya) ku ngaloye ene-
tuka ku yange. Enjuba te'naba kwaka.
Ensiri tezitulumanga ekiro. Empewo te-
kyaita mu nyumba yange. Ntimbye e'gigi
empewo neteriitamu. Empagi zinu zikya-
mye ; tebazisimbye bulungi. Enkoko
zange tezikyabika ma'gi. Endabirwamu
tezigulanga muwendo munene. Sula en-
sigo ziri ezigana okumeruka. Enzige tezija
kugenda, empewo nga te'naba kubawo.
Enyumba eno erirwawo emiaka mingi
okugwa (obutagwa). Enkasi eyakubula
eri awo mu nsonda. Engabo yange teri-
wo. Nagiteka wali wetukola (wetwali
tukola). Katusome emere nemala kugya.
Emere gyebaleka kufumba (eyali mbisi)
enkya, baja kugifumba ate. Omenye
(Oyasidza) ensuwa biri. Ensuwa eruwa
gyoto'naba kumenya (kwasamu)? Km-
pungu ye eri ; tetuziraba bulijo (tezirabika
nyo).
ku Class, p. 104.
Enkusu emulumye okutu. Okugulu ku-
numa. Okutu okuta'naba kulwala. Oku-
gulu omusawo kwayagala okutema. Oku-
tukwe kwona kulwade. Kwe kugulu
kwoka okumuluma. Okunyaga si kirungi.
Okusasirakwe tekugwawo (Tagwamu oku-
sasira). Okutegera kwona. Sogede ku
bigambo bingi. Njogede ku ekyo ekyo-
kutamira kyoka. Okutamira si kirungi.
Tutunze bulungi ? Okumanya kuno kwona
kulungi (Byona bye/«manyi birungi). Oku-
kirizakwe kunene. Okuwereza kwabwe
kwa kitibwa (Omulimu gwabwe ogwoku-
wereza gwa kitibwa).
ka, or Diminutive Class, p. 105.
Obubi, obubonero, obudiba, etc.
Awonye buli kabi. Katulinde akasera.
Leta akagubi kakute. Akalulu akairtu-
gwako. Leta obuti busatu. Obuti buno
bumpi ; leta obulala obuwamvu. Teka
emva eno mu katiba kali. Alina akaje-
gere akalungi nyina keyamuwa. Wasigade
akadiba kamu ka madzi. Akamwake kona
kajula ekikajo. Bakuba akatale bulijo.
Akatale katya ? Akatale akanene weba-
tunda abantu aboku bizinga era nabe Bu-
ganda. Akana kenkoko. Londa obuku-
nkumuka bwona nobuwa enkoko. Evivilye
lirwade akazimu. Akawuka akabuse wa-
no. Akambe kange kagude mu 'kubo ;
okalabye ? osanze omuntu akalonze ?
bu, or Abstract Class, p. 106.
Obusera buno. Obuganga buli. Obu-
lagobwe. Amaze kuleta obukobwe. Obu-
gaga obwo bwona tebukumala ? Obude
butuse okutambula (okutambulatambula-
ko). Tunasoma obude di? {impatient
form : better), tunasoma di) Tunasoma
obude obwekiro. Tulide obusera obwo
bwona bwewafumbye enkya. Bamugyako
(Bamugoba mu-) obutakabwe. Obutaka
obwo bwali bunene. Obulo bwetwasiga
bumeruse. Obusagwa bwe bwamu'ta.
Teyafa obutwa (obutwa tebwamu'ta).
Obulago bunzimbye. Obulimbo bwa-
kwata (bukute) obutai bubiri. Obuwuka
buli bwali bungi nyo. Fuwa obuntu
obwo. Obukuku bwebwayononyedza eki-
tabo kyange. Obuko bwali bunene nyo,
naye amaze okubuleta.
bu Class, Further Uses, p. 107.
Omuti buti .- amafuta bufuta (omuzigo
buzigo). Ekisanikizo busanikizo. Ekisa-
kate busakate. Ekibo bubo. P^bigamba
bugambo. F.kibanja bubanja. Alaba bula-
bi. Abaze bubazi. Baguze buguzi. Tubula
bubuzi. Tunatambula butambuzi. Songola
busongozi. Ebintu bino byombi bitabula
butabuzi. Kinokiki! Omunyobunyo. A-
kisaze busazi. E'gigi lino likomola buko-
mozi. Lima bulimi wano. Ayagala oku-
gula embuzi ? Aa, asabye busabi. Ali-
mbye bulimbi. Ekibya kyange kyatise
bwatisi. Ekyai bwai. Omuliro buliro.
Omuka buka. Omudo budo. Omukopi
bukopi. Omuwalabuwala. Tutunulira bu-
tunulizi. Leta omuzigo guli, osiga busizi
engato zange. Ekisaniko kiganyi (okuva-
256
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
ko). Kale, si'ka busi'si. Batanude buta-
nuzi. Teba'naha kukola omulimu. Mu-
sirike busirisi nendioka nibagamba. Ekyai
kiganyi kuita mu kisenge ; kale (si- ki-
gambo), kwata omugo nofumita bufumisi.
Omunya gwagwa mu madzi nafa bufi.
Yekwese bukwesi. Omupunga guguno ;
gufumbako bufumbi. Omu'bi atu'bye
bu'bi. Ankubye bukubi.
In Class, p. 109.
Enaku zino. Olutindo luli. Olutindo
lwebakola. Emuli zebalese. Embugo esa-
tu zenagula. Nguze olupapula (omuko
gumu). Amabanga atano agomu lyato
lino. Leta (Ondage) olulimilwo. Tula
wano ; tuja kulinya ku kasozi kali. Olu-
sozi nga luwamvu. Osomye enyiriri meka?
Nya. Kale lekerawo. Enyiriri ezo zitu-
tegeza ki ? Leta olutiba luli, olusemu
emva zino. Esanduku, ekisumuluzo kyayo
kibuze. Oluhugo luno lukutuse. Leta
olulala oluta'naba kukutuka (olutali luku-
tufu). Tema enkoma ziri satu : enkya
ozisitule, ozirete ku kibanja. Olukoma
olwo lumpi ; nonya olusinga obuwamvu.
Ensozi zino zona zetulaba za Sekibobo.
Olunaku lumu lwoka. Olubugo lumu
lwoka. Aguze empapula satu (emiko
esatu). Enaku ziise nya, naye ta'naja.
The Letter N, p. 109.
(i) Engazi, engenyi, engomvu, engumu,
enkade, enkalu, enkambwe, enkulu, ento-
no, enzibu, enzira.
(n) Nkola, ngamba, etc.
(iii) Enkasi ziri enkade. Ntemye e-
nkoma biri enkulu. Ntesedza nti kirungi
okugula enkusu eri. Si nkade so si nka-
mbwe. 'Mutide nyo okungoba. ('Mutide
nti aja kungoba) Nsanyuse nyo okukula-
bako. Entebe eri engumu. Nterese
ekitabo kyange. Leka ngolokoke, nte-
reke ekitabo kyange. Ensonga zino
nzibu, naye nzitegede. Wano wenkoma.
Akaliga kano (Endiga eno entono) ke
kensabye. Ensi eno engazi. Enyanja
eri 'nene. Nakwata enkoko eri entono ;
nawe ongnlire ekitabo. Buli lwensasira
ornuntu nsubira nti Taja kusoba (kukola
bttbi) nate.
The Letter H, second syllable not
BEGINNING N OR M, p. I IO.
(i) Embifii, emfunda. embi, ento.
Mbala, mvude, etc.
(ii) Ndabye, 'nyola, 'meze, etc.
Empiso nyimpi. Enaku nyingi. Entebe
nyimpi. Ensonga nyingi. Entebe eno
'nafu. Ensekese ziri 'nene. Embuzi yange
ndusi. 'Nyize. Ndaga (ondage). 'Nyi-
kide nyo. Ba'nyaze olubugo. Balese em-
buzi nyingi. 'Mize e'dagala lyona. Buli
Iwandopa, najanga gyoli. Ente zange
'nene, ezizo entono (si 'nene). Nkumbiye
'nene, eyange entono. Maze okulagana
naye okunipa embwa endusi. Entebe gyo-
lese (nga) nyimpi. Abantu bona ba'manyi
nze nga wakisa. Abalenzi bamvuma buli-
jo bwentambula. Embadzi eno 'nafu. Leta
endala engumu. Ensozi zino nga 'nene
(empamvu). Mfumbye omupunga gwoka.
Bwenkuita, ndetera e'.ibya ekinene (eba-
kuli enene), eranemva. Empisa zino mbi.
Enkoko gyemfumba ekyali mbisi. En-
yumba eno nifunda (efunda).
The Letter N, second syllable
BEGINNING N OR M, p. I IO.
Enamba, enamu, enume, enungi.
Numye, nung'amye, nianja, muna
(more often mbuna).
Entebe eno nungi. Abantu bano bani-
mbye. Embwa enumye. Nwanye nyo,
Ampade embuzi enume. Entamu eno
namu? Atute ensuwa enamba eyamadzi.
Embuzi enamba temala abantu abenkana-
wo. Enkasi zino 'nafu. Letako endala
enungi enamu. Wano wenimye wakalubo
nyo. Entindo ziri zona nungi era engu-
mu. Ebyai bibino byenanze. Entebe
eyo namu. Teja kumenyeka. Nguze
ensuwa biri enungi. Emuli zino si nungi ;
si nkulu. Empapula zino nene zendese.
Wano wengude waserera nyo. Ensanafu
zino zinumye nyo. Enkoko zino entono ;
ndetera ebiri enungi engevu. Oyagala
weka enyumba enamba.
The Letter H and Exploded Con-
sonants, p. in.
Nzise enkoko. Engo eya'ta embuzi
zange biri, ngi'se lero. Ente zange zona
nzirugavu ; ezize za lukunyu. Enkumbi
gimpa kakati ; nagidzayo olwegula
Asibye enzigi satu enene, era nolumu
lutono. Oludzi lumu lukaze naye wa-
kyasigade enzidzi biri ate ezirirru amadzi.
Tonziramu bwotyo. Yambftza nyo nenzi-
ramu buli kigambo bwenti. Kanziyeko
empeta ezo. Kamale okulya nenjija.
Nzi'ke wano ? Ampade ente biri enziru-
gavu ; tomanyi bweziri nungi. Yanga-
mba oku'da enkya nenzikiriza. Nebanga-
mba nti'Duka nenziruka mbironebanzi'gu-
lirawo olu'gi nebanzikiriza okubera mu nju
eyo gyenatuka (gyenatuse). Kale omu-
labe takyainza kunzi'ta. Enjala enuma ;
nensaba emere nebaleta emere ; neba-
ngamba nti Sula ebisaniko nenziyawo ebt-
Eaniko nenzisula mu lusuku. Ensonga
KEY TO EXERCISES
257
zino mbi. Tebaja kunzikiriza hwembaga-
mba bwentyo. Ka'male okuzi'damu.
The Letter L for Prefix li, p. 113.
Efumu e'bi. E'gi e'bisi. Eryato e'gazi.
E'toke e'to. Egwanga e'dene. Esanyu
lingi. Eriso e'damu. Ejinja e'gomvu.
Egumba limpi. E'sasi e'kalubo. E-
'sanda e'dungi. E'kubo erigya. Erinyo
e'kade. E'taka e'kalu. Egwanika e-
'dene. E'sabo e'tono. Ejinja e'kalu.
E'bwa e'dene. Egigi erigya. E'sasi e-
'damba. Ejiba e'kulu. Eryato e'tono.
Erinya e'zibu eryenkanawo. Erinya eri-
rripi. E'tale lino 'gazi. E'sonko liri
'dene. E'gigi lyange lino ligya. Tema
c tabi liri e'kalu. Leta eryato e'damu.
Lino 'bi.
T stems, Prefixes in u, p. 114.
Muimuke. Tuimbe. Obulumba bwe-
ryato bwatise. Mugambe okwoza engoye.
Tuyiye amadzi. Olulimirwe luyongede
okuzimba. Yandikuigirizidza, naye aya-
zise ekitabokye. Tetwambala ? Twa-
gala okwota omuliro. Kale, muyuze
bwemutyo. Olubugo lwange lwabise.
Teinuyogana. Tomanyi kwokya gonja ?
Bagambe okwanguyako okwasa enku.
Olupapula luno lvvononese ; singa telwa-
yononeka, nandikuhvazise. Omugo gwa-
nge gwatise. Buli muti gwagala (gwe-
taga) omusana. Omunyo guyise. Obu-
sera bwokya nyo. Yogera nyo, tuwulire.
Leta omukeka gwange, ogwalire wano.
Ayasidza enku nyingi. Kale kirungi ;
twagala okwongera okuzigula.
Y stems, SiRONe. Prefixes, p. 115.
(i) The garden is likely to go out of culti-
vation. This bowl is split. They would
have said. They are still singing. We
shall want. It (ki class) has got ripe.
They (gi, tree class) have opened. It
(li class) is hot. It (li class) would
have gone. They (gi, tree class) are
spoilt. They (bi — ki class) have been
quick.
(ii) Yasama akamwako. Emisota gyo-
ngede nyo. Emiti egyagala amadzi. E-
nku zetwasa. Ekyuma kyokya nyo ; eki-
tabo kyangc kyatise. Ebibo bino byombi
byonone>e. E'diba 'maze okulyala (oku-
lyaliru wansi). Eiinyo (lisuse) ; terikya-
luma. E'dobozi lyenawulira. E'gi eri-
bade lyatifu. Abantu balikwata ekubo
lino okuingira wano. E'tosi liinze wano.
Tunayogera. Egwanika lyononese. Ebi-
tabo biyise. Ejinja eryangu.
Y Stems, Weak Prefixes, p. 115.
(i) They have spoken. I do not want.
They (ga, li — ma class) are hot. I am
not warming (myself)- They have put on
(clothes, — how nicely they are dressed).
They (ga, li — ma class) are split. Wash
them (zi, clothes, engoye). It (ka class)
is spoilt.
(ii) Endiga ziri ziingiza. Enku ngya-
sidza. Abakopi bagala empera yabwe.
Enkoko ziri sizagala. Abantu bogede ki?
(bagambye ki.) Amaliba gano gombi
gononese. Abalangira bonsatule mbo-
lesedza enyumba yona. Abakede teba-
mbala. Siinza. Embuzi ziingide. Aba-
lenzi bayombye. Amadzi gokya. Ba-
gambe okwanguwa (okwanguyako).
Y Stems and N Prefixes, p. u6.
(1) Njabika, njabya, etc.
Nyambala, nyanguwa, etc.
(ii) Ndaga engoye zokubye (zoyozedza).
Engoye zizino zenjozedza. Anjalide omu-
keka? Njuze olugoye wano? (Wano
wemba njuza olugoye.) Amadzi ngayu-
we ? Onjazike ekitabo. Omukono gu-
yongede okunzimba. Onjigiriza okusoma.
Amadzi gayongede lero mu mu'ga. Nja-
gala okugula ekitabo. Nyambale ki ?
Njagala olugoye lwange olugya. Ngolo-
koke ? Nyingize embuzi. Anjazise eki-
tabokye. Nayogera ntya? Njokedza
kasoli eminwa ebiri. Njere wa ? Maze
okuyunga emiti gino gyombi awamu (mu
gumu). Sagala njuba (omusana) okunja-
kira. Njabidza enyumba yange.
W Stems, p. 117.
(i) Mpa, mpagala, etc.
(ii) Kampoze. Kampumule wano. Oku-
wakana kuzibu. Buli Iwempakana nabo
(lwebampakanyisa) lwembawakanyisa ba-
seka. Yampandika ebaruwa empamvu.
Webale nyo (webale ge), okuja okundaba-
ko. Kankuwerekerako. Omwami ampade
amatoke 'kumi (enkota 'kumi). Natunga
olukugiro luno nendioka mpumula. Mpa-
nise cndere nya empamvu mu gwanika.
Buli lwempesa, ensasi zibuka mu kasolya.
Kamuite, aingire. Mponye. Webale oku-
mponya. Gwe onononya endagala e-
mpamvu nze nempata amatoke. Mpangi-
zidza enyumba bwenti. Empagi emu
empamvu wakati nendala satu enyimpi
ku ma'bali. Bwensomoka omu'ga guno,
onkulembere, ondage entubiro. Tunalya
enyama empolu ekiro kino nemfumba
amatoke enkya. Wala e'diba lino nga
nze bwempaze wano. Nkole bwenti.
Mpulide nga ompita. Aa sikuise, naye
258
ELEMENTS OF EUGANDA
bererawo kumpi okutusa Iwcnkuita (owu-
lirebwenkuita). Munange, onjazike ensi
mbi lukumi. Siinza kukwazika (Sisobola
or Sikwazike) en>imbi ezenkanawo.
Kale onjazike nga bwoinza (bwoyagala).
Okola ki ? (obadeki.) Mpata lumonde.
Kimbuze (Sikhaba) naye kampamante
huwamansi. Bwompulira nga mpita, wi-
taba. Xampange embadzi yange mu kiti.
Reflexives, p. 118.
Yerumye. Onesigamyeko. Kabaka
yagamba nti Weti'ka omutwalo guno ;
nenewunya abantu bona nebekaliriza
amaso okulaba Omuzungu nga yetise
omutwalo. Tumwesize. Bweye'damu,
yategera nti ebaruwa agilese enyuma (ye-
rabide okugitwala) ; nagamba nti Singa
sekolobye okwewala ebwa eri, sandigi-
■ rese. Obanga nkwesiganiako, sija kwesi-
tala. Beyanza nebaganiba nti Ai sebo,
nga twewunya okukulaba nga webagade
ekisolo ekiwamvu ; nenziramu nengamba
nti Banange, temwewunya, so temutya ;
ekisolo kino ye ngamira, engamira neze-
tika ebintuebizitowa. Engamira yange en o
entwala nze nebintu byange byona. Saga-
la mukwano irmlala ; enoesinze, teyekulu-
kunya, so teyesitala. Ekisakate kino
kyenetolola enyumba yange enjui zona.
Twetesetese okuimba. To'naba kweyama.
Akyebase. Betika ebintu ebizitowa nyo,
naye tebekanya.
Idioms, p. 120.
Yongera okufuka amadzi (Ate ofuke).
Amadzi gawede. Kale leta ate (yongera
okugaleta). Mugamba okwambula engo-
ye ziri zanzibye nokuzireta eno gyendi.
Sagala ye oku'ba ate; empisa ezo tetuziso-
bola. Esubi terikyali (liwede) mu lugya
(mu lugya temukyali'subi). Twagalaenjo-
le endala ale atano mu satu, naye sizi-
raba nemu. Njagala okugula (Nagula)
ebitabo ate bibiri naye sirina nsimbi (ensi-
mbi zimpvvedeko). Nkwegairide, onja-
zike. Aa, ensimbi sizazikanga. Muna-
nge, tonsasira ? Tezija kulabika mangu.
Bagamba nti Twagala kugula enyama ate.
Soka oyere olugya, nolioka olongosa
engato zange. Omupunga guno teguide ;
yongera okugufumba. Bwofumba omu-
punga ate, soka ogunaza mu madzi amabisi
nolioka ogufumba. To'naba kuiga bu-
lungi oluimba olwo ; soka olusome (ebi-
gambo byona) nolioka oyongera okuluiga.
1 These translations may seem free : but
difference between the English way of saying a thing and the Luganda.
frequently err in translating literally such sentences as those given above.
Olabye empiso yange ? Sigirabye (embu-
ze ; si'nagiraba. Amato gano tegaja
kumala (tegalimala) ; genda ononye ama-
lala ate. Ndabye amalala abiri, naye
gatise (matifu). Onjazike ekitabo ekirala.
Kale, soka ongambe nti Olikidzayo di.
Empagi esatu zikyabuze. Bwebaleta
omupunga ate ogwokutunda (ogutundi-
bwa),tuliyongeia ckugula. Tunayongera jo
okwoza engoye. Engoye zino zija okwo-
noneka nyo bwoziteka ebweru mu nku-
ba. Nayongera e'dagalayo :jo. Soka
omalemu lino lyenkuwade ; sija kuyo-
ngera lero. Tunawandika amanya ama-
lala ate jo.1
Time, p. 122.
Sija kukola kakano ; nakola enkya.
Tunasomanga bulijo olwegulo. Balemwa
okutambula omusana. Yatuka ku Lwa-
baraza nasitula ku Lwa-musamvu olwe-
gulo. Tuliiga di okuwandika ? Nga
muja bulijo olwegulo ku sawa eyekumi,
nanyikiranga okubaigiriza. Tuja kwa-
nguwa okuiga. Natera kumala. Bali-
genda olwebiri. Nawulira (Bambulira)
nti yafa juzi (enaku ziise biri). Omwami
wafe atugambye (atulagide) okujulula ka-
kati. Kasokanga ndya si lwa jo ? Ba-
lya emirundi ebiri gyoka buli lunaku e-
nkya era nekiro. E'da nagenda e Bulaya,
naye byenalabayo bimbuze (sikyabijukira).
Enyumba yagya omuliro ekiro. Tetuja
kulwa okuzimba ate. Enyumba yange
eno enetera kugwa bugwi. Tunakola
tutya? Tunazimba enyumba eyamangu ?
Nkola buli kasera ; olusi nenkowa naye
(si kigambo), '■'■that is nothing,"" expressed
by the tone 0/"Nnye) omulimu guno ngwa-
gala nyo. Ku Sabiti bakung'ana abantu
bangi mu kanisa. Si mpisa ya Bamasiya
okukola omulimu ku lunaku olwo ; ku
naku ezitali za Sabiti (mu Sabiti) basoma
oba bakola omulimu ogwa bulijo. Mu
mwezi guli temwatuka Omuzungu nomu ;
naye kakano Abazungu bali awo bangi
(bajanjade) mu nsi.
The Passive, p. 124.
Ensimbi zino zimaze okubalibwa ? eki-
tabo kino teki 'naba kusomebwa. Ama-
toke gona ganyagibwa (ga'bibwa). E-
byai byalangibwa. Embuzi zange zatu-
ndibwa jo. Olubugo luno lukyabula oku-
komelebwa. Olutindo lwayise enkya.
will it is hoped direct attention to the vast
Europeans
It is unfor-
tunately very difficult to tabulate these differences ; the
grasped, and then it will not be so hard to fall in with
Luganda
broad principles must be
the conversational style of
KKY TO EXERCISES
259
Omupunga gunasekulibwa (-sekulwa) lero
ekiro. Twawerekerwa Omwami era no-
mukyalawe. Emuli zino tezi'naba kuwa-
wulibwa. Amatoke gano tega'naba ku-
watibwa. Ensongaze ziriwulirwa e'da.
Engoye zino zayozebwa di ? Embuzi
zinatera okuingizibwa. Omulimu gwafe
gwona guja kuyongerwa nyo.
Nearly all Passive forms arc disliked.
Uses of the Passive, p. 124.
Ensimbi zino za kubalibwa (kubala)?
Omupunga guno gwa kusekulibwa (kuse-
kula) ? Ente zona zanyagibwa abalabe.
Watwalibwa ente meka ? Kabaka ye
yambulira. Engoye zino tezambalibwa
(tezambalwa) abakopi. Enyumba yagya
omuliro. Enyumba eno ya kwabya. Esu-
bi lino lyona lya kusibibwa (-siba).
Amagumba gano gona ga kulondebwa
abalenzi. Engoye zino zona za kwozebwa
gwe. Gwe onobalagira byona byona.
Tebalisasirwa kabaka. Emuli zino si za
kutwalibwa abakazi mu nku. Omubisi
guno si gwa kunyuwebwa emhwa. Ebi-
wero bino bya kusulibwa gwe mu lusuku.
Engoye zamwe si za kutungibwa ku
Sabiti. Omuti gwagwa negumu'ta. Enga-
to tezitundibwa wano ; zitundibwa abasu-
buzi. Yalinyirirwa enjovu. Edagala
lino si lya kunyuwa kakati. E'dagala
lino si za kusiga (kusaba).
Prepositional Form, p. 126.
(i) Kubira, gendera, bulira, gulira, lu-
ndira, kunkumulira, tabulira, semberera,
tegerera, balira, salira, nyagira, nyigira,
gabira.
(ii) Omulenzi muite ansomere ku kitabo
ekyampebwa 'juzi. Genda onsabire olu-
suku. Enyama ngisalire wano? Omfu-
mbire enyama eno mu luwombo. Le-
kerawo. Bamanyira dala nti Njija buli
nkya okusoma mu kanisa. Bakyamide
dala. Nabagabira ensimbi zona enkya.
Twala ku 'dagala lino, olikunkumulire
okwo. Ensiri, ozigobyemu ; tezikyahmu?
Ekitabo kyange kisingira dala ekikyo.
Ombegere emere. Engoye oziwanike ku
muguwa guli, zikalire okwo. Embwa
ebuze ; tekyalabika ; mpodzi yekwese mu
nsiko. Yansindikira mu madzi
Causatives, p. 129.
Gayaza, situza, kakanyaza, tukuza,
tamiza, tegeza, buza, guza, kaza, saza,
lindisa, zinza (zingisa), simya, somesa,
temya, sabya (sabisa), busa, kwesa, teresa,
menyesa, sesa, sindisa, kisa, yagaza, yasa,
yambaza, yanguya, yombesa (yombya),
imiriza, yasamya, yogeza, imusa, yononya,
wonya, wunyisa, wandisa, wuliza, wumu-
za, esitaza, etisa, ewunyisa, etoloza.
Causvtives and Doubly
Prepositional, p. 131.
Jangu, onguze ebitabo bibiri. Ekiku-
gayazidza kiki ? Mutegeza nti tugenda
okuigiriza (tunaigirizanga) abantu oku-
wandika buli nkya ku sawa eyokusatu.
Abalenzi l)abano babiri abagala (abaki-
riza) okukuwereza. Ekikulese okampe-
reza (ekikuwerezesedza) kiki ? Onjazike
ekyokumenyesa amayinja gano. Ekikusa-
zidza enyama eno yona kiki ? Lisa omu-
Iwade ono amata bulijo emirundi esatii.
Leta embadzi eyokutemya emiti gmc.
Omwami yamutanza jo era aja okumuko-
mekerezesa, buli nsimbi yena. Kyova
ogamba bwotyo ensonga ki ? Emirimu
girawa egyokulimya? Ekimwogeza (ebi-
gambo) ebingi kiki ? Ensimbi zino za-
kung'anyizibwa itiu kanisa ku Sabiti eri
eyaise. Ani aziresedza wano ? Omulenzi
wange alwade muwa e'dagala awone
(eryokumu wonya).
ka forms, p. 13:.
Yambalika, wumulikika, komoleka
(komolekeka), situlika, tegerekeka, simika,
temeka, etikika, yogerekeka, tabulikika,
gendeka, singika, zingika, sabika, kweke-
ka, fukika.
Auxiliary 'li,' in Near Time, p. 133.
•Ensimbi ali nga azitute. Alinga ana
twala sanduku eri. Alinga ta'nagenda.
Balinga batunda enyama mu katale.
Alinga akiridza okunzimbira enyumba
eye'fumbiro. Balinga teba'nagenda. Ka-
ngende ndabe nga bakiriza okukutwa-
lira ebaruwa eyo. Omuntu oyo alwade
nyo (omuntu oyo obulwade buinze) ; ali-
nga anafa ekiro. Olinga otunda ebitabo.
Agambye ki (atya?). Alinga asabye eki-
tabo. Tulinga tukyamye mu kubo.
Alinga amaze okubala ensimbi.
Auxiliary 'li,' in Far Time, p. 134.
Yali anyikide okuiga okusoma naye
kwamulema. Yali nga amaze okubala
ensimbi zona omuyaga neguja negusula
enyumba. Nali 'munonya naja yeka.
Nali ngenze okutambula ono namala oku-
timba amagigi gona. Balinga basekula,
omupunga nebawulira nti Embuga egya.
Balinga bamaze okusimba empagi zona
ezomu nyumba nebabaita okutabala?
Wali otabude e'dagala e'da? Wali ola-
bye olusuku lwange ? Wamusasira ? Wali
olabye ekizibawo ? twali tulima enkuba
netukuba. Twali tugenda e Busoga nga
260
ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA
tutiise kumpi nenyanja — nebatubulira
nti Abayo bajemye. Bamala okuzlka
emirambo era nokusitulira abafumite bona
ku nyinyo abatalina ga tambula nebako-
mawo. Balinga bakomawo netubasanga.
Auxiliary ' ba ' for Emphasis, p. 135.
Lyato ki lyemba ndeta? Ensiml)i zino
zemba mbala ? Erinyo lino, lyemba
nkula ? Waoo wemba nima ? Amadzi
gano getubfl tuyuwa ? Empera eno gya-
ba atwala ? Ente eno gyaba atunda ?
Emuli zino zetuba tuwawula ? Omu'ga
guli gwetuba tutinda ?
Also, Eryato liruwa lyemba ndeta?
Zino ze nsimbi zemba . . ? Lino lye rinyo
lyemba . . ? etc.
Auxiliary 'ba,' Condition, p. 136.
Bwebanabanga banyikira, banaiganga
mangu. Bwobanga okiriza okuja bulijo,
nakuigirizanga okuwandika. Bwabanga
akiriza okutunda okugulu okwo ensimbi
bisatu mwatano, kale kugule. Bwoba
mu kibuga sabuni nga alabika mtigule.
Bwanabanga akirirza okutuwa ensimbi
zetwamugamba, tulimala enyumba eyo.
Bwaliba akiriza obutalekana bwetuba hi-
soma, nange 'niukiriza oku'da enkya.
Bwotuka e Mitiana nobasanga nga ba-
maze okutunda ebi'abo otereka ensimbi
bulungi okutusa enkya. Obanga okiriza
okwoza engoyezo buli Lwa musamvu,
nange nakuwanga sabuni ; naye bwoliba
oyagala, nakuwanga ensimbi ezokumu-
gula.
Auxiliary, 'va,! p. 137.
Mva kulya. Bava kuimirira. Tuva
kuim1>a, kyetuva tukowa. Tuva ku lu-
gendo, kyetuva tulumwa enjala. Kyova
oyayuwa bvvotyo ensonga ki ? Mbadc
enjala enuma. Kyebava bagana kulima
amakubo malungi.en>onga ki ? Tebakiriza
kutesa omulimu, amakubo mabi k)egava
gabamala. Kyova ogana okwera olugya
buli nkya, ensonga ki ? Mbade sitegede
nti Ongambye okwera. Esawani zino
kyeziva zatika kubanga tewegendereza.
Kyemva neuia okuja mu kanisa buli Sa-
biti, kubanga sirina ngoye. Kjovude
ombuza ekyo, ensonga ki ? Kubanga ye-
mpisa ya Bamasiya okusinza Katonda mu
kanisa, olunaku lumu buli 'banga lyenaku
musamvu. Abamasiya kyebava bawu-
mula olunaku lumu buli 'banga lyenaku
musamvu, kubanga lye 'teka lya Katonda.
Auxiliary ' mala,' p. 137.
Bwebalimalawo ensimbi ziri zona oku-
zigulamu emere, ndiyongera okubawa.
Embuzi ziri zafulumye ekiro ? Aa, zi-
maze nezitafuluma ; mbade nsibye olugi
nenziwulira. Mala ga soma. Bagambe nti,
Enyumba eno enemala ga 'gwa Tero. Ma-
ze nesiiga kuwandika. Bwonomala okulo-
ngosa engato zange, zirete wano ndabe.
Enyumba eri bwerimala kugwa, tulizimba
nate.
Auxiliary ' lioka,' p. 138.
Oliose nosiba . embuzi yange. Baliose
nebamala omulimu guli, enkuba nga te-
'naja. Basoka okusima ebinya nebalioka
batema empagi okuzenkanankan>a nebali-
oka bazisimba mu 'laka. Oliose nobera
awo okubalabirira. Nasoka okusoma
olunyiriri, nawe nolioka o'da mu bigambo
byange olioke obiige nyo era oleme oku-
bycrabira. Olio'se noiga okusoma noku-
wandika. Balioka nebandabira omubadzi.
Ekizimba kino kiriose nekyabika.
Auxiliary, 'ja,' p. 138.
Kyenje ntuke. Emere kyeje egye.
Mva kusoma. Ekikusu kyenje nkigula
(nakaja okukigula) kibuze. Kyebaje ba-
male okuzimba enyumba yange. E'gigi
kyevije ligwe. Kyaje agolokoke. Kye-
baje batunde ebitabo byona engeri eyo.
Mala ga teka wansi.
ERRATA FOR 'ELEMENTS OF LUGANDA GRAMMAR,'
S.P.C.K. 1902
Prefatory Note, last line but 4, omit ' and ' after Committee
Contents, Grammar, Nouns. Mu — Ba Class :
List of Nouns, for page 47 read 42
With Adjective, for page 44 read 43
N Class, Object Prefix for page 101 read 102
With Relative,/**?- page 101 read 102
p. vii. Adverbs, Interrogative. What? ki ? for page 143 read 144
p. 19. Lesson X., para. 2 line \,for (ekintu kyafe, our) things read thing
,, ,, ,, 6, for ekintu bye read ebintu bye.
p. 21, 1st Exercise, line 3, for thine read mine (book of mine)
,, ,, lines 3 and 7, for bunoh read bunchlet
,, 2nd Exercise, line 6, for bunch read bunchlet
p. 26. Lesson XVIII., Exercise {b), for him read you (I see you)
p. 31. ,, XXVI., Object, line i,for gw na laba read gwe na laba
p. 32. ,, XXVIII., Substantives (a) i.', line 2, for slow read wild plum
p. 37. hct, for Jcr. xxxvii. 19 read J e/. xxxvi. 19.
p. 41. Lengthened Consonants, 'k and 'g, for oku' gulawo read oku' galawo (shut
door)
p. 43. III., for Subjunctive read Substantive
p. 44. last line, before For add 1, in note, also for p. 112, iv, read 112, v.
p. 45. IV. i. N. B. line 4, for sibalina read tebalina (kibya)
p. 46. Exercise, last line but one, for foot read root
p. 57. VIII., Again, line 2, for his book is read your books 'are (the same)
,, Other Comparisons are given, i., line 2, for ebisikate read ebisakate
p. 68. 1st Exercise, last word, for coming read counting
2nd Exercise, line 8, for will read wilt (thou go down)
,, ,, ,, n,/0r you read thou (kill the snake)
p. 72. List of Nouns^/or omusigere read omusigire
p. 76. (<f) With Relative, For the Far Past Tense, for ekisakati read ekisakate
p. 83. Exercise, line $>for tney read yon (found my book)
p. 84. List of Nouns, for E'siga, scorpion read E' si' ga.; for E'subi, hope read E'subi
p. 88. (<r) Possessives, line 10, for a ga nge, thine read a. ga go, thine
,, line 26, go means, &c, for reference read reference to (this class)
>, >t i^ifor ekisikate read ekisakate
p. 89. (/) Negatives, Relative, line 2, for eryatagwa read eritagwa
p. 100. (b) Demonstrative, line I, for ziri, those read zino, these (houses)
261
262 ERRATA
p. 102. last line but one, for zi yononese read zi yononye (ekyalo)
p. 108. omit the second sing, and PLUR., line 10
p. 1 10. 3rd Exercise, line 6. for mines read mine is (small)
p. 114. Last line but three, read ' (yanguyako) and split firewood ' instead of mak-
ing two sentences,
p. us. 1st Exercise, ii. , line 6, omit here after" bracket.
p. 127. line 14, kyamira mu kubo, read turn into the road when out of it instead of
turn off from majn road into a by-path
,, last line but four, for tight read right (quite right)
,, last hne.Jor or in note read for
p. 134. 2, (a) Mbade, line 6, insert doing after am (I am doing nothing)
p. 151. One of many, lioe \,for your read our (banafe, our friends)
,, ,, line 2, for friend read friends (bano, thy friends)
,, ,, last line, for these read those (those people)
p. 152. Instead nf, line 3, for kino read kiri (ogana kiri)
,, Phrases, line 2, for okutusa read okutuka (ku kibuga)
p. 155. kya, line 3, for up with read occupied until (first streak of)
p. 156. lya, line 5, for he read be (paid a wage)
p. 157. Strong Accent, yuza, line 12, for -eyuna read -eyuza
, , Reflexive, eyongera, line 4, for akyayeyongera read akyeyongera
p. 159. Narrative Tense, Things, column, 2, for ey read e (y)
p. 162. b. Object, for Relative Subject read Relative Object
p. 164. 9. Partitive Forms, for the other read some of them
,, column 3, it : them, line 4, for gwe read gv/o
p. 180. Bomba, for omubombye read omubombi
p. 190. kongoja, add carry on the shoulder
p. 192. Kya, kesa obude, for up with read occupied until
,, Kyawa, add not to like
p. 198. saka (eki), n. a small cooking-pot. After this add saka (eki), n. a thicket
p. 200. semba, v., add bring up the rear
p. 201. sera, v., for much read little (pay too little)
,, si'ga, scorpion, add centipede.
p. 202. Soga (en), n. castor-oil berries, for Soga read Sogasoga
p. 203. sumbi (en), n. , add meaning, milk-pot
, , Suta, for sitama > ead sutama
p. 206. Tere (mu), n., add meaning, banana flour
p. 208. Vu (eki), «., gadfly, add meaning, tsetse
p. 212. foj yanguririza rea*i yanguirlza. After yayuyo add Ya2ika, v. lend what is
to be returned
ERRATA TO KEY TO LUGANDA EXERCISES
p. 238. ki Class, with Adjectives, line 3, for ononye read olete
,, ,, Demonstratives, line 1, for ebiwamvu read ebinene
,, ,, Possessives. After Ekyumakye read thus : Ebitabo byamwe.
Ekikajo kyafe. Ekigerekyo. Ekiwagokye Ebyai bya-
nge. Ebitabo byabwe. Ekyoto kyafe. Ekitakyo. Ebi-
byabye. Ebyuma byabwe. Genda, etc. etc.
ERRATA
263
p. 238. ki Class, with Possessives, p. 21, line 6, for Ekikajo kino read Ekikajo kiri.
,, ,, „ ,, (contd.), line 2, for kiwamvu read ekiwamvu
(kikye)
,, ft „ ,, line 3, for ebitoke bin read ebitoke bino
,. 7, omit Ebyai bino byange.
,, ,, „ Numerals, p. 22, line 2, for biri read bino (bisatu)
,, ,, ,, ,, „ „ 4, after biri insert ebinene (ebibiri)
p. 239. line 7, after ebibiri insert ebiwamvu (byafe)
,, Supplementary, p. 23, line I, /or biwamvu read binene (biri)
,, ,, line 2, for kiwamvu read kinene (nyo)
„ ,, ,, 9, after ebitano insert byeru (biwamvu)
,, The Verb, p. 24, line 2, omit nyo {after bikula)
,, ,, line 7, for biwamvu read binene
,, Verb (cont.), p. 25, line 5, for ebiwamvu read ebinene
1, ,, Pres. Perf. and Far Past, d., line 4, after bibiri insert ebirungi (bye-
twalaba); line 8, for tebatwala read tebatute
p. 240. mu— mi Class, Adjective and Numeral, line 5, for munene read omunene
11 ,1 ,, Demonstrative, b., line II, after ebiri insert mitono
• • •• 11 i, 1, 1, '5i ,, giri ,, ebiri (eminene)
11 11 11 ,, ,, ,, 16, ,, etano ,, einibi
11 i, 1, Possessive, a., line I, after Omukonogwe insert Emigo gya-
bwe.
11 >• 11 ,, c, ,, 7, for guno read guli (gwani ?)
;i 1, 1, Miscellaneous, ,, 4, for bwegiti read bwegityo
11 1, ,, ,, ,, 9, after gyange insert gyona
11 •) ,, ,, ,, 12, for bwebatyo read bwegityo
p. 241. Adjectives, p. 44, lines 9 and 10, for Omukazi omuzira r<rdrf Abakazi abazira
,, Initial Vowel, p. 46, line 8, after Kino kiki? insert Kye kibya. Bino biki ?
Bye binya. Bye bibira. Kino kiki ?
,, Place, p. 47, line 2, for bu readku (kikolo)
,, 4, omit Ekikayi, and for kiri read Kiri (ewamwe)
,, 6, for kiri (ok wo) read Biri (okwo)
,, 22, omit omukazi omugenyi, and for Abakazi read abakazi
,, ki Class, Demonstrative, p. 49, line 2, for biri read bino (Ebifumvu)
p. 242. ,, ,, line $,for biri readb'mo (ebikalubo)
11 1. Numerals and Adjectives, line 5, for kingi read ek'mgi
>> 1. 1, ,, ,, 6, ,, kingi ., ekingi (ekisa)
• 1 ,, ,, ., ,, 12, after biri insert bibiri (ebyerv)
i- .. Possessive, line IO, for bino read biri (byani)
>i .. Relative, line 9 for okugula read okuzimba
P- 243- .1 i, ,, 2, after kingi add nyo
11 ,, Supplementary, i.. line 3, after byali bibiri add Nina ebitabo biru-
ngi, biri bibiri.
,, inu — mi Class, Subject and Object, line 12, y^rgifunda r<Wmifunda nyo
>■ 11 ,, Demonstrative, line 2, for Emiti read Emigo
n 11 ,1 ., ,, 3, for giri read egyo (Emifuko)
.. 5, ,, guli ,, ogwo (gu'.uwa)
•t ■, ,, ., ,, 8, ,, gigino read g\g\r\. (Emikufu)
>» '• ,1 ,, ,, 10, ,, giri read gino (mitono)
" .1 ,1 Numeral and Adjective, line 6, after emiga insert emiwamvu
*• 'i 11 ,, ,, ;, 7, for gino read gigino (ebiri
264 ERRATA
p. 343. mu — mi Class, Numeral and Adjective", line 8, after Leta emirere giri emi-
rungi ebiri insert Emidumu
giri ena mirungi.
p. 244. ,. ,, ,, ,, ,, 7, after etano mimpi insert Na-
labaemisotamukaga. Emiti
giri esatu mimpi.
,, ,, ,, Possessive, line 2, after Omupunga gwabwe insert Omutwe
gwange.
,, 7, /<?r egyange nWegigyo (mimpi)
,, ,, ,, Miscellaneous, line 4, after obuwamvu insert Giri bwegiti
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 17, omit Akola emiryango gyoka.
,, „ ,, ,, 18, after emiga insert giri ; after emeka?
insert Giwera omusamvu (Emiga giri emeka ? Giwera omusamvu)
,, Supplementary; Comparisons, line 12, after gwasinga insert nyo
p. 245. ,, Miscellaneous ,, 15, ,, mufundafunda insert Ebikajo
bino bikalubokalubo.
p. 246. Modified Form in ze, line 19, for bingi read (Atunze ebitabo) byange
,, ,, ,, ye, line 5, should read sibye, simye, simye, siinbye
,, ,, ,, se, line 4, for somuse read somose
,, ,, ,, para. 2, line 14, for Kyokasuse read Kyebakasuse
p. 247. line 15, after ekibanja insert kyange
,, Other Modified Forms, line 4, read thus : Munyuwede omwenge gwona.
,, Near Future, p. 68, line 1, for Tunalya, Tunagolokoka read Nalya, Anago-
lokoka
,, ,, ,, ,, line 8, omit lero. (Kyebanamala)
,, Far Future, p. 69, line 9, after kirimugasa add nyo
,, Far Past, p. 70, line 7, omit Baliseka nyo.
„ ,, ,, ,, ,, 10, for omliro mz</omuliro
,, Affixes of Relation, line 6, for tugituleko read ngituleko
p. 248. mu — ba Class, Subject and Object, line 13, for Bamugoba read Omulogo
bamugoba.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, line 15, omit babiri (badze)
,, ,, ,, Possessive, line 9, for omusigere ?vWomusigire
p. 249, ,, ,, Relative, line 21, for bebavvangula read bebawangude
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 24, for omusigere m?</omusigirc
,, ,, „ Miscellaneous, line 14, for kisakate mzo' kisakatekye
,, Personified Nouns, 2nd column, line 4, after nmfumbe insert Yafa kaumpuli.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 12, aftei abasubuii insert bona (bamu-
tunda)
,, Narrative Tense, Positive, line 6, omit nabaja
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 8, for nembileta ;r^ nabileta
p. 250. Negative Tenses, not Relative, line 9, read thus : Omusigire leyaziza mu-
baka wa mwamiwe
,, ,, (, „ ,, line 12, for Tebasembere (tebalisembera)
kumpi read Tebagende
,, ,, ,, () ,, line 22, read thus : okutegera i>(i tusoma.
Tebalikola. Baganyi oktikola. Taja
kutunda omukufugwe.
,, Negative Tense with Relative, line 6, for Ebibya byesinaba kugula read
Ebibya byesiguze.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, line i4./^gwebatanakola/v(Z,/gwebatakoz<;
ERRATA
265
>. 250. Negative Tense with Relative, last line but two, for empera read emipera
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 2nd column, line J, for na read ne (bata-
fumba)
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 2nd column, line 9, for omukyufu read
omukufu
' Still ' and ' Not Yet ' Tense, line i,for Tu read Ta(kyakola)
,, ,, „ ,, ,, ,, 7, for nkyanonya read nkyak'inonya.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 24, omit Tohaba kukunkumula.
p. 251. li — ma Class, Demonstrative, line 8, for Amaio reoui Amata (gano gakute)
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 13, after E'bwa insert lino (lyenyiga)
,, 19,/orgagano rWgagali
,, ,, ,, Adjective, line 7, for gano read gali (amabisi)
,, ,, ,, „ 2nd column, line 5, after ameka? insert Amanya
gona ana mazibu.
p. 252. ,, ,, Possessive, line 3, omit Eryatolye
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 9, for Amafumu gano read Amafumugo gano
(amawamvu)
n ,, ,, Negatives ,, 9, for lyebatanaba kumala read lyeyagana
kunyuwa, and insert after this Edobozi
lyetutawulira. Esabo lyebatanaba kumala.
,1 ,, ,, ,, ,, 12, <?M»VBaguze amafumu musamvu.
>. ,, ,, ,, ,, 16, for negatamenyeka read tegamenyeka
.. ,, ,, ,(< ,, last line but three, for teryagenda read
eritagenda
, Conjunctions, nga, line 13, for abatakyatuberanga read tebakyatuberanga
p. 253. How, Just as, line 19, after Bazimba nga fe bwetwazimba insert Omugo
guno guli ng'anga omuti. Tunanyikiranga nga bo (bwe-
banyikira)
,, ,, line 22, for kabaka read omwami
When, Until, etc., line 11,/oramagi r^a^/amatoke
1, ,, ,, ,, 1 2, for amatoke read amagi
,, ,, ,, ,, 15, for otuite raz</batuita
,, ,, ,, ,, 16, for otuwerezeko read batuwerezako
Place, line 10, after omulenzi insert gwenatuma (na'da nagamba)
,, last line but four, read thus : Sikiriza gwe okuzimba eyo wenja-
gala okusimba kasoli. Genda ozimbe eri mu kikande kiri : eyo
wenakukiriza okuzimba. (Tolinya awasigibwa ensigo, etc.)
p. 254. ,, line 2, after nogumu insert Tewatwalibwa kintu na kimu.
,, N Class, Subject, line 5, for etatuziza read eyatuziza
,, ,, ,, ,, 13, for Enkovu read Enkofu
,, ,, ,, last line but one, for Ensege read Ensega
,, ,, Demonstrative and Numeral, line 10, omit Ensimbi bitano mwana
mu mukaga.
, , , , Possessives, line 2, for Ensamu yange read Ensamu yafe
,, ,, ,, ,, 4, after Engaboye insert Enjuki zabwe. Ensawo
yange. Enangayo. Empiso zange. Emereye.
Embuzi yabwe. (Emindiye)
,, ,, ,, column 2, line 6, after kyalo insert kyafe
., ,, ,, ,, ,, 7, after enyumba insert yange (wano)
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 22, omit Muwa emperaye.
P- 255. ,, Negative, line 11, for zino read z\x'\ (zikyamye)
266 ERRATA
p. 255. ku CJass, line 2, omit Okugulu omusawo kwayagala okutema. Okutukwe
kwona kulwade.
,, ka, or Diminutive Class, line 6, for kali read kano (katiba)
,, bu Class, Further Uses, line 13, omit Ekyai bwai.
p. 256. The Letter N., p. 109, (iii), line 6, for engumu read ngximu (entebe)
»» ., ., ,. .» ii u./orengazi read ngazi (ensi)
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 2nd column, line 4, for entono read ntono (si
nene)
,, ,, ,, second syllable beginning with N or M, line 11, for ziri read
zino (Entindo zino zona)
,, ,\ ,, last line but two, for entono read .Uono (Enkoko)
,, The letter N and Exploded Consonants, line 6, for lumu read lwafe
p. 257. W stems, (ii), line 3, for Iwembawakanyisa read (lwembawakanyisa)
,, ,, ,, ,, 4, for Yampandika read Yampandikira
,, u, <v»t'/ aingire
p. 258. ,, ,, ,, 2, for onjazike read ompole
,, ,, ,, ,, 3, for kukwazika read kukwola
,, ,, ,, ,, 4, for (Sikwazike) read (Sikwole)
,, ,, ,, ,, 5, for onjazike rsaaf ompole
,, Reflexives, line 18, after teyekulukunya insert nga endogoi
,, ,, ,, 19, for kyenetolola read kyetolola
,, Idioms, line il, for onjazike rairf ompole
,, ,, ,, 12, for sizazikanga read siziwolanga
,, ,, 2nd column, line 2, read Sigirabye (embuze : si'nagiraba)
,, ,, last line but two, for kuyongera read kwongera
,, Time, line 3, after omusana insert Batambulanga kiro.
after Yatuka insert etuntu (ku Lwabaraza)
j). 259. Uses of the Passive, last line, for si za kusiga read lye lyokusiga
,, Causatives and Doubly Prepositional, line 6, for ekikulese read ekibalese
.', ,. ,, ,, ,, ,, 7, fnr (ekikuwerezesedza) read
(ekibawerezesedza)
,, Auxiliary ' li ' in Far Time, line 6, omit comma after basekula
,, ,, ,, „ last line but one, for olabye read otunze
p. 260. Auxiliary 'ha,' Condition, line 7, for akirirza read akiriza
,, Auxiliary 'va,' line 6, after ensonga ki ? insert Kubanga abakopi bayo-
mbagana
No notice has been taken as a rule of errors in stops or small letters put instead of
capitals and vice versd. These have been left in order to reduce the number of
corrections. The student can make these corrections for himself. In many cases
the stops in the Exercises are not the same as those in the Key.
Printed wholly in England for the Muston Company.
By Lowe A Bkydome. Pkintkrs. Ltd.. Park Street, Camden Town, London, N.W.I
/
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
PL Crabtree, William Arthur
8201 Elements of Luganda
. 1 grammar
C73
1923
i
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11